As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2005
Registration No. 333-122788


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO
Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Builders FirstSource, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   5211   52-2084569
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600

Dallas, Texas 75201
(214) 880-3500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Donald F. McAleenan, Esq.

Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Builders FirstSource, Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, Texas 75201
(214) 880-3500
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code, of agent for service)
     
Robert B. Pincus, Esq.
Allison L. Amorison, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
One Rodney Square, P.O. Box 636
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0636
(302) 651-3000
  J. Scott Hodgkins, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000
Los Angeles, California 90071
(213) 485-1234
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code, of agent for service)


          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS                   , 2005
Subject to Completion, dated

                             Shares

LOGO

Common Stock


This is the initial public offering of shares of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We are offering           shares and the selling stockholders are offering  shares of our common stock. We expect the public offering price to be between $          and $           per share. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares of our common stock sold by the selling stockholders.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “BLDR.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock under “Risk factors” beginning on page      of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                 
Per Share Total

Public offering price
  $       $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
  $       $    

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                shares of our common stock from us and from the selling stockholders at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us and the selling stockholders, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $          , our total proceeds, before expenses, will be $          and the total proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders will be $           .

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2005.

UBS Investment Bank Deutsche Bank Securities


 

________________________________________________________________________________

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where those offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


         
About this prospectus
    i  
Prospectus summary
    1  
Risk factors
    8  
Forward-looking statements
    19  
Use of proceeds
    20  
Dividend policy
    20  
Capitalization
    21  
Dilution
    22  
Unaudited pro forma financial data
    23  
Selected historical consolidated financial data
    28  
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
    29  
Industry overview and trends
    44  
Business
    48  
Management
    63  
Executive compensation
    66  
Principal and selling stockholders
    70  
Certain related party transactions
    72  
Description of capital stock
    73  
Description of certain indebtedness
    76  
Shares eligible for future sale
    79  
Material United States federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. holders
    81  
Underwriting
    84  
Legal matters
    88  
Experts
    88  
Where you can find more information
    88  
Index to consolidated financial statements
    F-1  

About this prospectus

As used in this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company” refers to Builders FirstSource, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All references to fiscal years of the Company in this prospectus refer to years commencing on January 1 of that year and ending on December 31. Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications, reports by independent market research firms, or other published independent sources. Some data are based on our good faith estimates that are derived from our review of internal surveys and independent sources. Although we believe that all of the foregoing sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information. Statements as to our market position relative to our competitors are generally based on management estimates as of the end of fiscal year 2004. We cannot assure you that more recent data would not produce different estimates of our market position.


i


 

Prospectus summary

The following summary contains basic information about us and this offering. It likely does not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, we encourage you to read this entire document carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page      and the financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

OUR COMPANY

We are a leading supplier and a fast-growing manufacturer of structural and related building products for residential new construction in the U.S. We are one of the top two suppliers of our product categories to Production Homebuilders, which we define as those U.S. homebuilders that build more than 100 homes per year. Our large scale, full product and service offerings, and unique business model position us to continue growing our sales to Production Homebuilders, the fastest-growing segment of residential homebuilders. We have operations principally in the southern and eastern U.S. with 63 distribution centers and 42 manufacturing facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated sales of $2,058.0 million and net income of $51.6 million.

We provide an integrated solution to our customers that combines the manufacturing, supply, and installation of a full range of structural and related building products. Over the past several years, we have significantly increased our sales of products that we manufacture. These products include our factory-built roof and floor trusses, wall panels and stairs, as well as engineered wood products that we design and cut for each home (collectively “Prefabricated Components”). We also manufacture custom millwork and trim that we market under the Synboard® brand name, as well as aluminum and vinyl windows, and we assemble interior and exterior doors into pre-hung units. Our revenue from these manufactured products totaled $680.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, representing 33.1% of total sales. In addition, we supply our customers with a broad offering of professional grade building products not manufactured by us such as dimensional lumber and lumber sheet goods, various window, door and millwork lines, as well as cabinets, roofing, and gypsum wallboard. Our full range of construction-related services includes professional installation, turn-key framing and shell construction, and spans all our product categories.

We group our building products and services into five principal product categories: Prefabricated Components, Windows & Doors, Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods, Millwork, and Other Building Products & Services. Over the past five years we have more than doubled the sales of our Prefabricated Components, Windows & Doors, and Millwork product categories, each of which includes both manufactured and distributed products. Products in these categories typically carry a higher margin and provide us with opportunities to cross-sell other products and services, thereby increasing customer penetration. The chart below provides a breakdown of each product category’s contribution to sales in the year ended December 31, 2004.

Sales by Product Category—Year Ended December 31, 2004

Total Sales—$2,058.0 million

(PIE CHART)


* Includes both manufactured and distributed products
 
1


 

We serve a broad customer base ranging from Production Homebuilders to small custom homebuilders and believe that we are the number one or two building products supplier for single-family residential new construction in approximately 75% of the geographic markets in which we operate. According to 2003 U.S. Census data, we have operations in 20 of the top 50 U.S. Metropolitan Statistical Areas, as ranked by single family housing permits, and approximately 44% of U.S. housing starts occurred in states in which we operate. Our comprehensive product offering featuring over 250,000 SKUs company-wide and our full range of construction services, combined with our scale and experienced sales force, have driven market share gains, particularly with Production Homebuilders.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND TRENDS

Our Industry. We compete in the professional segment (“Pro Segment”) of the U.S. residential new construction building products supply market, which, according to the Home Improvement Research Institute, has estimated 2004 annual sales of $117 billion. The Pro Segment of this market is highly fragmented, with the top ten suppliers accounting for less than 15% of the total market. Our competitors are predominantly small, privately owned companies, most of which have limited access to capital and manufacturing capabilities, and lack the ability to provide a full range of construction services. We do not compete with Home Depot or Lowe’s, which primarily serve do-it-yourself and professional remodeling customers.

Housing. Our business is driven primarily by the residential new construction market. According to the National Association of Homebuilders, U.S. housing starts were 1.85 million in 2003 and 1.95 million in 2004 and are projected to be 1.94 million in 2005. Several industry sources expect that strong housing demand will continue to be driven over the next decade by:

  •  new household formations;
 
  •  increasing homeownership rates;
 
  •  the size and age of the population;
 
  •  an aging housing stock;
 
  •  improved financing options for buyers; and
 
  •  immigration trends.

As a result of the recent consolidation activity within the homebuilding industry and market share gains of the larger builders, our customer base has shifted increasingly to Production Homebuilders. The market share of the ten largest Production Homebuilders tripled from approximately 7% in 1990 to a projected 22% in 2004 and is expected to increase to 40% by 2010.

Prefabricated Components. The growing use of Prefabricated Components in the homebuilding process represents a major trend within the residential new construction building products supply market, with the use of manufactured panels in new homes having increased by over 60% from 1997 to 2003 according to the Engineered Wood Association. In response to this trend, we have increased our manufacturing capacity and our ability to provide customers with Prefabricated Components such as roof and floor trusses, stairs, wall panels, and engineered wood.

Builders value the many benefits of using these products, including:

•  reduced cycle time and carrying costs;
 
•  increased product quality; and
 
•  cost savings from the reduction of expensive on-site labor and material waste.

Once established as a preferred supplier of Prefabricated Components, we are typically able to cross-sell additional products and services as our customers increasingly seek integrated solutions.

 
2


 

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe our sales, earnings, and cash flow will be driven by our competitive strengths:

Leading Positions in Growing Markets.

  •  We believe that we are the number one or two building products supplier for single-family residential new construction in approximately 75% of the geographic markets in which we operate.
 
  •  We are also the largest supplier of our product categories to the Production Homebuilders in our geographic markets as a whole.
 
  •  Our facilities are strategically located in many of the fastest-growing markets in the southern and eastern U.S.

Unique Business Model.

  •  Integrated business model across our network of 63 distribution centers and 42 manufacturing facilities.
 
  •  Highly customized, proprietary information technology system drives internal efficiencies allowing us to respond rapidly to our customers and reduce their administrative costs.
 
  •  A “one-stop-shop approach” that combines a full line of structural building products and services, substantially reducing the cost and burden to our customers of dealing with multiple suppliers.

Full Offering of Manufactured Products and Construction Services.

  •  We have significantly increased our sales of manufactured products, which provide us with higher margins and increased opportunities to cross-sell other products to our customers.
 
  •  Our ability to supply our own manufactured products strengthens our customer relationships by helping homebuilders reduce costs and cycle time.

      • We also provide our customers with a full range of services, including professional installation, turn-key framing and shell construction, and design.

Superior Customer Service.

  •  Our salespeople act as trusted advisors and on-site consultants to the homebuilder and are involved in each important step of the construction process.
 
  •  Our large delivery fleet and comprehensive inventory management system enable us to provide “just-in-time” product delivery.

Attractive Cost and Working Capital Position.

  •  We have used our position as one of the few large-scale competitors in our industry to create an attractive cost position, with 80% of our non-lumber product purchases being made pursuant to company-wide agreements.
 
  •  Our distribution centers average $32.6 million of annual sales, which is higher than any of our competitors that have annual sales in excess of $1 billion.
 
  •  Our scale allows us to leverage our fixed costs, including occupancy, location management, supervisory labor, and corporate overhead, to lower our costs per sales dollar.
 
  •  Selling, general, and administrative expenses have declined as a percentage of sales from 21.4% in 2001 to 18.3% for 2004.

 
3


 

Experienced Management Team.

  •  We have a dedicated management team with extensive experience and expertise in the manufacturing, distribution, and marketing of building products.
 
  •  Our senior management team, including our three regional group presidents, has a total of over 175 years of industry experience.
 
  •  This team has successfully led us through various industry cycles, economic conditions, and capital structures and has demonstrated the ability to grow manufacturing businesses, introduce new product lines, expand into new geographic markets, and target and integrate acquisitions while improving operational and working capital efficiencies.

Although we believe that the factors described above will drive our sales, earnings, and cash flow and provide us with opportunities to grow, we have a substantial amount of indebtedness and there are a number of other risks and uncertainties that may affect our financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows. See “Risk Factors” for a description.

OUR STRATEGY

Our strategy is to leverage our competitive strengths to grow sales, earnings, and cash flow and remain the preferred supplier to the homebuilding industry.

Increase Customer Penetration through Incremental Sales of Manufactured Products and Services.

  •  Organically grow unit volumes and revenues by providing existing customers with incremental value-added products and services.
 
  •  Increase sales of manufactured products, which are higher margin and less price sensitive than lumber products and are growing in demand by homebuilders.
 
  •  Grow sales of construction services.

Target Production Homebuilders.

  •  Leverage geographic breadth and scale to continue to grow our sales to the Production Homebuilders as they continue to gain market share.
 
  •  From 2001 to 2004, our sales to Production Homebuilders increased from $260.8 million to $449.5 million.

Expand through New Manufacturing and Distribution Centers in Existing and Contiguous Markets.

  •  Increase market penetration through the introduction of additional distribution and manufacturing facilities.
 
  •  Selectively seek expansion opportunities that will enable us to grow in the multi-family and commercial end markets.

Focus on Cost, Working Capital, and Operating Improvements.

  •  Continue to focus on expenses and working capital to remain a low cost supplier.
 
  •  Maintain a continuous improvement, “best practices” operating philosophy and regularly implement new initiatives to reduce costs, increase efficiency, and reduce working capital.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.

  •  Geographic expansion and continued growth of our Prefabricated Components business.
 
  •  We do not currently operate in a number of attractive homebuilding markets, including in the western and southwestern U.S. and parts of the Midwest.
 
  •  Our senior management team has the experience and ability to identify acquisition candidates and integrate acquisitions, having acquired and integrated 23 companies since 1998.

 
4


 

OUR BACKGROUND

Our company was formed in 1998 through a partnership between JLL Partners, Inc. (“JLL Partners”), and certain members of the existing management team. Since 1998, the Company has successfully acquired and integrated 23 companies and is currently managed as three operating groups with centralized financial and operational oversight.

OUR PRINCIPAL INVESTORS

Affiliates of JLL Partners, Inc. control JLL Building Products, LLC which owns 94.6% of our outstanding common stock. Founded in 1988, JLL Partners is among the leading private equity investment firms in the country with $2.2 billion in committed capital currently under management. JLL’s investment philosophy is to partner with exceptional managers to grow and improve quality companies. JLL has invested in a wide variety of sectors, with portfolio companies that have included AdvancePCS, C.H.I. Overhead Doors, Foodbrands America, IASIS Healthcare, Mosaic Sales Solutions, Motor Coach Industries, and PGT Industries.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On February 11, 2005 we entered into a $350.0 million senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The new credit facility is composed of a $225.0 million six-and-a-half year term loan, a $110.0 million five-year revolver, and a $15.0 million pre-funded letter of credit facility to be available at any time and from time to time during the six-and-a-half year term. In addition, on February 11, 2005, we issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of second priority senior secured floating rate notes due 2012. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness” for a summary of the terms of the new credit facility and the floating rate notes. With the proceeds from these transactions, we repaid existing indebtedness and paid a $201.2 million dividend to stockholders and a $35.8 million payment to holders of stock options, as well as expenses of the new credit facility and floating rate notes.


Our principal executive offices are located at 2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600, Dallas, Texas 75201, our telephone number is (214) 880-3500, and our internet address is www.bldr.com.

 
5


 

The offering

 
Common stock offered by Builders
FirstSource, Inc.
                    shares (                    shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders                     shares (                    shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering                     shares (                    shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)
 
Use of Proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering to repay a portion of our outstanding debt and for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
Proposed Nasdaq symbol “BLDR.”
 
6


 

Summary of historical financial information and other data

The following table sets forth a summary of consolidated financial information and other data for each of the periods or at each date indicated. The summary historical consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 and for each of the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 has been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Company.

All information included in the following tables should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                             
Year ended or at December 31,

2004 2003(1) 2002(1)

(in thousands, except
per share amounts)
Restated Restated
Statement of operations data:
                       
 
Sales
  $ 2,058,047     $ 1,675,093     $ 1,500,006  
 
Cost of sales
    1,574,535       1,300,410       1,155,375  
     
     
     
 
   
Gross margin
    483,512       374,683       344,631  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    376,096       327,027       308,060  
 
Facility closure costs
          1,171       750  
     
     
     
 
   
Income from operations
    107,416       46,485       35,821  
 
Other expense, net
          620       2,220  
 
Interest expense
    24,458       11,124       12,055  
     
     
     
 
   
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    82,958       34,741       21,546  
 
Income tax expense
    31,480       13,343       8,611  
     
     
     
 
 
Income from continuing operations
    51,478       21,398       12,935  
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    103       (3,822 )     (2,980 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
                (19,504 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 51,581     $ 17,576     $ (9,549 )
     
     
     
 
 
Income from continuing operations per share— basic
  $ 0.21     $ 0.08     $ 0.05  
 
Income from continuing operations per share— diluted
    0.19       0.08       0.05  
 
Weighted average shares outstanding— basic
    251,353       252,040       253,629  
 
Weighted average shares outstanding— diluted
    267,140       252,519       254,108  
Balance sheet data (end of period):
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 50,628     $ 5,585     $ 2,248  
 
Total assets
    697,011       622,128       530,965  
 
Total debt, including current portion
    313,480       168,533       129,706  
 
Shareholders’ equity
    210,890       298,933       282,789  
Other financial data:
                       
 
Depreciation and amortization (excluding discontinued operations)
  $ 19,350     $ 20,187     $ 20,745  
 
Capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions)
    20,718       15,592       15,061  

(1)  See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere herein, regarding the restatement of our previously issued financial statements.
 
7


 


Risk factors

An investment in shares of our common stock involves risks. You should consider carefully the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

The Industry in Which We Operate Is Dependent upon the Homebuilding Industry, the Economy, and Other Important Factors.

The building products supply industry is highly dependent on new home construction, which in turn is dependent upon a number of factors, including demographic trends, interest rates, tax policy, employment levels, consumer confidence, and the economy generally. Unfavorable changes in demographics or a weakening of the national economy or of any regional or local economy in which we operate could adversely affect consumer spending, result in decreased demand for homes, and adversely affect our business. Production of new homes may also decline because of shortages of qualified tradesmen, reliance on inadequately capitalized sub-contractors, and shortages of materials. In addition, the homebuilding industry is subject to various local, state, and federal statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations concerning zoning, building design and safety, construction, and similar matters, including regulations that impose restrictive zoning and density requirements in order to limit the number of homes that can be built within the boundaries of a particular area. Increased regulatory restrictions could limit demand for new homes and could negatively affect our sales and earnings. Because we have substantial fixed costs, relatively modest declines in our customers’ production levels could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Building Supply Industry Is Cyclical and Seasonal.

The building products supply industry is subject to cyclical market pressures. Prices of building products are subject to fluctuations arising from changes in supply and demand, national and international economic conditions, labor costs, competition, market speculation, government regulation, and trade policies, as well as from periodic delays in the delivery of lumber and other products. For example, prices of wood products, including lumber and panel products, are subject to significant volatility and directly affect our sales and earnings. Our Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods product category represented 39.6% of total sales in the year ended December 31, 2004. We have no ability to control the timing and amount of pricing changes for building products. In addition, the supply of building products fluctuates based on available manufacturing capacity, and a shortage of capacity or excess capacity in the industry can result in significant increases or declines in market prices for those products, often within a short period of time. Such price fluctuations can adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, although weather patterns affect our results of operations throughout the year, adverse weather historically has reduced construction activity in the first and fourth quarters in our markets. To the extent that hurricanes, severe storms, floods, or other natural disasters or similar events occur in the markets in which we operate, our business may be adversely affected. We anticipate that fluctuations from period to period will continue in the future.


8


 

Risk factors

Product Shortages, Loss of Key Suppliers, and Our Dependence on Third-Party Suppliers and Manufacturers Could Affect Our Financial Health.

Our ability to offer a wide variety of products to our customers is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate product supply from manufacturers and other suppliers. Generally, our products are obtainable from various sources and in sufficient quantities. However, the loss of, or a substantial decrease in the availability of, products from our suppliers or the loss of key supplier arrangements could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Although in many instances we have agreements with our suppliers, these agreements are generally terminable by either party on limited notice. Failure by our suppliers to continue to supply us with products on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Loss of Any of Our Significant Customers Could Affect Our Financial Health.

Our 10 largest customers generated approximately 26% of our sales in the year ended December 31, 2004, and our largest customer accounted for almost 4.2% of our sales in that same period. We cannot guarantee that we will maintain or improve our relationships with these customers or that we will continue to supply these customers at current levels. Production Homebuilders and other customers may seek to purchase some of the products that we currently sell directly from manufacturers, or they may elect to establish their own building products manufacturing and distribution facilities. In addition, continued consolidation among Production Homebuilders could also result in a loss of some of our present customers to our competitors, and the loss of one or more of our significant customers or a deterioration in our relations with any of them could significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Furthermore, our customers are not required to purchase any minimum amount of products from us. The contracts into which we have entered with most of our professional customers typically provide that we supply particular products or services for a certain period of time when and if ordered by the customer. Should our customers purchase our products in significantly lower quantities than they have in the past, such decreased purchases could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our Industry is Highly Fragmented and Competitive, and Increased Competitive Pressure May Adversely Affect Our Results.

The building products supply industry is highly fragmented and competitive. We face significant competition from local and regional building materials chains, as well as from privately-owned single site enterprises. Any of these competitors may (i) foresee the course of market development more accurately than do we, (ii) develop products that are superior to our products, (iii) have the ability to produce similar products at a lower cost, (iv) develop stronger relationships with local homebuilders, or (v) adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements than do we. As a result, we may not be able to compete successfully with them. In addition, home center retailers, which have historically concentrated their sales efforts on retail consumers and small contractors, may in the future intensify their marketing efforts to professional homebuilders. Furthermore, certain product manufacturers sell and distribute their products directly to Production Homebuilders, and the volume of such direct sales could increase in the future. Additional manufacturers of products distributed by us may elect to sell and distribute directly to homebuilders in the future or enter into exclusive supplier arrangements with other distributors. Finally, we may not be able to maintain our costs at a level sufficiently low for us to compete effectively. If we are unable to compete effectively, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be adversely affected.


9


 

Risk factors

We Are Subject to Competitive Pricing Pressure From Our Customers.

Production Homebuilders historically have exerted significant pressure on their outside suppliers to keep prices low because of their increasing market share and their ability to leverage such market share in the highly fragmented building products supply industry. Continued consolidation among Production Homebuilders, and changes in Production Homebuilders’ purchasing policies or payment practices, could result in increased pricing pressure. If we are unable to generate sufficient cost savings in the future to offset any price reductions, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows may be adversely affected.

Our Level of Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect our Ability to Raise Additional Capital to Fund Our Operations, Limit Our Ability to React to Changes in the Economy or Our Industry, and Prevent Us from Meeting Our Obligations under Our Debt Instruments.

As of December 31, 2004, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of this offering, our new senior secured credit facility, our floating rate notes, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, our total indebtedness would have been $     million. See “Capitalization” for additional information.

Our substantial debt could have important consequences for you, including:

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;
 
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities;
 
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including the floating rate notes and borrowings under the new senior secured credit facility, will be at variable rates of interest;
 
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and
 
limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt.

In addition, some of our debt instruments, including those governing our senior secured credit facility and our floating rate notes, contain cross-default provisions which could result in our debt, under a number of debt instruments even if we default on only one debt instrument, being declared immediately due and payable. In such event, it is unlikely that we would be able to satisfy our obligations under all of such accelerated indebtedness simultaneously.

We May Incur Additional Indebtedness

We may incur additional indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facility, which provides for up to $110 million of revolving credit borrowings and a $15 million pre-funded letter of credit facility. In addition, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including secured debt, subject to the restrictions contained in the credit agreement governing our new senior secured credit facility and the indenture relating to our floating rate notes. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.


10


 

Risk factors

Our Debt Instruments Contain Various Covenants That Limit Our Ability to Operate Our Business.

Our financing arrangements, including our new senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our floating rate notes, contain various provisions that limit our ability to, among other things:

transfer or sell assets, including the equity interests of our restricted subsidiaries, or use asset sale proceeds;
 
incur additional debt;
 
pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;
 
make certain restricted payments or investments;
 
create liens to secure debt;
 
enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
merge or consolidate with another company; and
 
engage in unrelated business activities.

In addition, our new senior secured credit facility requires us to meet specified financial ratios. These covenants may restrict our ability to expand or fully pursue our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these and other provisions of the indenture governing our floating rate notes and the new senior secured credit facility may be affected by changes in our operating and financial performance, changes in general business and economic conditions, adverse regulatory developments, or other events beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants, including those contained in our new senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our floating rate notes, could result in a default under our indebtedness, which could cause those and other obligations to become due and payable. If any of our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay it.

We Are a Holding Company and Conduct All of Our Operations through Our Subsidiaries. Therefore, We Rely on Dividends, Interest, and Other Payments, Advances, and Transfers of Funds from Our Subsidiaries to Meet Our Debt Service and Other Obligations. As a Result, We May Not Be Able to Generate Sufficient Cash to Service All of Our Indebtedness and May Be Forced to Take Other Actions to Satisfy Our Obligations under Our Indebtedness, Which May Not Be Successful.

We are a holding company that derives all of our operating income from our subsidiaries. All of our assets are held by our direct and indirect subsidiaries, and we rely on the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries, which are paid to us by our subsidiaries in the form of dividends and other payments or distributions, to meet our debt service obligations. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments or distributions to us will depend on their respective operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization (which may limit the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends and other distributions to us), the terms of existing and future indebtedness and other agreements of our subsidiaries, the new senior secured credit facility, the terms of the indenture governing the floating rate notes, and the covenants of any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur.

Our financial condition and operating performance and that of our subsidiaries is also subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium and liquidated damages, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.


11


 

Risk factors

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The credit agreement governing our new senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the floating rate notes will restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from such disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or be able to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them, and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Our Continued Success Will Depend on Our Ability to Retain Our Key Employees and to Attract and Retain New Qualified Employees.

Our success depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, train, and retain qualified managerial, sales, and marketing personnel. We face significant competition for these types of employees in our industry. We may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining the personnel we require to conduct and expand our operations successfully. In addition, key personnel may leave us and compete against us. Our success also depends to a significant extent on the continued service of our senior management team. We may be unsuccessful in replacing key managers who either quit or retire. The loss of any member of our senior management team or other experienced, senior employees could impair our ability to execute our business plan and growth strategy, cause us to lose customers and reduce our net sales, or lead to employee morale problems and/or the loss of other key employees. In any such event, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be adversely affected.

The Nature of Our Business Exposes Us to Product Liability and Warranty Claims and Other Legal Proceedings.

We are involved in product liability and product warranty claims relating to the products we manufacture and distribute that, if adversely determined, could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with many of the products we sell and distribute. Because we do not have direct control over the quality of such products manufactured or supplied by such third party suppliers, we are exposed to risks relating to the quality of such products. In addition, we are exposed to potential claims arising from the conduct of home builders and their sub-contractors, for which we may be contractually liable. Although we currently maintain what we believe to be suitable and adequate insurance in excess of our self-insured amounts, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms or that such insurance will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for significant periods, regardless of the ultimate outcome. Claims of this nature could also have a negative impact on customer confidence in our products and our company. In addition, we are involved on an ongoing basis in other legal proceedings. We cannot assure you that any current or future claims will not adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

A Range of Factors May Make Our Quarterly Revenues and Earnings Variable.

We have historically experienced, and in the future will continue to experience, variability in revenues and earnings on a quarterly basis. The factors expected to contribute to this variability include, among others, (i) the volatility of prices of lumber and wood products, (ii) the cyclical nature of the homebuilding industry, (iii) general economic conditions in the various local markets in which we compete, (iv) the pricing policies of our competitors, (v) the production schedules of our customers, and (vi) the effects of the weather. These factors, among others, make it difficult to project our operating results on a consistent basis.


12


 

Risk factors

We May be Adversely Affected by Any Disruption in Our Information Technology Systems.

Our operations are dependent upon our information technology systems, which encompass all of our major business functions. Our centralized financial reporting system currently draws data from our two enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) systems. We rely upon such information technology systems to manage and replenish inventory, to fill and ship customer orders on a timely basis, and to coordinate our sales activities across all of our products and services. A substantial disruption in our information technology systems for any prolonged time period could result in delays in receiving inventory and supplies or filling customer orders and adversely affect our customer service and relationships. As part of our continuing integration of our computer systems, we plan to integrate our two ERPs into a single system. This integration may divert management’s attention from our core businesses. In addition, we may experience delays in such integration or problems with the functionality of the integrated system, which could increase the expected cost of the integration. There can be no assurance that such delays, problems, or costs will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We May be Adversely Affected by Any Natural or Man-Made Disruptions to Our Distribution and Manufacturing Facilities.

We currently maintain a broad network of distribution and manufacturing facilities throughout the southern and eastern U.S. Any serious disruption to our facilities resulting from fire, earthquake, weather-related events, an act of terrorism, or any other cause could damage a significant portion of our inventory and could materially impair our ability to distribute our products to customers. In addition, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing our products to our customers during the time that it takes for us to reopen or replace a damaged facility. If any of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

We May be Unable to Successfully Implement Our Expansion Plans Included in Our Business Strategy.

Our business plan provides for continued growth through acquisitions, particularly in the western and southwestern U.S., and organic growth (see “Business—Our Strategy”). Failure to identify and acquire suitable acquisition candidates on appropriate terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy. Moreover, a significant change in our business or the economy, an unexpected decrease in our cash flow for any reason, or the requirements of our new senior secured credit facility could result in an inability to obtain the capital required to effect new acquisitions or expansions of existing facilities. Our failure to make successful acquisitions or to build or expand facilities, including manufacturing facilities, produce saleable product, or meet customer demand in a timely manner could result in damage to or loss of customer relationships. In addition, although we have been successful in the past in integrating 23 acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate the operations of future acquired businesses with our own in an efficient and cost-effective manner or without significant disruption to our existing operations. Acquisitions, moreover, involve significant risks and uncertainties, including difficulties integrating acquired personnel and other corporate cultures into our business, the potential loss of key employees, customers, or suppliers, difficulties in integrating different computer and accounting systems, and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, and the diversion of management attention and resources from existing operations. We may also be required to incur additional debt in order to consummate acquisitions in the future, which debt may be substantial and may limit our flexibility in using our cash flow from operations. Our failure to integrate future acquired businesses effectively or to manage other consequences of our acquisitions, including increased indebtedness, could prevent us from remaining competitive and, ultimately, could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


13


 

Risk factors

Federal and State Regulations Could Impose Substantial Costs and/or Restrictions on Our Operations That Would Reduce Our Net Income.

We are subject to various federal, state, and local regulations, including, among other things, regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation and applicable to our fleet of delivery trucks, work safety regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration, employment regulations promulgated by the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and state and local zoning restrictions and building codes. More burdensome regulatory requirements in these or other areas may increase our general and administrative costs and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We are Subject to Potential Exposure to Environmental Liabilities and Are Subject to Environmental Regulation.

We are subject to various federal, state, and local environmental laws, ordinances, and regulations. Although we believe that our facilities are in material compliance with such laws, ordinances, and regulations, as owners and lessees of real property, we can be held liable for the investigation or remediation of contamination on such properties, in some circumstances, without regard to whether we knew of or were responsible for such contamination. No assurance can be provided that remediation may not be required in the future as a result of spills or releases of petroleum products or hazardous substances, the discovery of unknown environmental conditions or more stringent standards regarding existing residual contamination. More burdensome environmental regulatory requirements may increase our general and administrative costs and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We May be Adversely Affected by Uncertainty in the Economy and Financial Markets, Including as a Result of Terrorism and the War in the Middle East.

Instability in the economy and financial markets, including as a result of terrorism and the war in the Middle East, may result in a decrease in housing starts, which would adversely affect our business. In addition, the war, related setbacks, or adverse developments, including a retaliatory military strike or terrorist attack, may cause unpredictable or unfavorable economic conditions and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition and on our ability to raise capital. Terrorist attacks similar to the ones committed on September 11, 2001, may directly affect our ability to keep our operations and services functioning properly and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Being a Public Company Will Increase Our Administrative Costs.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Under the SEC rules and regulations, as well as those of Nasdaq, our financial compliance costs will increase. Such rules may also make it more difficult and more expensive to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

Investor Confidence and the Price of Our Common Stock May Be Adversely Affected if We Are Unable to Comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become an SEC reporting company. As a reporting company, we will be subject to rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which require us to include in our annual report on Form 10-K our management’s report on, and


14


 

Risk factors

assessment of, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent auditors must attest to and report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and the effectiveness of such internal controls. These requirements will first apply to our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005. If we fail to properly assess and/or achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, there is a risk that we will not comply with all of the requirements imposed by Section 404. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent financial fraud. Any of these possible outcomes could result in an adverse reaction in the financial marketplace due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which ultimately could harm our business and could negatively impact the market price of our securities.

Risks Related to the Offering

There Has Been No Prior Public Market for Our Common Stock, and an Active Trading Market May Not Develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of capital stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration.

Our Stock Price May Be Volatile, and You May Lose All or Part of Your Investment.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering has been determined by negotiation among the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering and the price of our common stock may decline. In addition, the market price of our common stock could be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;
 
variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts;
 
announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, changes in customer relationships, acquisitions or expansion plans;
 
changes in the prices of products we sell;
 
our involvement in litigation;
 
our sale of common stock or other securities in the future;
 
market conditions in our industry;
 
changes in key personnel;
 
changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;
 
the trading volume of our common stock;
 
changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and
 
general economic and market conditions.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating


15


 

Risk factors

performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. If we were involved in any similar litigation we could incur substantial costs and our management’s attention and resources could be diverted, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Investors in This Offering Will Suffer Immediate and Substantial Dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution, and the exercise of stock options subsequent to this offering will cause investors to experience further dilution, which means that:

you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our assets immediately following the offering after subtracting our liabilities; and
 
the purchasers in this offering will have contributed           % of the total amount to fund us but will own only           % of our outstanding shares.

If We Fail to Meet the Requirements of The Nasdaq National Market, Our Stock Could Be Delisted, and the Market for Our Stock Could Be Less Liquid.

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market. There are continuing eligibility requirements of companies listed on The Nasdaq National Market. If we are not able to continue to satisfy the eligibility requirements for The Nasdaq National Market, then our stock may be delisted. Delisting could result in a lower price of our common stock and may limit the ability of our stockholders to sell our stock.

If Securities or Industry Analysts Do Not Publish Research or Reports about Our Business, Our Stock Price and Trading Volume Could Decline.

The trading market for our common stock will likely be significantly influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The Market Price of Our Common Stock Could Be Negatively Affected by Future Sales of Our Common Stock.

Sales by us or our stockholders of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or could impair our ability to raise capital through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, our equity securities. The shares held by certain of our current officers, and by our directors and principal stockholder following this offering will be subject to lock-up agreements and may not be sold to the public during the        -day period following the date of this prospectus without the consent of the underwriters. UBS Securities LLC, as the representative of the underwriters, may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements. For more information about these lock-up agreements, see “Underwriting.” Shares held by our officers, directors and principal stockholder will be considered “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and, after the lock-up period, will be eligible for resale subject to certain limitations of Rule 144.


16


 

Risk factors

The holders of an aggregate of            shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act of 1933. See “Description of Capital Stock— Registration Rights.” In addition to outstanding shares eligible for future sale,            shares of our common stock are issuable under currently outstanding stock options granted to several officers, directors and employees. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering            shares under our stock incentive plan. Shares included in such registration statement will be available for sale in the public market immediately except for shares held by affiliates who will have certain restrictions on their ability to sell. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could materially adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital through a public offering of our equity securities. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

The Controlling Position of Affiliates of JLL Partners Will Limit Your Ability to Influence Corporate Matters.

Affiliates of JLL Partners control JLL Building Products, LLC, one of the selling stockholders, which, prior to this offering, owns 94.6% of our outstanding common stock and, after this offering, is expected to own      % of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, following this offering, such affiliates of JLL Partners will have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that some of our stockholders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Provisions in Our Charter Documents Could Discourage a Takeover That Stockholders May Consider Favorable.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

Our stockholders may not remove a director without cause, and our certificate of incorporation provides for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms. As a result, it could take up to three years for stockholders to replace the entire board.
 
Our board of directors has the exclusive right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors.
 
Our stockholders may not act by written consent. As a result, holders of our capital stock would be able to take actions only at a stockholders’ meeting.
 
No stockholder may call a special meeting of stockholders. This may make it more difficult for stockholders to take certain actions.
 
We do not have cumulative voting in the election of directors. This limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates.
 
Stockholders must provide advance notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.


17


 

Risk factors

Our board of directors may issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us.

Our Management Team May Invest or Spend the Proceeds of This Offering in Ways with Which You May Not Agree or in Ways That May Not Yield a Return.

Presently, anticipated uses of the proceeds of this offering include repaying some of our outstanding debt and for other general corporate purposes. Other than with respect to repaying our outstanding debt in the manner described in the “Use of Proceeds,” we cannot specify with certainty how we will use the net proceeds of this offering. Accordingly, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase our operating results or market value. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value.


18


 


Forward-looking statements

This prospectus includes or incorporates forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, our financial condition and business strategy. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus, including, without limitation, statements under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business,” and located elsewhere in this prospectus regarding the prospects of our industry and our prospects, plans, financial position, and business strategy may constitute forward-looking statements. In addition, forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “believe,” or “continue,” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these expectations will prove to be correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed in this prospectus, including in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus and under “Risk Factors.” All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this document. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We will not update these statements except as may be required by applicable securities laws. Factors, risks, and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to be materially different from those projected include, among others:

Dependence on the homebuilding industry, the economy, and other important factors;
 
Cyclical and seasonal nature of the building products supply industry;
 
Product shortages, loss of key suppliers, and our dependence on third-party suppliers and manufacturers;
 
Loss of significant customers;
 
Competition in the highly fragmented building products supply industry;
 
Pricing pressure from our customers;
 
Our level of indebtedness;
 
Our incurrence of additional indebtedness;
 
Our inability to take certain actions because of restrictions in our debt agreements;
 
Our reliance on our subsidiaries;
 
Dependence on key personnel;
 
Exposure to product liability and warranty claims;
 
Variability of our quarterly revenues and earnings;
 
Disruptions in our information technology systems;
 
Disruptions at our facilities;
 
Our ability to execute our strategic plans;
 
Effects of regulatory conditions on our operations;
 
Exposure to environmental liabilities and regulation;
 
Economic and financial uncertainty resulting from terrorism and war;
 
Costs incurred as a result of becoming a public company; and
 
Our ability to meet the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


19


 


Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $           million, or approximately $           million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering:

•  to repay approximately $           million of indebtedness under our new $350 million senior secured credit facility;
 
to pay the fees and expenses of this offering; and
 
for working capital and general corporate purposes.

With respect to the $               indebtedness to be repaid under our new senior secured credit facility with the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to repay any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and the remainder will be used to repay a portion of the $225 million term loan. We incurred such indebtedness in February 2005, when we entered into the new senior secured credit facility. The proceeds of the new senior secured credit facility, together with the proceeds of our $275 million floating rate notes, were used to refinance our then-existing indebtedness; pay a $201.2 million dividend to our stockholders; make a $35.8 million cash payment to holders of our stock options; pay the fees and expenses associated with the new senior secured credit facility, and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

As of                , 2005, the term loan, which matures on August 11, 2011, bore interest at LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum and the revolving loan, which matures on February 11, 2010, bore interest at either LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum or base rate plus 1.50% per annum. As of                          , 2005, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

Dividend policy

We have not paid regular dividends in the past; and any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. The terms of our new senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our floating rate notes restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Although we have not paid regular dividends in the past, a dividend was paid to stockholders in the first quarter of 2005 in an aggregate amount of $201.2 million (or $0.80 per share) in connection with the closing of our new senior secured credit facility and floating rate notes, and an aggregate of $139.6 million (or $0.56 per share) of dividends was paid in 2004.


20


 


Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2004, on an actual basis and as adjusted to give effect to this offering, our new senior secured credit facility, the issuance of our floating rate notes, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the new senior secured credit facility, and our floating rate notes as if they had occurred on December 31, 2004. You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                     
December 31, 2004

Actual Adjusted

(in millions
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 50.6     $    
     
     
 
Debt
               
 
Existing first lien term loan
  $ 228.3     $    
 
Existing second lien term loan
    85.0          
 
Existing other debt
    0.2          
 
New revolving credit facility(1)
               
 
New senior secured credit facility
               
 
Floating rate notes
               
     
     
 
   
Total debt
    313.5          
Shareholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 300,000 shares authorized, 251,482 and      issued and outstanding at Actual and Adjusted December 31, 2004, respectively)
    2.5          
 
Additional paid-in capital
    158.0          
 
Retained earnings
    50.4          
     
     
 
   
Total shareholders’ equity
    210.9          
     
     
 
   
Total capitalization
  $ 524.4     $    
     
     
 


(1) $110.0 million of unfunded revolving facility commitment; $15.0 million pre-funded letter of credit facility will not be reflected on the balance sheet until drawn upon.


21


 


Dilution

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering. After giving effect to the new senior secured credit facility and the floating rate notes, the net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2004 would have been approximately $(161.7) million, or approximately $(0.64) per share. After giving effect to our sale of                      shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                     , 2005 would have been approximately $           million, or approximately $           per share. The difference represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates the per share dilution to the new investors:

         
Per Share

Assumed initial public offering price per share
  $    
Net tangible book value per share as of           , 2004
  $    
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
  $    
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
  $    
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
  $    

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share would increase to $           per share, and the dilution per share to new investors would be $          .

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of                     , 2004, the differences between our existing stockholders and investors in this offering with respect to the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and the price per share paid by investors in this offering before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses:

                                         
Shares Purchased Total Consideration


Average Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share

Existing Stockholders
                  $               $    
New Investors
                                       
Total
            100 %             100 %        

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own      % and our new investors would own      % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The discussion and tables above exclude                      shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options with exercise prices ranging from $          per share to $          per share, and                      shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our stock incentive plan. Because the exercise prices of the outstanding options are significantly below the assumed initial offering price, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will suffer additional dilution when and if these options are exercised.


22


 


Unaudited pro forma financial data

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 is based on the audited historical consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 of Builders FirstSource, Inc. and gives effect to this offering, the new senior secured credit facility, the floating rate notes, and the use of proceeds therefrom as if they occurred on December 31, 2004.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. The pro forma consolidated statements of operations give effect to the following events as if each occurred on January 1, 2004, for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Debt financing (closed February 11, 2005):

We entered into a new $350.0 million senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of banks.
 
We issued $275.0 million of the floating rate notes.
 
We paid a dividend of $201.2 million to stockholders and we paid $35.8 million to holders of stock options.
 
•  We paid the fees and expenses, aggregating $21.1 million, relating to the floating rate notes and the new senior secured credit facility.

Offering:

We issued           shares of common stock in this offering.
 
We repaid $          of indebtedness with the net proceeds of this offering.
 
We paid the fees and expenses related to this offering.

The unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes, our historical financial statements and related notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and other financial information contained in this prospectus. The pro forma information presented herein does not purport to be indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have actually occurred had the Transactions taken place on the dates indicated or which may occur in the future. All pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates and assumptions and are subject to revision upon completion of the Transactions.

We believe the estimates and assumptions used to prepare the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the Transactions and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to the estimates and assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.


23


 

Unaudited pro forma financial data

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                                             
As of December 31, 2004

Pro Forma
before Pro forma
Pro forma debt Offering Offering
Historical adjustments adjustments adjustments Pro Forma

(in thousands)
Assets
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 50,628     $ (50,628 )(a)   $     $     $  
 
Accounts receivable, net
    223,242             223,242             223,242  
 
Inventories
    137,858             137,858             137,858  
 
Other current assets
    7,756             7,756             7,756  
 
Deferred income taxes
    14,095             14,095             14,095  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    433,579       (50,628 )     382,951             382,951  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    87,486             87,486             87,486  
Goodwill
    163,030             163,030             163,030  
Other intangible assets, net
    122             122             122  
Other assets, net
    12,794       21,149 (b)     23,980             23,980  
              (9,963 )(c)                      
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 697,011     $ (39,442 )   $ 657,569     $     $ 657,569  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
                                       
Current liabilities:
                                       
 
Accounts payable
  $ 94,378     $     $ 94,378     $     $ 94,378  
 
Accrued liabilities
    58,863       (16,711 )(i)     42,152             42,152  
 
Book overdrafts
    20             20             20  
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
    1,688       562 (d)     2,250             2,250  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    154,949       (16,149 )     138,800             138,800  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    311,792       186,163 (d)     497,955             497,955  
Deferred income taxes
    10,209             10,209             10,209  
Other long-term liabilities
    9,171             9,171             9,171  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      486,121       170,014       656,135             656,135  
Commitments and contingencies
                                       
Shareholders’ equity:
                                       
 
Common stock, $.01 par value, 300,000 shares authorized;
    2,515             2,515             2,515  
   
251,482 and          issued and outstanding at Actual and Adjusted December 31, 2004 Additional paid-in capital
    157,949       (157,949 )(f)(h)                  
 
Stock purchase loans receivable
                             
 
Retained earnings (deficit)
    50,426       (9,963 )(c)     (1,081 )           (1,081 )
              (1,700 )(e)                      
              (24,126 )(f)(h)                      
              (32,429 )(g)(h)                      
              16,711 (i)                      
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total shareholders’ equity
    210,890       (209,456 )     1,434             1,434  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 697,011     $ (39,442 )   $ 657,569     $     $ 657,569  
     
     
     
     
     
 

24


 

Unaudited pro forma financial data

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

Debt financing (closed February 11, 2005):

(a)  Total available cash and cash equivalents balance was used as a source of funds for the payments discussed in notes (b), (f), and (g) below.
 
(b)  Represents $21.1 million of financing costs incurred related to the new senior secured credit facility and the issuance of the floating rate notes.

(c)  Represents the reduction in deferred financing costs and stockholders’ equity for the write-off of costs incurred related to the Company’s prior credit facility, the new senior secured credit facility, and the issuance of the floating rate notes. At December 31, 2004, the Company had a balance of $9.5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the prior credit facility. Based on the final syndicate of banks, $7.5 million of the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs related to the prior credit facility and $2.4 million of the financing costs discussed in note (b) above were expensed. The remaining unamortized balance of deferred financing costs related to the prior credit facility will be combined with costs incurred related to the new senior secured credit facility and the issuance of the floating rate notes and amortized over the term of the new debt.

(d)  Represents the $275.0 million of floating rate notes plus the $225.0 million borrowed under the Company’s new senior secured credit facility, net of the repayment of the Company’s prior credit facility of $313.3 million. The new senior secured credit facility requires consecutive quarterly payments equal to 1.0% of the original principal amount of the loan. Therefore, $2.3 million is included in current maturities of long-term debt in the accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004.

(e) Represents a $1.7 million termination payment to be paid related to the prepayment of the Tranche B term loan under the prior credit facility which was expensed.

(f)  Represents the dividend of $182.1 million paid to stockholders as part of the debt financing, assuming such payment was made on December 31, 2004 (see note (h) below). This dividend first reduced the balance of existing retained earnings to zero and fully reduced additional paid-in capital by $158.0 million, with the residual amount reducing retained earnings by $1.1 million.

(g)  Represents the payment made to option holders of $32.4 million as part of the debt financing, assuming such payment was made on December 31, 2004, in-lieu of adjusting the option exercise price. This payment was expensed.
 
(h)  The dividend paid to stockholders and the payment made to stock option holders were dependent upon the Company’s level of debt and cash and cash equivalents at the date of the closing (February 11, 2005) of the debt financing. The following is a reconciliation of the dividends paid to stockholders and the payments made to stock option holders on February 11, 2005 to those payments assuming the payments occurred on December 31, 2004:

                         
February 11, Pro-rata December 31,
2005 Reduction 2004



Dividend to stockholders
  $ 201.2     $ (19.1 )   $ 182.1  
Payment to option holders
  $ 35.8     $ (3.4 )   $ 32.4  

(i)  Represents the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments (c), (e), and (g) assuming an approximate 38.0% incremental tax rate.

25


 

Unaudited pro forma financial data

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                                           
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

Pro forma
Pro forma before Pro forma
debt Offering Offering
Historical adjustments adjustments adjustments Pro forma

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Sales
  $ 2,058,047     $     $ 2,058,047     $     $ 2,058,047  
Cost of sales
    1,574,535             1,574,535             1,574,535  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross margin
    483,512             483,512             483,512  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    376,096             376,096             376,096  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income from operations
    107,416             107,416             107,416  
Interest expense
    24,458       12,208 (a)     36,666             36,666  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    82,958       (12,208 )     70,750             70,750  
Income tax expense
    31,480       (4,627 )(b)     26,853             26,853  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 51,478     $ (7,581 )   $ 43,897     $     $ 43,897  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations per share — basic
  $ 0.21                             $    
     
                             
 
Income from continuing operations per share — diluted
  $ 0.19                             $    
     
                             
 
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic
    251,353                                  
     
                             
 
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted
    267,140                                  
     
                             
 

26


 

Unaudited pro forma financial data

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(a)  Represents the adjustment to historical interest expense on debt to be issued or incurred in connection with the Transactions, as presented in the following table.
         
Year Ended
December 31,
2004

(In thousands)
Historical interest expense
  $ 24,458  
Interest expense resulting from the floating rate notes
    19,305  
Interest expense resulting from borrowings under the new senior secured credit facility
    12,820  
Interest expense resulting from borrowings under the prior credit facilities
    (19,148 )
     
 
Total cash interest expense
    37,435  
     
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs associated with related to the floating rate notes
    1,666  
Amortization of deferred financing costs associated with the new senior secured credit facility
    1,551  
Amortization of deferred financing costs associated with the prior credit facilities
    (3,986 )
     
 
Total pro forma interest expense
  $ 36,666  
     
 

  As of December 31, 2004, the pro forma balance on the new senior secured credit facility was $225.0 million and the pro forma balance on the floating rates notes was $275.0 million. The assumed interest rate on the new senior secured credit facility was 5.27% (LIBOR plus 2.50%) and the interest rate on the floating rate notes was 7.02% (LIBOR plus 4.25%). The new senior secured credit facility also includes a letter of credit fee of 2.75% on outstanding borrowings and a 0.50% commitment fee on the revolving line of credit. For each 0.125% change in the assumed interest rate of the new senior secured credit facility and floating rate notes, interest expense would increase by approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
  The average outstanding balance of the prior credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2004 was approximately $272 million at an average interest rate of 6.24%. The prior credit facility also included a letter of credit fee of 2.75% on outstanding borrowings and a 0.50% commitment fee on the revolving line of credit. The year ended December 31, 2004 also included interest from the 2003 credit facility which was refinanced in February 2004.

(b)  Represents the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments assuming an approximate incremental tax rate of 38.0% for the year ended December 31, 2004.

27


 


Selected historical consolidated financial information

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods or as of the date indicated. The selected statement of operations and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 has been derived from our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere herein which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, our independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The selected statement of operations and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 has been derived from our consolidated financial statements, as restated, not included herein.

All information included in the following tables should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                             
Year ended December 31,

2004 2003(1) 2002(1) 2001 2000

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Restated Restated Restated Restated
Statement of operations data:
                                       
 
Sales
  $ 2,058,047     $ 1,675,093     $ 1,500,006     $ 1,513,545     $ 1,513,086  
 
Cost of sales
    1,574,535       1,300,410       1,155,375       1,149,957       1,141,808  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Gross margin
    483,512       374,683       344,631       363,588       371,278  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    376,096       327,027       308,060       324,430       309,346  
 
Facility closure costs
          1,171       750       8,288        
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Income from operations
    107,416       46,485       35,821       30,870       61,932  
 
Other expense, net
          620       2,220       4,067       3,567  
 
Interest expense
    24,458       11,124       12,055       20,581       30,891  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    82,958       34,741       21,546       6,222       27,474  
 
Income tax expense
    31,480       13,343       8,611       2,560       11,482  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income from continuing operations
    51,478       21,398       12,935       3,662       15,992  
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    103       (3,822 )     (2,980 )     (2,120 )     292  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
                (19,504 )            
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 51,581     $ 17,576     $ (9,549 )   $ 1,542     $ 16,284  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations
per share— basic
  $ 0.21     $ 0.08     $ 0.05     $ 0.01     $ 0.07  
Income from continuing operations
per share— diluted
  $ 0.19     $ 0.08     $ 0.05     $ 0.01     $ 0.07  
Weighted average shares outstanding— basic
    251,353       252,040       253,629       255,320       222,676  
Weighted average shares outstanding— diluted
    267,140       252,519       254,108       256,816       224,322  
Balance sheet data (end of period):
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 50,628     $ 5,585     $ 2,248     $ 3,309     $ 2,346  
 
Total assets
    697,011       622,128       530,965       564,204       634,939  
 
Total debt, including current portion
    313,480       168,533       129,706       154,010       223,829  
 
Shareholders’ equity
    210,890       298,933       282,789       293,035       293,916  
Other financial data:
                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization (excluding discontinued operations)
  $ 19,350     $ 20,187     $ 20,745     $ 25,232     $ 21,652  
 
Capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions)
    20,718       15,592       15,061       22,491       23,123  


(1)  See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere herein, regarding the restatement of our previously issued financial statements.

28


 


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition

and results of operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with all of the consolidated historical financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of certain of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

OVERVIEW

We are a leading supplier and a fast-growing manufacturer of structural and related building products for residential new construction in the U.S. Our manufactured products include our factory-built roof and floor trusses, wall panels and stairs, as well as engineered wood that we design and cut for each home. We also manufacture custom millwork and trim that we market under the Synboard® brand name, as well as aluminum and vinyl windows, and we assemble interior and exterior doors into pre-hung units. In addition, we supply our customers with a broad offering of professional grade building products not manufactured by us, such as dimensional lumber and lumber sheet goods, various window, door and millwork lines, as well as cabinets, roofing, and gypsum wallboard. Our full range of construction-related services includes professional installation, turn-key framing and shell construction, and spans all our product categories.

We group our building products and services into five principal product categories: Prefabricated Components, Windows & Doors, Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods, Millwork, and Other Building Products & Services. Prefabricated Components consist of factory-built floor and roof trusses, wall panels, stairs, as well as engineered wood that we design and cut for each home. The Windows & Doors category is comprised of the manufacturing, assembly and distribution of windows, and the assembly and distribution of interior and exterior door units. Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods include dimensional lumber, plywood and oriented strand board (“OSB”) products used in on-site house framing. Millwork includes interior and exterior trim, columns, and posts that we distribute, as well as custom exterior features that we manufacture under the Synboard® brand name. The Other Building Products & Services category is comprised of products including cabinets, gypsum, roofing, and insulation, and services including turn-key framing and shell construction, design assistance, and the professional installation of products, which spans all of our product categories.

Factors influencing future results of operations

Our future results of operations will be impacted by the following factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Homebuilding Industry. Our business is driven primarily by the residential new construction market. According to the National Association of Homebuilders, U.S. housing starts were 1.85 million in 2003 and are projected to be 1.95 million in 2004 and 1.88 million in 2005. While these levels are above the historical average of 1.62 million over the past ten years, several industry sources expect that strong housing demand will continue to be driven over the next decade by new household formations, increasing homeownership rates, the size and age of the population, an aging housing stock (approximately 36% of existing homes were built before 1960), improved financing options for buyers, and immigration trends. In recent years, the homebuilding industry has undergone significant consolidation, with the larger homebuilders substantially increasing their market share. In accordance with this trend, our customer base has increasingly shifted to Production Homebuilders, the fastest growing segment of residential homebuilders.


29


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The growing use of Prefabricated Components in the homebuilding process represents a major trend within the residential new construction building products supply market. Builders value the many benefits of using these products, including reduced cycle time and carrying costs, increased product quality, and cost savings from the reduction of expensive on-site labor and material waste. In response to this trend, we have continued to increase our manufacturing capacity and our ability to provide customers with Prefabricated Components such as roof and floor trusses, wall panels, stairs and engineered wood, as well as windows, pre-hung doors and our branded Synboard® millwork products.

Economic Conditions. Our financial performance will be impacted by economic changes nationally and locally in the markets we serve. The building products supply industry is dependent on new home construction and subject to cyclical market pressures. Our operations are subject to fluctuations arising from changes in supply and demand, national and international economic conditions, labor costs, competition, government regulation, trade policies, and other factors that affect the homebuilding industry such as demographic trends, interest rates, single-family housing starts, employment levels, consumer confidence, and the availability of credit to homebuilders, contractors and homeowners.

Cost of Materials. Prices of wood products, which are subject to cyclical market pressures, adversely impact operating income when prices rapidly rise or fall within a relatively short period of time. We purchase certain materials, including lumber products which are then sold to customers as well as used as direct production inputs for our manufactured products. Short term changes in the cost of these materials, some of which are subject to significant fluctuations, are sometimes passed on to our customers, but our pricing quotation periods may limit our ability to pass on such price changes. Our inability to pass on material price increases to our customers could adversely impact operating income.

Recapitalization. In connection with our new senior secured credit facility, our floating rate notes, and the use of proceeds therefrom, we incurred estimated fees and expenses aggregating $21.1 million and paid a $1.7 million early termination penalty related to the prepayment of the Tranche B term loan under the prior credit facility. We had approximately $9.3 million in unamortized deferred loan costs remaining at the refinancing date related to the prior credit facility. In the first quarter of 2005, the total cash payment to option holders and the termination penalty related to the prepayment of the Tranche B term loan were expensed and recorded as components of selling, general, and administrative expense and interest expense. Also, based on the final syndicate of banks, we expensed approximately $7.3 million of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the prior credit facility and approximately $2.4 million of costs incurred in connection with the refinancing. These costs were recorded as interest expense. The remaining $2.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the prior credit facility and $18.7 million of costs incurred in connection with the refinancing will be included as a component of other assets, net and amortized over the terms of the new senior secured credit facility and floating rate notes.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense. On January 18, 2005, we announced that we are planning to prepare for an underwritten initial public offering of our common stock, which we expect to complete in the second quarter of 2005. Following consummation of our proposed initial public offering, we would incur certain incremental costs and expenses as a result of being a public company, including costs associated with our reporting requirements.

RESTATEMENT OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In early 2005 we performed a review of our accounting policies and practices with respect to leases and vendor rebates. As a result of this internal review, we identified errors in our accounting practices associated with accounting for leasehold improvements impacting depreciation and vendor rebates and inventory accounting impacting cost of sales.


30


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

In prior periods, we amortized leasehold improvements over terms greater than the shorter of the estimated useful life or lease term. We have determined that Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 13, Accounting for Leases (“SFAS 13”), as amended, requires us to amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the assets or the lease term, as defined by SFAS 13, as amended.

The inventory and cost of sales adjustments resulted from the recognition of rebates, which are earned from vendors primarily based on the level of purchases, as a reduction to cost of sales in the period earned and not deferring any amount of vendor rebates to inventory still on hand as of the end of the period, the non recognition of a vendor rebate earned during 2003 and difficulties associated with converting to a new computer system at one location.

We have restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for a summary of the effects of these changes on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2003, as well as on our Consolidated Statements of Operations, Cash Flows and Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis gives effect to these restatements. Additionally, the information presented within the selected historical consolidated financial information for 2001 and 2000 has been restated with respect to vendor rebates and leasehold improvements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Critical accounting policies are those that both are important to the accurate portrayal of a company’s financial condition and results, and require subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

In order to prepare financial statements that conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, commonly referred to as GAAP, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Certain estimates are particularly sensitive due to their significance to the financial statements and the possibility that future events may be significantly different from our expectations.

We have identified the following accounting policies that require us to make the most subjective or complex judgments in order to fairly present our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Sales. We recognize sales when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, our price to the buyer is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. We generally recognize sales upon delivery to the customer’s delivery site. We use the completed contract method to recognize sales for certain construction and installation contracts. All sales recognized are net of allowances for cash discounts and estimated returns, which are estimated using historical experience.

Vendor Rebates. Many of our arrangements with our vendors provide for us to receive a rebate of a specified amount payable to us when we achieve any of a number of measures, generally related to the volume of purchases from our vendors. We account for these rebates as a reduction of the prices of the vendor’s products, which reduces inventory until we sell the product, at which time these rebates reduce cost of sales. Throughout the year, we estimate the amount of rebates based upon our historical level of purchases. We continually revise these estimates to reflect actual purchase levels.

If market conditions were to change, vendors may change the terms of some or all of these programs. Although these changes would not affect the amounts which we have recorded related to product already purchased, it may impact our gross margins on products we sell or sales earned in future periods.


31


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Related Reserves. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses due to the failure of our customers to make required payments. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and typically do not require collateral. Consistent with industry practices, we generally require payment from most customers within 30 days. As our business is seasonal in certain regions, our customers’ businesses are also seasonal. Sales are lowest in the winter months, and our past due accounts receivable balance as a percentage of total receivables generally increases during this time. Throughout the year, we record estimated reserves based upon our historical write-offs of uncollectible accounts, taking into consideration certain factors, such as aging statistics and trends, customer payment history, independent credit reports, and discussions with customers.

Periodically, we perform a specific analysis of all accounts past due and write off account balances when we have exhausted reasonable collection efforts and determined that the likelihood of collection is remote. We charge these write-offs against our allowance for doubtful accounts.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Our judgment regarding the existence of impairment indicators is based on market and operational performance. Determining whether an impairment has occurred typically requires various estimates and assumptions, including determining which cash flows are directly related to the potentially impaired asset, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, their amount, and the asset’s residual value, if any. In turn, measurement of an impairment loss requires a determination of fair value, which is based on the best information available. We use internal cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals as appropriate to determine fair value. We derive the required cash flow estimates from our historical experience and our internal business plans and apply an appropriate discount rate. If these projected cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized based on the fair value of the asset less any costs of disposition.

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the amount we paid to acquire businesses over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed. At December 31, 2004, our net goodwill balance was approximately $163.0 million, representing approximately 23.4% of our total assets.

In fiscal 2002, we adopted the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Under these rules, we test goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or at any other time when impairment indicators exist. Examples of such indicators that would cause us to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests include a significant change in the business climate, unexpected competition, significant deterioration in market share or a loss of key personnel. We determine fair value using a discounted cash flow approach to value our reporting units.

If circumstances change or events occur to indicate that our fair market value on a reporting unit basis has fallen below its net book value, we will compare the estimated implied value of the goodwill to its book value. If the book value of goodwill exceeds the estimated implied value of goodwill, we will recognize the difference as an impairment loss in operating income.

Inventories. Inventories consist principally of materials purchased for resale, including lumber, sheet goods, windows, doors and millwork, and raw materials for certain manufactured products and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the weighted average method, the use of which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We accrue for shrink based on the actual historical shrink results of our most recent physical inventories adjusted, if necessary, for current economic conditions. These estimates are compared with actual results as physical inventory counts are taken and reconciled to the general ledger.


32


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

During the year, we monitor our inventory levels by location and record provisions for excess inventories based on slower moving inventory. We define potential excess inventory as the amount of inventory on hand in excess of the historical usage, excluding special order items purchased in the last three months. We then apply our judgment as to forecasted demand and other factors, including liquidation value, to determine the required adjustments to net realizable value. Our inventories are generally not susceptible to technological obsolescence.

Deferred Income Taxes. We assess whether it is more likely than not that some or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities, future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in our assessment. We have certain state income tax carryforwards where we believe it is unlikely that we will realize the benefits associated with these tax carryforwards and have established a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Changes in our estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies will affect our estimate of the realization of the tax benefits of these tax carryforwards.

Insurance Deductible Reserve. We have large deductibles for general liability, auto liability and workers’ compensation insurance. The expected liability for unpaid claims falling within our deductible, including incurred but not reported losses, is determined using the assistance of a third-party actuary. This amount is reflected on our balance sheet as an accrued liability. Our accounting policy includes an internal evaluation and adjustment of our reserve for all insurance-related liabilities on a quarterly basis. At least on an annual basis, we engage an external actuarial professional to independently assess and estimate the total liability outstanding, which is compared to the actual reserve balance at that time and adjusted accordingly.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information that management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 and our financial condition as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 the percentage relationship to sales of certain costs, expenses and income items:

                           
Years ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002

Restated Restated
Sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost and operating expenses
                       
 
Cost of sales
    76.5 %     77.6 %     77.0 %
     
     
     
 
Gross margin
    23.5 %     22.4 %     23.0 %
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    18.3 %     19.5 %     20.5 %
 
Facility closure costs
    0.0 %     0.1 %     0.0 %
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    5.2 %     2.8 %     2.4 %
Interest expense
    1.2 %     0.7 %     0.8 %
Other expense, net
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.1 %
Income tax expense
    1.5 %     0.8 %     0.6 %
(Income) Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    0.0 %     0.2 %     0.2 %
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
    0.0 %     0.0 %     1.3 %
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    2.5 %     1.0 %     (0.6 )%
     
     
     
 

33


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

2004 compared with 2003

Overview. Our competitive strengths are driving sales growth and improved profitability. During 2004, our leading market positions and unique business model allowed us to grow market share by 3.1%. We define market share growth as price adjusted sales growth less permit growth within our markets. Adjusted for higher panel and lumber prices in 2004, our sales grew 12.6% over 2003 while we estimate that new building permits increased only 9.5% for the same period. This market share growth has leveraged our fixed operating expenses, reducing our selling, general and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of sales, from 19.5% in 2003 to 18.3% in 2004. Expanded offering of prefabricated components over the last several years has improved our sales mix and increased overall gross margins. Prefabricated components sales have increased from $257.3 million in 2002 to $385.9 in 2004, a $128.6 million increase, while its gross margin percentage has expanded from 24.9% in 2002 to 27.0% in 2004. Superior customer service levels allow us to generate attractive gross margins even on commodity type products. Our gross margin percentage for Lumber and Lumber Sheet Goods products increased to 19.2% in 2004 from 16.6% in 2003 due to the customer service being provided coupled with new purchasing programs implemented in 2004.

Sales. Sales for the year ended 2004 were $2,058.0 million, a $382.9 million, or 22.9%, increase over sales of $1,675.1 million for the year ended 2003. Sales benefited from unanticipated strong homebuilding activity in all our geographic markets and higher market prices for Lumber and Lumber Sheet Goods products. Our sales management initiatives, including incentive and training programs, have contributed to our ability to grow sales in all product categories at a faster rate than reported growth in residential housing starts during the same period. In addition, the growth rate of Prefabricated Components reflects the success of our strategy of diversifying into more value-added product sales.

The following table shows sales classified by major product category (in millions):

                                         
Year Ended

2004 2003


Sales % of Sales Sales % of Sales % Growth

Prefabricated Components
  $ 385.9       18.8 %   $ 303.4       18.1 %     27.2 %
Windows & Doors
    391.2       19.0       354.6       21.2       10.3  
Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods
    815.3       39.6       593.7       35.4       37.3  
Millwork
    175.9       8.5       158.7       9.5       10.8  
Other Building Products & Services
    289.7       14.1       264.7       15.8       9.4  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 2,058.0       100.0 %   $ 1,675.1       100.0 %     22.9 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

Sales of Prefabricated Components increased $82.5 million, or 27.2%, from $303.4 million for the year ended 2003 to $385.9 million for the year ended 2004. This was largely attributable to the increase in truss and panel sales of $61.9 million resulting from usage of Prefabricated Components by Production Homebuilders.

Sales of Windows & Doors increased $36.6 million, or 10.3%, from $354.6 million for the year ended 2003 to $391.2 million for the year ended 2004. This was attributable to a $13.1 million increase in sales of assembled and distributed window products and a $23.5 million increase in sales of pre-assembled door units.

Sales of Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods products increased $221.6 million, or 37.3%, from $593.7 million for the year ended 2003 to $815.3 million for the year ended 2004. This increase was largely attributable to favorable price variances of approximately $210.9 million and unit volume increases of $10.7 million. Sales were favorably impacted by the pass-through to our customers of significantly higher prices for Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods, a result of increases in demand coupled with limited capacity additions by manufacturers over the last several years.


34


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

Sales of Millwork products increased $17.2 million, or 10.8%, from $158.7 million for the year ended 2003 to $175.9 million for the year ended 2004. This was largely attributable to a $14.3 million increase in sales of interior trim and moldings, primarily as a result of our new sales management programs.

Sales of Other Building Products & Services increased $25.0 million, or 9.4%, from $264.7 million for the year ended 2003 to $289.7 million for the year ended 2004. This increase was largely attributable to a $6.7 million increase in installation services, a $6.7 million increase in sales of insulation products and a $7.6 million increase in sales of hardware products.

Gross Margin. Gross margin increased $108.8 million, or 29.0%, from $374.7 million for the year ended 2003 to $483.5 million for the year ended 2004. The gross margin percentage increased from 22.4% for the year ended 2003 to 23.5% for the year ended 2004. Contributing to this increase was a $26.2 million, or 33.6%, increase in gross margins on Prefabricated Components. The increase was attributable to the higher sales volume and an increase in gross margin percentage from 25.7% for the year ended 2003 to 27.0% for the year ended 2004. The improvement in gross margin percentage is primarily attributable to a 1.0% of sales improvement in labor efficiencies, a 1.8% of sales improvement in fixed cost absorption due to the higher sales volume as partially offset by a 1.6% of sales increase in raw materials costs. In addition, the overall gross margin increase was attributed to a $57.6 million, or 58.4%, increase in Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods gross margins, and a corresponding increase in Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods gross margin percentage from 16.6% for the year ended 2003 to 19.2% for the year ended 2004. The gross margin increase was a result of higher sales levels while purchasing programs implemented in 2004 were the predominant reason for the improvement in gross margin percentage.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $49.1 million, or 15.0%, from $327.0 million for the year ended 2003 to $376.1 million for the year ended 2004. The increase was attributable to a $31.7 million increase in salaries and benefits expense, largely as a result of a $13.0 million increase in commission expense and a $10.3 million increase in bonus expense, related to increased sales and profitability, a $6.4 million increase in handling and delivery costs, exclusive of salaries and benefits, primarily in fuel costs, and a $4.3 million increase in occupancy costs. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 19.5% for the year ended 2003 to 18.3% for the year ended 2004. This decrease was due to labor efficiencies and leveraging of fixed operating costs.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $13.4 million, or 120.7%, from $11.1 million for the year ended 2003 to $24.5 million for the year ended 2004. Higher average debt levels and average interest rates during the year ended 2004 increased interest expense by $8.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, following the recapitalization completed in February 2004. We expect interest expense to increase during 2005 due to the higher debt levels resulting from the 2005 recapitalization.

Interest expense in 2003 and 2004 included $2.0 million and $1.8 million of debt issue cost amortization, respectively, and 2004 included the write-off of $2.2 million of previously deferred loan costs.

Provision for Income Taxes. The effective combined federal and state tax rate was 37.9% and 38.4% for the years ended 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax. Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, decreased $3.9 million from a loss of $3.8 million in 2003 to income of $0.1 million in 2004. During the year ended 2003, the Company recognized an expense of $1.9 million to adjust asset balances to their estimated net realizable value, an expense of $0.2 million related to facility closure costs, and a goodwill impairment charge of $1.2 million. We completed our Colorado exit plan prior to December 31, 2003. During the year ended 2004, we favorably settled an outstanding lease obligation and collected several previously written-off customer balances aggregating $0.4 million as partially offset by an additional impairment charge of $0.2 million related to the carrying value of the real estate.


35


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

2003 compared with 2002

Sales. Sales for the year ended 2003 were $1,675.1 million, a $175.1 million, or 11.7%, increase over sales of $1,500.0 million for the year ended 2002. Overall, sales benefited from improved economic conditions and low interest rates.

The following table shows sales by major product category (millions):

                                         
Year Ended

2003 2002


Sales % of Sales Sales % of Sales % Growth

Prefabricated Components
  $ 303.4       18.1 %   $ 257.3       17.2 %     17.9 %
Windows & Doors
    354.6       21.2       325.2       21.7       9.0  
Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods
    593.7       35.4       515.4       34.3       15.2  
Millwork
    158.7       9.5       151.1       10.1       5.0  
Other Building Products & Services
    264.7       15.8       251.0       16.7       5.5  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 1,675.1       100.0 %   $ 1,500.0       100.0 %     11.7 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

Sales of Prefabricated Components increased $46.1 million, or 17.9%, from $257.3 million for the year ended 2002 to $303.4 million for the year ended 2003. In particular, truss and panel sales grew $33.7 million as we continued our strategy of opening new plants and modernizing and expanding our existing plants.

Sales of Windows & Doors increased $29.4 million, or 9.0%, from $325.2 million for the year ended 2002 to $354.6 million for the year ended 2003. Sales of manufactured aluminum and vinyl windows increased $16.0 million as we continued to expand this product offering.

Sales of Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods increased $78.3 million, or 15.2%, from $515.4 million for the year ended 2002 to $593.7 million for the year ended 2003. Higher prices contributed approximately $57.0 million of the increase while increased unit volumes amounted to approximately $21.3 million. Sales prices were favorably impacted, particularly in the second half of 2003, by higher market prices for panel and lumber products due to increases in demand coupled with minimal increases in capacity by the major manufacturers.

Sales of Millwork products increased $7.6 million, or 5.0%, from $151.1 million for the year ended 2002 compared to $158.7 million for the year ended 2003.

Sales of Other Building Products & Services increased $13.7 million, or 5.5%, from $251.0 million for the year ended 2002 to $264.7 million for the year ended 2003. This increase was largely attributable to the continued growth of installation services ($8.4 million increase in sales of services).

Gross Margin. Gross margin increased $30.1 million, or 8.7%, from $344.6 million for the year ended 2002 to $374.7 million for the year ended 2003. Gross margin on Prefabricated Components increased $14.0 million, and, expressed as a percentage of sales, increased 0.8% as a result of value-added engineering and raw material substitution reducing the raw material costs of the finished product. The overall gross margin percentage for 2003 decreased to 22.4% compared to 23.0% in 2002. Gross margin on Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods increased $2.4 million but, expressed as a percentage of sales, fell 2.1% from 18.7% in 2002 to 16.6% in 2003. This decrease was primarily due to the rapid increase in procurement costs in 2003, and our delayed ability to pass along these increases due to existing customer commitments.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $18.9 million, or 6.1%, from $308.1 million in 2002 to $327.0 million in 2003. Salaries and benefits expense increased $14.1 million in 2003 due to a $3.7 million increase in commission expense and a $6.6 million increase in bonus expense associated with the strong sales performance as partially offset by a $1.3 million reduction in group health expense. In addition, handling and delivery costs, exclusive of salaries and benefits, increased $5.5 million in 2003 due to the increase in number of deliveries. Selling, general and administrative expenses expressed as a percentage of sales decreased from 20.5% in 2002 to


36


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

19.5% in 2003. The largest improvement was in the salaries and benefits percentage, which decreased 0.6% due to improved labor efficiencies and the leveraging of fixed management and supervisory payroll costs.

Interest Expense. Interest expense totaled $11.1 million for 2003 compared to $12.1 million for 2002. The decrease was due to lower average debt levels in 2003. Interest expense in 2003 and 2002 included $2.0 million and $2.1 million of debt issue cost amortization, respectively.

Provision for Income Taxes. The effective tax rate was 38.4% for 2003 compared to 40.0% for 2002. Our overall effective tax was in excess of the federal statutory rate due to state income taxes. The effective state tax rate fell due to change in mix of income generated in states in which we are subject to taxation.

Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax. Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax increased $0.8 million, or 26.7%, to $3.8 million in 2003 from $3.0 million in 2002. The increase was due to the Company announcing its intent to exit its operations in Colorado in September 2003 based upon several factors including unfavorable market conditions and a poor competitive position which prevented the Company from generating profitable results. The cessation of operations in this market was treated as a discontinued operation as it had distinguishable cash flow and operations that have been eliminated from the ongoing Company and we have no further cash flows or operations in this market. The Company completed the exit plan prior to December 31, 2003. As a result of the exit plan, in 2003 the Company recorded an expense of $1.9 million in order to adjust asset balances to their estimated net realizable value, an expense of $0.2 million related to facility exit costs, and a goodwill impairment charge of $1.2 million. During 2002, the Company also closed a facility related to the Colorado operations and recorded an expense of approximately $1.2 million for the closure of this facility primarily related to future minimum lease payments due on the vacated facility.

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle, Net of Tax. As of January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS 142 which eliminates the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives and requires instead that those assets be tested for impairment annually. The application of the transition provisions of this new accounting standard required us to reduce our goodwill balance by $19.5 million, net of tax during 2002.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary capital requirements are to fund working capital needs, meet required debt payments, including debt service payments on the floating rate notes and our new senior secured credit facility, to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, and to pay dividends, if any, on our common stock. Capital resources have primarily consisted of cash flows from operations and borrowings under our credit facility.

Consolidated cash flows

Operating activities. Cash flows provided by operating activities increased to $94.4 million for the year 2004 from net cash used of $40.2 million for the year ended 2003. The increase of $134.6 million in cash flows provided by operating activities was primarily driven by a $34.0 million increase in net income, a net improvement of $72.7 million in accounts receivable and retained interest in transferred accounts receivable used in operating activities and a $29.6 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The remaining sources were from changes in other working capital. The improvement in accounts receivable and retained interest in transferred accounts receivable was primarily due to our accounts receivable securitization agreement expiring in August 2003. The increase in accrued liabilities was due to increased compensation, including bonuses, and sales and income tax accruals which were a direct result of our increased performance for the year ended 2004 as compared to the prior year.

Net cash used in operating activities was $40.2 million for 2003 as compared to cash flows provided by operating activities of $48.5 million in 2002. The net change in cash provided by operating activities of $88.7 million was primarily driven by net increases in accounts receivable and retained interest in


37


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

transferred accounts receivable of $64.7 million, increases in cash used for inventory of $30.9 million, and net decreases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $6.2 million. These increases in cash used were offset in part by an increase in net income before depreciation and amortization, cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, and non-cash gain (loss) from discontinued operations of $9.0 million. The remaining sources were from changes in other working capital. The increase in accounts receivable and retained interest in transferred accounts receivable was primarily due to our accounts receivable securitization agreement expiring in August 2003. The net decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities was primarily due to the timing of payments off-set in part by increased compensation and sales tax accruals which were a direct result of the Company’s increased performance from prior year. The increase in inventory levels was a direct result of the Company building inventory levels to support higher sales in addition to the Company taking advantage of declining lumber prices near the end of the year in 2003.

Investing activities. During the years ended 2004 and 2003, cash flows used for investing activities totaled $18.7 million and $13.0 million, respectively. Capital expenditures increased approximately $5.1 million to $20.7 million for the year ended 2004 from $15.6 million for the year ended 2003 primarily due to the purchase of machinery and equipment at our existing facilities. Proceeds from the sale of property, plant, and equipment decreased $5.1 million from $7.1 million for the year ended 2003 to $2.0 million for the year ended 2004 primarily due to us updating our delivery and warehouse fleet in 2003. Cash used for acquisitions decreased $4.6 million for the year ended 2004 due to our three completed acquisitions during 2003 and no acquisitions completed during 2004.

During 2003, cash used in investing activities increased approximately $2.7 million from $10.3 million in 2002 to $13.0 million in 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to our using $4.6 million to acquire three companies in 2003 as compared to only $1.7 million in 2002 relating to acquisitions.

Financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $30.7 million for the year ended 2004 as compared to $56.5 million for the year ended 2003. The increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to our entering into a credit agreement in February of 2004 from which we received approximately $315.0 million of proceeds, of which approximately $139.6 million was used to pay a dividend, $11.1 million was used to pay the transaction costs associated with the new credit agreement and $168.3 million was used to retire the then existing debt facility. We also made $1.7 million of scheduled principal payments during the year ended 2004 on our credit facility. We had net borrowings of $61.4 million on our revolving line of credit and made approximately $22.6 million of principal payments for the year ended 2003. Book overdrafts decreased $24.8 million during the year ended 2004 as compared to an increase of $20.5 million during the year ended 2003, reflecting the timing of the release of payables.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $56.5 million in 2003 as compared to $39.3 million used in financing activities in 2002. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to our incurring net borrowings of long-term debt of $38.8 million in 2003 as compared to us repaying $24.3 million of long-term debt in 2002. The increased borrowings in 2003 were attributable to our accounts receivable securitization agreement expiring in 2003, which was a significant source of cash. Book overdrafts increased $20.5 million during 2003 as compared to a decrease of $13.3 million in 2002, reflecting the timing of the release of payables.

Pre-transaction Capital Resources. On February 25, 2004, we entered into a $405.0 million senior secured credit agreement (the “2004 Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks. The 2004 Credit Agreement was initially comprised of a $90.0 million long-term revolver due February 25, 2009; a $230.0 million Tranche A term loan due in quarterly installments beginning June 30, 2004 and ending February 25, 2010; and an $85.0 million Tranche B term loan due on August 25, 2010. During 2004, we permanently repaid approximately $1.7 million under the term loan which permanently reduced the borrowing capacity under the 2004 Credit Agreement.


38


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

Interest rates under the credit agreement for the revolving loans and the Tranche A term loan are based on the prime rate in the United States or LIBOR (plus a margin, based on leverage ratios, which is currently LIBOR plus 2.25% and prime rate plus 1.25% for revolving loans and LIBOR plus 3.00% and prime rate plus 2.00% for the Tranche A term loan), at our option at the time of borrowing. Interest rates under the credit agreement for the Tranche B term loan are based on the prime rate in the United States or LIBOR (plus a fixed margin, which is LIBOR plus 8.50% and prime rate plus 7.50%), at our option at the time of borrowing provided that the base interest rate shall in no event be less than 2.0%. The weighted-average interest rate at December 31, 2004 for borrowings under the 2004 Credit Agreement was 6.9%. A variable commitment fee based on the total leverage ratio is charged on the unused amount of the revolver (0.375% at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004 the available borrowing capacity of the revolver totaled $73.8 million after being reduced by outstanding letters of credit of approximately $16.2 million.

The 2004 Credit Agreement is collateralized by substantially all tangible and intangible property and interest in property and proceeds thereof owned by us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The 2004 Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants, which, among other things, relate to the payment of dividends, incurrence of indebtedness, repurchase of common stock or other distributions, and asset sales and also require compliance with certain financial covenants with respect to a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio.

Post-transaction Capital Resources. On February 11, 2005, we entered into a $350.0 million senior secured credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks. The New Credit Agreement is comprised of a $225.0 million six-and-a-half year term loan; a $110.0 million five-year revolver; and a pre-funded letter of credit facility to be available at any time during the six-and-a-half year term in the aggregate face amount outstanding not to exceed $15.0 million.

Interest rates on loans under the New Credit Agreement are based on the base rate of interest determined by the administrative agent or LIBOR (plus a margin, based on leverage ratios, which is currently 1.50% for base rate revolving loans and 2.50% for term loans), to be determined at our option at the time of borrowing. A variable commitment fee (currently 0.50%) based on the total leverage ratio is charged on the unused amount of the revolving loan commitment.

The New Credit Agreement is collateralized by (i) a pledge of the common stock of all of our subsidiaries and (ii) a security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by us and substantially all our subsidiaries. The New Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants that, among other things, relate to the payment of dividends, incurrence of indebtedness, repurchase of common stock or other distributions, and asset sales and also require compliance with certain financial covenants with respect to a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. We can be required to make mandatory prepayments of amounts outstanding under the New Credit Agreement based on certain asset sales and casualty events, issuances of debt and the results of an annual excess cash flow calculation.

On February 11, 2005, we issued $275.0 million in aggregate principal amount of second priority senior secured floating rate notes due 2012. Interest accrues on the floating rate notes at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.25%. The LIBOR rate is reset at the beginning of each quarter. The floating rate notes are collateralized by (i) a pledge of the common stock of certain of our subsidiaries and (ii) a security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by us and substantially all our subsidiaries. The indenture governing the floating rate notes contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or make other distributions on our capital stock or repurchase, repay or redeem our capital stock; make certain investments; incur liens; enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates; create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us by our restricted subsidiaries; and sell all or substantially all of our assets or merge with or into other companies.


39


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

Proceeds from the New Credit Agreement and the issuance of the floating rate notes were used, in addition to cash and cash equivalents on hand at the refinancing date, to retire our prior credit facility, pay a cash dividend to shareholders of $201.2 million, make a cash payment of approximately $35.8 million to stock option holders in lieu of adjusting the exercise price, pay fees and expenses of $21.1 million related to the refinancing, and make a $1.7 million early termination payment related to the prepayment of the Tranche B term loan under the prior credit facility.

Long-term debt consists of the following:

                 
December 31, December 31,
2004 2003

(in thousands)
Revolving credit facility
  $     $ 68,900  
Tranche A term loan
    228,275        
Tranche B term loan
    85,000       99,358  
Other notes
    205       275  
     
     
 
      313,480       168,533  
Less current portion of long-term debt
    1,688       1,731  
     
     
 
    $ 311,792     $ 166,802  
     
     
 

Based on our ability to generate cash flows from operations and our borrowing capacity under the revolver under the New Credit Agreement, we believe we will have sufficient capital to meet our anticipated short-term and long-term needs, including our capital expenditures, acquisition strategies and our debt obligations for the foreseeable future. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have total long-term debt of $          million.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures vary depending on prevailing business factors, including current and anticipated market conditions. With the exception of 2003 capital expenditures in recent years have remained at relatively low levels in comparison to the operating cash flows generated during corresponding periods. We believe that this trend will continue given our existing facilities and acquisition plans, and our product portfolio and anticipated market conditions going forward. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, capital expenditures totaled $20.7 million, $15.6 million and $15.1 million, respectively. Market conditions in 2002 into early 2003 led to reduced capital expenditures during those periods. However, we increased capital expenditures in late 2003 and early 2004 given the improvement in business conditions. Consistent with previous spending patterns, future capital expenditures will focus primarily on expanding our value-added product offerings such as Prefabricated Components. We expect our capital expenditures to approximate $28.0 million in 2005.

We anticipate that cash flows from operations and liquidity from the New Credit Agreement will be sufficient to execute the Company’s business plans and acquisition strategies.


40


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

DISCLOSURES OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

The following summarizes the contractual obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

                                                 
Payments Due by Period
Less
than 1 – 3 4 5 After 5
Contractual Obligations Total 1 Year Years Years Years Years

Long-Term Debt(1)
  $ 500,205     $ 1,688     $ 6,750     $ 2,250     $ 2,455     $ 487,062  
Operating Leases
    172,664       31,072       65,018       16,449       11,476       48,649  
Interest on Long Term Debt(2)
    226,842       30,079       100,493       33,245       32,614       30,411  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Contractual Cash Obligations
  $ 899,711     $ 62,839     $ 172,261     $ 51,944     $ 46,545     $ 566,122  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  These future maturities of Long-Term Debt reflect the refinancing of our credit agreement and the issuance of $275.0 million of floating rate notes on February 11, 2005.
 
(2)  Interest based on LIBOR rate of 3.10% at March 31, 2005. Actual interest may vary based on LIBOR fluctuations.

Purchase orders entered into in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the above table. Amounts for which we are liable under purchase orders are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Other cash obligations not reflected in the balance sheet

The amounts reflected in the table above for operating leases represent future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with an initial or remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 2004.

In accordance with GAAP, our operating leases are not recorded in our balance sheet. In addition, we have residual value guarantees on certain equipment leases. Under these leases the Company has the option of (a) purchasing the equipment at the end of the lease term at its then fair market value, (b) arranging for the sale of the equipment to a third party, or (c) returning the equipment to the lessor to sell the equipment. If the sales proceeds in either case are less than the residual value, then we are required to reimburse the lessor for the deficiency up to a specified level as stated in each lease agreement. The guarantees under these leases for the residual values of equipment at the end of the respective operating lease periods approximated $10.8 million as of December 31, 2004.

Based upon the expectation that none of these leased assets will have a residual value at the end of the lease term that is materially less than the value specified in the related operating lease agreement, we do not believe it is probable that we will be required to fund any amounts under the terms of these guarantee arrangements. Accordingly, no accruals have been recognized for these guarantees.

DISCLOSURES OF CERTAIN MARKET RISKS

The Company experiences changes in interest expense when market interest rates change. Changes in the Company’s debt could also increase these risks. Based on debt outstanding at December 31, 2004, a 25 basis point increase in interest rates would result in approximately $0.8 million of additional interest costs annually.

The Company does not utilize any derivative financial instruments to hedge price movements of our materials. However, we intend to use interest rate swap contracts to fix long-term interest rates on approximately 40% of our outstanding balances related to our term loan under the New Credit Agreement and floating rate notes.


41


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

We purchase certain materials, including lumber products, which are then sold to customers as well as used as direct production inputs for our manufactured products which we deliver. Short term changes in the cost of these materials, some of which are subject to significant fluctuations, are sometimes, but not always, passed on to our customers. Our delayed ability to pass on material price increases to our customers can adversely impact operating income.

QUARTERLY RESULTS AND SEASONALITY

The Company’s first and fourth quarters historically have been, and are expected to continue to be, adversely affected by weather patterns in some of the Company’s markets, causing reduced construction activity. In addition, quarterly results historically have reflected, and are expected to continue to reflect, fluctuations from period to period arising from, among other things, (i) the volatility of prices of lumber and wood products, (ii) the cyclical nature of the homebuilding industry, (iii) general economic conditions in the various local markets in which we compete, (iv) the pricing policies of our competitors, (v) the production schedules of our customers, and (vi) the effects of the weather.

The composition and level of working capital typically changes during periods of increasing sales as the Company carries more inventory and receivables. Working capital levels typically increase in the second and third quarters of the year due to higher sales during the peak residential construction season. These increases historically have resulted in negative operating cash flows during this peak season, which generally have been financed through our revolving credit facility. Collection of receivables and reduction in inventory levels following the peak of the building and construction season have more than offset this negative cash flow in recent years. We believe our new revolving credit facility and our ability to generate positive cash-flows from operating activities will continue to be sufficient to cover seasonal working capital needs.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which is a revision of SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25 and SFAS 148. This statement requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. This statement establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all entities to apply a fair value based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees except for equity instruments held by employee share ownership plans.

SFAS 123R applies to all awards granted after the required effective date (the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005) and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date. As of the required effective date, all public entities that used the fair value based method for either recognition or disclosure under Statement 123 will apply this Statement using a modified version of prospective application. Under that transition method, compensation cost is recognized on or after the required effective date for the portion of outstanding awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated under Statement 123 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures. For periods before the required effective date, those entities may elect to apply a modified version of the retrospective application under which financial statements for prior periods are adjusted on a basis consistent with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods by Statement 123. The Company previously used the minimum value method under SFAS 123 to calculate the fair value of its options and will apply the prospective transition method as of the required effective date. The Company will continue to account for the currently outstanding options under APB 25 and will apply the provisions of SFAS 123R prospectively to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after adoption of this statement.


42


 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs— an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current period charges. In addition, SFAS No. 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overhead to the costs of inventory be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This new standard is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June  15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after November 23, 2004. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this statement to have a significant impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets , an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions (“SFAS No. 153”). The amendments made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Further, the amendments eliminate the narrow exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replace it with a broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. Previously, Opinion 29 required that the accounting for an exchange of a productive asset for a similar productive asset or an equivalent interest in the same or similar productive asset should be based on the recorded amount of the asset relinquished. By focusing the exception on exchanges that lack commercial substance, the Financial Accounting Standards Board believes SFAS No. 153 produces financial reporting that more faithfully represents the economics of the transactions. This statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not believe the adoption of this new statement will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

In September 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings Per Share,” which requires shares associated with contingently convertible debt instruments with market price triggers to be included in the computation of diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) regardless of whether the market price trigger has been met. EITF 04-8 also requires that prior period diluted EPS amounts presented for comparative purposes be restated. EITF 04-8 is effective for reporting periods ending after December  15, 2004. The Company does not believe the adoption of this new statement will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.


43


 


Industry overview and trends

We compete in the professional segment (“Pro Segment”) of the U.S. residential new construction building products supply market, which, according to the Home Improvement Research Institute, has estimated 2004 annual sales of $117 billion. Our competitive landscape is highly fragmented, consisting primarily of small, privately owned companies, most of which have limited access to capital and manufacturing capabilities, and lack the ability to provide a full range of construction services. We serve a broad customer base ranging from small custom homebuilders to the largest Production Homebuilders, including publicly traded companies that have multi-billion dollar market capitalizations such as Centex, D.R. Horton, Hovnanian Enterprises, Pulte, and Ryland Group. Our target market is distinctly different from that of home center retailers, such as Home Depot and Lowe’s, which primarily serve do-it-yourself and professional remodeling customers.

We believe the following industry conditions and trends will benefit our business:

Large, Fragmented Market. The Pro Segment of the estimated $117 billion U.S. residential new construction building products supply market is highly fragmented, with the top ten suppliers accounting for less than 15% of the total market, and only six generating over $1 billion in sales according to the Home Channel News and other publicly available information. This segment consists predominantly of small, privately owned companies, most of which have limited access to capital and lack sophisticated information technology systems and large-scale procurement capabilities. The industry’s fragmentation is due to the overall size of the market, the diversity of the target customer base, and variations in local building preferences and practices. While we and our largest competitors have significantly grown market share over the past several years, including through acquisitions, the market remains extremely fragmented relative to most other industries. We believe that the highly fragmented nature of the Pro Segment presents substantial acquisition opportunities as well as the opportunity to increase market share in existing markets.

Strong Housing Fundamentals. Our business is driven primarily by the new residential construction market. According to the National Association of Homebuilders, U.S. housing starts were 1.85 million in 2003 and are projected to be 1.95 million in 2004 and 1.88 million in 2005. While these levels are above the historical average of 1.62 million over the past ten years, several industry sources expect that strong housing demand will continue to be driven over the next decade by new household formations, increased housing affordability, rising homeownership rates, the size and age of the population, an aging housing stock, improved financing options for buyers, and immigration trends. The Homeownership Alliance, for example, predicts that these demand drivers will lead to 1.85 million to 2.17 million new U.S. housing starts per year through 2014. The Homeownership Alliance further predicts that U.S. home ownership rates, which are strongly correlated with new housing construction, will reach 70% by 2013, an increase from 64% in 1985 and 68% in 2003.

Home Ownership

BAR GRAPH

SOURCE:    U.S. Census, Homeownership Alliance

44


 

Industry overview and trends

The strong levels of housing starts are being driven in large part by an increase in household formations. According to Fitch Ratings, the average ratio of new incremental household formations to total housing starts from 1960-1999 was 86.6%. This ratio dipped to 80.5% in the 1990s, representing the creation of some slack between demand and supply, but has rebounded to 88.5% for the time period from 2000-2003, trending above the historical average and signaling a tightening of the supply/demand balance. Favorable demographic factors are expected to continue to drive increased household formations. Baby boomers have created demand that could not be accommodated by the existing housing base. While this demand was primarily for starter homes and apartments in the past, we expect it will increasingly be directed toward single-family homes aimed at move-up buyers, as well as second homes. Further, the “echo boom”, comprised of the children of baby boomers, has just begun to impact the housing market.

The U.S. housing market is also expected to benefit from immigration trends. According to the Joint Center for Housing Studies at Harvard University, foreign immigration should account for almost one third of the total U.S. population growth through 2010. The immigrant population is expected to be concentrated between the ages of 20 and 50, and therefore represents a more immediate stimulus to new household formation activity than population growth due to new births. Further, Census results show that the homeownership rate for immigrants is highly dependent on the length of time since their arrival in the U.S. This figure rises from 25% for those who have resided in the U.S. for less than 10 years to 74% for those who have been in the U.S. more than 30 years. With the immigration peak that occurred in the 1990s, this trend portends a dramatic increase in immigrant homeowners in the coming decades.

 Immigration into the U.S.

(BAR GRAPH)
SOURCES: The Yearbook of Immigration Statistics, Joint Center for Housing Studies at Harvard University

 
Immigrant Home Ownership Rate by Time Since Arrival in the U.S.

(BAR GRAPH)
SOURCE: U.S. Census Bureau

Consolidation and Emergence of Large-Scale Production Homebuilders. The homebuilding sector has undergone a significant change over the past decade as evidenced by a variety of industry trends, including the introduction of more professional management teams, a reduction in speculative land positions, lower levels of unsold inventory, more conservatively financed balance sheets, geographic diversification and increased consolidation. Substantial consolidation among residential homebuilders and market share gains by the top Production Homebuilders since the early 1990s have shifted our target customer base increasingly to large volume homebuilders. The market share of the ten largest Production Homebuilders tripled from approximately 7% in 1990 to a projected 22% in 2004, and is expected to increase to 40% by 2010.


45


 

Industry overview and trends

Market Share of the Top 10 Homebuilders

BAR GRAPH
SOURCES: Production Homebuilders’ Public Filings; National Association of Realtors

While Production Homebuilders continue to consolidate their industry, homebuilding remains a locally oriented business even within the Production Homebuilders’ organizations, as building codes and architectural preferences vary widely by locale. For example, building codes in coastal areas are generally much different from codes in inland areas or those in earthquake zones, requiring different products and construction techniques. One of our key success factors is to maintain the local flexibility required to meet customer demand while maximizing the benefits of operating a large-scale, integrated company.

Homebuilders’ Increasing Demand for Integrated Solutions. As the homebuilding industry continues to consolidate, our customers are increasingly demanding an integrated solution from their building products suppliers. We play an integral role for our customers that encompasses the entire homebuilding process from planning to final construction. Prior to construction, we advise our customers on essential issues such as design and product mix and selection, as well as cost reduction opportunities. We then deliver a comprehensive package of structural and related building products to the job-site, which includes products that we manufacture individually for the given house, such as roof and floor trusses, wall panels and stairs. On the job-site, we provide a full range of installation, turn-key framing and shell construction services that reduce cycle time and costs for the homebuilder. Our sales representatives are also deployed to the job-site throughout the homebuilding process to ensure constant communication and rapidly resolve issues that may arise, including on the interpretation of blueprints, additional product and service needs, and questions regarding building code requirements. We believe this fully integrated approach further strengthens customer loyalty and enables us to retain an advantage over our competitors.

Building Components Manufacturing. The growing use of Prefabricated Components in the homebuilding process represents a major trend within the new residential construction building products supply market. This trend has already had a large impact on the homebuilding industry, as, according to the USDA Forest Service, roof trusses, the largest component of our Prefabricated Components category, have replaced conventional site-built roof framing in approximately 70% of all single-family construction. Further, the Engineered Wood Association reports that the use of manufactured panels in new homes increased by over 60% from 1997 to 2003.

In accordance with this trend, we have increased our manufacturing capacity and our ability to provide customers with Prefabricated Components such as roof and floor trusses, stairs, wall panels, and engineered wood. Builders value the many benefits of using these products, including reduced cycle time and carrying costs, increased product quality, and cost savings from the reduction of expensive on-site labor and material waste. Once established as a preferred supplier of Prefabricated Components, we are typically able to cross-sell additional products and services as our customers increasingly seek integrated solutions. Prefabricated wood components are also becoming increasingly common in floor and wall construction.


46


 

Industry overview and trends

According to the Freedonia Group, the outlook for Prefabricated Component products is strong, with shipments of roof trusses forecasted to rise at a 3.7% CAGR for the period from 2001 to 2011. Smaller sub-segments such as floor trusses and walls and partitions are expected to grow at a faster pace over the same period, with CAGRs of 6.2% and 7.3%, respectively. Sales growth of these products is being driven by increased homebuilder awareness and acceptance of these products resulting from cost and performance advantages. These products represent a strategic focus for us going forward, as they carry higher margins than our purely distributed product offerings.

Gross Sales of Manufactured Products

BAR GRAPH

SOURCE:    The Freedonia Group

47


 


Business

GENERAL

The Company is a Delaware corporation formed on March 4, 1998, as BSL Holdings, Inc., through a partnership between JLL Partners and certain members of our management team. On October 13, 1999, the Company changed its name to Builders FirstSource, Inc. Since 1998, the Company has successfully acquired and integrated 23 companies and is currently managed as three operating groups with centralized financial and operational oversight.

We are a leading supplier and a fast-growing manufacturer of structural and related building products for residential new construction in the U.S. We are one of the top two suppliers of our product categories to Production Homebuilders, which we define as those U.S. homebuilders that build more than 100 homes per year. Our large scale, full product and service offerings, and unique business model position us to continue growing our sales to Production Homebuilders, the fastest-growing segment of residential homebuilders. We have operations principally in the southern and eastern U.S. with 63 distribution centers and 42 manufacturing facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated sales of $2,058.0 million and net income of $51.6 million.

We provide an integrated solution to our customers that combines the manufacturing, supply, and installation of a full range of structural and related building products. Over the past several years, we have significantly increased our sales of products that we manufacture. These products include our factory-built roof and floor trusses, wall panels and stairs, as well as engineered wood products that we design and cut for each home (collectively “Prefabricated Components”). We also manufacture custom millwork and trim that we market under the Synboard® brand name, as well as aluminum and vinyl windows, and we assemble interior and exterior doors into pre-hung units. Our revenue from these manufactured products totaled $680.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, representing 33.1% of total sales. In addition, we supply our customers with a broad offering of professional grade building products not manufactured by us such as dimensional lumber and lumber sheet goods, various window, door and millwork lines, as well as cabinets, roofing, and gypsum wallboard. Our full range of construction-related services includes professional installation, turn-key framing and shell construction, and spans all our product categories.

We group our building products and services into five principal product categories: Prefabricated Components, Windows & Doors, Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods, Millwork, and Other Building Products & Services. Over the past five years we have more than doubled the sales of our Prefabricated Components, Windows & Doors, and Millwork product categories, each of which includes both manufactured and distributed products. Products in these categories typically carry a higher margin and provide us with opportunities to cross-sell other products and services, thereby increasing customer penetration.

We serve a broad customer base ranging from Production Homebuilders to small custom homebuilders and believe that we are the number one or two building products supplier for single-family residential new construction in approximately 75% of the geographic markets in which we operate. According to 2003 U.S. Census data, we have operations in 20 of the top 50 U.S. Metropolitan Statistical Areas, as ranked by single family housing permits, and approximately 44% of U.S. housing starts occurred in states in which we operate. Our comprehensive product offering featuring over 250,000 SKUs company-wide and our full range of construction services, combined with our scale and experienced sales force, have driven market share gains, particularly with Production Homebuilders.


48


 

Business

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe our sales, earnings and cash flow will be driven by our competitive strengths:

Leading Positions in Growing Markets. We believe that we are the number one or two building products supplier for single-family residential new construction in approximately 75% of the geographic markets in which we operate. We are also the largest supplier of our product categories to the Production Homebuilders in our geographic markets as a whole. These leading market positions allow us to develop and sustain strong relationships with local customers and attain economies of scale that enhance profitability and reduce the risk of losing customers to our competitors. This in turn positions us favorably to continue to gain market share. Our facilities are strategically located in many of the fastest-growing markets in the southern and eastern U.S., where we expect continued growth. We believe that we are well positioned to grow with the Production Homebuilders as they increase their market share in these growing markets.

Unique Business Model. Our unique business model allows us to cost-effectively supply our customers and target Production Homebuilders, the fastest-growing segment of our customer base. We operate an integrated business model across our network of 63 distribution centers and 42 manufacturing facilities that differentiates us from many of our competitors who operate in a decentralized manner with a collection of facilities. This has enabled us to achieve an appropriate balance of maximizing the benefits of a centrally directed, large-scale company while maintaining the flexibility to build strong customer relationships and provide superior customer service at the local market level. The key components of our business model are the following:

We operate a highly customized, proprietary information technology system that drives internal efficiencies while allowing us to rapidly respond to our customers and reduce their administrative costs.
 
We tailor the size of our facilities to each market to meet the needs of our customers, offering large-scale, full-service branches in larger markets and smaller, more tailored facilities in secondary markets.
 
We offer our customers a “one-stop-shop approach” that combines a full line of manufactured structural building products, lumber and lumber sheet goods, and turn-key construction services; this integrated approach substantially reduces the administrative burden and cost to our customers of dealing with multiple suppliers.

Full Offering of Manufactured Products and Construction Services. Over the past several years, we have significantly increased our sales of manufactured products, which provide us with higher margins and increased opportunities to cross-sell other products to our customers. Our ability to supply our own manufactured products, including Prefabricated Components, windows, pre-hung doors and our branded Synboard® millwork products, strengthens our customer relationships by helping homebuilders reduce costs and cycle time while ensuring high quality. We also provide our customers with a full range of services, including professional installation, turn-key framing and shell construction, and design. This combination of manufactured products and construction services offers competitive advantages versus the traditional single-product, “sell-and-deliver” business model employed by many of our competitors.

Superior Customer Service. We offer our customers superior service through our experienced sales force and reliable delivery capabilities. Our salespeople act as trusted advisors and on-site consultants to the homebuilder and are involved in each important step of the construction process to ensure constant communication and rapidly resolve any issues that may arise. We typically deploy a salesperson to the job site to take measurements, interpret blueprints, assist in product selection and help oversee product installation. Drawing on a deep base of experience and knowledge, our representatives advise on regional aesthetic preferences and opportunities for cost reductions. In addition, our large delivery fleet and


49


 

Business

comprehensive inventory management system enable us to provide “just-in-time” product delivery, ensuring a smoother and faster production cycle for the homebuilder.

Attractive Cost and Working Capital Position. We have used our position as one of the few large-scale competitors in our industry to create an attractive cost position. We have generated substantial savings over time by implementing centralized corporate purchasing agreements. Approximately 80% of our non-lumber product purchases are made pursuant to company-wide agreements. Our distribution centers average $32.6 million of annual sales, which is higher than any of our competitors that have annual sales in excess of $1 billion. This scale allows us to leverage our fixed costs, including occupancy, location management, supervisory labor and corporate overhead, to lower our costs per sales dollar. We measure location productivity at a detailed level and actively manage efficiency and cost. We have implemented a comprehensive efficiency measurement system in our truss and wall panel plants and this system has enabled us to significantly improve productivity. We aggressively manage every component of working capital, including accounts receivable, inventory, and accounts payable, and we have improved our working capital, expressed as a percentage of sales, from 1999 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. All of these activities are designed to ensure that we serve our customers at the lowest cost possible.

Experienced Management Team. We have a dedicated management team with extensive experience and expertise in the manufacturing, distribution, and marketing of building products. Our senior management team, including our three regional group presidents, has a total of over 175 years of industry experience. This team has successfully led us through various industry cycles, economic conditions and capital structures, and has demonstrated the ability to grow manufacturing businesses, introduce new product lines, expand into new geographic markets, and target and integrate acquisitions, while improving operational and working capital efficiencies. Our seasoned operational team is led by three regional group presidents who average over 25 years of industry experience. Local facility management and sales representatives are knowledgeable about homebuilding and generally have longstanding relationships with the builders in their respective markets.

OUR STRATEGY

Our strategy is to leverage our competitive strengths to grow sales, earnings, and cash flow and remain the preferred supplier to the homebuilding industry.

Increase Customer Penetration Through Incremental Sales of Manufactured Products and Services. We plan to organically grow our unit volumes and revenues through further penetration of our customer base by providing existing customers with incremental value-added products and services. As part of this strategy, we intend to increase sales of manufactured products, which are higher margin and less price sensitive than lumber products, and are growing in demand by homebuilders. Prefabricated Components, such as trusses, wall panels, stairs and engineered wood, are highly valued by our customers, especially Production Homebuilders, because they reduce builders’ cycle times and carrying costs and generate cost savings through the reduction of on-site labor and lumber waste. Once established as a manufacturer of these products by our customers, we are generally able to cross-sell additional products. We also intend to grow our sales of construction services, such as professional installation, turn-key framing and shell construction, and design, as a complement to our existing product offerings. Our ability to provide full product and service solutions further strengthens customer loyalty and enables us to retain an advantage over our competitors.

Target Production Homebuilders. We intend to leverage our unique business model, geographic breadth, and scale to continue to grow our sales to the Production Homebuilders as they continue to gain market share. The ten largest Production Homebuilders, as measured by homes sold, tripled their market share from approximately 7% in 1990 to a projected 22% in 2004, and are expected to increase their


50


 

Business

market share to 40% by 2010. From 2001 to 2004, the ten largest Production Homebuilders increased their market share by approximately 22% from an estimated 18% to a projected 22%. Over approximately the same period, we increased our sales to this customer group at an even greater rate of approximately 73% from $260.8 million in 2001 to $451.8 million in 2004.

Expand through New Manufacturing and Distribution Centers in Existing and Contiguous Markets. We believe that several key markets in which we currently operate require increased manufacturing capacity or incremental distribution facilities to reach their full sales potential. In many locations, we believe that we can increase market penetration through the introduction of additional distribution and manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have identified several markets that we believe we can enter with a strong market share from the onset by leveraging our existing nearby facilities, customer relationships and local knowledge. We will also selectively seek expansion opportunities that will enable us to grow in the multi-family and commercial end markets where we currently have a limited presence. We expect these expansions can be realized with capital expenditures consistent with historical levels.

Focus on Cost, Working Capital and Operating Improvements. We are extremely focused on expenses and working capital to remain a low cost supplier. We maintain a continuous improvement, “best practices” operating philosophy and regularly implement new initiatives to reduce costs, increase efficiency and reduce working capital, thereby enhancing profitability and cash flow. For example, we are beginning to link our computer system to those of our customers to streamline the administrative aspects of the quoting, invoicing and billing processes. We are also analyzing our workforce productivity to determine the optimal labor mix that minimizes cost, and examining our logistics function to reduce the cost of inbound freight. Our focus on cost controls and our strategy of shifting the sales mix to value-added products and services have significantly improved profitability. Selling, general and administrative expenses have declined as a percentage of sales from 21.4% in 2001 to 18.3% in 2004. We have also improved our working capital, expressed as a percentage of sales, from 1999 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. The highly fragmented nature of the Pro Segment presents substantial acquisition opportunities. Our acquisition strategy centers on geographic expansion and continued growth of our Prefabricated Components business. First, there are a number of attractive homebuilding markets, including in the western and southwestern U.S. and parts of the Midwest, where we do not currently operate. We believe that our proven operating model can be successfully adapted to these markets and the homebuilders in these markets, many of whom we currently serve elsewhere, and who value our broad product and service offering, professional expertise, and superior customer service. When entering a new market, our strategy is to acquire market-leading distributors and subsequently expand their product offerings and/or add manufacturing facilities while integrating their operations into our centralized platform. This strategy allows us to quickly achieve the scale required to maximize profitability and leverage existing customer relationships in the local market. Second, we will selectively seek to acquire companies that manufacture Prefabricated Components such as roof and floor trusses, wall panels, stairs, and engineered wood, as well as other building products such as millwork. Prefabricated Components are growing in popularity with homebuilders and provide us with cross-selling opportunities and higher margins. Our senior management team has the experience and ability to identify acquisition candidates and integrate acquisitions, having acquired and integrated 23 companies since 1998.

OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

We distribute a wide variety of products and services directly to homebuilder customers through our network of 63 distribution centers in 11 states. In addition, through our 42 manufacturing facilities, many of which are located on the same premises as our distribution centers, we are a fast-growing manufacturer of building products, including floor and roof trusses, wall panels, stairs, millwork and windows.


51


 

Business

We group our full range of building products and services into five product categories: Prefabricated Components, Windows & Doors, Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods, Millwork, and Other Building Products & Services. The following chart provides the sales breakdown for our five product categories for the year ended December 31, 2004:

Sales by Product Category—Year Ended December 31, 2004

Total Sales—$2,058.0 million

(PIE CHART)


*    Includes both manufactured and distributed products

Prefabricated Components. We are one of the largest manufacturers of Prefabricated Components for residential new construction in the U.S. Prefabricated Components has been our fastest growing product category over the past five years. This growth has been a response to changing building practices that utilize more manufactured products, as well as a concerted effort to increase profitability through the sale of value-added products. Prefabricated Components are factory-built substitutes for job site-framing and include floor and roof trusses, wall panels, stairs, and engineered wood that we design and cut for each home. Our manufacturing facilities utilize the latest technology and the highest quality materials to produce a quality product, increase efficiency, reduce lead times, and minimize production errors. As a result, we believe we incur significantly lower engineering and set-up costs than do our competitors, contributing to improved margins and customer satisfaction. Sales of Prefabricated Components were $385.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, representing 18.8% of total sales.

Windows & Doors. The Windows & Doors category comprises the manufacturing, assembly and distribution of windows, and the assembly and distribution of interior and exterior door units. These products typically require a high degree of product knowledge and training to sell. As we continue to emphasize higher margin product lines, value-added goods like those in the Windows & Doors category are expected to increasingly contribute to our sales and overall profitability. Windows & Doors sales were $391.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, representing 19.0% of total sales.

Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods. Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods include dimensional lumber, plywood and oriented strand board (“OSB”) products used in on-site house framing. This product line has not grown at the same rate as our overall sales over the last five years, as demonstrated by the fact that it represented 39.6% of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 47.6% of total sales in 1999. This shift in product mix has been intentional as we have sought to migrate builder demand toward higher margin Prefabricated Components for their framing needs. Despite this shift in product mix, we believe we have grown our market share for Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods over this time period. We expect the Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods business to remain a stable revenue source in the future, but to grow over the long-term at a slower rate than our other business lines. Sales of Lumber & Lumber Sheet Goods for the year ended December 31, 2004, were $815.3 million.


52


 

Business

Millwork. Millwork represents a small, but profitable product category. This category includes interior and exterior trim, columns and posts that we distribute, as well as custom exterior features that we manufacture under the Synboard® brand name. Millwork sales during the year ended December 31, 2004, were $175.9 million, representing 8.5% of total sales.

Other Building Products & Services. Other Building Products & Services consists of products including cabinets, gypsum, roofing, and insulation, and services including turn-key framing and shell construction, design assistance and professional installation of products which spans all our product categories. We provide professional installation and turn-key services as a solution for our homebuilder customers to increase productivity and avoid project delays. We believe these services require scale, capital and sophistication that smaller competitors do not possess. Sales of Other Building Products & Services were $289.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, representing 14.1% of total sales.

SALES AND MARKETING

Our marketing and sales strategy primarily seeks to attract and retain customers through exceptional customer service, leading product quality, a broad and complete product and service offering, and competitive pricing. This strategy is centered on building and maintaining strong customer relationships rather than traditional marketing and advertising. Homebuilders recognize the value we add: shorter lead times, lower material costs, faster project completion and higher quality. We expect to continue to successfully compete for business and gain market share through superior service.

Our experienced, locally focused sales force is at the core of our sales effort. This sales effort involves deploying salespeople who are skilled in housing construction to meet with a homebuilder’s construction superintendent, local purchasing agent, or local executive with the goal of becoming the primary product supplier. If selected by the homebuilder, the salesperson and his or her team of experts review blueprints for the contracted homes and advise the homebuilder in areas such as opportunities for cost reduction and regional aesthetic preferences. Next, the team determines the specific package of our products that are needed to complete the project and schedules a sequence of site deliveries. Our large delivery fleet and comprehensive inventory management system enable us to provide “just-in-time” product delivery, ensuring a smoother and faster production cycle for the homebuilder. Throughout the construction process, the salesperson makes frequent site visits to ensure timely delivery and proper installation and to make suggestions for efficiency improvements. Our level of service is highly valued by customers and generates significant customer loyalty. We currently employ over 500 outside sales representatives, who are typically paid a commission based on gross margin dollars collected and work with over 300 internal sales coordinators and product specialists.

OUR CUSTOMERS

Our customer mix is a balance of large national homebuilders, regional homebuilders, and local builders. Our customer base is highly diversified, with the top ten customers accounting for approximately 26% of sales in the year ended December 31, 2004, and no single customer accounting for more than 4.2% of sales. At the same time, our top ten customers are comprised primarily of the largest Production Homebuilders, including publicly traded companies such as Centex, D.R. Horton, Hovnanian Enterprises, Pulte, and Ryland Group.

We are one of the top two suppliers of our product categories to the Production Homebuilders, the fastest growing segment of the residential builders, and are the largest supplier of our product categories to Production Homebuilders in our geographic markets as a whole. In line with the growth of this segment, we have increased our sales to the ten largest Production Homebuilders, as measured by homes sold, by approximately 73% from $260.8 million in 2001 to $451.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2004.


53


 

Business

In addition to the largest Production Homebuilders, we also service and supply regional and local custom homebuilders. Custom homebuilders require high levels of service since our sales team must work very closely with the designers on a day-to-day basis in order to ensure the appropriate products are produced and delivered to the building site. To account for these increased service costs, pricing in the industry is generally commensurate with the level of service provided and the volumes purchased.

MATERIALS AND SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS

We purchase raw materials for our manufacturing plants and finished products for resale by our distribution operations. The key raw materials for our Prefabricated Components are dimensional lumber, OSB and engineered wood. We purchase door slabs and hardware for our pre-hanging door plants, Celuka-blown PVC for our custom millwork plants, and aluminum and vinyl extrusions and glass for our window plant. Our distributed products include windows, doors, millwork, lumber and lumber sheet goods. Our largest suppliers are national lumber and wood products producers and distributors such as Bluelinx, Boise Cascade, International Paper, and Weyerhaeuser and building products manufacturers such as Masonite and MW Windows. We believe there is sufficient supply in the marketplace to competitively source most of our requirements without reliance on any particular supplier and that our diversity of suppliers affords us purchasing flexibility. Due to our centralized oversight of purchasing and our large lumber and OSB purchasing volumes, we are able to maximize the advantages of both our and our suppliers’ national footprints and negotiate purchases in multiple markets to achieve more favorable contracts with respect to price, terms of sale, and supply than our regional competitors. Additionally, for certain customers, we institute purchasing programs on raw materials such as OSB to align portions of our procurement costs with our pricing commitments. We purchase lumber and OSB on the spot market as necessary to fulfill customer contracts.

We currently source products from over 5,000 suppliers in order both to reduce our dependence on any single company and to maximize purchasing leverage. Although no purchases from any single supplier represent more than 11% of our cost of goods sold, we believe we are one of the largest customers for many suppliers, and therefore have significant purchasing leverage. We have found that using multiple suppliers ensures a stable source of products and the best purchasing terms as the suppliers compete to gain and maintain our business.

We maintain strong relationships with our suppliers, and we believe opportunities exist to improve purchasing terms in the future, including inventory storage or “just-in-time” delivery to reduce our inventory carrying costs. Additional procurement cost savings and purchasing synergies are expected to further enhance our margins and cash flow generation capability.

MANUFACTURING

We manufacture four different types of products: Prefabricated Components, millwork, windows, and pre-hung doors. Our Prefabricated Components allow builders to build higher quality homes more efficiently. Roof trusses, floor trusses, wall panels and stair units are built in an indoor, factory-controlled environment. Engineered wood floors and beams are cut to the required size and packaged for the given application at many of our locations. Without Prefabricated Components, builders construct these items on site, where weather and variable labor quality can negatively impact construction cost, quality and installation time. In addition, engineered wood beams have greater structural strength than conventional framing materials, allowing builders to frame houses with more open space and to create a larger variety of house designs. Engineered wood floors are stronger and straighter than conventionally framed floors.

We manufacture custom millwork products such as synthetic exterior trim, custom windows and box columns under the Synboard® brand name. Our millwork is produced from extruded PVC and offers several advantages over traditional wood features, such as greater durability and less maintenance requirements. We also operate an aluminum and vinyl window plant in Houston, Texas which allows us


54


 

Business

to provide builders, primarily in the Texas market, with an adequate supply of cost-competitive products. Our pre-hung interior and exterior doors consist of a door slab with the hinges and door jambs attached, reducing job site installation time and providing higher quality finished door units than those constructed on site.

Prefabricated Components— Trusses and Wall Panels. Truss and wall panel production has two steps, design and fabrication. Each house requires its own set of designed shop drawings, which vary by builder type: non-custom versus custom builders. Non-custom builders use prototype house plans, which may be modified for each individual customer. The number of changes made to a given prototype house, and the number of prototype houses in existence, varies by builder and their construction and sales philosophy. We maintain an electronic master file of trusses and wall panels for each builder’s prototype houses. There are three primary benefits to master filing. First, it reduces design cost as a designer can make minor changes to a prototype house rather than designing the components individually. Second, it improves design quality as the majority of the house’s design is based on a proven prototype. Third, master filing allows us to change one file and update all related prototype house designs automatically as we improve the design over time or if the builder modifies the base prototype house. We do not use a master file for custom builders who do not replicate houses, as it is not cost-effective. For these builders, the components are designed individually for each house.

After the shop drawings are designed for a given house, regardless of whether or not the master file system is used, the shop drawings are downloaded into a proprietary software system to review the design for potential errors and to schedule the job for production. The fabrication process begins with the cutting of individual pieces of lumber to the lengths required to assemble the finished component. Shop drawings are downloaded from the design department to our computerized saws. The cut lumber is then joined together to form the roof trusses, floor trusses or wall panels. The finished components are stored by house awaiting shipment to the job site.

We are able to generate fabrication time standards for each component during the design step. We use these standards to measure efficiency by comparing actual production time with the calculated standard. Each plant’s performance is benchmarked by comparing efficiency across plants.

Prefabricated Components— Engineered Wood. As with trusses and wall panels, engineered wood components have a design and fabrication step. Engineered wood floors are designed using a master filing system similar to the truss and wall panel system. Engineered wood beams are designed to ensure the beam will be structurally sound in the given application. After the design phase, a printed layout is generated. This layout is used to cut the engineered wood to the required length and assemble all of the components into a house package. The components are then installed on the job site. Engineered wood design and fabrication is done at the majority of our distribution locations.

Prefabricated Components— Stairs. We manufacture box stairs at several of our locations and curved stairs at our East Brunswick, New Jersey location. After a house is framed, our salesman takes measurements at the job site prior to manufacturing to account for any variation between the blueprints and the actual framed house. Box stairs can be fabricated based on these measurements. Curved stairs are typically a more customized product used in the entry foyer of a home and require additional designing, which is done using a CAD based computer program. Box stairs are manufactured by routing 1 1/4 inch by 12 inch stringer lumber to form the frame that holds the stair treads. The treads are then nailed and glued into the frame. The frame for curved stairs is built on a specially designed jig to give the stairs the desired curvature.

Custom Millwork. Our manufactured custom millwork consists primarily of synthetic exterior trim, custom windows, features and box columns we sell under the Synboard® brand name. Synboard® requires no ongoing maintenance as compared to wood exterior trim products that require periodic caulking and painting. Synboard® products are sold throughout our company and are manufactured at three locations.


55


 

Business

Sheets of 4 foot by 18 or 20 foot Celuka-blown, extruded PVC (“Synboard®”) are sanded, cut and shaped to produce the desired product. Exterior trim boards are produced by cutting the Synboard® into the same industry-standard dimensions used for wood-based exterior trim boards. Exterior features are formed by assembling pieces of Synboard® and other PVC-based moldings that have been cut, heated and bent over forms to achieve the desired shape. Custom windows are made by building the frame from Synboard® and glazing the glass into place. Box columns are fabricated from sections of PVC that are cut on a 45 degree angle and mitered together.

Windows. We manufacture a full line of traditional aluminum and vinyl windows at a 200,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Houston, Texas. The process begins with the purchase of aluminum and vinyl lineal extrusions. These extrusions are cut to size and joined together to form the window frame and sash. Sheet glass is purchased and cut to size. Two pieces of identically shaped glass are then sealed together with a sealing compound to create a glass unit with improved insulating capability. The sealed glass unit is then inserted and glazed into the window frame and sash. The unit is completed when a balance is installed to operate the window and a lock is added to secure the window in a closed position.

Pre-hung Doors. We pre-hang interior and exterior doors at many of our locations. Door slabs and pre-cut door jambs are inserted into a door machine. The door machine bores holes into the doors for the door hardware and applies the jambs and hinges to the door slab. The casing that frames interior doors is then applied at a separate station. Exterior doors do not have a casing, and instead may have sidelights applied to the sides of the door, a transom attached over the top of the door unit and a door sill applied to the threshold.

COMPETITION

We compete in the professional segment (“Pro Segment”) of the U.S. residential new construction building products supply market, which is estimated to have 2004 annual sales of $117 billion. The Pro Segment of this market consists predominantly of small, privately owned companies, including framing and shell construction contractors, local and regional materials distributors, single or multi-site lumberyards, and truss manufacturing and millwork operations, most of which have limited access to capital and lack sophisticated information technology systems and large-scale procurement capabilities. The top ten Pro Segment suppliers account for less than 15% of the total market, which remains fragmented due to its overall size, the diversity of the target customer market, and variations in local building preferences and practices. There are only six building products suppliers in the Pro Segment that generate over $1 billion in sales. Our largest competitors in our markets are 84 Lumber (a privately held company), Stock Building Supply (formerly known as Carolina Holdings, a unit of U.K.-based Wolseley, plc), and Strober (a privately held company).

We focus on a distinctly different target market than the home center retailers such as Home Depot and Lowe’s, who primarily serve do-it-yourself and professional remodeling customers. By contrast, our customers consist of professional homebuilders and those that provide construction services to them, with whom we develop strong relationships. The principal methods of competition in the Pro Segment are the development of long-term relationships with professional builders and retaining such customers by delivering a full range of high-quality products on time and offering trade credit, competitive pricing, flexibility in transaction processing, and integrated service and product packages, such as turnkey framing and shell construction, as well as prefabricated components and installation. Our geographic scope and the breadth of our product and service offerings position us well to meet the needs of our customers and retain an advantage over our competition. In addition, our leading market positions create economies of scale that allow us to cost-effectively supply our customers, which both enhances profitability and reduces the risk of losing customers to competitors.


56


 

Business

We believe we are the number one or two building products supplier for single-family residential new construction in approximately 75% of the geographic markets in which we operate. We are also the largest supplier of our product categories to the Production Homebuilders in our geographic markets as a whole. Due in part to our long-standing customer relationships, local market knowledge and competitive pricing, we believe we have substantial competitive advantages over the small, privately owned companies with which we primarily compete. According to 2003 U.S. Census data, we have operations in 20 of the top 50 U.S. Metropolitan Statistical Areas as ranked by single family housing permits and approximately 44% of U.S. housing starts occurred in states in which we operate.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 2004, we had approximately 6,200 employees, none of whom was represented by a union. We believe that we have good relations with our employees.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS

Our primary ERP system, which we use for operations representing 70% of our revenue, is a proprietary system that has been highly customized by our computer programmers. The system has been designed to operate our businesses in a highly efficient manner. The materials required for thousands of standard builder plans are stored by the system for rapid quoting or order entry. Hundreds of price lists are maintained on thousands of SKUs, facilitating rapid price changes in changing product cost environments. A customer’s order can be tracked at each stage of the process and billing can be customized to reduce a customer’s administrative costs and speed payment. We also operate a legacy ERP system for operations representing 30% of our revenue. This system allows us to effectively manage the business and deliver outstanding customer service, but lacks several of the enhancements we have made to our primary system. Accordingly, we are in the process of migrating our remaining operations from the legacy system to our primary system.

We have implemented a single financial reporting system that has been highly customized for our business. Our Hyperion financial reporting package is used to aggregate data from our two ERP systems. The Hyperion system effectively consolidates the financial information of each location to allow us to plan, track, and report performance and compensation measures. Our state-of-the-art information technology infrastructure affords our corporate headquarters complete financial oversight and control over each of our locations, allowing us to minimize errors and maximize efficiency and reliability.

We have developed a proprietary program for use in our component plants. This software reviews product designs for errors, schedules the plants and provides the data used to measure plant efficiency. In addition, we have purchased several software products that have been integrated with our primary ERP system. These programs assist in analyzing blueprints to generate material lists, configure kitchen cabinet orders to submit to manufacturers, purchase lumber products from the lowest cost source and configure orders and schedule production in our window plants.

FACILITIES AND PROPERTIES

We have a broad network of distribution and manufacturing facilities in 11 states throughout the southern and eastern U.S. We have 63 distribution facilities and 42 manufacturing facilities, many of which are located on the same premises as our distribution facilities. Our manufacturing facilities produce trusses, wall panels, engineered wood, stairs, windows, pre-hung doors, and custom millwork. We are organized into three regional operating groups, Atlantic, Central, and Southeast, in order to achieve operating efficiencies while maintaining maximum capacity for growth. The Atlantic and Central markets generally consist of larger, higher volume builders than the Southeast markets. As a result, each manufacturing facility in the Atlantic and Central regions typically supplies a single distribution center, while Southeast


57


 

Business

manufacturing facilities supply multiple distribution centers within an economical three-hour shipping radius.

Distribution centers are generally leased and typically include 15 to 25 acres of outside storage, a 60,000 square foot warehouse, 10,000 square feet of office space, and 30,000 square feet of covered storage. The outside area provides space for lumber storage and a staging area for delivery while the warehouse stores millwork, windows, and doors. The distribution centers are generally located in industrial areas with low cost real estate and easy access to freeways to maximize distribution efficiency and convenience. A majority of the distribution centers are situated on rail lines for efficient receipt of goods.

Our manufacturing facilities are generally located on the same premises as our distribution facilities. Truss and panel manufacturing facilities vary in size from 30,000 square feet to 60,000 square feet with 8 to 10 acres of outside storage for lumber and for finished goods. Our window manufacturing facility in Houston, Texas has approximately 200,000 square feet.

The following chart highlights the location of the Company’s distribution and manufacturing operations:

                         
Facility Location Address General Character Leased or Owned




  Florida                      
  Bunnell       1700 N. State St.     Truss Plant     L  
          2121 N. State St.     Distribution Center     L  
  Fort Pierce       701 S. Kings Hwy.     Truss Plant; Distribution Center     L  
  Jacksonville       6550 Roosevelt Blvd.     Truss Plant; Distribution Center; Design Facility     O/L  
          5930 Orlando St.     Installed/Window/Insulation Shop; Fireplace Showroom     O  
          8275 Forshee Dr.     Millwork Shop     L  
  Lake City       2525 E. Duval St.     Truss Plant     L  
  Orlando       11501 Ryland Ct.     Millwork/Stair Shop; Distribution Center     O  
  Sanford       2901 Aileron Cr.     Truss Plant     L  
  Tampa       1820 Massaro Blvd.     Truss Plant; Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
  West Palm Beach       8333 Southern Blvd.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
 
  Georgia                      
  Atlanta       6870 Mimms Dr.     Truss Plant; Distribution Center     L  
          2351 Button Gwinnett     Window/Door/Millwork Shop     L  
  Blairsville       52 Cleveland St.     Distribution Center     L  
  College Park       5230 Feldwood Rd.     Window/Door/Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
  Columbus       5515 Veterans Pkwy.     Distribution Center     L  
  Gainesville       1285 W. Ridge Rd.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
  LaGrange       195 Davis Rd.     Distribution Center     O  

58


 

Business

                         
Facility Location Address General Character Leased or Owned




  Kentucky                      
  Erlanger       3244 Dixie Hwy.     Distribution Center     L  
          39 Montgomery     Millwork/Cabinet Shop     L  
 
  Maryland                      
  Emmitsburg       1 Seton Dr.     Design Facility     L  
  Frederick       3302 Ballenger Creek Pike     Millwork Showroom     O  
          4600 W. Wedgewood Blvd.     Window Shop     L  
          295 Bailes Lane Rd.     Panel Plant     L  
  North East       18 Industrial Ave.     Truss Plant; Window/Door/Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
          102 Pennisula Dr.     Panel Plant     L  
  Point of Rocks       4011 Rock Hall Rd.     Window/Door/Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
 
  New Jersey                      
  East Brunswick       40-B Cotters Ln.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
          35 Kimberly Rd.     Stair Shop     L  
          110 Tices Ln.     Kitchen Showroom/Warehouse     L  
  East Hanover       136 Route 10 West     Kitchen Showroom     L  
  Lanoka Harbor       335 North Main St.     Kitchen Showroom     L  
  Maple Shade       120 Kings Hwy., No. 104     Kitchen Showroom     L  
  Monroe       20 South Middlesex Ave.     Millwork/Stair Shop (opening June 2005)     L  
  South Brunswick       1 Progress Rd.     Distribution Center     L  
 
  North Carolina                      
  Aberdeen       900 N. Pinehurst St.     Distribution Center     L  
  Apex       12816 US Hwy. 64 West     Truss Plant; Panel Plant; Distribution Center     L  
  Asheboro       3060 US Hwy. 220 Bus. South     Distribution Center     O  
  Asheville       332 Haywood Rd.     Distribution Center     O  
  Cashiers       181 Hwy. 64 West     Distribution Center     L  
  Harrisburg       7770 Caldwell Rd.     Truss Plant; Panel Plant; Window/Door/Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
          5650 Hwy. 49 South     Reload Center     L  
  Fayetteville       1135 Robeson St.     Distribution Center     L  
  Hendersonville       433 4th Ave. East     Distribution Center     L  
  High Point       1601 S. Main St.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
  Hillsborough       401 Valley Forge Rd.     Window/Door/Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
  Pisgah Forest       1450 Ecusta Rd.     Distribution Center     L  

59


 

Business

                         
Facility Location Address General Character Leased or Owned




  Southport       1609 Howe St. SE     Distribution Center     O  
  Wake Forest       4900 NC Hwy. 98 West     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
  Washington       515 East Water St.     Distribution Center     L  
  Waynesville       970 Brown Ave.     Distribution Center     L  
  Wilmington       5415 Market St.     Distribution Center     O  
 
  Ohio                      
  Centerville       948 E. Franklin St.     Insulation Shop (exiting facility May 2005)     L  
  Cincinnati       7600 Colerain Ave.     Window/Millwork/Cabinet Shop; Showroom; Distribution Center     L  
  Mason       1242 Reading Rd.     Truss Plant; Panel Plant; Distribution Center     O  
  Winchester       11933 US Route 62     Truss Plant     L  
 
  South Carolina                      
  Anderson       1510 Pearman Dairy Rd.     Distribution Center     L  
  Beaufort       1 Parris Island Gateway     Distribution Center     L  
  Cowpens       151 Dewberry Rd.     Truss Plant     O  
          101 Dewberry Rd.     Panel Plant     O  
  Charleston       4450 Arco Ln.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
  Columbia       919 S. Edisto Ave.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
          180 Hobart Rd.     Warehouse     L  
  Conway       651 Century Cr.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
          150 Ole Woodward Ave.     Door Shop     O  
  Edisto Island       796 Hwy. 174     Distribution Center     L  
  Florence       1724 West Lucas St.     Distribution Center     O  
  Goose Creek       111 Lumber Ln.     Distribution Center     L  
  Greenville       801 S. Washington Ave.     Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     O  
  Hilton Head       69 Matthews Dr.     Distribution Center     O  
  Johns Island       3155 Maybank Hwy.     Distribution Center     L  
  Little River       603 Hwy. 17 South     Distribution Center     L  
  Myrtle Beach       4920 Hwy. 17 Bypass     Millwork Shop     L  
  North Augusta       871 Edgefield Rd.     Distribution Center     L  
  Orangeburg       295 Prosperity Dr.     Panel Plant     O  
  Pawleys Island       226 Tiller Dr.     Distribution Center     O  
  Ridgeland       Rt. 1, Box 170     Distribution Center     O  
  Seneca       101 Lumber Ln.     Distribution Center     O  
  Simpsonville       313 N. Main St.     Distribution Center     L  
  Spartanburg       8035 Howard St.     Distribution Center     O  
  Summerville       1507 West 5th N. St.     Distribution Center     L  
  Sumter       114 & 116 Myrtle     Truss Plant; Floor-Tek     O  
          Beach Hwy.     (Trim-It) Shop        

60


 

Business

                         
Facility Location Address General Character Leased or Owned




  Tennessee                      
  Johnson City     407 E. State of Franklin Rd.   Distribution Center     O  
  Lebanon       3135 Hwy. 109 North     Window/Door/Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  
          6010 Division St.     Truss Plant; Panel Plant     L  
  Morristown       1907 W. Morris Blvd.     Distribution Center     L  
  Mt. Carmel       230 West Main     Distribution Center     L  
  Nashville       145 Lyle Ln.     Insulation Warehouse     L  
  Piney Flats       260 Piney Flats Rd.     Truss Plant; Millwork Shop     O  
 
  Texas                      
  Arlington       3403 E. Abram     Window/Millwork/Insulation Shop; Distribution Center     L  
          7948 Great Northern     Showroom     L  
  Grand Prairie       1790 Westpark, Suite  103     Millwork Shop     L  
  Houston       4514 Brittmore     Insulation Warehouse     L  
          5515 Brittmore     Vinyl Window Manufacturing Plant     L  
          5525 Brittmore     Aluminum Window Manufacturing Plant     L  
  Lewisville       902 N. Mill St.     Distribution Center     O  
  Taylor       3800 W. 2nd St.     Distribution Center     L  
  San Antonio       1515 Goliad Rd.     Window/Insulation Shop     L  
          6305 Camp Bullis Rd.     Millwork Shop     L  
          6448 Camp Bullis Rd.     Distribution Center; Showroom     L  
 
  Virginia                      
  Bristol       941-15 W. State St.     Distribution Center     O  
  Culpeper       13234 Airpark Dr.     Truss Plant; Panel Plant; Window/Door Millwork Shop; Distribution Center     L  

We operate a fleet of approximately 1,500 trucks to deliver products from our distribution and manufacturing centers to job sites. Through our emphasis on local market flexibility and strategically placed locations, we minimize shipping and freight costs while maintaining a high degree of local market expertise. Through knowledge of local homebuilder needs, customer coordination, and rapid restocking ability, we reduce working capital requirements and guard against out-of-stock products. We believe that this reliability is highly valued by our customers and reinforces customer relationships.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the conduct of our business in the ordinary course. We carry insurance coverage in such amounts in excess of our self-insured retention as we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances and that may or may not cover any or all of our liabilities in respect of claims and lawsuits. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse impact on our financial position or operating results.


61


 

Business

Although our business and facilities are subject to federal, state, and local environmental regulation, environmental regulation does not have a material impact on our operations. We believe that our facilities are in material compliance with such laws and regulations. As owners and lessees of real property, we can be held liable for the investigation or remediation of contamination on such properties, in some circumstances without regard to whether we knew of or were responsible for such contamination. Our current expenditures with respect to environmental investigation and remediation at our facilities are minimal, although no assurance can be provided that more significant remediation may not be required in the future as a result of spills or releases of petroleum products or hazardous substances or the discovery of unknown environmental conditions.


62


 


Management

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Information with respect to our directors and executive officers, as of the date hereof, is set forth below:

         
Name Age Position

Floyd F. Sherman
  65   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin P. O’Meara
  40   Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Charles L. Horn
  44   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Donald F. McAleenan
  50   Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Frederick B. Schenkel
  55   Vice President, Manufacturing
Alexander R. Castaldi
  55   Director
Ramsey A. Frank
  44   Director
Paul S. Levy
  57   Director
Brett N. Milgrim
  36   Director

Our Board of Directors consists of five members elected annually by our stockholders. All executive officers are chosen by the Board of Directors and serve at its pleasure. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers, and there is no arrangement or understanding between any of the directors or executive officers and any other person pursuant to which he was selected as a director or officer. Unless otherwise indicated, each director and officer is a citizen of the United States and the business address of each individual is: 2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600, Dallas, Texas 75201.

Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of each of our directors, executive officers, and our three regional group presidents.

Floyd F. Sherman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sherman has been a director since 2001, when he came to BFS. Prior to joining BFS, he spent 28 years at Triangle Pacific/ Armstrong Flooring, the last nine of which he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sherman has over 40 years of experience in the building products industry. A native of Kerhonkson, New York, and a veteran of the U.S. Army, Mr. Sherman is a graduate of the New York State College of Forestry at Syracuse University. He also holds an M.B.A. degree from Georgia State University.

Kevin P. O’Meara, Chief Operating Officer. Mr. O’Meara is a co-founder of BFS. At the inception of BFS, he served as the Chief Financial Officer. Mr. O’Meara was promoted to his current position in May 2000. Prior to co-founding BFS, Mr. O’Meara served as Vice President, Strategic Planning and Business Development at Fibreboard Corporation. He worked three years in the Dallas office of Bain & Company, a strategic management consulting firm. He also worked six years at two private investment firms. Mr. O’Meara is a C.P.A. and has a B.A. (economics) and a B.B.A. (accounting) from Southern Methodist University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Charles L. Horn, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Horn joined BFS in May 1999 as Vice President-Finance and Controller. He was promoted to CFO in May 2000. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Horn served in a variety of positions at Pier One Imports, most recently as Vice President and Treasurer. Prior to Pier One, he served as Vice President Finance/ Chief Financial Officer of Conquest Industries. Mr. Horn also


63


 

Management

has seven years of public accounting experience with Price Waterhouse. Mr. Horn is a C.P.A. and received his B.B.A. degree from Abilene Christian University and M.B.A. from The University of Texas at Austin.

Donald F. McAleenan, Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. McAleenan is a co-founder of BFS and serves as General Counsel. Prior to co-founding BFS, Mr. McAleenan served as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Fibreboard Corporation from 1992 to 1997. Mr. McAleenan was also Assistant General Counsel of AT&E Corporation and spent nine years as a securities lawyer at two New York City law firms. Mr. McAleenan has a B.S. from Georgetown University and J.D. from New York University Law School.

Frederick B. Schenkel, Vice President, Manufacturing. Mr. Schenkel joined BFS in 1998 when the Company acquired BSL from Pulte Home Corporation. At BSL, and later with the Company, Mr. Schenkel was a location manager. He became Vice President of the Atlantic Group in 1999 and was promoted to Vice President, Manufacturing in 2002. Mr. Schenkel has more than 31 years of experience managing manufacturing facilities in the industry and, before joining BSL, held such positions as manufacturing manager for The Ryland Group, Inc., vice president of manufacturing for Diversified Homes Corporation of Maryland, and plant manager for Regional Building Systems, Inc. Mr. Schenkel holds a B.A. in accounting from Saint Bonaventure University.

Morris E. Tolly, Southeast Group President. Mr. Tolly has been with the Company since 1998 when the Company acquired Pelican Companies, Inc. (“Pelican”). Mr. Tolly was a General Manager and Market Manager for Pelican and later for the Company prior to being promoted in 2000 to President of the Southeast Group. Overall, Mr. Tolly has over 40 years of experience in the building products industry.

Douglas E. Schweinhart, Atlantic Group President. Mr. Schweinhart joined BFS in 1998 when the Company acquired Builders Supply & Lumber Co. (“BSL”) from Pulte Home Corporation. Previously, Mr. Schweinhart was a founder and Vice President of BSL. He also spent 12 years with Lowe’s Contractor Yards in various capacities. Overall, Mr. Schweinhart has over 28 years of experience in the building products industry. Mr. Schweinhart received his B.S. degree in Finance from Towson State University.

Alan K. Davenport, Central Group President. Mr. Davenport joined BFS in 2000 as Vice President of National Sales and Marketing. In December 2002, Mr. Davenport was promoted to President of the newly formed Central Group. Prior to joining BFS, Mr. Davenport spent over ten years in the building products industry in various executive positions with Wickes, Inc. and 84 Lumber. Mr. Davenport is a graduate of the University of Cincinnati. He holds a B.S. degree in architecture/construction management technology.

Alexander R. Castaldi, Director. Mr. Castaldi has been a director since 2004. Mr. Castaldi, a C.P.A., is a Senior Managing Director of JLL Partners, Inc., which he joined in 2003, and was previously a CFO of three very successful management buyouts. He was most recently Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administration Officer of Remington Products Company. Previously, Mr. Castaldi was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Uniroyal Chemical Company. From 1990 until 1995, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Kendall International, Inc. During the 1980s, Mr. Castaldi was also Vice President, Controller of Duracell, Inc. and Uniroyal, Inc. Mr. Castaldi serves as a director of several companies, including Motor Coach Industries International, Inc., Mosaic Sales Solutions, Corp., PGT Industries, Inc., and C.H.I. Overhead Doors, Inc.

Ramsey A. Frank, Director. Mr. Frank has been a director since 2001. Mr. Frank is a Senior Managing Director of JLL Partners, Inc., which he joined in 1999. From January 1993 to July 1999, Mr. Frank was a Managing Director at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc., where he headed the restructuring group and was a senior member of the leveraged finance group. Mr. Frank serves as a director of several companies, including Motor Coach Industries International, Inc., C.H.I. Overhead Doors, Inc., PGT Industries, Inc., and Medical Card System, Inc.


64


 

Management

Paul S. Levy, Director. Mr. Levy has been a director since 1998. Mr. Levy is a Senior Managing Director of JLL Partners, Inc., which he founded in 1988. Mr. Levy serves as a director of several companies, including Fairfield Manufacturing Company, Inc., Lancer Industries, Inc., Motor Coach Industries International, Inc., Mosaic Sales Solutions, Corp., PGT Industries, Inc., and C.H.I. Overhead Doors, Inc.

Brett N. Milgrim, Director. Mr. Milgrim has been a director since 1999. Mr. Milgrim is a director of both PGT Industries, Inc. and C.H.I. Overhead Doors, Inc. and is a Managing Director of JLL Partners, Inc., which he joined in 1997.

Board Composition

We intend to appoint an independent director prior to the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, our board will consist of the new independent director and Messrs. Sherman, Levy, Castaldi, Frank, and Milgrim. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws, which will provide that our board of directors be divided into three classes, each of whose members will serve for a staggered three-year term. We intend to appoint one additional independent member to the board of directors within 90 days of the consummation of this offering, and, within one year of the consummation of this offering, we expect to appoint that number of additional independent members to the board of directors as are necessary to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and The Nasdaq National Market.

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to appoint an audit committee, the composition of which will comply with the requirements of The Nasdaq National Market and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our board of directors also intends to appoint such other committees as may be required by the rules of The Nasdaq National Market.

The audit committee will select, on behalf of our board of directors, an independent public accounting firm to be engaged to audit our financial statements, discuss with the independent auditors their independence, review and discuss the audited financial statements with the independent auditors and management, and recommend to our board of directors whether the audited financials should be included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC.

Compensation of Directors

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the individuals serving on the board of directors did not receive any compensation for their service as directors. We intend to set the compensation for independent directors prior to completion of this offering. We do not intend to pay compensation to individuals serving on our board of directors who are employees or affiliates of the Company for their service as directors.


65


 


Executive compensation

SUMMARY OF COMPENSATION

The following summary compensation table sets forth information concerning compensation earned in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, by our chief executive officer and our other four most highly compensated executive officers serving at the end of the last fiscal year. We refer to these executives as our “named executive officers” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summary Compensation Table

                                           
Annual Compensation Long-Term Compensation


Securities Underlying All Other
Year Salary Bonus Options(#) Compensation(2)

Floyd F. Sherman
    2004     $ 600,000     $ 1,107,036 (1)            
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer                                        
Kevin P. O’Meara
    2004     $ 360,000     $ 848,444 (1)     565,925     $ 3,769  
  Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer                                        
Charles L. Horn
    2004     $ 330,000     $ 927,740 (1)     1,117,838     $ 4,925  
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                                        
Donald F. McAleenan
    2004     $ 320,000     $ 754,172 (1)     575,771     $ 6,500  
  Senior Vice President and General Counsel                                        
Frederick B. Schenkel
    2004     $ 232,000     $ 492,097 (1)     50,000     $ 6,500  
  Vice President, Manufacturing                                        


(1) Reflects bonus earned under the 2004 Builders FirstSource Cash Incentive Bonus Plan. This amount may be adjusted upon completion of the audited financials for the year ended December 31, 2004, to account for any difference between estimated and actual financial performance results used in the bonus calculation.
 
(2) Reflects Company matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.


66


 

Executive compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the grant of stock options to each of our named executive officers during the last fiscal year.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

                                         
Individual Grants

Number of Percent of total
securities options granted Exercise or Grant date
underlying options to employees base price present
Name granted(1) in fiscal year ($/Sh) Expiration date value($)(2)

Floyd F. Sherman
                             
Kevin P. O’Meara
    565,925       3.7 %   $ 0.315       February 27, 2014     $ 28,296  
Charles L. Horn
    1,117,838       7.4 %   $ 0.315       February 27, 2014     $ 55,892  
Donald F. McAleenan
    575,771       3.8 %   $ 0.315       February 27, 2014     $ 28,789  
Frederick B. Schenkel
    50,000       0.3 %   $ 0.315       February 27, 2014     $ 2,500  


(1)  These options vest in full on December 31, 2011. These options have accelerated vesting provisions that provide that (a) one sixth of the options will vest on each of December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006, if certain annual financial performance targets are met in the applicable year; (b) one half of the options will vest on December 31, 2006, if certain cumulative financial performance targets for the three calendar years ended December 31, 2006, are met; and (c) upon a change in control of the Company some or all of the previously unvested options will vest if certain financial targets have been met.
 
(2)  The options are valued by the minimum value option pricing variation of the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions were used for the grants: expected term— six years; expected volatility— 0.00%; expected dividend yield— 0.00%; and risk free rate— 3.01%. No adjustment was made for non-transferability or risk of forfeitures.

The following table sets forth information concerning the exercise of stock options during the last fiscal year by each of our named executive officers and the number and value of unexercised options held by such individuals as of the end of the last fiscal year.

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year

and Fiscal Year-end Option Values
                                 
Value of Unexercised In-
Number of securities the-Money Options at
underlying unexercised Fiscal Year-End ($)
Shares acquired Value options at fiscal year-end(#) Exercisable/
Name on exercise(#) realized($) exercisable/unexercisable(1) Unexercisable

Floyd F. Sherman
                8,518,149/ 2,839,384          
Kevin P. O’Meara
                3,501,580/ 1,323,420          
Charles L. Horn
                1,812,927/ 1,437,073          
Donald F. McAleenan
                2,935,345/ 1,189,655          
Frederick B. Schenkel
                124,334/ 175,666          


(1)  In connection with the payment of an extraordinary dividend to our stockholders in February 2004, the exercise price of most of our then-outstanding stock options, including all stock options held by our named executive officers, was adjusted to take into account the decrease in the fair market value of the underlying shares after the payment of the extraordinary dividend. With respect to our named executive officers, this adjustment resulted in the reduction of the exercise price of their options from $1.00 to $0.315 per share and applied to the following number of shares subject to options: Mr. Sherman, 11,357,533; Mr. O’ Meara, 4,259,075; Mr. Horn, 2,132,162; Mr. McAleenan, 3,549,229; and Mr. Schenkel, 250,000.


67


 

Executive compensation

Employment agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with four of our named executive officers. These employment agreements provide for Mr. Sherman to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors and as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. O’Meara to serve as our Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Horn to serve as our Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. McAleenan to serve as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

Mr. Sherman’s agreement

Mr. Sherman’s employment agreement was entered into on September 1, 2001, and has a two-year term, with automatic one-year renewals commencing on the first anniversary of the effective date of the employment agreement, unless either party provides at least 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. In addition to providing for his annual base salary and employee benefits, Mr. Sherman’s employment agreement provides, among other things, that he will be eligible for an annual cash bonus of up to 133% of his base salary, as determined by our board of directors or the compensation committee, and for the initial grant of an option to purchase 11,357,533 shares of our common stock. Our board of directors may increase the amount of Mr. Sherman’s bonus if they deem such an increase appropriate. This option vests ratably on each of the first four anniversaries of the effective date of the employment agreement and in full upon a “change of control” (as defined in the employment agreement) of the Company.

Mr. Sherman’s employment agreement provides that if he is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) he will be entitled to payment of his annual base salary and health and welfare benefits for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement. His employment agreement further provides that, during his employment with us and for one year thereafter, he may not disclose confidential information and may not directly or indirectly compete with the Company. In addition, he may not solicit any employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries during his employment with us and for two years thereafter.

Agreements with other named executive officers

The employment agreements with Messrs. O’Meara, Horn, and McAleenan were entered into on January 15, 2004. Each of these agreements has a one-year term, with automatic one-year renewals commencing on the first anniversary of the effective date of the employment agreement, unless either party provides at least 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. In addition to providing for an annual base salary and employee benefits, each of these agreements provides, among other things, that the executive is eligible for an annual cash bonus under our annual cash incentive plan, which currently provides for a target bonus percentage of 100% of the executive’s base salary. Pursuant to the employment agreements, this target bonus percentage will not be less than 100% of the executive’s base salary.

Under each of these employment agreements, in the event that (a) the executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), (b) the executive terminates his employment because of a material adverse diminution in job title or responsibilities or a relocation of his principal place of employment more than 100 miles from its current location without his consent, (c) we notify the executive of our intent not to renew the employment agreement and the executive delivers a “notice of resignation” (as defined in the employment agreement) within 90 days of receipt of the notice of non-renewal, or (d) the executive’s employment is terminated by mutual consent and the parties enter into an agreement whereby the executive agrees to be bound by the post-termination restrictive covenants in the agreement (described below), the executive will be entitled to continuation of his base salary and health benefits for one year after the date of termination, plus payment of an amount equal to his “average bonus compensation” (as defined in the employment agreement). During the executive’s employment with us and for one year thereafter, the executive may not disclose confidential information and may not directly or indirectly compete with the Company. In addition, the executive may


68


 

Executive compensation

not solicit any employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries during his employment with us and for two years thereafter.

1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated March 1, 2004

The purpose of the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan is to provide our key employees, officers, consultants, and advisors with an opportunity to acquire shares of our common stock. Under this plan, our board of directors is authorized to grant stock options and other equity based awards, such as stock appreciation rights or restricted stock awards. In addition, the plan provides for the sale of shares to plan participants at prices to be determined by our board of directors. Stock options granted under the plan may be either “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, or non-qualified stock options. A total of 64,000,000 shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance under this plan. A total of 46,000,000 shares have been made available for the issuance of options and other equity based awards and a total of 18,000,000 shares have been made available for the sale of common stock. The plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

The plan is administered by our board of directors, which has the discretion to determine the persons to whom awards will be granted, the type of awards, the number of awards, vesting requirements, and other features and conditions of awards under the plan, including whether the awards will contain provisions relating to a change in control of the Company. It is contemplated that, following an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, the plan will be administered by a committee of our board of directors that will be composed solely of at least two persons who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16(b) under the Exchange Act.

In the event of any extraordinary dividend, stock dividend, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, acquisition, consolidation, stock split, warrant or rights issuance, combination or exchange of shares, or other similar transaction, our board of directors has the sole discretion to equitably adjust the exercise price, the number and kind of shares of common stock available for issuance under the plan, the number and kind of shares covered by outstanding options, and other awards under the plan to preserve the value of each share of common stock and the value of each award.

In the event of a sale of the Company, the board of directors, in its sole discretion, may cancel all outstanding stock options issued under the plan and provide for a cash payment to each holder thereof equal to (i) the excess of the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders pursuant to the sale of the Company over the exercise price per share of the option multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of common stock subject to the option.

2005 Cash Incentive Plan

Our 2005 Cash Incentive Plan provides for the payment of a cash bonus to each plan participant based on the achievement of performance goals relating to (i) return on net tangible assets, (ii) operating cash flow, and (iii) operating income. These goals are based on the performance of a given location, region, or the entire Company, depending on the participant’s position. Target bonus percentages are set for each performance objective. Bonus payout percentages increase as the achievement levels increase. The plan also contains a discretionary bonus to recognize and reward individual performance. This portion of the bonus is based on the review of the participant’s performance by the participant’s direct supervisor. All of our executive officers participate in this plan.


69


 


Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership, as of February 7, 2005, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, of: (i) our common stock by each person known to us to hold greater than 5% of the total number of outstanding shares; (ii) our common stock by each current director or executive officer and of all the current directors and executive officers as a group; and (iii) each stockholder selling shares in this offering. The number of shares beneficially owned by each person or group as of February 7, 2005 includes shares of common stock that such person or group had the right to acquire on or within 60 days after February 7, 2005, including upon the exercise of options. All such information is estimated and subject to change.

Ownership of our common stock is shown in terms of “beneficial ownership.” Amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which he has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. More than one person may be considered to beneficially own the same shares. In the table below, unless otherwise noted, a person has sole voting and dispositive power for those shares shown as beneficially owned by such person.

Common Stock

                                         
Shares Beneficially Owned Shares Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering After the Offering


Percentage of Percentage
Ownership of Shares Ownership
Name and Address of Shares of Shares of Offered Shares of of Shares of
Beneficial Owner(1) Common Stock(4) Common Stock(5)(6) Hereby Common Stock Common Stock

JLL Building Products, LLC(3)
    237,836,421       94.6 %                        
Floyd F. Sherman(7)
    8,518,149       3.3 %                      
Kevin P. O’Meara(8)
    3,944,543       1.5 %                      
Charles L. Horn(9)
    1,957,927       *                        
Donald F. McAleenan(10)
    3,378,308       1.3 %                      
Frederick B. Schenkel(11)
    270,334       *                        
Alexander R. Castaldi(2)(3)
    237,836,421       94.6 %                      
Ramsey A. Frank(2)(3)
    237,836,421       94.6 %                      
Paul S. Levy(2)(3)
    237,836,421       94.6 %                      
Brett N. Milgrim(2)(3)
    237,836,421       94.6 %                      
Directors and executive officers of the Company as a group
    255,905,682       95.3 %                      


 *   Less than 1%.
 
(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each person named in the table is Builders FirstSource, Inc., 2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600, Dallas, Texas 75201.


70


 

Principal and selling stockholders

(2)  The business address for Messrs. Levy, Frank, Milgrim, and Castaldi is 450 Lexington Ave., Suite 3350, New York, New York 10017.
 
(3)  Messrs. Levy, Frank, Milgrim, and Castaldi are all associated with JLL Partners Fund II, L.P. and JLL Partners Fund III, L.P., which, as members of JLL Building Products, LLC, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock owned by JLL Building Products, LLC. In addition, Mr. Levy is the sole general partner of JLL Associates II, L.P., which controls JLL Partners Fund II, L.P., and Messrs. Levy and Frank and Jeffrey C. Lightcap are the managing members of JLL Associates III, L.L.C., which controls JLL Partners Fund III, L.P. As a result, Messrs. Frank, Levy, and Lightcap may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares of common stock owned by JLL Building Products, LLC, and to have shared voting or investment power over the shares of common stock owned by JLL Building Products, LLC. Messrs. Milgrim and Castaldi disclaim any beneficial ownership of our common stock.
 
(4)  The number of shares beneficially owned by each person or group as of February 7, 2005 includes shares of common stock that such person or group had the right to acquire on or within 60 days after February 7, 2005, including upon the exercise of options.
 
(5)  For each person and group included in the table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group as described above by the sum of 251,482,040 shares of common stock outstanding on February 7, 2005 and the number of shares of common stock that such person or group had the right to acquire on or within 60 days of February 7, 2005, including upon the exercise of options.
 
(6)  Subject to dilution resulting from potential awards of common stock and exercise of options to acquire common stock under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
 
(7)  Includes 8,518,149 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of February 7, 2005 under the Company’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
 
(8)  Includes 3,501,580 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of February 7, 2005 under the Company’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
 
(9)  Includes 1,832,927 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of February 7, 2005 under the Company’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.

(10)  Includes 2,935,345 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of February 7, 2005 under the Company’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
 
(11)  Includes 160,334 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of February 7, 2005 under the Company’s 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.


71


 


Certain related party transactions

In February 2005, with a portion of the net proceeds of our offering of floating rate notes and our new senior secured credit facility, we paid a dividend to our stockholders and a compensation-based payment to all holders of our outstanding stock options (including vested and unvested options). Such payment to option holders was made in connection with the payment of such dividend, rather than making an adjustment to the exercise price or number of shares subject to such options. The aggregate dividend to stockholders was $201.2 million, and the aggregate payment to option holders was $35.8 million, which was treated as compensation expense.

In February 2004, we completed a recapitalization to refinance our indebtedness and pay a dividend to our stockholders in an aggregate amount equal to $139.6 million. In connection with such dividend, our board of directors exercised its discretion under the anti-dilution provisions of our employee stock plan to adjust the exercise price of stock options to reflect the change in the share value on the dividend date. This adjustment was made to the stock options held by our executive officers as well as other employees. Approximately $0.4 million was also paid to certain option holders whose exercise price could not be adjusted for the dividend.

JLL Partners, affiliates of which control JLL Building Products, LLC, one of the selling stockholders, is reimbursed by us for expenses it pays or incurs on our behalf or in connection with its investment in us. The amount reimbursed was approximately $300,000 in each of 2004 and 2003, and approximately $265,000 in 2002. In the ordinary course of business, we purchase windows from PGT Industries, Inc., a company controlled by affiliates of JLL Partners.

In connection with this offering, we will amend our stockholders agreement with JLL Building Products, LLC and some of our executive officers. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

The Company loaned $50,000 to Mr. Horn to purchase shares of our common stock, under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, which loan, together with interest thereon, was repaid in full on February 25, 2004.


72


 


Description of capital stock

The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock. The following description of our capital stock is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated by-laws and other agreements, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law.

GENERAL MATTERS

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be filed with the State of Delaware and become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provides that we are authorized to issue            shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and            shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

As of           , 2005, we had outstanding            shares of common stock, held by           stockholders of record. As of           , 2005, we had outstanding options to purchase            shares of our common stock.

COMMON STOCK

Shares of our common stock have the following rights, preferences and privileges:

Voting rights. Each outstanding share of common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including the election of directors. There are no cumulative voting rights. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock present or represented by proxy.
 
Dividends. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends as, when and if dividends are declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends.
 
Liquidation. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of our liabilities and obligations to creditors, our remaining assets will be distributed ratably among the holders of shares of common stock on a per share basis.
 
Rights and preferences. Our common stock has no preemptive, redemption, conversion or subscription rights. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

LISTING

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “BLDR”.

PREFERRED STOCK

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to                 shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix for each class or series the powers, rights, preferences and privileges of each series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, which may be greater than the rights of the holders of the common stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. Any issuance of shares of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock, and the likelihood


73


 

Description of capital stock

that the holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

In connection with this offering, we will amend our stockholders agreement with JLL Building Products, LLC and some of our executive officers. The agreement will provide that, upon the request of JLL Building Products, we will register under the Securities Act the shares of our common stock held by JLL Building Products and such executive officers for sale in accordance with its intended method of disposition, and will take other actions as are necessary to permit the sale of the shares in various jurisdictions. In addition, if we register any of our equity securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, JLL Building Products and such executive officers are entitled to notice of the registration and may include their shares in the registration, subject to certain customary underwriters’ “cut-back” provisions. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, which will be borne by each stockholder selling its shares. Our obligation to register the shares and take other actions is subject to certain restrictions on, among other things, the frequency of requested registrations, the number of shares to be registered and the duration of these rights. In addition to registration rights, the amended stockholders agreement also provides for certain customary tag-along and drag-along rights until the six-month anniversary of this offering.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our company unless the takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors. These provisions include the following:

Staggered Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a staggered board of directors, divided into three classes, with our stockholders electing one class each year. Between stockholders’ meetings, the board of directors will be able to appoint new directors to fill vacancies or newly created directorships so that no more than the number of directors in any given class could be replaced each year and it would take three successive annual meetings to replace all directors.

Elimination of stockholder action through written consent. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Elimination of the ability to call special meetings. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors, a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings, or by our chief executive officer or the chairman of our board of directors. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require our board to call a special meeting.

Advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals. Our by-laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board. Stockholders at our annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the


74


 

Description of capital stock

meeting by or at the direction of our board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given to our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting.

Removal of Directors; Board of Directors Vacancies. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that members of our board of directors may not be removed without cause. Our by-laws further provide that only our board of directors may fill vacant directorships, except in limited circumstances. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from gaining control of our board of directors by removing incumbent directors and filling the resulting vacancies with such stockholder’s own nominees.

The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of the common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management. See “Risk Factors— Risks Related to the Offering— Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.”

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or
 
improper distributions to stockholders.

These provisions may not be held to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                     , and its telephone number is                     .


75


 


Description of certain indebtedness

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the agreements governing our material debt to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. The following is only a summary and it does not include all of the provisions of our material debt, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to our registration statement filed in connection with this offering and are available as set forth under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITY

On February 11, 2005, we entered into a new senior secured credit facility. with various lenders, UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Joint Arrangers, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent.

Structure. The new senior secured credit facilities consist of:

a new senior secured term loan facility of $225.0 million (the “Term Loan Facility”),
 
a new senior secured revolving credit facility of $110.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), and
 
a new pre-funded letter of credit facility of $15.0 million (the “Funded LC Facility”). Funds in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million have been deposited (the “Credit-linked Deposit”) by the lenders under the Funded LC Facility in an account (the “Credit-Linked Deposit Account”) held in the name of the Administrative Agent.

We may borrow, repay, and reborrow from the Revolving Credit Facility from time to time until the earlier of the maturity date thereof and the termination of the revolving loan commitment. The Funded LC Facility will be used solely in connection with general corporate purposes.

Maturity, Amortization, and Prepayment. The Term Loan Facility has a maturity of six and a half years and will amortize in consecutive equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.0% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, with the balance payable on the maturity date. Unless terminated earlier, the Revolving Credit Facility has a maturity of five years. The Funded LC Facility has a maturity of six and a half years.

The new senior secured credit facilities are subject to mandatory prepayment with, in general, (i) 100% of the net proceeds of certain asset sales or other disposition of assets, subject to a 365-day reinvestment period and with exceptions to be agreed; (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain issuances of debt, with exceptions to be agreed; (iii) 100% of all casualty and condemnation proceeds in excess of amounts applied within 365 days of receipt to replace or restore any properties in respect of which such proceeds are paid; and (iv) 75% of the excess cash flow, subject to leverage-based stepdowns to be agreed. Any such prepayment is applied first to the Term Loan Facility, then to the Credit Linked Deposit and the proceeds thereof applied to cash-collateralize any outstanding Funded Letters of Credit to the extent such Funded Letters of Credit outstanding at the time exceed the Credit-Linked Deposit, and thereafter to the Revolving Credit Facility.

Interest and Fees. The term loans under the Term Loan Facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum or base rate plus 1.50% per annum. The loans under the Revolving Credit Facility initially bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum or base rate plus 1.50% per annum, and, beginning September 30, 2005, may decline to as much as 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.75% for base rate loans if certain leverage ratios are met. A commitment fee equal to 0.500% to 0.375% per annum (determined by our leverage) accrues on the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility and such fee is payable quarterly in arrears. We pay the lenders under the Funded LC Facility LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum minus UBS AG, Stamford Branch’s internal deposit


76


 

Description of certain indebtedness

rate, and such lenders will receive UBS AG, Stamford Branch’s internal deposit rate on the amounts in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account.

Guarantees. All of the obligations under the new senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by all of our existing and future direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”), subject to exceptions for foreign subsidiaries to the extent such guarantees would be prohibited by applicable law or would result in adverse tax consequences.

Pledge and Security. The new senior secured credit facilities are secured by perfected first priority pledges of all of the equity interests of each of the Guarantors and perfected first priority security interests in and mortgages on all of our tangible and intangible assets and those of the Guarantors, except, in the case of the stock of a foreign subsidiary, to the extent such pledge would be prohibited by applicable law or would result in materially adverse tax consequences, and subject to such other exceptions as are agreed.

Covenants. The new senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to (i) dispose of assets; (ii) change our business; (iii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (iv) make certain acquisitions; (v) pay dividends or repurchase or redeem stock; (vi) incur indebtedness and issue preferred stock; (vii) make investments and loans; (viii) create liens; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; (xi) issue stock or stock options; (xii) amend or prepay other indebtedness; (xiii) modify or waive material documents; or (xiv) change our fiscal year. In addition, under the new senior secured credit facilities, we are required to comply with specified financial ratios and tests, including a minimum interest coverage ratio, a maximum leverage ratio, and maximum capital expenditures.

Events of Default. The new senior secured credit facilities contain customary events of default, including (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) false or misleading representations or warranties; (iii) noncompliance with covenants; (iv) insolvency and bankruptcy-related events; (v) judgments in excess of specified amounts; (vi) certain ERISA matters; (vii) actual or asserted invalidity of guarantees of the new senior secured credit facilities or impairment of security interests in collateral; (viii) invalidity or unenforceability of certain provisions of any loan document; and (ix) certain change of control events.

SECOND PRIORITY SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES

On February 11, 2005, we issued approximately $275.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our floating rate notes, all of which continue to be outstanding.

Maturity and Interest. The floating rate notes mature on February 15, 2012. Interest accrues at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.25%. The LIBOR rate is reset at the beginning of each quarter. Interest on the floating rate notes is payable quarterly in arrears on each February 15, May 15, August 15, and November 15, commencing on May 15, 2005.

Ranking. The floating rate notes are our senior secured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt. The floating rate notes are effectively junior in right of payment to any of our indebtedness that is secured by first priority liens on the assets securing the floating rate notes, including our new senior secured credit facility, or secured by assets not securing the floating rate notes, and are junior in right of payment to all indebtedness of our future nonguarantor subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantees are the senior secured obligations of our subsidiary guarantors and rank equal in right of payment with all of our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, but rank effectively junior in right of payment to the subsidiary guarantees of our new senior secured credit facility.

Guarantees. All of our existing subsidiaries jointly and severally guarantee the floating rate notes. Our future significant restricted domestic subsidiaries will also be required to guarantee the floating rate notes.


77


 

Description of certain indebtedness

Pledge and Security. The new floating rate notes are secured by perfected second priority pledges of all of the equity interests of each of the guarantors of the floating rate notes and perfected second priority security interests in and mortgages on all of our tangible and intangible assets and those of the guarantors, except, in the case of the stock of a foreign subsidiary, to the extent such pledge would be prohibited by applicable law or would result in materially adverse tax consequences, and subject to such other exceptions as are agreed.

Optional Redemption. At any time on or after February 15, 2007, we may redeem some or all of the floating rate notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium declining ratably to par, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any to the redemption dates.

At any time before February 15, 2007, we may redeem the floating rate notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the floating rate notes redeemed, plus a make-whole premium, accrued and unpaid interest, and liquidated damages, if any, to the redemption date.

At any time before February 15, 2007, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the floating rate notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings, including this offering, so long as:

we pay holders of the floating rate notes a redemption price an amount equal to par plus the interest rate then in effect, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the redemption date;
 
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the floating rate notes issued under the indenture, remains outstanding immediately after such redemption; and
 
we redeem the floating rate notes within 90 days of any such equity offering.

Covenants. The indenture governing the floating rate notes contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or make other distributions on our capital stock or repurchase, repay or redeem our capital stock; make certain investments; incur liens; enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates; create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us by our restricted subsidiaries; and sell all or substantially all of our assets or merge with or into other companies. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications.

Change of Control Offer. If we experience a change of control, we may be required to offer to purchase the floating rate notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the repurchase date.

Events of Default. The indenture contains customary events of default, including, but not limited to, (i) defaults in the payment of principal or interest, (ii) defaults in the compliance with the covenants contained in the indenture, (iii) cross defaults on debt in excess of $20.0 million, (iv) failure to pay more than $20.0 million of judgments that have not been stayed by appeal or otherwise, or (v) our bankruptcy or other insolvency events.


78


 


Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a significant public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock, including shares of our outstanding common stock and shares of our common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

SALE OF RESTRICTED SHARES AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have                      outstanding shares of common stock based upon our shares outstanding as of                     , 2005, assuming no exercise of stock options.

Of these shares, the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by affiliates of our company, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining                      shares of common stock were issued and sold by us in private transactions, and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 of the Securities Act. However, of these remaining shares of common stock, representing an aggregate of           % of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to this offering,                     are held by officers, directors, and existing security holders who are subject to lock-up agreements for a period of                      days after the date of this prospectus under which these holders have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of their shares of common stock. The representative of the underwriters may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements.

As of the date of this prospectus, up to                     of the remaining shares may be eligible for sale in the public market. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus,                     of these remaining shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, although all but                      shares will be subject to certain volume limitations under Rule 144. As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and agreements with our employees. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market.

RULE 144

In general, Rule 144 allows a stockholder (or stockholders where shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year and who files a Form 144 with the SEC to sell within any three month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of those shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after this offering; or
 
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144, however, are subject to specific manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of current public information about our company. We cannot estimate the number of shares of common stock our existing stockholders will sell under Rule 144, as this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholders, and other factors.


79


 

Shares eligible for future sale

RULE 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), in general, a stockholder who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least two years and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company at any time during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell shares without complying with the manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, public information requirements, or volume limitations of Rule 144. Affiliates of our company, however, must always sell pursuant to Rule 144, even after the otherwise applicable Rule 144(k) holding periods have been satisfied.

RULE 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan provided for the issuance of                      shares pursuant to Rule 701. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. In addition, holders of Rule 701 shares who are subject to the lock-up agreements described in “— Sale of Restricted Shares and Lock-up Agreements” have agreed not to sell their shares for a period of       days after the date of this prospectus.

As of                     , 2005,                      shares of our outstanding common stock have been issued in reliance on Rule 701, including as a result of exercises of stock options, and an additional           shares are issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options issued under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

After the closing of this offering, JLL Building Products, LLC, which will hold approximately                      shares of our common stock, has the right, subject to various conditions and limitations, to cause us to register shares of our common stock held by it and our executive officers to include such shares in registration statements relating to our securities. The exercise of such registration rights, resulting in a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market, could cause the price of the common stock to fall. In addition, any demand to include such shares in our registration statements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise needed capital. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” In addition, we have entered into agreements with certain other stockholders providing them with “piggyback” registration rights, subject to certain conditions and limitations.

OPTIONS

In addition to the shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering, as of                     , 2005, there were outstanding options to purchase                      shares of our common stock. As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and agreements with our employees. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market upon exercise by the holders, subject to vesting restrictions with us, contractual lock-up restrictions, and/or market stand-off provisions applicable to each option agreement that prohibit the sale or other disposition of the shares of common stock underlying the options for a period of            days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent from us or our underwriters.


80


 


Material United States federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of the anticipated material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock under current United States federal tax law. This discussion does not address specific tax consequences that may be relevant to particular persons in light of their individual circumstances (including, for example, pass-through entities (e.g., partnerships) or persons who hold our common stock through pass-through entities, banks or financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, common trust funds, pension plans, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, owners of more than 5% of our common stock, United States expatriates, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that have a functional currency other than the United States dollar and persons in special situations, such as those who hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or other integrated investment), all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. Unless otherwise stated, this discussion is limited to the tax consequences to those Non-U.S. Holders who are the original beneficial owners of our common stock and who hold such common stock as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In addition, this discussion does not describe any tax consequences arising under the tax laws of any state, local or non-United States jurisdiction. This discussion is based upon the Code, the Treasury Department regulations (the “Treasury Regulations”) promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Prospective purchasers of our common stock are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the United States federal tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock, as well as the application of state, local and non-United States tax laws.

As used herein, a “U.S. Person” is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity taxable as a corporation or partnership created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate that is subject to United States federal income taxation without regard to the source of its income or (iv) a trust (a) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) that was in existence on August 20, 1996, was properly treated as a United States person under the Code on the previous day, and elected to continue to be so treated. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a holder of our common stock who is not a U.S. Person.

If a partnership, or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of each partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership that is a prospective investor should consult their tax advisors as to the particular United States federal tax consequences applicable to them.

Dividends

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States and, where an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder, are not, however, subject to the withholding tax, but are instead subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated


81


 

Material United States federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. holders

individual or corporate rates. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be satisfied for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty rate (and avoid backup withholding as discussed below) for dividends, will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that such holder is not a U.S. person or (b) if the common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury Regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are entities rather than individuals.

A Non-U.S. Holder eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to United States federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States, and, where an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder, (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is an individual and holds the common stock as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) we either are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such sale or other disposition or the period that such Non-U.S. Holder held our common shares (the “Applicable Period”).

An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (i) above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (ii) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States). If a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation is described in clause (i) above, it will be subject to tax on its gain under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

We do not believe that we have been, are currently or are likely to be a USRPHC. If we were to become a USRPHC, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and continues to be traded, you would be subject to federal income tax on any gain from the sale or other disposition of shares of common stock only if you actually or constructively owned, during the Applicable Period, more than 5% of the class of stock that includes such shares.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of death will generally be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was


82


 

Material United States federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. holders

required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding on dividends paid to such holder unless applicable certification requirements are met.

If common stock is sold by a Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States and conducted through a non-United States related financial institution or broker, backup withholding and information reporting generally would not apply. Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding, generally would apply to the proceeds of a sale of common stock within the United States or conducted through a United States related financial institution or broker unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. Person (and the payer does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. Person) or the owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.


83


 


Underwriting

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters. UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are the joint book-running managers of this offering. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

           
Underwriters Number of shares

UBS Securities LLC
       
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
       
     
 
 
Total
       
     
 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

Our common stock and the common stock of the selling stockholders are offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and
 
the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of                     additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $          per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $          per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms. The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect discretionary sales to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock to be offered.


84


 

Underwriting

We have agreed to pay the offering expenses of the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will pay the underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the shares that they sell. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                      shares from us and an additional                      shares from the selling stockholders.

                                                 
Paid by selling
Paid by us stockholders Total



No exercise Full exercise No exercise Full exercise No exercise Full exercise

Per Share
  $       $       $       $       $       $    
Total
  $       $       $       $       $       $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $          .

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

We and each of our directors, executive officers and the selling stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of       days after the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, UBS Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the affected securities from these lock-up agreements.

In the event that we issue an earnings release or a material news event relating to us occurs 15 calendar days plus three business days prior to or within 15 days after the expiration of the      -day period, the restrictions imposed on us, our executive officers, directors and the selling stockholders will continue to apply for 15 calendar days plus three business days after such earnings release is issued or such material news event occurs.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET QUOTATION

We have applied to have our shares of common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “BLDR.”

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

stabilizing transactions;
 
short sales;
 
purchases to cover positions created by short sales;


85


 

Underwriting

imposition of penalty bids; and
 
syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation by us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
 
our history and prospects and the history and the prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
our past and present financial performance and an assessment of our management;
 
our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;
 
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
 
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, public traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
 
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.


86


 

Underwriting

AFFILIATIONS

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates in the past have provided and may provide from time to time certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us for which they will be entitled to receive separate fees. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business. Each underwriter, or one of its affiliates, is a lender under our $110.0 million revolving credit facility and our $225.0 million term loan. At the date of this prospectus, the aggregate commitments of the underwriters and underwriters’ affiliates, as applicable, totaled approximately $        million, or       %, of the revolving credit facility commitments and approximately $        million, or       %, of the term loan commitments. The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness, which may include a portion of the outstanding principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, under the term loan facility. The entire $225.0 million principal amount of the term loan is currently outstanding and is expected to be outstanding immediately prior to payment with the proceeds of this offering. At the date of this prospectus, there were $            of outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. The lenders under these credit facilities may transfer their commitments, subject to certain conditions, so the individual and aggregate commitments at the time of payoff could also vary from the amounts set forth above. On February 8, 2005, UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acted as initial purchasers in connection with the issuance of $275.0 million of our second priority senior secured floating rate notes due 2012.

ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.


87


 


Legal matters

The validity of the common stock offered hereby and certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the initial purchasers by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report, which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the restatement of the 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements, of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in that registration statement. For further information about us and the common stock being sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any agreement, or other document to which we make reference are not necessarily complete. In each instance, we refer you to the copy of such agreement, or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by the more complete description of the matter involved.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, as a result, we will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these reports and information may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site that contains reports and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this web site is http://www.sec.gov. The other information we file with the SEC is not part of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.


88


 


Index to consolidated financial statements

           
Consolidated Financial Statements
       
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004,
       
 
2003, and 2002
    F-3  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003
    F-4  
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004,
       
 
2003, and 2002
    F-5  
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended
       
 
December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
    F-6  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  

F- 1


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders of Builders FirstSource, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Builders FirstSource, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements.

Additionally, as discussed in Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” in 2002.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP  

Dallas, Texas
April 27, 2005

F- 2


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                           
Year ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Restated Restated
Sales
  $ 2,058,047     $ 1,675,093     $ 1,500,006  
Cost of sales
    1,574,535       1,300,410       1,155,375  
     
     
     
 
 
Gross margin
    483,512       374,683       344,631  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    376,096       327,027       308,060  
Facility closure costs
          1,171       750  
     
     
     
 
 
Income from operations
    107,416       46,485       35,821  
Other expense, net
          620       2,220  
Interest expense
    24,458       11,124       12,055  
     
     
     
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    82,958       34,741       21,546  
Income tax expense
    31,480       13,343       8,611  
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations
    51,478       21,398       12,935  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (net of income tax (expense) benefit of ($56), $2,058 and $1,605 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively)
    103       (3,822 )     (2,980 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (net of income tax benefit of $3,556)
                (19,504 )
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 51,581     $ 17,576     $ (9,549 )
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share
                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.21     $ 0.08     $ 0.05  
 
Loss from discontinued operations
          (0.01 )     (0.01 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                (0.08 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.21     $ 0.07     $ (0.04 )
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.19     $ 0.08     $ 0.05  
 
Loss from discontinued operations
          (0.01 )     (0.01 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                (0.08 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.19     $ 0.07     $ (0.04 )
     
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
                       
 
Basic
    251,353       252,040       253,629  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
    267,140       252,519       254,108  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 3


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                     
December 31,

2004 2003

(in thousands, except
per share amounts)
Restated
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 50,628     $ 5,585  
 
Accounts receivable
    223,242       216,855  
 
Inventories
    137,858       122,552  
 
Other current assets
    7,756       8,261  
 
Deferred income taxes
    14,095       14,045  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    433,579       367,298  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    87,486       85,741  
Goodwill
    163,030       163,030  
Other intangible assets, net
    122       214  
Other assets, net
    12,794       5,845  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 697,011     $ 622,128  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 94,378     $ 65,778  
 
Accrued liabilities
    58,863       47,850  
 
Book overdrafts
    20       24,800  
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
    1,688       1,731  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    154,949       140,159  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    311,792       166,802  
Deferred income taxes
    10,209       8,034  
Other long-term liabilities
    9,171       8,200  
     
     
 
      486,121       323,195  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock, $.01 par value, 300,000 shares authorized; 251,482 and 251,558 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively
    2,515       2,516  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    157,949       249,765  
 
Stock purchase loans receivable
          (196 )
 
Retained earnings
    50,426       46,848  
     
     
 
   
Total shareholders’ equity
    210,890       298,933  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 697,011     $ 622,128  
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 4


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                               
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002

(in thousands)
Restated Restated
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 51,581     $ 17,576     $ (9,549 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    19,350       20,187       20,745  
   
Amortization of deferred loan costs
    3,986       1,954       2,065  
   
Deferred income taxes
    2,125       3,148       81  
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                19,504  
   
Bad debt expense
    3,101       2,361       2,032  
   
Non-cash facility closure costs
          871        
   
Non-cash (gain) loss from discontinued operations
    (159 )     3,598       1,653  
   
Net gain on sales of assets
    (537 )     (975 )     (1,601 )
 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquired companies:
                       
   
Accounts receivable
    (9,357 )     (145,448 )     17,012  
   
Retained interest in transferred accounts receivable
          63,397       (34,409 )
   
Inventories
    (15,306 )     (16,139 )     14,788  
   
Other current assets
    372       628       68  
   
Other assets and liabilities
    1,469       492       1,789  
   
Accounts payable
    28,600       1,109       10,515  
   
Accrued liabilities
    9,160       7,079       3,837  
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    94,385       (40,162 )     48,530  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (20,718 )     (15,592 )     (15,061 )
 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    2,046       7,115       6,401  
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (4,563 )     (1,651 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (18,672 )     (13,040 )     (10,311 )
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
 
Net borrowings (payments) under revolving credit facilities
    (68,900 )     61,400       (9,800 )
 
Payments on long-term debt and other loans
    (101,153 )            
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
    315,000       (22,573 )     (14,504 )
 
Deferred loan costs
    (11,128 )     (1,340 )      
 
Payment of dividend
    (139,592 )            
 
Exercise of stock options
    38       6       10  
 
Repurchase of common stock
    (351 )     (1,451 )     (1,805 )
 
Collection of stock purchase loans
    196       13       98  
 
Book overdrafts
    (24,780 )     20,484       (13,279 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (30,670 )     56,539       (39,280 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    45,043       3,337       (1,061 )
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    5,585       2,248       3,309  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 50,628     $ 5,585     $ 2,248  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 5


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                   
Stock
Common Stock Additional purchase

Paid-In Loans Retained
Shares Amount Capital receivable earnings Total

(in thousands, except share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 2001, as previously reported
    253,774,442     $ 2,537     $ 251,984     $ (307 )   $ 41,529     $ 295,743  
Cumulative effect of restatement (see Note 3)
                            (2,708 )     (2,708 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001, as restated
    253,774,442     $ 2,537     $ 251,984     $ (307 )   $ 38,821     $ 293,035  
 
Issuance of common stock
    1,000,000       10       990                   1,000  
 
Exercise of stock options
    34,895       1       9                   10  
 
Repurchase of common stock
    (1,805,179 )     (18 )     (1,787 )                 (1,805 )
 
Collection of stock purchase loans
                      98             98  
 
Net loss, as restated
                            (9,549 )     (9,549 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002, as restated
    253,004,158     $ 2,530     $ 251,196     $ (209 )   $ 29,272     $ 282,789  
 
Exercise of stock options
    6,000             6                   6  
 
Repurchase of common stock
    (1,451,684 )     (14 )     (1,437 )                 (1,451 )
 
Collection of stock purchase loans
                      13             13  
 
Net income, as restated
                            17,576       17,576  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003, as restated
    251,558,474     $ 2,516     $ 249,765     $ (196 )   $ 46,848     $ 298,933  
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit associated with the exercise of stock options
    273,720       3       120                   123  
 
Repurchase of common stock
    (350,154 )     (4 )     (347 )                 (351 )
 
Cash dividend
                (91,589 )           (48,003 )     (139,592 )
 
Collection of stock purchase loans
                      196             196  
 
Net income
                            51,581       51,581  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    251,482,040     $ 2,515     $ 157,949     $     $ 50,426     $ 210,890  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 6


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a leading provider of manufactured components, building materials and construction services to professional homebuilders and contractors in the United States. The Company was formed through an agreement between JLL Partners, Inc. and certain members of the existing management team. Affiliates of JLL Partners, Inc. control JLL Building Products, LLC, which currently owns 94.6% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Company’s manufactured products include trusses, wall panels, custom millwork, pre-hung doors and windows and stairs. Construction services include turnkey framing, product installation, and project management for builders. At December 31, 2004, the Company had 63 distribution centers and 42 manufacturing operations generally in co-located facilities in Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Maryland, North Carolina, New Jersey, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia.

 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements present the results of operations, financial position, and cash flows of Builders FirstSource, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Estimates are used when accounting for items such as revenue, vendor rebates, allowance for returns, discounts and doubtful accounts, employee compensation programs, depreciation and amortization periods, income taxes, inventory values, insurance programs, goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets.

Sales Recognition

The Company recognizes sales of building products upon delivery to the customer. For contracts with service elements, sales are generally recognized on the completed contract method as these contracts are usually completed within 30 days. Contract costs include all direct material and labor, equipment costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recognized in the period in which such losses are determined. Prepayments for materials or services are deferred until such materials have been delivered or services have been provided.

All sales recognized are net of allowances for discounts and estimated returns, based on historical experience.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less.


F- 7


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Financial Instruments

The Company uses financial instruments in its normal course of business as a tool to manage its assets and liabilities. The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. Based on the variability of interest rates, management believes the carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value at December 31, 2004.

Accounts Receivable

The Company extends credit to qualified professional homebuilders and contractors, generally on a non-collateralized basis. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s assessment of the amount which may become uncollectible in the future and is estimated using specific review of problem accounts, overall portfolio quality, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay, and historical experience. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible.

The Company previously provided financing for construction projects through a builder finance program inherited from a company acquired in 2000. This program was offered to a select group of customers in a single market. The notes receivable bear interest at rates ranging from prime plus 1% to 10.5%, generally mature within one year and are secured by a first mortgage. As of December 31, 2003, the outstanding balances aggregated $1.1 million and are included in accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were no balances outstanding at December 31, 2004. This program was discontinued during 2002. See Note 6 for a discussion of the Company’s accounts receivable securitization agreement which expired in 2003.

Accounts receivable consist of the following at December 31:

                 
2004 2003

(in thousands)
Restated
Trade receivables
  $ 216,521     $ 210,488  
Other
    13,039       12,105  
     
     
 
      229,560       222,593  
Less allowance for returns and doubtful accounts
    6,318       5,738  
     
     
 
    $ 223,242     $ 216,855  
     
     
 

Inventories

Inventories consist principally of materials purchased for resale, including lumber, sheet goods, windows, doors and millwork, and certain manufactured products and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the weighted average method, the use of which approximates the first-in, first-out method. The Company accrues for shrink based on the actual historical shrink results of the Company’s most recent physical inventories adjusted, if necessary, for current economic conditions. These estimates are compared with actual results as physical inventory counts are taken and reconciled to the general ledger.

The Company’s arrangements with vendors provide for rebates of a specified amount of consideration, payable when certain measures, generally related to a stipulated level of purchases, have been achieved. The Company accounts for estimated rebates as a reduction of the prices of the vendor’s inventory until the product is sold, at which time, such rebates reduce cost of sales in the accompanying consolidated


F- 8


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

statements of operations. Throughout the year, the Company estimates the amount of the rebates based upon the expected level of purchases. The Company continually revises these estimates based on actual purchase levels.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Handling costs incurred in manufacturing activities are included in cost of sales. All other shipping and handling costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and aggregated $80.2 million, $73.2 million and $65.5 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes utilizing the liability method described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect consequences on future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which differences are expected to affect taxable earnings. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Warranty Expense

The Company has warranty obligations with respect to most manufactured products, however, the liability for the warranty obligations is not significant as a result of third party inspection and acceptance processes.

Deferred Loan Costs

Loan costs are capitalized upon the issuance of long-term debt and amortized over the life of the related debt using the effective interest rate method for the Company’s term notes and the straight-line method for the Company’s revolving credit facility. Amortization of deferred loan costs is included in interest expense.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated lives of the various classes of assets are as follows:

     
Buildings and improvements
  15 to 40 years
Machinery and equipment
  3 to 10 years
Furniture and fixtures
  3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements
  The shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining lease term, as defined by SFAS 13, as amended.

Major additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of the property are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses from dispositions of property, plant and equipment are recorded in the period incurred.

The Company periodically evaluates the commercial and strategic operation of the land and related buildings and improvements of its facilities. In connection with these evaluations, facilities may be


F- 9


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

consolidated, and others sold or leased. The Company recorded net gains of $0.5 million, $1.0 million and $1.6 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, principally from the sale of real estate. These gains are recorded as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company capitalizes certain costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use, including interest, provided that those costs are not research and development, and certain other criteria are met pursuant to Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”. The net carrying value of internal use software costs was $1.2 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These costs are included in furniture and fixtures in Note 10 and are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 3 to 5 years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, other than goodwill, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate, in management’s judgment, that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. The determination of whether an impairment has occurred is based on management’s estimate of undiscounted future cash flows before interest attributable to the assets as compared to the net carrying value of the assets. If an impairment has occurred, the amount of the impairment recognized is determined by estimating the fair value of the assets based on estimated discounted future cash flows and recording a provision for loss if the carrying value is greater than estimated fair value. The net carrying value of assets identified to be disposed of in the future is compared to their estimated fair value, generally the quoted market price obtained from an independent third-party, less the cost to sell to determine if an impairment is required. Until the assets are disposed of, an estimate of the fair value is redetermined when related events or circumstances change.

Insurance

The Company has established insurance programs to cover certain insurable risks consisting primarily of physical loss to property, business interruptions resulting from such loss, workers’ compensation, employee healthcare, comprehensive general and auto liability. Third party insurance coverage is obtained for exposures above predetermined deductibles as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. Provisions for losses are developed from valuations that rely upon the Company’s past claims experience, which considers both the frequency and settlement of claims. The Company discounts its workers’ compensation liability based upon estimated future payment streams at its risk-free rate.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share (“EPS”) is calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share,” which requires the presentation of basic and dilutive earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. Weighted average shares outstanding have been adjusted for common shares underlying options of 45.1 million, 0.5 million and 0.5 million for the periods ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Options to purchase 29.4 million and 28.7 million shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would not be dilutive.


F- 10


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The table below presents a reconciliation of weighted average common shares, in thousands, used in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS:

                         
Year ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002

Weighted average shares for basic EPS
    251,353       252,040       253,629  
Incremental shares for stock options
    15,787       479       479  
     
     
     
 
Weighted average shares for diluted EPS
    267,140       252,519       254,108  
     
     
     
 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangibles subject to amortization

The Company recognizes an acquired intangible apart from goodwill whenever the intangible arises from contractual or other legal rights, or whenever it can be separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged, either individually or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Impairment losses are recognized if the carrying value of an intangible subject to amortization is not recoverable from expected future cash flows and its carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value.

Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives

The Company recognizes goodwill as the excess cost of an acquired entity over the net amount assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized over periods of up to 40 years. Beginning January 1, 2002 and pursuant to SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is no longer amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever an impairment is indicated. This annual test takes place on December 31st of each year. Impairment losses will be recognized whenever the implied fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value. Beginning January 1, 2002, intangibles with indefinite lives are no longer amortized. They are tested for impairment by comparing their carrying value to fair value annually or whenever an impairment is indicated. Impairment losses are recognized whenever the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value. At December 31, 2004, the Company had no indefinite lived intangibles.

Stock Compensation

The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations in accounting for employee stock-based compensation costs related to its stock incentive plan (see Note 14). APB 25 is an intrinsic value approach for measuring stock-based compensation costs. SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” is a fair value approach for measuring stock-based compensation costs.


F- 11


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Had the compensation cost for the Company’s stock-based compensation been determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share for 2004, 2003 and 2002 would approximate the pro forma amounts below:

                         
2004 2003 2002

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Restated Restated
Reported net income (loss)
  $ 51,581     $ 17,576     $ (9,549 )
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under minimum value methods for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (924 )     (877 )     (872 )
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income (loss)
  $ 50,657     $ 16,699     $ (10,421 )
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings per share— as reported
  $ 0.21     $ 0.07     $ (0.04 )
Basic earnings per share— pro forma
  $ 0.20     $ 0.07     $ (0.04 )
Diluted earnings per share— as reported
  $ 0.19     $ 0.07     $ (0.04 )
Diluted earnings per share— pro forma
  $ 0.19     $ 0.07     $ (0.04 )

The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure may not be indicative of future results.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which is a revision of SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25 and SFAS 148. This statement requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. This statement establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all entities to apply a fair value based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees except for equity instruments held by employee share ownership plans.

SFAS 123R applies to all awards granted after the required effective date (the beginning of the first annual reporting period after June 15, 2005) and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date. As of the required effective date, all public entities that used the fair value based method for either recognition or disclosure under Statement 123 will apply this Statement using a modified version of prospective application. Under that transition method, compensation cost is recognized on or after the required effective date for the portion of outstanding awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated under Statement 123 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures. For periods before the required effective date, those entities may elect to apply a modified version of the retrospective application under which financial statements for prior periods are adjusted on a basis consistent with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods by Statement 123. The Company previously used the minimum value method under SFAS 123 to calculate the value of its options and will apply the prospective transition method as of the required effective date. The Company will continue to account for the currently outstanding options under APB 25 and will apply the provisions of SFAS 123R prospectively to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after adoption of this statement.

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs— an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current period


F- 12


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

charges. In addition, SFAS No. 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overhead to the costs of inventory be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This new standard is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after November 23, 2004. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this statement to have a significant impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets , an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions (“SFAS No. 153”). The amendments made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Further, the amendments eliminate the narrow exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replace it with a broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. Previously, APB Opinion No. 29 required that the accounting for an exchange of a productive asset for a similar productive asset or an equivalent interest in the same or similar productive asset should be based on the recorded amount of the asset relinquished. By focusing the exception on exchanges that lack commercial substance, the Board believes SFAS No. 153 produces financial reporting that more faithfully represents the economics of the transactions. This statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not believe the adoption of this new statement will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

In September 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings Per Share,” which requires shares associated with contingently convertible debt instruments with market price triggers to be included in the computation of diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) regardless of whether the market price trigger has been met. EITF 04-8 also requires that prior period diluted EPS amounts presented for comparative purposes be restated. EITF 04-8 is effective for reporting periods ending after December 15, 2004. The Company does not believe the adoption of this new statement will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 
3.  RESTATEMENT OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In early 2005 the Company performed a review of its accounting policies and practices with respect to leases and vendor rebates. As a result of this internal review, the Company identified errors in accounting practices associated with accounting for leasehold improvements impacting depreciation and vendor rebates and inventory accounting impacting cost of sales. The restatement increased income from continuing operations by $0.7 million in 2003 and decreased income from continuing operations by $0.7 million in 2002.

Property, plant and equipment and depreciation

The property, plant and equipment and depreciation (which is included as selling general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations) adjustments related to the Company amortizing leasehold improvements over terms greater than the shorter of the estimated useful life or lease term. Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 13, Accounting for Leases (“SFAS 13”), as amended, requires the Company to amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the assets or the lease term, as defined by SFAS 13, as amended.

F- 13


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

These adjustments reduced income from continuing operations before income taxes by $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Inventory and cost of sales

The inventory and cost of sales adjustments resulted from the recognition of rebates, which are earned from vendors primarily based on the level of purchases, as a reduction to cost of sales in the period earned and not deferring any amount of vendor rebates to inventory still on hand as of the end of the period, the non-recognition of a vendor rebate earned during 2003, and difficulties associated with converting to a new computer system at one location. These adjustments increased income from continuing operations by $1.3 million for 2003 and reduced income from continuing operations by $6,000 for 2002.

Income tax

The restatement includes the tax effects of the aforementioned adjustments to reduce net income (loss) by $0.3 million and increase net income (loss) by $0.3 million, for 2003 and 2002 respectively.

Balance sheet

We have restated amounts within the 2003 balance sheet to appropriately reflect inventory, accounts receivable, property, plant and equipment and deferred taxes.

The Company has restated its consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Following is a summary of the effects of these changes on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2003, as well as the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.


F- 14


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

                                                 
Year ended or at December 31, 2003 Year ended or at December 31, 2002


As As
Previously As Previously As
reported Adjustments Restated Reported Adjustments Restated

(in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                               
Cost of sales
  $ 1,301,728     $ (1,318 )   $ 1,300,410     $ 1,155,369     $ 6     $ 1,155,375  
Gross margin
    373,365       1,318       374,683       344,637       (6 )     344,631  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    326,419       608       327,027       307,317       743       308,060  
Income from operations
    45,775       710       46,485       36,570       (749 )     35,821  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    34,031       710       34,741       22,295       (749 )     21,546  
Income tax expense
    13,048       295       13,343       8,955       (344 )     8,611  
Income from continuing operations
    20,983       415       21,398       13,340       (405 )     12,935  
Net income (loss)
    17,161       415       17,576       (9,144 )     (405 )     (9,549 )
Consolidated Balance Sheet
                                               
Accounts receivable
  $ 214,855     $ 2,000     $ 216,855                          
Inventories
    125,152       (2,600 )     122,552                          
Deferred income taxes
    13,820       225       14,045                          
Property, plant and equipment, net
    89,399       (3,658 )     85,741                          
Total assets
    626,161       (4,033 )     622,128                          
Deferred income taxes
    9,369       (1,335 )     8,034                          
Total liabilities
    324,530       (1,335 )     323,195                          
Retained earnings
    49,546       (2,698 )     46,848                          
Total shareholders’ equity
    301,631       (2,698 )     298,933                          
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
    626,161       (4,033 )     622,128                          
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
                                               
Retained earnings
  $ 49,546     $ (2,698 )   $ 46,848     $ 32,385     $ (3,113 )   $ 29,272  
Net income (loss)
    17,161       415       17,576       (9,144 )     (405 )     (9,549 )

The Company has also reduced its shareholders’ equity balance as of December 31, 2001, by $2.7 million. The restatement adjustments shown above had no impact on basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. The notes to these consolidated financial statements have been restated, as applicable, to reflect the restatement adjustments shown above.


F- 15


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 
4.  GOODWILL AND COVENANTS NOT TO COMPETE

Goodwill

The changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2003 are as follows (in thousands):
           
Balance at December 31, 2002
  $ 162,080  
 
Acquisitions and other purchase price adjustments
    2,131  
 
Impairment on discontinued operations(1)
    (1,181 )
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
  $ 163,030  
     
 


(1)  See Note 9 related to discontinued operations.

There were no changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Covenants not to Compete

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of covenants not to compete which are amortized over the life of the non-compete agreement, which is generally three years. The changes in the net carrying amount of covenants not to compete for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows (in thousands):
                           
Net
Carrying Accumulated carrying
amount amortization amount

Balance at January 1, 2003
  $ 5,362     $ (4,567 )   $ 795  
 
Covenants Not to Compete
    237             237  
 
Amortization
          (818 )     (818 )
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    5,599       (5,385 )     214  
 
Covenants Not to Compete
    67             67  
 
Amortization
          (159 )     (159 )
 
Write off of fully amortized balances
    (5,184 )     5,184        
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $ 482     $ (360 )   $ 122  
     
     
     
 

Estimated intangible amortization expense is $0.1 million for 2005.

 
5.  CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE

The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002. This standard required the Company to complete a transitional impairment analysis of its recorded goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets and to record any impairment charge as a change in accounting principle. This analysis is a two-step process. The first step requires a comparison of the book value of net assets to the fair value of the related operations. If the book value exceeds the fair value, the second step of the test is performed. The second step requires that the Company determine an estimate of the implied fair value of goodwill and compare the estimated implied fair value to the book value of the related goodwill. The amount of goodwill impairment, if any, would be the difference between the book value and the estimated implied fair value of the related goodwill, as determined by the application of the second step of the impairment test.

The impairment analysis of goodwill is performed on a market-by-market basis. The Company performed its transitional impairment analysis as of January 1, 2002. As a result of the required change in


F- 16


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

methodology used to evaluate goodwill for impairment and performing the two-step test required by SFAS No. 142, the Company determined that its goodwill balance for certain reporting units was impaired resulting in a charge of $23.1 million. The impairment charge has been recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for 2002.

The Company’s reporting units that were determined to be impaired generated cash flows that did not meet Company expectations and management does not anticipate cash flows in the future that would support an implied fair value of goodwill greater than its adjusted carrying value. Possible reasons for the short-falls include increased competition, a reduction in residential home building within the geographic markets that these reporting units serve, or management issues. In the case of each reporting unit, fair value was estimated using the present value of future cash flows.

 
6.  SECURITIZATION OF TRADE RECEIVABLES

On August 31, 2000, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an agreement to sell on a non-recourse basis a pool of trade receivables to a wholly owned bankruptcy-remote special purpose funding subsidiary (the “Funding Subsidiary”) of the Company. The Funding Subsidiary, in turn, sold the trade receivables to a securitization company. The agreement with the securitization company expired August 28, 2003 (the “Expiration Date”) and the Funding Subsidiary was dissolved. Prior to the Expiration Date, trade receivables sold to the securitization company were not reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and any receivables not sold to the securitization company were recorded as retained interest in the receivables portfolio of the Funding Subsidiary.

The Company recognized losses on the accounts receivable sold to the securitization company based on the fair value of the receivables sold. The fair value of the retained interest was determined after considering such factors as loss history, payment discounts, weighted average life and product returns. From the inception of the securitization to the Expiration Date, there were no substantive changes in the Company’s key measurement and valuation assumptions. Pre-tax losses on these sales, net of servicing fee, totaled $0.6 million and $2.2 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, and were recorded in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

During the tenure of the securitization, the Company received an annual servicing fee of 0.5% of the securitized account receivables, which amount is recorded in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized no servicing asset or liability because the servicing fee represented adequate compensation for the services performed.

The following table summarizes certain cash flows received from the securitization vehicle during the years ended December 31:

Cash flow information:

                 
2003 2002

(in thousands)
Proceeds from new securitizations
  $ 69,000     $ 49,000  
Cash flows received on retained interests
    332,738       419,126  
Proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving securitizations
    534,927       958,667  

F- 17


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Managed Portfolio Data:

The table below summarizes information regarding delinquencies at the end of the period and net credit losses during 2003 and 2002.

                         
For the year ended
December 31, December 31,


2003 2002 2003

(in thousands)
Net charge-offs of managed receivables
  $ 1,905     $ 4,361       n/a  
Delinquency rate at year end
    n/a       n/a       5.7 %
 
7.  FACILITY CLOSURE COSTS

During 2003, the Company developed and executed a plan to close a facility in Texas and one in South Carolina due to the locations being unable to sustain a consistent level of profitability. In conjunction with the plan, the Company began disposing of assets, severing employees, and pursuing sale of the related real estate. The Company completed the exit plan prior to December 31, 2003. During 2003, the Company recognized approximately $0.5 million in expenses related to the facility closure, including termination benefits to severed employees and adjustments to reflect certain asset balances at net realizable value. The Company also recorded an impairment charge of approximately $0.6 million to adjust the carrying value of the real estate related to these operations to its estimated fair value, less reasonable direct selling costs. The estimated fair value was determined based on a quoted market price as estimated by an independent third party. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company classified the carrying value of the real estate of $1.4 million as held for sale and is included as a component of other assets, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

During 2001, the Company developed and executed a plan to close various facilities in Texas, South Carolina, North Carolina, and Tennessee. The facility closures were partially due to the Company consolidating locations from separate acquisitions within certain markets in an attempt to achieve economies of scale. The facility closures were also due to certain locations not being able to achieve the desired levels of profitability. In conjunction with the plan, the Company began disposing of assets, severing employees, and exiting the facilities. The Company completed the exit plan on three facilities prior to December 31, 2002. The Company recognized certain expenses related to the facility closure, including the present value of future minimum rental payments, termination benefits to severed employees, and adjustments to reflect certain asset balances at net realizable value. During 2002, the Company recorded $0.8 million in expenses related to the final stages of the exit plan.


F- 18


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Facility closure costs on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, consisted of the following:

                   
For the year
ended

2003 2002

(in thousands)
Facility and other exit costs, net of estimated sub-lease rental income
  $ 43     $ 491  
Employee severance and termination benefits
    193       135  
Write-down of assets to net realizable value
    899       73  
Other
    36       51  
     
     
 
 
Total costs related to facility closures
  $ 1,171     $ 750  
     
     
 

An analysis of the Company’s facility closure reserves for the periods reflected is as follows:

                                                           
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2002 Additions Payments 2003 Additions Payments 2004

(in thousands)
Facility and other exit costs, net of estimated sub-lease rental income
  $ 3,784     $ 43     $ (562 )   $ 3,265     $ 175     $ (793 )   $ 2,647  
Employee severance and termination benefits
          193       (126 )     67       50       (75 )     42  
Other
    301       36       (337 )                        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total facility closure reserve
  $ 4,085     $ 272     $ (1,025 )   $ 3,332     $ 225     $ (868 )   $ 2,689  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

The facility and other exit cost reserves of $2.7 million at December 31, 2004, of which $2.4 million is recorded as other long-term liabilities, are primarily related to future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities. There were no facility closure costs incurred in 2004.

 
8. ACQUISITIONS

During 2003, the Company acquired various businesses that provide building materials and services primarily to professional contractors and residential builders in the United States. The aggregate purchase price (including final working capital adjustments), consisting of cash consideration, for these businesses approximated $4.6 million. Of this amount, $2.1 million was allocated to goodwill and intangible assets. There were no acquisitions in 2004.

These acquisitions have been accounted for by the purchase method, and accordingly the results of operations of each have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition. Under this method, the consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented due to the immateriality of the acquisitions.


F- 19


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 
9. Discontinued Operations

During 2002, the Company closed a facility in Colorado as part of a location consolidation in attempt to achieve certain economies of scale, including reduced operating costs. The Company recorded $1.2 million in expenses in 2002 for the closure of this facility primarily related to future minimum lease payments due on the vacated facilities. This amount is included in income (loss) from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for 2002.

In September 2003, based upon several factors including unfavorable market conditions and a poor competitive position which prevented the Company from generating profitable results, the Company announced its intent to exit its operations in Colorado. The cessation of operations in this market has been treated as a discontinued operation as it had distinguishable cash flow and operations that have been eliminated from the on-going Company and the Company will have no further involvement in this market. The Company completed the exit plan prior to December 31, 2003.

As a result of the exit plan, in 2003 the Company recorded an expense of $1.5 million in order to adjust asset balances to net realizable value, an expense of $0.2 million related to facility exit costs, and an impairment charge of $1.2 million to write-off the carrying value of goodwill pertaining to these operations. The Company also recorded an impairment charge of approximately $0.4 million to adjust the carrying value of the real estate and equipment related to these operations to estimated fair value, less reasonable direct selling costs. The estimated fair value was determined based on a quoted market price as estimated by an independent third party. These amounts are included in income (loss) from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for 2003. As of December 31, 2003, the Company classified the carrying value of the real estate and equipment of $1.6 million as held for sale and is included as a component of other assets, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

During 2004, the Company received an updated estimated market price from an independent third party for the real estate and based on the revised estimate, recorded an additional impairment of approximately $0.2 million based on the results of the valuation. The Company also favorably settled the outstanding lease obligation and collected several customer balances that were previously written-off. The Company reduced expenses by approximately $0.4 million related to these items. These amounts are included in income (loss) from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for 2004. During 2004, the Company sold certain equipment that was held for sale for cash proceeds of $0.2 million less direct selling costs. No gain or loss was recorded on the sale as the net cash proceeds equaled the carrying value of the equipment at the time of the sale. The Company also transferred approximately $0.2 million of other equipment that was held for sale to other locations and reclassified the balances to property, plant and equipment, net. As of December 31, 2004, the Company classified the carrying value of the real estate of $1.0 million as held for sale and is included as a component of other assets, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In March 2005, the Company sold the real estate for cash proceeds of $1.2 million less direct selling costs. No gain or loss was recorded on the sale as the net cash proceeds equaled the carrying value of the real estate at the time of the sale.


F- 20


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Sales and income (loss) attributable to the Colorado operations, which are reported as discontinued operations, are as follows:

                         
Year ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002

(in thousands)
Sales
  $     $ 25,600     $ 32,943  
Pre-tax income (loss)
    159       (5,880 )     (4,585 )

The major classes of assets and liabilities of the discontinued Colorado operations in the consolidated balance sheets as December 31, 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

           
December 31,
2003

Cash
  $ 206  
Accounts receivable, net
    678  
Other current assets
    45  
Other assets, net
    1,629  
     
 
 
Total assets
    2,558  
     
 
Other current liabilities
    1,021  
Other long-term liabilities
    559  
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    1,580  
     
 
 
Net assets
  $ 978  
     
 

An analysis of the Company’s reserves related to the Colorado discontinued operations for the periods reflected is as follows:

                                                                 
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2002 Additions Payments 2003 Additions Payments Adjustments 2004

(in thousands)
Facility and other exit costs, net of estimated sub-lease rental income
  $ 894     $ 128     $ (301 )   $ 721     $     $ (363 )   $ (358 )   $  
Employee severance and termination benefits
          55             55             (55 )            
Other
          36             36             (21 )           15  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total facility closure reserve
  $ 894     $ 219     $ (301 )   $ 812     $     $ (439 )   $ (358 )   $ 15  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

F- 21


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 
10.  Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

                 
December 31,

2004 2003


(in thousands)
Restated
Land
  $ 13,324     $ 12,291  
Buildings and improvements
    45,836       41,268  
Machinery and equipment
    85,644       80,806  
Furniture and fixtures
    29,486       27,767  
Construction in progress
    5,060       1,042  
     
     
 
      179,350       163,174  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (91,864 )     (77,433 )
     
     
 
    $ 87,486     $ 85,741  
     
     
 

Depreciation expense relating to continuing operations approximated $19.2 million, $19.4 million (as restated) and $19.3 (as restated), of which $5.1 million, $4.7 million, and $4.0 million were included in cost of sales, for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 
11. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

                 
December 31,

2004 2003

(in thousands)
Accrued payroll and other employee related expenses
  $ 25,234     $ 21,759  
Accrued property, sales and other taxes
    12,956       10,927  
Insurance self-retention reserves
    9,149       8,047  
Accrued income taxes
    2,862       930  
Accrued capital expenditures
    2,185        
Accrued facility closure costs
    319       1,245  
Advances from customers
    629       1,186  
Other
    5,529       3,756  
     
     
 
    $ 58,863     $ 47,850  
     
     
 

F- 22


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 
12.  Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

                 
December 31,

2004 2003

(in thousands)
Tranche A term loan
  $ 228,275     $  
Tranche B term loan
    85,000       99,358  
Revolving credit facility
          68,900  
Other notes
    205       275  
     
     
 
      313,480       168,533  
Less current portion of long-term debt
    1,688       1,731  
     
     
 
    $ 311,792     $ 166,802  
     
     
 

On February 25, 2004, the Company entered into a $405.0 million senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks. The Credit Agreement was initially comprised of a $90.0 million long-term revolver due February 25, 2009; a $230.0 million Tranche A term loan due in quarterly installments of $0.6 million beginning June 30, 2004 and ending March 31, 2009 and quarterly installments of $54.6 million beginning June 30, 2009 and ending February 25, 2010; and an $85.0 million Tranche B term loan due on August 25, 2010. During 2004, the Company paid down approximately $1.7 million under the term loan which permanently reduced the borrowing capacity under the Credit Agreement.

Interest rates under the credit agreement for the revolving loans and the Tranche A term loan are based on the prime rate in the United States or LIBOR (plus a margin, based on leverage ratios, which is currently 1.25% for revolving loans and 3.0% for the Tranche A term loan), at the Company’s option at the time of borrowing. Interest rates under the credit agreement for the Tranche B term loan are based on the prime rate in the United States or LIBOR (plus a fixed margin, which is 8.50%), at our option at the time of borrowing provided that the base interest rate shall in no event be less than 2.0%. The weighted-average interest rate at December 31, 2004 for borrowings under the Credit Agreement was 6.9%. A variable commitment fee based on the total leverage ratio is charged on the unused amount of the revolver (0.375% at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004 the available borrowing capacity of the revolver totaled $73.8 million after being reduced by outstanding letters of credit of approximately $16.2 million.

The Credit Agreement is collateralized by all tangible and intangible property and interest in property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants, which, among other things, relate to the payment of dividends, incurrence of indebtedness, repurchase of common stock or other distributions, and asset sales and also require compliance with certain financial covenants with respect to a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The Company can also be required to make mandatory prepayments of amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement based on the results of an excess cash flow calculation that must be performed annually under the terms of the Agreement.

Proceeds from the new Credit Agreement were used to retire the Company’s existing debt facility and to pay a cash dividend, as discussed in Note 14. In connection with the refinancing, the Company incurred fees and expenses aggregating $11.1 million, which are included as a component of other assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and are being amortized over the term of the Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company expensed $2.2 million in deferred loan costs in 2004 due to the


F- 23


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

early retirement of the prior debt facility. This amount is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for 2004.

During November of 2003, the Company modified and extended its credit agreement due to expire in part on December 30, 2003. The extended credit agreement changed the expiration date of the revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) to December 31, 2004 and increased its borrowing availability to $175 million from $150 million. The maturity date for the Tranche B term loan remained December 30, 2005. In connection with the extension of the credit agreement, deferred loan costs of $1.3 million were incurred. These costs are included as a component of other assets, net on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003.

The Company paid a commitment fee ranging from 0.325% to 0.50% on the unused amount of the Revolver. Borrowings under the Revolver bore interest at a rate based on either the Bank of America base rate or LIBOR plus an additional spread based upon performance. At December 31, 2003, the Revolver rates were Bank of America base rate plus 1.5% and LIBOR plus 2.5%. The interest rate on the Tranche B term loan was based on either the Bank of America base rate plus 2.75% or LIBOR plus 3.75%. The weighted average interest rates during 2003 on the Revolver, Tranche A term loan and Tranche B term loan were 5.65%, 4.11% and 4.99%, respectively.

The Company also has other notes aggregating $0.2 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, due at various times through 2010.

Subsequent to December 31, 2004, the Company entered into a new long-term credit agreement. Accordingly, borrowings under the Credit Agreement have been reclassified to be consistent with the terms of the new agreement. See Note 21.

Future maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

           
Year ending December 31,
       
 
2005
  $ 1,688  
 
2006
    2,250  
 
2007
    2,250  
 
2008
    2,250  
 
2009
    2,250  
 
Thereafter
    302,792  
     
 
    $ 313,480  
     
 

These future maturities reflect the refinancing of the Company’s credit agreement as discussed in Note 21.


F- 24


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 
13. INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense from continuing operations are as follows:

                           
2004 2003 2002

(in thousands)
Restated Restated
Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ 25,380     $ 12,151     $ 7,795  
 
State
    4,669       968       749  
     
     
     
 
    $ 30,049     $ 13,119     $ 8,544  
     
     
     
 
Deferred:
                       
 
Federal
    2,229       (74 )     197  
 
State
    (798 )     298       (130 )
     
     
     
 
      1,431       224       67  
     
     
     
 
Income tax expense
  $ 31,480     $ 13,343     $ 8,611  
     
     
     
 

Temporary differences, which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities, are as follows:

                   
December 31,

2004 2003

(in thousands)
Restated
Deferred tax assets related to:
               
 
Accrued expenses
  $ 6,520     $ 8,832  
 
Accounts receivable
    2,448       1,437  
 
Inventories
    4,925       3,757  
 
Operating loss carryforwards
    3,339       1,206  
     
     
 
      17,232       15,232  
 
Valuation allowance
    (3,137 )     (1,187 )
     
     
 
Total deferred tax assets
    14,095       14,045  
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
               
 
Goodwill
    9,462       6,013  
 
Property, plant and equipment
    747       2,021  
     
     
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    10,209       8,034  
     
     
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 3,886     $ 6,011  
     
     
 

F- 25


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective rate is provided below:

                         
2004 2003 2002

Restated Restated
Statutory federal income tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    3.0 %     2.5 %     2.7 %
Non-deductible goodwill and other
    (0.1) %     0.9 %     2.3 %
     
     
     
 
      37.9 %     38.4 %     40.0 %
     
     
     
 

The Company has $76.2 million of state operating loss carryforwards expiring at various dates through 2025.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company concluded that it was appropriate to maintain a valuation allowance for state net operating losses in certain jurisdictions where it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized and accordingly increased the valuation allowance by $2.4 million during 2004. This increase was off-set by a reversal of $0.4 million of valuation allowance related to certain state net operating losses that were able to be utilized due to a new state operating structure initiated in 2004.

 
14. EMPLOYEE STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

During 1998, the Company implemented the Builders FirstSource, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (“the Plan”), a stock-based incentive compensation plan. Under the Plan, the Company is authorized to issue shares of common stock pursuant to “Awards” granted in various forms, including incentive stock options (intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended)), non-qualified stock options and other stock-based awards. The Plan also authorizes the sale of common stock on terms determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

The Company had notes receivable from employees aggregating $0.2 million at December 31, 2003 in connection with the issuance of common stock under the Plan. These notes were repaid in 2004. As of December 31, 2004, there were 64.0 million shares authorized and 11.0 million shares available for issuance.

Options to purchase shares of common stock generally cliff vest after a period of seven to nine years. A portion of certain option grants are subject to acceleration if certain financial targets are met. These financial targets include return on net assets and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. These targets are based on the performance of the operating group in which the employee performs their responsibilities and the performance of the Company as a whole for employees whose job responsibilities cover all of the company. The expiration date is generally ten years subsequent to date of issuance. To date, these targets have generally been met. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $0.1 million in 2004 related to the tax deduction from option exercises. This amount was recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

On February 25, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $0.56 per common share, or $139.6 million to shareholders of record as of February 25, 2004. The Company fully reduced retained earnings by $48.0 million and reduced additional paid-in capital by $91.6 million for the


F- 26


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

remainder of the dividend. As a result of the special dividend, the Board of Directors exercised its discretion under the anti-dilution provisions of the employee stock plan to adjust the exercise price of stock options to reflect the change in the share price on the dividend date. The Company did not record any expense related to adjustment of the exercise price as the modification did not increase the aggregate intrinsic value of any award and the ratio of the exercise price per share to the market value per share was not reduced.

Approximately $0.4 million was also paid to certain option holders whose exercise price could not be adjusted for the dividend. The cash payment to these option holders was expensed and is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for 2004.

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the changes during the periods including the effect of the anti-dilution adjustment is presented below:

                   
Number of shares Weighted average
underlying options exercise price

(in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2001
    30,114     $ 0.97  
Granted
    685     $ 1.00  
Exercised
    (35 )   $ 0.25  
Cancelled
    (998 )   $ 1.00  
     
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    29,766     $ 0.97  
Granted
    1,595     $ 1.00  
Exercised
    (6 )   $ 1.00  
Cancelled
    (879 )   $ 1.00  
     
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    30,476     $ 0.97  
Granted
    15,125     $ 0.32  
Exercised
    (274 )   $ 0.14  
Cancelled
    (289 )   $ 0.32  
     
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    45,038     $ 0.31  
     
         
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
               
 
2002
          $ 0.23  
             
 
 
2003
          $ 0.18  
             
 
 
2004
          $ 0.05  
             
 

The minimum value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used for grants during 2004, 2003 and 2002: expected term— six years; expected volatility— 0.00%; expected dividend yield— 0.00%; and risk-free rate— 3.01%, 3.12% and 4.37%, respectively. No adjustment was made for non-transferability or risk of forfeitures.


F- 27


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The following table summarizes information about employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004 (options are in thousands):

                                         
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable


Weighted Average

Weighted
Outstanding at Remaining Exercisable at Average
December 31, Exercise Contractual December 31, Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices 2004 Price Life 2004 Price

$0.11
    797     $ 0.11       4.00       797     $ 0.11  
$0.32
    44,241     $ 0.32       7.46       24,084     $ 0.32  
     
                     
         
$0.11 - $0.32
    45,038     $ 0.31       7.40       24,881     $ 0.31  
     
                     
         
 
15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company maintains one active defined contribution 401(k) plan as discussed below:

Employees of the Company are eligible after completing six months of employment to participate in the Builders FirstSource, Inc. 401(k) Plan. Participants can contribute up to 15% of their annual compensation, subject to federally mandated maximums. The Company will match 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of employee contributions. The Company’s matching contributions are subject to a pro-rata five-year vesting schedule.

The Company recognized expense of $3.6 million, $3.0 million and $3.2 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for contributions to the plan.

 
16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain land, buildings and equipment used in operations. These leases are accounted for as operating leases with terms ranging from one to twenty years and generally contain renewal options. Certain operating leases are subject to contingent rentals based on various measures. Total rent expense under operating leases was approximately $28.7 million, $25.9 million and $25.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

In addition, the Company has residual value guarantees on certain equipment leases. Under these leases the Company has the option of (a) purchasing the equipment at the end of the lease term at its then fair market value, (b) arranging for the sale of the equipment to a third party, or (c) returning the equipment to the lessor to sell the equipment. If the sales proceeds in either case are less than the residual value, the Company is required to reimburse the lessor for the deficiency up to a specified level as stated in each lease agreement. If the sales proceeds exceed the residual value, the Company is entitled to all of such excess amounts. The guarantees under these leases for the residual values of equipment at the end of the respective operating lease periods approximated $10.8 million as of December 31, 2004. Based upon the expectation that none of these leased assets will have a residual value at the end of the lease term that is materially less than the value specified in the related operating lease agreement or that the Company will purchase the equipment at the end of the lease term, the Company does not believe it is probable that it will be required to fund any amounts under the terms of these guarantee arrangements. Accordingly, no accruals have been recognized for these guarantees.


F- 28


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Future minimum commitments for noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

                   
Related party Total*

(in thousands
Year ending December 31,
               
 
2005
  $ 2,080     $ 31,072  
 
2006
    2,078       23,768  
 
2007
    2,151       21,596  
 
2008
    1,942       19,654  
 
2009
    1,830       16,449  
 
Thereafter
    5,658       60,125  
     
     
 
    $ 15,739     $ 172,664  
     
     
 


Includes related party future minimum commitments for noncancelable operating leases.

The Company is a party to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Although the ultimate disposition of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes the outcome of any claim that is pending or threatened, either individually or on a combined basis, will not have a materially adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, cash flows or operations of the Company.

During 2001, the Company entered into a termination agreement (the “Agreement”) with a former senior executive (the “Executive”). As part of the Agreement, the Company agreed to repurchase from the Executive approximately 2.1 million shares of Company common stock at estimated fair market value of $2.1 million. The Agreement provided for 770,000 shares to be repurchased upon execution of the Agreement with the remaining shares to be repurchased ratably over a 24-month period. At December 31, 2003, all obligations under the Agreement had been fulfilled by the Company.

 
17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company paid approximately $2.4 million, $3.3 million and $3.2 million, respectively, in rental expense to shareholders of the Company for leases of land and buildings.

In 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company paid JLL Partners approximately $0.3 million for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred. These amounts are recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

 
18. CONCENTRATIONS

The Company maintains cash at financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. Accounts receivable potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk. The Company provides credit in its normal course of business to customers in the residential construction industry. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses.

Because customers are dispersed among the Company’s various markets, its credit risk to any one customer or state economy is not significant.


F- 29


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 
19. SALES BY PRODUCT CATEGORY

Sales by product category for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were as follows:

                         
2004 2003 2002

(in thousands)
Lumber and Lumber Sheet Goods
  $ 815,295     $ 593,693     $ 515,387  
Windows & Doors
    391,199       354,584       325,170  
Prefabricated Components
    385,938       303,449       257,349  
Millwork
    175,957       158,680       151,148  
Other Building Products and Services
    289,658       264,687       250,952  
     
     
     
 
    $ 2,058,047     $ 1,675,093     $ 1,500,006  
     
     
     
 
 
20. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash flows from operating activities included cash payments as follows:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002

(in thousands)
Cash payments for interest
  $ 20,681     $ 9,445     $ 11,644  
Cash payments for income taxes
    26,953       9,941       6,268  
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing and investing activities:
                       
 
Accrued capital expenditures
  $ 2,185     $     $  
 
21.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 11, 2005, the Company entered into a $350.0 million senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The senior secured credit facility is comprised of a $110.0 million long-term revolver due February 11, 2010; a $225.0 million term loan due in quarterly installments of $0.6 million beginning June 30, 2005 and ending June 30, 2011 and a final payment of $210.9 million on August 11, 2011; and a $15.0 million prefunded letter of credit facility due August 11, 2011.

Interest rates on loans under the credit agreement are based on the base rate of interest determined by the administrative agent or LIBOR (plus a margin, based on leverage ratios, which is currently 1.50% for base rate revolving loans and 2.50% for term loans), at the Company’s option at the time of borrowing. A variable commitment fee (currently 0.50%) based on the total leverage ratio is charged on the unused amount of the revolving loan commitment.

The senior secured credit facility is collateralized by all tangible and intangible property and interest in property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The credit facility also contains certain restrictive covenants, which, among other things, relate to the payment of dividends, incurrence of indebtedness, repurchase of common stock or other distributions, and asset sales and also require compliance with certain financial covenants with respect to a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The Company can be required to make mandatory prepayments of amounts outstanding under the agreement based on the results of an excess cash flow calculation that must be performed annually under the terms of the facility.

On February 11, 2005, the Company also issued $275.0 million in aggregate principal amount of floating rate notes. The floating rate notes mature on February 15, 2012. Interest accrues at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.25%. LIBOR is reset at the beginning of each quarter. Interest on the floating rate notes is payable


F- 30


 

Builders FirstSource, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

quarterly in arrears beginning May 15, 2005. At any time on or after February 15, 2007, the Company can redeem some or all of the notes at a redemption price equal to par plus a specified premium that declines ratably to par. At any time before February 15, 2007, the Company can redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to par, plus a make whole premium. The Company may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings any time before February 15, 2007. In the event of a change in control, the Company may be required to offer to purchase the notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The notes are secured by a second priority lien on all tangible and intangible property and interest in property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The indenture covering the notes contains certain restrictive covenants, which, among other things, relate to the payment of dividends, incurrence of indebtedness, repurchase of common stock or other distributions, asset sales, and investments.

Proceeds from the new senior secured credit agreement and the issuance of the floating rate notes were used to retire the Company’s existing debt facility, pay a cash dividend to shareholders of $201.2 million, and make a cash payment of approximately $35.8 million to stock option holders in-lieu of adjusting the exercise price. In connection with the refinancing, the Company incurred estimated fees and expenses aggregating $21.1 million and paid a $1.7 million early termination penalty related to the prepayment of the Tranche B term loan under the prior credit facility. The Company had approximately $9.3 million in unamortized deferred loan costs remaining at the refinancing date related to the prior credit facility. In the first quarter of 2005, the total cash payment to option holders and the termination penalty related to the prepayment of the Tranche B term loan were expensed and recorded as component of selling, general, and administrative expense and interest expense, respectively. Also, based on the final syndicate of banks, the Company expensed approximately $7.3 million of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the prior credit facility and approximately $2.4 million of costs incurred in connection with the refinancing. These costs were recorded as interest expense. The remaining $2.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the prior credit facility and $18.7 million of costs incurred in connection with the refinancing will be included as a component of other assets, net and amortized over the terms of the new senior secured credit facility and floating rate notes.


F- 31


 



Through and including                     , 2005 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.





LOGO

Builders FirstSource, Inc.


Common Stock


            , 2005





 


 
PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered.

         
SEC Registration Fee
  $    
NASD Fee
       
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee
       
Printing and Engraving Expenses
       
Legal Fees and Expenses
       
Accounting Fees and Expenses
       
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
       
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses
       
Miscellaneous
       
     
 
Total
  $    
     
 

The registrant will bear all of the expenses shown above.

Item 14. Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides, in summary, that directors and officers of Delaware corporations are entitled, under certain circumstances, to be indemnified against all expenses and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by them as a result of suits brought against them in their capacity as directors or officers, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful; provided that no indemnification may be made against expenses in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which they shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, they are fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper. Any such indemnification may be made by us only as authorized in each specific case upon a determination by the stockholders, disinterested directors or independent legal counsel that indemnification is proper because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and that no director shall be liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty, except to the extent provided by applicable law. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The idemnification agreements provide indemnification to


II- 1


 


our directors under certain circumstances for acts or omissions that may not be covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. We currently maintain liability insurance for our directors and officers.

ITEM 15.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, the Registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

On February 11, 2005, we issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of second priority senior secured floating rate notes due 2012. These securities were issued only to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the U.S. in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The securities were issued to UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as initial purchasers. We and the guarantors have agreed to use all commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement enabling holders of these floating rate notes to exchange their privately placed floating rate notes for publicly registered notes with substantially identical terms as the floating rate notes; cause the registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC on or prior to 240 days after the issue date; and complete the exchange offer within 30 business days after the date on which the registration statement is declared effective, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, in certain circumstances, we will agree to file a “shelf registration statement” that would allow some or all of the floating rate notes to be offered to the public and to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such a shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC.

In the past three calendar years, the Company has granted stock options to employees under its 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, covering an aggregate of 17,637,034 shares. Of these options, 2,512,000 were issued at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 15,125,034 options were issued at an exercise price of $0.315 per share. All of the options were issued pursuant to the Company’s stock incentive plan in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

On February 25, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a special cash dividend of $0.56 per common share, or an aggregate of $139.6 million, to shareholders of record as of February 25, 2004. As a result of the special dividend, the board of directors exercised its discretion under the anti-dilution provisions of the employee stock plan to adjust the exercise price of stock options from $1.00 per common share to $0.315 per share and to adjust certain other options from $0.25 per common share to $0.1125 per common share to reflect the change in the share value on the dividend date. Approximately $0.4 million was also paid to certain option holders whose exercise price could not be adjusted for the dividend.

ITEM 16.     Exhibits

             
  1 .1**       Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
  3 .1*       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Builders FirstSource, Inc.
 
  3 .2*       Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of Builders FirstSource, Inc.
 
  4 .1*       Indenture, dated as of February 11, 2005, among Builders FirstSource, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors thereto, and The Wilmington Trust Corporation, as Trustee
 
  4 .2**       Form of Specimen Certificate
 
  4 .3*       Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2005, among Builders FirstSource, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
 
  5 .1**       Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, regarding the legality of the common stock being issued
 
  8 .1**       Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, regarding certain tax matters

II- 2


 


             
 
  10 .1*       Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, among Builders FirstSource, Inc., as borrower, JLL Building Products, LLC, and the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, UBS Securities LLC, as joint arranger and joint book runner, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing bank, administrative agent, and collateral trustee for the secured parties, UBS Loan Finance LLC as swingline lender, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as joint arranger, joint book-runner, and syndication agent
 
  10 .2*       Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, among Builders FirstSource, Inc., the other Pledgors from time to time party hereto, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Priority Collateral Trustee, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Parity Collateral Trustee
 
  10 .3*       Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, by Builders FirstSource, Inc., the Guarantors party hereto, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Trustee
 
  10 .4*       Builders FirstSource, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
 
  10 .5*       2004 Form of Builders FirstSource, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
 
  10 .6*       2003 Form of Builders FirstSource, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
 
  10 .7**       Builders FirstSource, Inc. 2005 Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
 
  10 .8*       Builders FirstSource, Inc. 2004 Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
 
  10 .9*       Employment Agreement, dated September 1, 2001, between Builders FirstSource and Floyd F. Sherman
 
  10 .10*       Employment Agreement, dated January 15, 2004, between Builders FirstSource and Kevin P. O’Meara
 
  10 .11*       Employment Agreement, dated January 15, 2004, between Builders FirstSource and Charles L. Horn
 
  10 .12*       Employment Agreement, dated January 15, 2004, between Builders FirstSource and Donald F. McAleenan
 
  10 .13**       Form of Director Idemnification Agreement
 
  21 .1*       Subsidiaries of Builders FirstSource, Inc.
 
  23 .1*       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
  23 .2**       Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
 
  23 .3**       Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1)
 
  24 .1†       Powers of Attorney


  †  Previously filed.

  *  Filed herewith.

**  To be filed by subsequent amendment.

ITEM 17.     Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


II- 3


 


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II- 4


 


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on April 27, 2005.

  BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

  By:  /s/ FLOYD F. SHERMAN
 
  Floyd F. Sherman,
  Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ FLOYD F. SHERMAN

Floyd F. Sherman
  Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer and Director)
  April 27, 2005
 
/s/ CHARLES L. HORN

Charles L. Horn
  Senior Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  April 27, 2005
 
/s/ M. CHAD CROW

M. Chad Crow
  Vice President—Finance and Controller
(Controller)
  April 27, 2005
 
*

Alexander R. Castaldi
  Director   April 27, 2005
 
*

Ramsey A. Frank
  Director   April 27, 2005
 
*

Paul S. Levy
  Director   April 27, 2005
 
*

Brett N. Milgrim
  Director   April 27, 2005
 
*By:   /s/ DONALD F. MCALEENAN

Donald F. McAleenan
Attorney-in-fact
       

II- 5

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC. (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Builders FirstSource, Inc. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name BSL Holdings, Inc. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 4, 1998.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors"), and by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended or supplemented.

4. Upon the filing (the "Effective Time") of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to the DGCL, each share of the Corporation's common stock, $0.01 par value per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (the "Old Common Stock") shall be reclassified as and changed into ___ shares of validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable Common Stock authorized by subparagraph (a) of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (totaling ___ shares of Common Stock), without any action by the holder thereof (the "Reclassification"). Each certificate that theretofore represented a share or shares of Old Common Stock shall thereafter

1

represent that number of shares of Common Stock into which the share or shares of Old Common Stock represented by such certificate shall have been reclassified.

5. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is restated in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Builders FirstSource, Inc. (hereinafter the "Corporation").

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the DGCL as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code.

FOURTH: (1) Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is ___, of which the Corporation shall have authority to issue ___ shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.01 per share, and ___ shares of Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.01 per share.

(2) Common Stock. The powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the Common Stock are as follows:

(a) No Cumulative Voting. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.

(b) Dividends; Stock Splits. Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, and subject to any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock, or property of the Corporation when, as, and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

(c) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up (either voluntary or involuntary) of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to

2

receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution after payments to creditors and to the holders of any Preferred Stock of the Corporation that may at the time be outstanding, in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

(d) No Preemptive or Subscription Rights. No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

(3) Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

(4) Power to Sell and Purchase Shares. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.

3

FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stock-holders to make, alter, amend, change, add to, or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(3) The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than 3 nor more than 13 members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

(4) The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2006 Annual Meeting; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2007 Annual Meeting; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2008 Annual Meeting. At each Annual Meeting of Stockholders beginning in 2006, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that Annual Meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(5) A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. Any director may resign at any time

4

in accordance with the By-Laws.

(6) Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article FIFTH unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock.

(7) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that to the extent required by the provisions of Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL or any successor statute, or any other laws of the State of Delaware, this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the date of this Certificate to authorize the further elimination or limitation of

5

the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided in this Certificate, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Clause (7) of Article FIFTH shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability or any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(8) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

SIXTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Unless otherwise required by law, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, or the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, and shall be called by any officer at the request in writing of
(i) the Board of Directors, or (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings. The ability of the stockholders to call a Special Meeting of Stockholders is hereby specifically denied.

EIGHTH: Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied.

6

NINTH: The Corporation shall not be governed by the provisions of
Section 203 of the DGCL.

TENTH: The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article TENTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer receiving advancement to repay the amount advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article TENTH.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article TENTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article TENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise.

Any repeal or modification of this Article TENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws to the contrary, any provision in the By-Laws that

7

provides for more than a majority vote for any action may only be amended or repealed by a supermajority vote equal to the supermajority vote called for in such provision.

TWELFTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66.67 %) of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors shall be required to amend, alter, change, or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Articles FIFTH and TENTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or this Article TWELFTH.

THIRTEENTH: If any provision in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is determined to be invalid, void, illegal, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall continue to be valid and enforceable and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated.

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed on its behalf this ___ day of ____, 2005.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.


Name:


Title:

9

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS
OF
BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
A Delaware Corporation


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                 PAGE
                                                                                 ----
                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

Section 1.    Registered Office...............................................     1
Section 2.    Other Offices...................................................     1

                                   ARTICLE II
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.    Place of Meetings...............................................     1
Section 2.    Annual Meetings.................................................     2
Section 3.    Special Meetings................................................     2
Section 4.    Notice..........................................................     3
Section 5.    Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders..................     3
Section 6.    Adjournments....................................................     5
Section 7.    Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting......................     5
Section 8.    Quorum..........................................................     6
Section 9.    Voting..........................................................     6
Section 10.   Proxies.........................................................     7
Section 11.   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote...........................     8
Section 12.   Record Date.....................................................     9
Section 13.   Stock Ledger....................................................    10
Section 14.   Conduct of Meetings.............................................    10
Section 15.   Inspectors of Election..........................................    11

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

Section 1.    Number and Election of Directors................................    11
Section 2.    Nomination of Directors.........................................    13
Section 3.    Vacancies.......................................................    15

i

Section 4.    Duties and Powers...............................................    16
Section 5.    Meetings........................................................    16
Section 6.    Organization....................................................    17
Section 7.    Resignations and Removals of Directors..........................    18
Section 8.    Quorum..........................................................    18
Section 9.    Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone.......................    19
Section 10.   Committees......................................................    19
Section 11.   Compensation....................................................    20
Section 12.   Interested Directors............................................    20

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

Section 1.    General.........................................................    22
Section 2.    Election........................................................    22
Section 3.    Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation......................    23
Section 4.    Chairman of the Board of Directors..............................    23
Section 5.    Chief Executive Officer.........................................    23
Section 6.    President.......................................................    24
Section 7.    Vice Presidents.................................................    25
Section 8.    Secretary.......................................................    26
Section 9.    Treasurer.......................................................    27
Section 10.   Assistant Secretaries...........................................    27
Section 11.   Assistant Treasurers............................................    28
Section 12.   Other Officers..................................................    28

                                    ARTICLE V
                                      STOCK

Section 1.    Form of Certificates............................................    29
Section 2.    Signatures......................................................    29
Section 3.    Lost Certificates...............................................    29

ii

Section 4.    Transfers.......................................................    30
Section 5.    Dividend Record Date............................................    31
Section 6.    Record Owners...................................................    31
Section 7.    Transfer and Registry Agents....................................    31

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                     NOTICES

Section 1.    Notices.........................................................    32
Section 2.    Waivers of Notice...............................................    33

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1.    Dividends.......................................................    34
Section 2.    Disbursements...................................................    34
Section 3.    Fiscal Year.....................................................    35
Section 4.    Corporate Seal..................................................    35

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1.    Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings
              other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation..........    35
Section 2.    Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings
              by or in the Right of the Corporation...........................    36
Section 3.    Authorization of Indemnification................................    37
Section 4.    Good Faith Defined..............................................    38
Section 5.    Indemnification by a Court......................................    38
Section 6.    Expenses Payable in Advance.....................................    39
Section 7.    Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses...    40
Section 8.    Insurance.......................................................    40
Section 9.    Certain Definitions.............................................    41
Section 10.   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.........    42

iii

Section 11.   Limitation on Indemnification...................................    42
Section 12.   Indemnification of Employees and Agents.........................    42

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   AMENDMENTS

Section 1.    Amendments......................................................    43
Section 2.    Entire Board of Directors.......................................    43

iv

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

(hereinafter called the "Corporation")

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office.

The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. Other Offices.

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings.

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of


Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").

Section 2. Annual Meetings.

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Section 3. Special Meetings.

Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either the Chairman, if there be one, or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by any officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in

2

the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). The ability of the stockholders to call a Special Meeting of Stockholders is hereby specifically denied.

Section 4. Notice.

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date, and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.

Section 5. Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders.

No business may be transacted at an Annual Meeting of Stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (c) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 5 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders

3

entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty
(120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and

4

any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business, and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders except business brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 5 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an Annual Meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 6. Adjournments.

Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment

5

is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

Section 7. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

No stockholder action required to be taken or that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

Section 8. Quorum.

Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation's capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 6 hereof, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 9. Voting.

6

Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation's capital stock represented and entitled to vote thereat, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 12 of this Article II, each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 10 of this Article II. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer's discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting be cast by written ballot.

Section 10. Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy specifically provides for a longer period of time with a termination date specified therein. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing

7

another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder's authorized officer, director, employee, or agent signing such writing or causing such person's signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization, or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission provided that any such telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams, or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all

8

purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication, or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Section 11. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 12. Record Date.

9

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty
(60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 13. Stock Ledger.

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 11 of this Article II, or the books of the Corporation or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

Section 14. Conduct of Meetings.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem

10

appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies, or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

Section 15. Inspectors of Election.

In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at

11

the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees, or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector's ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors.

The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than 3 nor more than 13 members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of Directors then in office. Except as provided in Section 3 of this Article III, directors shall be elected to fill the board seats of directors whose terms expire at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders by a plurality of the votes cast at such meeting. Directors need not be stockholders.

The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I

12

directors shall terminate on the date of the 2006 Annual Meeting; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2007 Annual Meeting; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2008 Annual Meeting. At each Annual Meeting of Stockholders beginning in 2006, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that Annual Meeting shall be elected for a three year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class or from the removal from office, death, disability, resignation or disqualification of a director or other cause shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors have the effect of removing or shortening the term of any incumbent director.

Section 2. Nomination of Directors.

Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or at any Special

13

Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty
(30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was

14

mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address, and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the person, and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to

15

Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 2. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 3. Vacancies.

Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors or such committee or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director so chosen shall, in the case of the Board of Directors, hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the class of directors to which such director is appointed and until such director's successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal and, in the case of any committee of the Board of Directors, shall hold office until such director's successor is duly appointed by the Board of Directors or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 4. Duties and Powers.

16

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 5. Meetings.

The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any two directors. Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of such committee, if there be one, the President, or any director serving on such committee. Notice thereof stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each director that is a member of such committee) either personally, by mail, internationally recognized overnight courier, telephone, telegram, telex, cable, or electronic transmission, with any delivery fee thereof prepaid, not less than two Business Days (as defined below) before the date of the meeting. "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, or Sunday, or day on which commercial banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized by law to be closed.

17

Section 6. Organization.

At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

Section 7. Resignations and Removals of Directors.

Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary of the Corporation or, in the case of a committee, to the Chairman of such committee, if there be one. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of

18

such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors. Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.

Section 8. Quorum.

Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, provided that notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting be sent to the absent directors in accordance with these By-laws, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone.

19

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, shall have the right to participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Committees.

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, an alternate member shall be designated by the Board of Directors to replace the absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to

20

be affixed to all papers that may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution establishing any committee of the Board of Directors or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these By-Laws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these By-Laws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.

Section 11. Compensation.

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and/or a stated compensation for service as director, payable, in each case, in cash or securities and in such amount as determined by the Board of Directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 12. Interested Directors.

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or

21

officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director's or officer's vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

Section 1. General.

22

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), a Chief Executive Officer, and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

Section 2. Election.

The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders, shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer's successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer's earlier death, resignation, or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation.

23

Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents, and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business and

24

affairs of the Corporation and of its several officers, other than the Chairman, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to execute, by and on behalf of the Corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other agreements and instruments, except in cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the Chief Executive Officer is also a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. President.

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, and the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The President shall have the power to execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized

25

by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If there be no Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors shall designate the President in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or, in the event of the inability or refusal of the Chief Executive Officer to act, to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and, when so acting, the President shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 7. Vice Presidents.

At the request of the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, or the President or in the President's absence or in the event of the President's inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents (any of which may be designated as Senior Vice Presidents by the Board of Directors), if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall have the power to execute, by and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages,

26

bonds, contracts, or other agreements and instruments, except in cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, no Chief Executive Officer and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 8. Secretary.

The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the

27

Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer's signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates, and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 9. Treasurer.

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, the President, and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the

28

Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer's death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer's possession or under the Treasurer's control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 10. Assistant Secretaries.

Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary's inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 11. Assistant Treasurers.

Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer's inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by

29

the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer's death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer's possession or under the Assistant Treasurer's control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 12. Other Officers.

Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties, compensation and powers.

ARTICLE V
STOCK

Section 1. Form of Certificates.

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President, or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

30

Section 2. Signatures.

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. Lost Certificates.

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4. Transfers.

31

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person's attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. Every certificate exchanged, returned, or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked "Cancelled," with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

Section 5. Dividend Record Date.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for

32

determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Record Owners.

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents.

The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI
NOTICES

Section 1. Notices.

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee, or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail or via an internationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with any postage or

33

delivery fee thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given three Business Days after the same shall be deposited in the United States mail and one Business Day after deposit with such courier, except as otherwise provided by law or by these By-Laws. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and
(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to

34

the stockholder. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

Section 2. Waivers of Notice.

Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee, or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends.

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any,

35

may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 9 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation's capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip, or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for priority dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 2. Disbursements.

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Corporate Seal.

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware." The

36

seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.

Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the

37

person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of

38

all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification.

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred

39

by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined.

For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful, if such person's action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court.

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under
Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of

40

Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or
Section 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance.

Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses

41

(including attorneys' fees incurred by former directors and officers) may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and
Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,

42

employee, or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Certain Definitions.

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to

43

"fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article VIII.

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

44

Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments.

These By-Laws may be altered, amended, or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders; provided, however, that, in the case of amendments by stockholders, notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal, or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders, as the case may be. All such alterations, amendments, or repeals must be approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office or by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, as the case may be, except that, in the case of such alterations, amendments or repeals approved by stockholders, any amendment of
(i) Sections 2, 3, 5, 7 and 8 of Article II, (ii) Sections 1, 2, and 3 of Article III, and (iii) Article VIII shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66.67%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon.

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors.

45

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term "entire Board of Directors" means the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

* * *

Adopted as of: _____________________

Last Amended as of: ________________

46

EXECUTION COPY


Exhibit 4.1

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

SECOND PRIORITY SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2012


INDENTURE

Dated as of February 11, 2005



Wilmington Trust Company

Trustee




CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture
Act Section                                                     Indenture Section
---------------                                                ------------------
310(a)(1) ..................................................          7.10
   (a)(2) ..................................................          7.10
   (a)(3) ..................................................          N.A.
   (a)(4) ..................................................          N.A.
   (a)(5) ..................................................          7.10
   (b) .....................................................          7.10
   (c) .....................................................          N.A.
311(a) .....................................................          7.11
   (b) .....................................................          7.11
   (c) .....................................................          N.A.
312(a) .....................................................          2.05
   (b) .....................................................         13.03
   (c) .....................................................         13.03
313(a) .....................................................          7.06
   (b)(1) ..................................................         10.04
   (b)(2) ..................................................       7.06; 7.07
   (c) .....................................................       7.06; 13.02
   (d) .....................................................          7.06
314(a) .....................................................   4.03; 13.02; 13.05
   (b) .....................................................          N.A.
   (c)(1) ..................................................         13.04
   (c)(2) ..................................................         13.04
   (c)(3) ..................................................          N.A.
   (d) .....................................................         10.04
   (e) .....................................................         13.05
   (f) .....................................................          N.A.
315(a) .....................................................          7.01
   (b) .....................................................      7.05; 13.02
   (c) .....................................................          7.01
   (d) .....................................................          7.01
   (e) .....................................................          6.11
316(a) (last sentence) .....................................          2.09
   (a)(1)(A) ...............................................          6.05
   (a)(1)(B) ...............................................          6.04
   (a)(2) ..................................................          N.A.
   (b) .....................................................          6.07
   (c) .....................................................          2.12
317(a)(1) ..................................................          6.08
   (a)(2) ..................................................          6.09
   (b) .....................................................          2.04
318(a) .....................................................         13.01
   (b) .....................................................          N.A.
   (c) .....................................................         13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
                                       ARTICLE 1
                             DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                     BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions......................................................     1
Section 1.02    Other Definitions................................................    30
Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act................    30
Section 1.04    Rules of Construction............................................    31

                                        ARTICLE 2
                                        THE NOTES

Section 2.01    Form and Dating..................................................    31
Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication.....................................    32
Section 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent.......................................    33
Section 2.04    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust..............................    33
Section 2.05    Holder Lists.....................................................    33
Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange............................................    34
Section 2.07    Replacement Notes................................................    46
Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes................................................    46
Section 2.09    Treasury Notes...................................................    46
Section 2.10    Temporary Notes..................................................    47
Section 2.11    Cancellation.....................................................    47
Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest...............................................    47

                                        ARTICLE 3
                                REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee...............................................    47
Section 3.02    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased...................    48
Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.............................................    48
Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption...................................    49
Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price..........................    49
Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part..............................    49
Section 3.07    Optional Redemption..............................................    50
Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption.............................................    50
Section 3.09    Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds..............    51

                                        ARTICLE 4
                                        COVENANTS

Section 4.01    Payment of Notes.................................................    52
Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency..................................    53
Section 4.03    Reports..........................................................    53
Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate...........................................    54
Section 4.05    Taxes............................................................    54
Section 4.06    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws...................................    55
Section 4.07    Restricted Payments..............................................    55
Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries...    58
Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.......    59
Section 4.10    Asset Sales......................................................    63

i

Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates.....................................    64
Section 4.12    Liens............................................................    65
Section 4.13    Business Activities..............................................    65
Section 4.14    Corporate Existence..............................................    66
Section 4.15    Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.......................    66
Section 4.16    Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in
                   Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.....................................    67
Section 4.17    Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness............    68
Section 4.18    Payments for Consent.............................................    68
Section 4.19    Additional Note Guarantees.......................................    69
Section 4.20    Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries..........    69

                                        ARTICLE 5
                                        SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.........................    69
Section 5.02    Successor Corporation Substituted................................    70

                                        ARTICLE 6
                                  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01    Events of Default................................................    71
Section 6.02    Acceleration.....................................................    73
Section 6.03    Other Remedies...................................................    73
Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults..........................................    73
Section 6.05    Control by Majority..............................................    73
Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits..............................................    74
Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment....................    74
Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee.......................................    74
Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.................................    74
Section 6.10    Priorities.......................................................    75
Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs............................................    75

                                        ARTICLE 7
                              TRUSTEE AND COLLATERAL TRUSTEE

Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee................................................    76
Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee................................................    77
Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee.....................................    77
Section 7.04    Trustee's Disclaimer.............................................    77
Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults...............................................    77
Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.......................    78
Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity.......................................    78
Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee...........................................    79
Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.................................    80
Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification....................................    80
Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company................    80
Section 7.12    Appointment......................................................    80

                                        ARTICLE 8
                        LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.........    80
Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge...................................    80
Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance..............................................    81

ii

Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.......................    81
Section 8.05    Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust;
                   Other Miscellaneous Provisions................................    83
Section 8.06    Repayment to Company.............................................    83
Section 8.07    Reinstatement....................................................    83

                                       ARTICLE 9
                            AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01    Without Consent of Holders of Notes..............................    84
Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes.................................    85
Section 9.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act..............................    86
Section 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents................................    86
Section 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.................................    86
Section 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc..................................    87

                                       ARTICLE 10
                                COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 10.01   Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral by Holders of
                   Parity Lien Debt..............................................    87
Section 10.02   Ranking of Parity Liens..........................................    87
Section 10.03   Relative Rights..................................................    88
Section 10.04   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act..............................    88
Section 10.05   Further Assurances; Insurance....................................    89
Section 10.06   Release of Liens in Respect of Notes.............................    90

                                       ARTICLE 11
                                    NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01   Guarantee........................................................    90
Section 11.02   Limitation on Guarantor Liability................................    91
Section 11.03   Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.........................    91
Section 11.04   Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms...............    92
Section 11.05   Releases.........................................................    92

                                       ARTICLE 12
                               SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01   Satisfaction and Discharge.......................................    93
Section 12.02   Application of Trust Money.......................................    94

                                       ARTICLE 13
                                     MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01   Trust Indenture Act Controls.....................................    94
Section 13.02   Notices..........................................................    95
Section 13.03   Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes....    96
Section 13.04   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent...............    96
Section 13.05   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion....................    96
Section 13.06   Rules by Trustee and Agents......................................    96
Section 13.07   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
                   Employees and Stockholders....................................    96
Section 13.08   Governing Law....................................................    97
Section 13.09   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements....................    97
Section 13.10   Successors.......................................................    97
Section 13.11   Severability.....................................................    97
Section 13.12   Counterpart Originals............................................    97
Section 13.13   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.................................    97

iii

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A1   FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit A2   FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
Exhibit B    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E    FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
Exhibit F    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

iv

INDENTURE dated as of February 11, 2005 among Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors (as defined) and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee.

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012 (the "Notes"):

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

"144A Global Note" means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

"Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

"Additional Notes" means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control," as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with" have correlative meanings.

"Agent" means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

"Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at February 15, 2007 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07 hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through

1

February 15, 2007, such interest payments to be determined in accordance with this Indenture and the Note assuming that the LIBOR Rate in effect on the date of such redemption notice would be the applicable LIBOR Rate in effect through February 15, 2007 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater.

"Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

"Asset Sale" means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.15 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having an estimated good faith value of, or in the case of a lease, aggregate lease payments of, less than $3.0 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) the sale or lease of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment;

(7) the sale or transfer of (or the sale or transfer of interests in) the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' accounts receivable and related assets pursuant to a receivables facility in a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(8) the deemed sale, transfer or sale-leaseback of the Company's facility located in Port St. Lucie, Florida, in connection with the construction and subsequent lease of such facility.

2

"Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of "Capital Lease Obligation."

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Beneficial Owner" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such "person" will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such "person" has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms "Beneficially Owns" and "Beneficially Owned" have a corresponding meaning.

"Board of Directors" means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

"Borrowing Base" means the sum of: (1) 80% of the book value of accounts receivable, and (2) 65% of the book value of inventory, in each case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available.

"Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

"Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

"Capital Stock" means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

3

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person,

but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

"Cash Equivalents" means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody's or S&P and, in each case, maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and

(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

"Casualty Event" means any taking under power of eminent domain or similar proceeding and any insured loss, in each case relating to property or other assets that constituted Collateral and resulting in Net Proceeds of at least $1.0 million.

"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

4

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any "person" (as defined above), other than the Principal and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) after an Initial Public Offering, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, which members comprising such majority are then still in office and were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, as applicable.

"Class" means (1) in the case of Parity Lien Debt, every Series of Parity Lien Debt, taken together, and (2) in the case of Priority Lien Debt, every Series of Priority Lien Debt, taken together.

"Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

"Collateral" means all properties and assets at any time owned or acquired by the Company or any of the other Pledgors, except:

(1) Excluded Assets;

(2) any properties and assets in which the Collateral Trustee is required to release its Liens pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement; and

(3) any properties and assets that no longer secure the Notes or any Obligations in respect thereof pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement,

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), if such Liens are required to be released as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition of any properties or assets of the Company or any other Pledgor, such assets or properties will cease to be excluded from the Collateral if the Company or any other Pledgor thereafter acquires or reacquires such assets or properties.

"Collateral Trust Agreement" means the collateral trust agreement, dated as of the date of this Indenture, among the Collateral Trustee, the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and the Trustee, and substantially in the form attached as Exhibit H hereto as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

"Collateral Trustee" means each of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as collateral trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations and UBS AG, Stamford Branch in its capacity as collateral trustee for the holders of the Parity Lien Obligations, unless the context specifies only one of the foregoing capacities, together with successors in such capacities; provided, however, that the Collateral Trustee may act as the collateral trustee, collateral agent or any similar title that the Collateral Trustee deems necessary or convenient for the purpose of perfecting the Priority Liens and the Parity Liens in the Collateral.

"Common Collateral" means Collateral that secures each Series of Secured Debt of the same Class.

5

"Company" means Builders FirstSource, Inc. and any and all successors thereto.

"Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) all non-recurring gains and losses and all restructuring charges; plus

(5) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with
GAAP.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

6

(4) the fees, costs, and expenses paid or payable during such period in cash by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including, without limitation, payments to option holders in connection with the Transactions) will be excluded;

(5) the non-cash interest expense in respect of Attributable Debt related to the deemed sale, transfer or sale-leaseback of the Company's facility located in Port St. Lucie, Florida, in connection with the construction and subsequent lease of such facility will be excluded; and

(6) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries.

"Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

"Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement, to be dated as of the date of this Indenture, by and among the Company, the Restricted Subsidiaries named therein, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral trustee and the lenders who are signatories thereto, providing for up to $350.0 million of revolving credit, term loan and letters of credit borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time, whether in one or more agreements.

"Credit Agreement Agent" means, at any time, the Person serving at such time as the "Agent" or "Administrative Agent" under the Credit Agreement or any other representative then most recently designated in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement, together with its successors in such capacity.

"Credit Facilities" means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time, whether in one or more agreements.

"Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

"Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Definitive Note" means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto.

"Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and

7

all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

"Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

"Domestic Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

"equally and ratably" means, in reference to sharing of Liens or proceeds thereof as between holders of Secured Obligations within the same Class, that such Liens or proceeds:

(1) will be allocated and distributed first to the Secured Debt Representative for each outstanding Series of Secured Debt within that Class, for the account of the holders of such Series of Secured Debt, ratably in proportion to the principal of, and interest and premium (if any), reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit, if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made under such letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations on each outstanding Series of Secured Debt within that Class when the allocation or distribution is made, and thereafter

(2) will be allocated and distributed (if any remain after payment in full of all of the principal of, and interest and premium (if any) and reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit, if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made on such letters of credit) on all outstanding Secured Obligations within that Class) to the Secured Debt Representative for each outstanding Series of Secured Obligations within that Class, for the account of the holders of any remaining Secured Obligations within that Class, ratably in proportion to the aggregate unpaid amount of such remaining Secured Obligations within that Class due and demanded (with written notice to the applicable Secured Debt Representative and the Collateral Trustee) prior to the date such distribution is made.

"Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

"Equity Offering" means an offer and sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

"Euroclear" means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

8

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof.

"Exchange Offer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Exchange Offer Registration Statement" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Excluded Assets" means each of the following:

(1) any lease, license, contract, property right or agreement to which the Company or any other Pledgor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder if and only for so long as the grant of a Lien under the Security Documents will constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under any such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement or would result in a violation of applicable law (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity); provided that such lease, license, contract, property right or agreement will be an Excluded Asset only to the extent and for so long as the consequences specified above will result and will cease to be an Excluded Asset and will become subject to the Lien granted under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically, at such time as such consequences will no longer result;

(2) real property owned by the Company or any other Pledgor that has a Fair Market Value not exceeding $3.0 million determined on the date of this Indenture or the date such property is acquired, as applicable, or any real property subject to an existing mortgage or leased by the Company or any other Pledgor;

(3) all "securities" of any of the Company's "affiliates" (as the terms "securities" and "affiliates" are used in Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act);

(4) any other property or asset in which a Lien cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant jurisdiction, so long as the estimated good faith market value of such property and asset does not exceed $1.0 million individually or $10.0 million in the aggregate for all property and assets excluded under this clause (4);

(5) equipment that is subject to a Lien securing a purchase money obligation or Capital Lease Obligation incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such purchase money obligation or Capital Lease Obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such equipment;

(6) Equity Interests of a Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia constituting 34% of the total voting power of all outstanding voting stock of such Subsidiary, provided that any such Equity Interests constituting "stock entitled to vote" within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956 2(c)(2) shall be treated as voting stock for purposes of this paragraph; and

9

(7) deposit accounts with, in the aggregate, up to $10.0 million in cash and Cash Equivalents.

"Existing Disqualified Stock" means any Disqualified Stock in existence on the date of this Indenture.

"Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

"Fair Market Value" means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

"Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings and issuances of letters of credit) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four full fiscal quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four full fiscal quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four full fiscal quarter reference period;

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four full fiscal quarter period;

10

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four full fiscal quarter period; and

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness).

"Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates, excluding the amortization of deferred financing costs; plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.

"Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

"Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.

11

"Government Securities" means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

"Guarantee" means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

"Guarantors" means each of:

(1) Builders FirstSource - Northeast Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource
- Texas Genpar, LLC; Builders FirstSource - MBS, LLC; Builders FirstSource
- Texas Group, L.P.; BFS Texas, LLC; Builders FirstSource - South Texas, L.P.; Builders FirstSource - Texas Installed Sales, L.P.; BFS IP, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Intellectual Property, L.P.; Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc.; Builders FirstSource - Dallas, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Florida, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Florida Design Center, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Ohio Valley, LLC; BFS, LLC, Builders FirstSource - Atlantic Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource of Nashville, Inc.; Builders FirstSource - Southeast Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource - SNC, LLC; CCWP, Inc.; Builders FirstSource - Raleigh, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Colorado Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource Colorado, LLC; Builders FirstSource Financing, Inc.; and

(2) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture,

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

"Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

12

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices,

in each case, in reasonable relation to the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and not for speculative purposes.

"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

"IAI Global Note" means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

"Immaterial Subsidiary" means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $500,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent twelve-month period do not exceed $500,000; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, Notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker's acceptances and letters of credit;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than twelve months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term "Indebtedness" includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

"Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

13

"Initial Notes" means the first $275 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

"Initial Public Offering" means an offer and sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 that has been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

"Initial Purchasers" means UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

"insolvency or liquidation proceeding" means:

(1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any other Pledgor under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any other Pledgor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any other Pledgor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any other Pledgor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any other Pledgor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any other Pledgor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

"Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

"Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company's Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the Section 4.07 hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

"Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the

14

next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

"Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

"LIBOR Rate" means, for each quarterly period during which any Note is outstanding subsequent to the initial quarterly period, the rate determined by the Company (notice of such rate to be sent to the trustee by the Company on the date of determination thereof) equal to the applicable British Bankers' Association LIBOR rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months as reported by any generally recognized financial information service as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such quarterly period; provided that, if no such British Bankers' Association LIBOR rate is available to the Company, the LIBOR Rate for the relevant quarterly period shall instead be the rate at which UBS Securities LLC or one of its affiliate banks offers to place deposits in U.S. dollars with first-class banks in the London interbank market for a period of three months at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such quarterly period, in amounts equal to $1.0 million. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the LIBOR Rate for the initial quarterly period shall be 2.77%.

"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

"Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation" means:

(1) as to any Series of Parity Lien Debt, the written agreement of the holders of such Series of Parity Lien Debt or their representative, as set forth in this Indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of each existing and future Series of Priority Lien Debt, each existing and future Priority Lien Representative and each existing and future holder of Permitted Prior Liens:

(a) that all Parity Lien Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Parity Liens at any time granted by the Company or any other Pledgor to secure any Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt, upon property constituting Common Collateral for such Series of Parity Lien Debt and each existing and future Series of Parity Lien Debt, and that all such Parity Liens will be enforceable by the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of all holders of Parity Lien Obligations equally and ratably;

(b) that the holders of Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt are bound by the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Parity Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Parity Liens; and

(c) consenting to and directing the Collateral Trustee to perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Security Documents; and

15

(2) as to any Series of Priority Lien Debt, the written agreement of the holders of such Series of Priority Lien Debt or their representative, as set forth in the credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Priority Lien Debt, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of each existing and future Series of Parity Lien Debt, each existing and future Parity Lien Representative and each existing and future holder of Permitted Prior Liens:

(a) that all Priority Lien Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Priority Liens at any time granted by the Company or any other Pledgor to secure any Obligations in respect of such Series of Priority Lien Debt, upon property constituting Common Collateral for such Series of Priority Lien Debt and each existing and future Series of Priority Lien Debt, and that all Priority Liens with respect to such Priority Lien Debt will be enforceable by the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of all holders of Priority Lien Obligations;

(b) that the holders of Obligations in respect of such Series of Priority Lien Debt are bound by the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Priority Liens and the order of application of proceeds from enforcement of Priority Liens; and

(c) consenting to and directing the Collateral Trustee to perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Security Documents.

"Liquidated Damages" means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"Mortgage" means the Mortgage dated as of the date of this Indenture and substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J hereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

"Net Income" means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income
(loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (loss).

"Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Casualty Event or Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, any repayment of Indebtedness that was permitted to be secured by the assets sold or lost in such Asset Sale or Casualty Event, any taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any

16

reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness),
(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

"Note Documents" means this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Security Documents.

"Note Guarantee" means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

"Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

"Obligations" means any principal (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit whether or not drawn), interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding), premium (if any), fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

"Offering Memorandum" means the Company's Offering Memorandum, dated as of February 8, 2005, with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

"Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.

17

"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

"Parity Lien" means a Lien granted by a Security Document to the Collateral Trustee, at any time, upon any property of the Company or any other Pledgor to secure Parity Lien Obligations.

"Parity Lien Debt" means:

(1) the Notes issued on the date of this Indenture (including any related Exchange Notes); and

(2) any other Indebtedness of the Company (including Additional Notes) that is secured equally and ratably with the Notes by a Parity Lien that was permitted to be incurred and so secured under each applicable Secured Debt Document; provided that:

(a) the net proceeds are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire Priority Lien Debt or other Parity Lien Debt; or

(b) on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Secured Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 4.0 to 1.0;

provided, further, in the case of any Indebtedness referred to in clause (2) of this definition:

(a) on or before the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company, such Indebtedness is designated by the Company, in an Officers' Certificate delivered to each Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee, as "Parity Lien Debt" for the purposes of this Indenture and the Collateral Trust Agreement; provided that no Series of Secured Debt may be designated as both Parity Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt;

(b) such Indebtedness is governed by an indenture, credit agreement or other agreement that includes a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation and the Company delivers an Officers' Certificate to each Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee confirming same; and

(c) all requirements set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement as to the confirmation, grant or perfection of the Collateral Trustee's Liens to secure such Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof are satisfied (and the satisfaction of such requirements and the other provisions of this clause (c) will be conclusively established if the Company delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and that such Indebtedness is "Parity Lien Debt").

"Parity Lien Documents" means, collectively, the Note Documents and this Indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing each other Series of Parity Lien Debt and the Security Documents securing the Parity Lien Obligations.

"Parity Lien Obligations" means Parity Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect thereof.

18

"Parity Lien Representative" means:

(1) in the case of the Notes, the Trustee; or

(2) in the case of any other Series of Parity Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Parity Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register for such Series of Parity Lien Debt and (a) is appointed as a Parity Lien Representative (for purposes related to the administration of the Security Documents) pursuant to this Indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, together with its successors in such capacity, and (b) has become a party to the Collateral Trust Agreement by executing a joinder in the form required under the Collateral Trust Agreement.

"Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

"Permitted Business" means the distribution, installation and manufacture of building products and the provision of professional installation, turn-key framing, shell construction, design and similar construction-related services associated with such products.

"Permitted Investments" means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

(5) any acquisition of assets or Equity Interests to the extent acquired in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

19

(8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(9) to the extent constituting an Investment, repurchases of the Notes and other Parity Lien Debt;

(10) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person;

(11) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of the advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and than are made in the ordinary course of business;

(12) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(13) Investments consisting of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Investments in joint ventures in a Permitted Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) when taken together with all other Permitted Investments made since the date of the Indenture pursuant to this clause (14) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed an amount equal to (a) $25.0 million, minus (b) the aggregate amount of Permitted Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (15) below in excess of $25.0 million; and

(15) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made since the date of this Indenture pursuant to this clause (15) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Total Assets.

With respect to Permitted Investments made pursuant to clauses (14) and
(15) above, the Fair Market Value of any such Permitted Investment made in cash or Cash Equivalents shall be deemed to equal the amount of cash, or the principal or notional amount of Cash Equivalents, paid or contributed in respect of such Permitted Investment.

"Permitted Liens" means:

(1) Liens held by the Collateral Trustee securing (a) Priority Lien Debt in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the Priority Lien Cap and (b) all related Priority Lien Obligations;

(2) Liens held by the Collateral Trustee equally and ratably securing the Notes to be issued on the date of this Indenture and all future Parity Lien Debt and other Parity Lien Obligations;

20

(3) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

(4) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;

(5) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(6) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(7) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness and replacements thereof and accessions thereto;

(8) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

(9) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(10) Liens imposed by law, such as rights of set-off, carriers', warehousemen's, landlord's and mechanics' Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(11) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(12) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees);

(13) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

(a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

21

(14) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance, other social security benefits or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto);

(15) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which adequate reserves have been made in conformity with GAAP, and the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired, in each case, to the extent that the amount of such judgments or awards do not constitute an Event of Default;

(16) deposits or pledges in connection with bids, leases and contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens securing or by reason of a receivables facility or other contractual requirements of a receivables facility incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(b)(1)(ii) hereof;

(18) Liens securing Indebtedness entered into in accordance with
Section 4.09(b)(14) hereof; and

(19) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding.

"Permitted Payments to Sponsor" means, without duplication as to amounts:

(1) payments to any Principal for reimbursements of reasonable accounting, legal and other expenses paid or incurred by such person on behalf of the Company or in connection with such person's Investment in the Company's shares when due, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 per annum; and

(2) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with JLL Building Products, LLC, payments to JLL Building Products, LLC in respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries ("Tax Payments") and to pay franchise or similar taxes and fees of JLL Building Products, LLC required to maintain its legal existence. The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Company would owe if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Company and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (ii) the net amount of the relevant tax that JLL Building Products, LLC actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. Any Tax Payments received from the Company shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 60 days of JLL Building Products, LLC's receipt of such Tax Payments or refunded to the Company.

"Permitted Prior Liens" means, regardless of whether this Indenture is in effect at any time of determination:

22

(1) Liens described in clauses (1), (4), (5), (6), (7) or (8) of the definition of "Permitted Liens"; and

(2) Permitted Liens that arise by operation of law and are not voluntarily granted, to the extent entitled by law to priority over the Liens created by the Security Documents.

"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

"Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement dated as of the date of this Indenture and substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

"Pledge and Security Agreement" means the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the date of this Indenture and substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I hereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

"Pledgors" means the Company, the Guarantors, until completion of the Initial Public Offering, JLL Building Products, LLC, and any other Person (if any) that provides collateral security for any Secured Debt Obligations.

"Principal" means JLL Building Products, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, JLL Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and their respective Affiliates.

23

"Priority Lien" means a Lien granted by a Security Document to the Collateral Trustee, at any time, upon any property of the Company or any other Pledgor to secure Priority Lien Obligations.

"Priority Lien Cap" means, as of any date, the principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement and/or the Indebtedness outstanding under any other Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the sum of the amount provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt, as of such date, plus the amount provided by clause (16) of the definition of Permitted Debt, plus the amount of Priority Lien Debt incurred after the date of this Indenture the net proceeds of which are used to repay Parity Lien Debt, less the amount of Parity Lien Debt incurred after the date of this Indenture the net proceeds of which are used to repay Priority Lien Debt. For purposes of this definition, all letters of credit will be valued at the face amount thereof, whether or not drawn and all Hedging Obligations will be valued at zero.

"Priority Lien Debt" means:

(1) Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, revolving loans and letters of credit) that was permitted to be incurred and secured under each applicable Secured Debt Document (or as to which the lenders under the Credit Agreement obtained an Officers' Certificate at the time of incurrence to the effect that such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred and secured by all applicable Secured Debt Documents);

(2) Indebtedness of the Company under any other Credit Facility that is secured equally and ratably with the Credit Agreement by a Priority Lien that was permitted to be incurred and so secured under each applicable Secured Debt Document; provided, in the case of any Indebtedness referred to in this clause (2), that:

(a) on or before the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company, such Indebtedness is designated by the Company, in an Officers' Certificate delivered to each Priority Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee, as "Priority Lien Debt" for the purposes of the Secured Debt Documents; provided that no Series of Secured Debt may be designated as both Parity Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt;

(b) such Indebtedness is governed by a credit agreement or other agreement that includes a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation; and

(c) all requirements set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement as to the confirmation, grant or perfection of the Collateral Trustee's Lien to secure such Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof are satisfied (and the satisfaction of such requirements and the other provisions of this clause (c) will be conclusively established if the Company delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and that such Indebtedness is "Priority Lien Debt"); and

(3) Hedging Obligations of the Company incurred to hedge or manage interest rate risk with respect to any Priority Lien Debt or Parity Lien Debt; provided, that:

(a) such Hedging Obligations are secured by a Priority Lien on all of the assets and properties that secure the Indebtedness in respect of which such Hedging Obligations are incurred; and

24

(b) such Priority Lien is senior to or on a parity with the Priority Liens securing the Indebtedness in respect of which such Hedging Obligations are incurred.

"Priority Lien Documents" means the Credit Agreement and any other Credit Facility pursuant to which any Priority Lien Debt is incurred, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Security Documents securing the Priority Lien Obligations.

"Priority Lien Obligations" means the Priority Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect of Priority Lien Debt.

"Priority Lien Representative" means (1) the Credit Agreement Agent or (2) in the case of any other Series of Priority Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Priority Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register (if any) for such Series of Priority Lien Debt and is appointed as a representative of the Priority Debt (for purposes related to the administration of the Security Documents) pursuant to the credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Priority Lien Debt.

"Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

"Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

"Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Regulation S Global Note" means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

"Regulation S Permanent Global Note" means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

"Regulation S Temporary Global Note" means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A2 hereto deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

"Related Party" means:

(1) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or

25

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

"Required Parity Lien Debtholders" means, at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of:

(1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Parity Lien Debt (including outstanding letters of credit whether or not then available or drawn); and

(2) other than in connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate unfunded commitments to extend credit which, when funded, would constitute Parity Lien Debt.

For purposes of this definition, (a) Parity Lien Debt registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, the Company or any Affiliate of the Company will be deemed not to be outstanding, and (b) votes will be determined in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement.

"Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Restricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

"Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

"Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

"Restricted Period" means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

"Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

"Sale of Collateral" means any Asset Sale involving a sale or other disposition of Collateral.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Secured Debt" means Parity Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt.

"Secured Debt Documents" means the Parity Lien Documents and the Priority Lien Documents.

26

"Secured Debt Representative" means each Parity Lien Representative and each Priority Lien Representative.

"Secured Leverage Ratio" means, on any date, the ratio of:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt outstanding on such date plus all Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors outstanding on such date (and, for this purpose, letters of credit will be deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof, whether or not drawn), to:

(2) the aggregate amount of the Company's Consolidated Cash Flow for the most recent four full fiscal quarter period for which financial information is available.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations or acquisitions of assets, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by merger, consolidation or the acquisition of all or substantially all of its assets by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during such four full fiscal quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the "Leverage Calculation Date") will be given pro forma effect in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of such four full fiscal quarter reference period;

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Leverage Calculation Date will be excluded;

(3) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Leverage Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four full fiscal quarter period; and

(4) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Leverage Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four full fiscal quarter period.

"Secured Obligations" means Parity Lien Obligations and Priority Lien Obligations.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Security Documents" means each Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation, and all security agreements, pledge agreements (including, without limitation, the Pledge Agreement), collateral assignments, mortgages and deeds of trust (including, without limitation, the Mortgage), collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or any other Pledgor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Parity Lien Obligations or the Priority Lien Obligations, as applicable, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

27

"Series of Parity Lien Debt" means, severally, the Notes and each other issue or series of Parity Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained.

"Series of Priority Lien Debt" means, severally, the Indebtedness
(including, without limitation, revolving loans and letters of credit)
outstanding under the Credit Agreement and any other Credit Facility that constitutes Priority Lien Debt.

"Series of Secured Debt" means each Series of Parity Lien Debt and each Series of Priority Lien Debt.

"Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, if such Indebtedness was in existence on the date of this Indenture, or if incurred subsequent to the date of this Indenture, in accordance with its terms, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders' agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or
(b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb).

"Total Assets" means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Transactions" means issuance and sale of the Notes and execution of the Credit Agreement and the application of the net offering proceeds from the Notes and borrowings under the Credit Agreement to:

(1) repay existing debt;

(2) pay dividends to stockholders in an amount not to exceed $185,400,000;

28

(3) make distributions and payments to holders of options to purchase shares of the Company's Capital Stock in an amount not to exceed $33,100,000; or

(4) to pay the fees and expenses associated with the issuance and sale of the Notes and the execution of the Credit Agreement.

"Treasury Rate" means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 15, 2007; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to February 15, 2007, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

"Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

"Unrestricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

"Unrestricted Global Note" means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"U.S. Person" means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Voting Stock" of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

29

"Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

"Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

                                                                      Defined in
Term                                                                    Section
----                                                                  ----------
"Affiliate Transaction"............................................      4.11
"Asset Sale Offer".................................................      3.09
"Authentication Order".............................................      2.02
"Change of Control Offer"..........................................      4.15
"Change of Control Payment"........................................      4.15
"Change of Control Payment Date"...................................      4.15
"Covenant Defeasance"..............................................      8.03
"DTC"..............................................................      2.03
"Event of Default".................................................      6.01
"Excess Proceeds"..................................................      4.10
"incur"............................................................      4.09
"Legal Defeasance".................................................      8.02
"Offer Amount".....................................................      3.09
"Offer Period".....................................................      3.09
"Paying Agent".....................................................      2.03
"Permitted Debt"...................................................      4.09
"Payment Default" .................................................      6.01
"Purchase Date"....................................................      3.09
"Redemption Date" .................................................      3.07
"Registrar"........................................................      2.03
"Restricted Payments"..............................................      4.07

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

"indenture securities" means the Notes;

30

"indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note;

"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and

"obligor" on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) "or" is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) "will" shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 and A2 hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 or A2 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of

31

Exhibit A1 hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

(1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and

(2) an Officers' Certificate from the Company.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(3) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking" and "Customer Handbook" of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

32

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days

33

before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or

(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to

34

Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;

provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

35

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3) thereof, if applicable.

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the

36

Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

37

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

38

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a

39

certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause
(C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the

40

Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or
(3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or

41

transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

42

(2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

"THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A "QIB"), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN "IAI"), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE
144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE

43

STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS."

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2),
(d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN."

(3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in substantially the following form:

44

"THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON."

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar's request.

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company and the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

45

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. Each of the Company and, as contemplated by Section 7.07 hereof, the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

46

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers' Certificate setting forth:

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

47

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis except:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if otherwise required by law.

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

48

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender of Notes redeemed;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company's request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

On or prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase, and the only remaining right of Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price or purchase price upon surrender of Notes redeemed or purchased. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the

49

Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including any additional Notes issued after the date of this Indenture) at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes multiplied by the sum of the LIBOR Rate in effect on the date of such redemption notice plus 4.25%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(b) At any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption (the "Redemption Date"), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(c) Except pursuant to Sections 3.07(a) and (b) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to February 15, 2007.

(d) On or after February 15, 2007, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

YEAR                      PERCENTAGE
----                      ----------
2007 ..................      102%
2008 ..................      101%
2009 and thereafter ...      100%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

50

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer"), it will follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Parity Lien Debt containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period"). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "Purchase Date"), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the "Offer Amount") to the purchase of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the

51

principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Parity Lien Debt surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other Parity Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased); and

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

52

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports.

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports (including, in connection with the report of Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2004, the additional time to file permitted by Rule 12b-25 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

The availability of the foregoing materials on either the SEC's EDGAR database service or on the Company's website shall be deemed to satisfy the Company's delivery obligation to deliver such reports. However, subsequent to the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 containing the financial information for the respective annual or quarterly reporting periods required to be included in such Form S-1 as of the date filed and such other information otherwise required by the reports referenced in clause (2) above, and prior to the effectiveness or withdrawal of any such registration statement, the availability of such registration statement on the SEC's EDGAR database service, including any amendments to the registration statement diligently filed, shall be deemed to satisfy the Company's obligation to deliver the reports referenced in clauses (1) and (2) above, even if the amendments to the registration statement containing such information are filed after the time periods within which such information would have otherwise been required to be reported on such reports.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Issuer's consolidated financial statements by the Issuer's certified independent accountants. In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement,

53

the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.

If, at any time after consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company's filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and the Security Documents, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and the Security Documents in all material respects and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture and the Security Documents (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event.

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by

54

appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through
(4) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four full fiscal quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional

55

Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (8), (9), (10), (11) and
(13) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07, and excluding Restricted Payments attributable to proceeds of key-man life insurance, with respect to clause (5) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus

(C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any); plus

(D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the Fair Market Value of the Company's Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation; plus

(E) 100% of any dividends received by the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after the date of this Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

(b) With respect to (a) any payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3),
(4), (5) (other than with respect to proceeds of key-man life insurance), (7) and (12) below, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused by such payments, and (b) any payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (5) (with the cash proceeds of key-man life insurance policies and any carryover of such amount as permitted by such clause (5)), (6),
(8), (9), (10), (11) and (13) below, regardless of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused by such payment, the provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as

56

the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders' agreement or similar agreement or otherwise approved by the Board of Directors; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests in any fiscal year may not exceed the sum of
(i) $3.0 million and (ii) the cash proceeds of key-man life insurance policies received in such year by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood, however, that unused amounts permitted to be paid pursuant to this proviso from any fiscal year are available to be carried over to the subsequent fiscal year); provided, further, that the aggregate amount spent pursuant to this clause (5) in any fiscal year in which unused amounts from a prior fiscal year have been carried forward may not exceed the sum of (x) $6.0 million and (y) the unused cash proceeds of such key-man life insurance policies;

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

(7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of common Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.09(a) hereof;

(8) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of preferred Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance Section 4.09(a) hereof;

(9) dividends to stockholders and distributions and payments to the holders of options of the Company's Capital Stock made by the Company in the manner described in the section entitled "Use of Proceeds" in the Offering Memorandum;

(10) Permitted Payments to Sponsor;

57

(11) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issuable as dividends on Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(12) following the Initial Public Offering, dividends of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company in such Initial Public Offering; and

(13) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30.0 million since the date of this Indenture.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including for purposes of this clause (3) distributions of property as dividends on capital stock).

(b) However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness, any Credit Facility, including the Credit Agreement, and any other agreements as in effect on the date of this Indenture, and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents;

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets

58

of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(6) purchase money obligations for property or equipment acquired for use in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company's Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; and

(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four full fiscal quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, "Permitted Debt"):

(1) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of (i) Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under

59

this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) and (ii) Indebtedness under any receivables facility (such amounts outstanding under any such receivables facility not to exceed $125.0 million outstanding at any given time) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause
(1) not to exceed the greater of:

(A) $375.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales or Casualty Events applied by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof; and

(B) the Borrowing Base;

(2) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness and Existing Disqualified Stock;

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) within 90 days of such purchase, design, construction, installation or improvement in an aggregate principal amount, including all Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding;

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under
Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3) or (5) of this Section 4.09(b);

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(A) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated, upon an Event of Default, to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted

60

Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the issuance by any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(B) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(9) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers' compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers' acceptances, trade letters of credit, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

(12) Indebtedness arising from any agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, purchase price adjustment, holdback, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by any Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets permitted by this Indenture;

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries acquired or assumed by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or resulting from the merger or consolidation of one or more Persons into or with one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company; provided that (a) such Acquired Debt is not incurred in contemplation of the respective acquisition, merger or consolidation, and (b) after giving effect to any Acquired Debt acquired or assumed pursuant to this clause (13),

61

(A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

(B) the Company's Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at the time of such acquisition or merger, after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or merger, would be greater than the Company's actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness for the sole purpose of financing the payment of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(15) the incurrence by the Company of Disqualified Capital Stock issued to any officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholder's agreement or similar agreement, or otherwise approved by the Board of Directors; and

(16) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $50.0 million.

The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

62

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company's most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 180 days, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

(C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or
(4) of Section 4.10(b) hereof.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or a Casualty Event, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

(1) to repay Priority Lien Debt and, if such Priority Lien Debt is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, a Person engaged in a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

63

(3) to make a capital expenditure; or

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business;

provided, that the application of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that constitutes a Sale of Collateral or from a Casualty Event in accordance with clauses (2) through (4) of this Section 4.10(b) shall be used to purchase, acquire or improve assets that would constitute Collateral; and provided, further, that the requirements of clauses (2) through (4) of this Section 4.10(b) shall be deemed to be satisfied if a binding agreement committing to make the acquisitions or expenditures referenced in such clauses is entered into by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries within 365 days after receipt of any Net Proceeds and such Net Proceeds are applied in accordance with such agreement; provided, however, that if the Net Proceeds to be applied pursuant to such agreement are not applied within 180 days of the date of such agreement, such Net Proceeds shall be considered Excess Proceeds.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) hereof will constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within five days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Parity Lien Debt containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (or, in respect of such Parity Lien Debt, such lesser price, if only, as may be provided for by the terms of such Parity Lien Debt), and will be payable in cash. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

64

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $7.5 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members, if any, of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

(b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11 (a) hereof:

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer, employee or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4) payment of reasonable directors' fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

(6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof;

(7) Permitted Payments to Sponsor;

(8) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $3.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; and

(9) payments of cash bonuses to officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.12 Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13 Business Activities.

65

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of the Guarantors, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any Guarantor; and

(2) the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and the Guarantors; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of the Guarantors, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof, or the existence of such Guarantor, is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will commence, within the time frame set forth in the last paragraph of Section 4.15(b) hereof, an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date");

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

66

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company will either repay all outstanding Priority Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Priority Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this Section 4.15.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.09 hereof and this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

Section 4.16 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

67

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests in any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company), unless:

(1) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests in such Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) the Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

In addition, the Company will not permit any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its Equity Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Section 4.17 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.

The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is not a Guarantor, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company unless such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee will be senior to or pari passu with such Restricted Subsidiary's Guarantee of or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness.

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof;

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor (or that Guarantor's direct or indirect parent) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof;

(3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

(4) upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided in Section 8.02 and Article 12 hereof.

Section 4.18 Payments for Consent.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

68

Section 4.19 Additional Note Guarantees.

If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 30 business days of the date on which it was acquired or created; provided that any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. The form of such Note Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto.

Section 4.20 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under
Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if that redesignation would not cause a Default; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four full fiscal quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either:

69

(A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or

(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four full fiscal quarter period:

(A) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

(B) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is greater than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction.

In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

This Section 5.01 will not apply to:

(1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or

(2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Company" shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay

70

the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company's assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

Each of the following is an "Event of Default":

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes;

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.15 or 5.01 hereof;

(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay the principal of such Indebtedness at the final Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness (a "Payment Default"); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more;

(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (net of any amount covered by insurance of a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not contested coverage or reserved rights with respect to the underlying claim), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(7) the occurrence of any of the following:

(A) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Security Document ceases for any reason to be fully enforceable; provided, that it will not be an Event of Default under this clause (7)(a) if the sole result of the failure of one or more Security Documents to be fully enforceable is that any Parity Lien purported to be granted under such Security

71

Documents on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having an estimated good faith value of not more than $10.0 million ceases to be an enforceable and perfected Lien, subject as to priority only to Permitted Prior Liens;

(B) any Parity Lien purported to be granted under any Security Document on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having an estimated good faith value in excess of $10.0 million ceases to be an enforceable and perfected Lien, subject as to priority only to Permitted Prior Liens; or

(C) the Company or any other Pledgor, or any Person acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in writing, any obligation of the Company or any other Pledgor set forth in or arising under any Security Document;

(8) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due;

(9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(10) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect,

72

or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of
Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that with respect to a Default or Event of Default, other than a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

73

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

(1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable

74

compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE AND COLLATERAL TRUSTEE

75

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01;

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) In no event shall the Trustee be personally liable (i) for special, consequential or punitive damages, (ii) for the acts or omissions of its nominees, correspondents, clearing agencies or securities depositories, (iii) for the acts or omissions of brokers or dealers, and (iv) for any losses due to forces beyond the control of the Trustee, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services. The Trustee

76

shall have no responsibility for the accuracy of any information provided to the Holders or any other person that has been obtained from, or provided to the Trustee by, any other entity.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely in good faith upon any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee's Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

77

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and to the actual knowledge of the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Trustee. The Trustee's compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, actions, suits, costs or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel at its own expense (i) unless the Company fails to assume the defense of such claim, (ii) if there is an actual conflict of interests or (iii) if there is the potential for the imposition of criminal liability, in which case the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

78

(d) To secure the Company's and the Guarantors' payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company at least 30 days in advance. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.

79

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee, so long as it is eligible to serve as Trustee under Section 7.10 hereof.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 7.12 Appointment

Each Holder agrees to the appointment of Trustee, as the initial trustee for the benefit of Holders under this Indenture, and to the appointment of Collateral Trustee as the initial collateral trustee, for the benefit of Holders under the Collateral Trust Agreement. The Collateral Trustee may act as collateral trustee, collateral agent or any similar title that the Collateral Trustee deems necessary or convenient for the purpose of perfecting the security interests in the Collateral. Each Holder authorizes the Trustee and Collateral Trustee, as applicable, each in such capacity, through its agents or employees, to execute and deliver any Note Documents and take such actions on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the other Note Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Trustee or Collateral Trustee, as applicable, by the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the other Note Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

80

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(2) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(5) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

81

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that:

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

82

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

The Collateral will be released from the Lien securing the notes, as provided under the Collateral Trust Agreement upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with the provisions in this Article 8.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

83

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Note:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the "Description of Notes" section of the Company's Offering Memorandum relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that "Description of Notes" was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes;

(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or

(8) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to add additional Guarantors or release Guarantors from Note Guarantees, each in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9) to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or any of the Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents.

84

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

85

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed (except with respect to repurchases required by Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults, Events of Default or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment payable with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 4.10 or 4.15 hereof);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee

86

shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment or supplement have been met.

ARTICLE 10
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 10.01 Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral by Holders of Parity Lien Debt.

Notwithstanding: (1) anything to the contrary contained in the Security Documents; (2) the time of incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt; (3) the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt; (4) the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Collateral; (5) the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral; (6) that any Parity Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or (7) the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens:

(a) all Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any other Pledgor shall secure, equally and ratably, all present and future Parity Lien Obligations; and

(b) all proceeds of all Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any other Pledgor shall be allocated and distributed equally and ratably on account of the Parity Lien Debt and other Parity Lien Obligations.

The foregoing provision is intended for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Parity Lien Obligations, each present and future Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee as holder of Parity Liens. The Parity Lien Representative of each future Series of Parity Lien Debt shall be required to deliver a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee at the time of incurrence of such Series of Parity Lien Debt.

Section 10.02 Ranking of Parity Liens.

Notwithstanding: (1) anything to the contrary contained in the Security Documents; (2) the time of incurrence of any Series of Secured Debt; (3) the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Secured Debt; (4) the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Collateral; (5)

87

the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral; (6) that any Priority Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or (7) the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens, all Parity Liens at any time granted by the Company or any other Pledgor shall be subject and subordinate to all Priority Liens securing (i) Priority Lien Debt up to the Priority Lien Cap and (ii) all other Obligations in respect of Priority Lien Debt.

The foregoing provision is intended for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Priority Lien Obligations, each present and future Priority Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee as holder of the Priority Liens. No other Person shall be entitled to rely on, have the benefit of or enforce those provisions. The Parity Lien Representative of each future Series of Parity Lien Debt shall be required to deliver a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee and each Priority Lien Representative at the time of incurrence of such Series of Parity Lien Debt.

In addition, the foregoing provision is intended solely to set forth the relative ranking, as Liens, of the Liens securing Parity Lien Debt as against the Priority Liens. Neither the Notes, nor any other Parity Lien Obligations nor the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy for the payment or collection thereof are intended to be, or shall ever be by reason of the foregoing provision, in any respect subordinated, deferred, postponed, restricted or prejudiced.

Section 10.03 Relative Rights.

Nothing in the Note Documents shall:

(a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Notes, the obligation of the Company to pay principal of, premium and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes in accordance with their terms or any other obligation of the Company or any other Pledgor;

(b) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes as against any other creditors of the Company or any other Pledgor (other than holders of Priority Liens, Permitted Prior Liens or other Parity Liens);

(c) restrict the right of any Holder of Notes to sue for payments that are then due and owing (but not enforce any judgment in respect thereof against any Collateral to the extent specifically prohibited under the Collateral Trust Agreement);

(d) restrict or prevent any Holder of Notes, or any other Parity Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee or any Parity Lien Representative from exercising any of its rights or remedies upon a Default or Event of Default not specifically restricted or prohibited by the Collateral Trust Agreement; or

(e) restrict or prevent any Holder of Notes, or any other Parity Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee or any Parity Lien Representative from taking any lawful action in an insolvency or liquidation proceeding not specifically restricted or prohibited by the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Section 10.04 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

The Company shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314.

To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause TIA Section 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA Section 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA Section 314(d) may be made by an Officer of the

88

Company except in cases where TIA Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Company shall not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA Section 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of TIA Section 314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including "no action" letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA Section 314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral.

Section 10.05 Further Assurances; Insurance.

(a) The Company and each of the other Pledgors shall do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required, or that the Collateral Trustee from time to time may reasonably request, to assure and confirm that the Collateral Trustee holds, for the benefit of the holders of Secured Obligations, duly created and enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral (including any property or assets that are acquired or otherwise become Collateral after the Notes are issued), in each case, as contemplated by, and with the Lien priority required under, the Secured Debt Documents.

Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee or any Secured Debt Representative at any time and from time to time, the Company and each of the other Pledgors shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such Security Documents, instruments, certificates, notices and other documents, and take such other actions as shall be reasonably required, or that the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request, to create, perfect, protect, assure or enforce the Liens and benefits intended to be conferred, in each case as contemplated by the Secured Debt Documents for the benefit of the holders of Secured Obligations.

(b) At any time when no Priority Lien Documents are in effect, the Company and the other Pledgors shall:

(1) keep their properties adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers;

(2) maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks (and with such deductibles, retentions and exclusions), including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage and coverage for acts of terrorism, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by them;

(3) maintain such other insurance as may be required by law;

(4) maintain title insurance on all real property Collateral insuring the Collateral Trustee's Lien on that property, subject only to Permitted Prior Liens and other exceptions to title reasonably approved by the Collateral Trustee; provided that title insurance need only be maintained on any particular parcel of real property if and to the extent title insurance is maintained in respect of Priority Liens on that property; and

(5) maintain such other insurance as may be required by the Security Documents.

(c) Upon the request of the Collateral Trustee, the Company and the other Pledgors shall furnish to the Collateral Trustee full information as to their property and liability insurance carriers. The Collateral Trustee, as agent for the holders of Secured Obligations, as a class, shall be named as additional

89

insured on all insurance policies of the Company and the other Pledgors and the Collateral Trustee shall be named as loss payee, with 30 days' notice of cancellation or, if provided to the Company, notice of material change, on all property and casualty insurance policies of the Company and the other Pledgors.

Section 10.06 Release of Liens in Respect of Notes.

The Collateral Trustee's Parity Liens upon the Collateral shall no longer secure the Notes outstanding under this Indenture or any other Obligations under this Indenture, and the right of the Holders of the Notes and such Obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Collateral Trustee's Parity Liens on the Collateral shall terminate and be discharged:

(a) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as set forth under Article 12 hereof;

(b) upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Notes as set forth under Article 8 hereof;

(c) upon payment in full and discharge of all Notes outstanding under this Indenture and all Obligations that are outstanding, due and payable under this Indenture at the time the Notes are paid in full and discharged; or

(d) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

ARTICLE 11
NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Guarantee.

(a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof

90

or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

91

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2) either:

(A) subject to Section 11.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

Section 11.05 Releases.

(a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to

92

such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation
Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

(b) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. The Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

(c) Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 12 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. The Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1) either:

(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal,

93

premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit as a result of the Company's failure to comply with Section 4.15 hereof and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's and any Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

94

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties will control.

Section 13.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Builders FirstSource Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, TX 75201
Facsimile No.: (214) 880-3599
Attention: General Counsel

With a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Rodney Square, 7th Floor
Facsimile No.: (888) 329-3021
Attention: Allison L. Amorison, Esq.

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1600
Facsimile No.: (302) 636-4140
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

95

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA
Section 314(e) and must include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

96

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 13.08 Governing Law.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof.

Section 13.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following page]

97

SIGNATURES

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.,
a Delaware Corporation

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - NORTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GENPAR,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - MBS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Andrew T. Panaccione
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Andrew T. Panaccione
    Title: Vice President and Secretary

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GROUP,
L.P., a Texas limited partnership, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to Indenture)


BFS TEXAS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTH TEXAS,
L.P., a Texas limited partnership as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS INSTALLED
SALES, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS IP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to Indenture)


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE HOLDINGS, INC., a
Delaware corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - DALLAS, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA DESIGN
CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - OHIO VALLEY, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to Indenture)


BFS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - ATLANTIC GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE OF NASHVILLE, INC.,
a Tennessee corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SNC, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to Indenture)


CCWP, INC., a South Carolina close corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - RALEIGH, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE FINANCING, INC., a
Delaware corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to Indenture)


WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

By: /s/ Kathleen A. Pedelini
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Kathleen A. Pedelini
    Title: Financial Services Officer

(Signature page to Indenture)


[Face of Note]


CUSIP/CINS ____________

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012

No. ___ $____________

[NAME OF COMPANY]

promises to pay to [______________] or registered assigns,

the principal sum of _________________________________________________ DOLLARS on February 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15

Record Dates: February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1

Dated: _________________

                                        [NAME OF COMPANY]


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:

Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[TRUSTEE],
as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

A1-1


[Back of Note] Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A "QIB"), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN "IAI"), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE
144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE

A1-2


SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF THIS
NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH

TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. [Name of Company], a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus 4.25% from February 11, 2005 until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to
Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The LIBOR Rate will be reset quarterly. The LIBOR Rate for the first quarterly period ending on _________ will be ___%, and the applicable interest rate for the first quarterly period ending on _________ will be ___% per annum. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an "Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be __________. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1, May 1, August 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before

A1-3


such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, _____________, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4) INDENTURE AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 11, 2005 (the "Indenture") among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. THE NOTES ARE SUBJECT TO ALL SUCH TERMS, AND HOLDERS ARE REFERRED TO THE INDENTURE AND SUCH ACT FOR A STATEMENT OF SUCH TERMS. TO THE EXTENT ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE CONFLICTS WITH THE EXPRESS PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE, THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE SHALL GOVERN AND BE CONTROLLING. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Notes are secured by a second priority lien on substantially all of the Company's assets pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. In addition, until an initial public offering of the Company's common stock, the Notes are secured by the pledge by JLL Building Products, LLC of all of the Company's capital stock that it owns, on a second priority basis, until an initial public offering of the Company's common stock pursuant to the Pledge Agreement as defined in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to February 15, 2007. On or after February 15, 2007, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year                      Percentage
----                      ----------
2007 ..................    102.000%
2008 ..................    101.000%
2009 and thereafter ...    100.000%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

A1-4


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any additional Notes issued after the date of the Indenture) at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes multiplied by the sum of the LIBOR Rate in effect on the date of such redemption notice plus 4.25%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) or (b) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption (the "Redemption Date"), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of Parity Lien Debt containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an "Asset Sale Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer

A1-5


exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" attached to the Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of substantially all of the Company's or such Guarantor's assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture, Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the "Description of Notes" section of the Company's Offering Memorandum dated February 8, 2005, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that "Description of Notes" was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to add additional Guarantors or release Guarantors

A1-6


from Note Guarantees, each in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by the Indenture or any of the Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in the Indenture or any of the Security Documents.

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents; (v) default under one or more instruments evidencing or securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) having an outstanding principal amount of $20.0 million or more that has resulted in the acceleration of the payment of such Indebtedness or the failure to pay the principal of such Indebtedness at the final Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money in an amount of $20.0 million or more that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (vii) the occurrence of (a) any Security Document ceasing to be enforceable, with certain exceptions, (b) any Parity Lien, individually or in the aggregate, having an estimated good faith value in excess of $10.0 million, ceasing to be an enforceable and perfected Lien, subject to Permitted Prior Liens, (c) the Company or any other Pledgor denies or disaffirms, in writing, any obligation of the Company or any other Pledgor set forth in or arising under any Security Document; (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf denies or disaffirms its obligations under such Guarantor's Note Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

A1-7


(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under federal securities laws.

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 11, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreement").

(18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

[Name of Company]
[Address]
Attention: ______________

A1-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: __________________________________
(Insert assignee's legal name)


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)





(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: _______________

Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A1-9


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[ ] Section 4.10 [ ] Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$_______________

Date: _______________

Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.: _____________________________________________

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A1-10


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

                                                                      Principal Amount
                   Amount of decrease in   Amount of increase in   [at maturity] of this
                      Principal Amount        Principal Amount     Global Note following   Signature of authorized
                      [at maturity] of        [at maturity] of         such decrease        officer of Trustee or
Date of Exchange      this Global Note        this Global Note         (or increase)              Custodian
----------------   ---------------------   ---------------------   ---------------------   -----------------------

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A1-11


[Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note]


CUSIP/CINS __________

Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012

No. ___ $__________

[NAME OF COMPANY]

promises to pay to ____________ or registered assigns,

the principal sum of __________________________________________________ DOLLARS on February 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15

Record Dates: February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1

Dated: ____________

                                        [NAME OF COMPANY]


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:

Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

[TRUSTEE],
as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory

A2-1


[Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND ACCORDINGLY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A "QIB"), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN "IAI"), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE
144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE

A2-2


SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. [Name of Company], a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus 4.25% from February 11, 2005 until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to
Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The LIBOR Rate will be reset quarterly. The LIBOR Rate for the first quarterly period ending on _________ will be ___%, and the applicable interest rate for the first quarterly period ending on _________ will be ___% per annum. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an "Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be __________. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any

A2-3


applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1, May 1, August 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, _____________, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4) INDENTURE AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 11, 2005 (the "Indenture") among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. THE NOTES ARE SUBJECT TO ALL SUCH TERMS, AND HOLDERS ARE REFERRED TO THE INDENTURE AND SUCH ACT FOR A STATEMENT OF SUCH TERMS. TO THE EXTENT ANY PROVISION OF THIS NOTE CONFLICTS WITH THE EXPRESS PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE, THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE SHALL GOVERN AND BE CONTROLLING. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Notes are secured by a second priority lien on substantially all of the Company's assets pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. In addition, until an initial public offering of the Company's common stock, the Notes are secured by the pledge by JLL Building Products, LLC of all of the Company's capital stock that it owns, on a second priority basis, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement as defined in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to February 15, 2007. On or after February 15, 2007, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes

A2-4


redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year                     Percentage
----                     ----------
2007..................    102.000%
2008..................    101.000%
2009 and thereafter...    100.000%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any additional Notes issued after the date of the Indenture) at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes multiplied by the sum of the LIBOR Rate in effect on the date of such redemption notice plus 4.25%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) or (b) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption (the "Redemption Date"), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

A2-5


(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of Parity Lien Debt containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an "Asset Sale Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" attached to the Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption

A2-6


of the Company's or a Guarantor's obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of substantially all of the Company's or such Guarantor's assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture, Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the "Description of Notes" section of the Company's Offering Memorandum dated February 8, 2005, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that "Description of Notes" was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to add additional Guarantors or release Guarantors from Note Guarantees, each in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by the Indenture or any of the Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in the Indenture or any of the Security Documents.

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents; (v) default under one or more instruments evidencing or securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) having an outstanding principal amount of $20.0 million or more that has resulted in the acceleration of the payment of such Indebtedness or the failure to pay the principal of such Indebtedness at the final Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money in an amount of $20.0 million or more that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (vii) the occurrence of (a) any Security Document ceasing to be enforceable, with certain exceptions, (b) any Parity Lien, individually or in the aggregate, having an estimated good faith value in excess of $10.0 million, ceasing to be an enforceable and perfected Lien, subject to Permitted Prior Liens, (c) the Company or any other Pledgor denies or disaffirms, in writing, any obligation of the Company or any other Pledgor set forth in or arising under any Security Document; (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf denies or disaffirms its obligations under such Guarantor's Note Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust

A2-7


or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under federal securities laws.

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 11, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreement").

(18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

A2-8


(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

[Name of Company]
[Address]
Attention: ______________

A2-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: __________________________________
(Insert assignee's legal name)


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)




(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: _______________

Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A2-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[ ] Section 4.10 [ ] Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$________________

Date: _______________

Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:_________________

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A2-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or exchanges of a part of another other Restricted Global Note for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made:

                                                                 Principal Amount
                                                                 [at maturity] of
                    Amount of decrease   Amount of increase in   this Global Note      Signature of
                   in Principal Amount      Principal Amount      following such    authorized officer
                     [at maturity] of       [at maturity] of         decrease          of Trustee or
Date of Exchange     this Global Note       this Global Note       (or increase)         Custodian
----------------   -------------------   ---------------------   ----------------   ------------------

A2-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

[Company address block]

[Registrar address block]

Re: [fill in full title of securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of _________________ (the "Indenture"), [between/among] ____________________, as issuer (the "Company"), [the Guarantors party thereto] and ____________________, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________________, (the "Transferor") owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Transfer"), to ___________________________ (the "Transferee"), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
[THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE,](903(B)(3)) THE REGULATION S
[PERMANENT] GLOBAL NOTE OR A RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION
S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act [and/,] (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act [and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser)].(903(B)(2)) OR (3) Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S [Permanent] Global

B-1

Note[, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note](903(b)(3)) and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE IAI GLOBAL NOTE OR A RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) [if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000,] an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the

B-2

Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.


[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
Name:


Title:

Dated:

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in the:

(i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(ii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(iii) [ ] IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

(b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in the:

(i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(ii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(iii) [ ] IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

(iv) [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

(b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c) [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

[Company address block]

[Registrar address block]

Re: [fill in full title of securities]

(CUSIP ____________)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of _________________ (the "Indenture"), [between/among] _______________________, as issuer (the "Company"), [the Guarantors party thereto] and _________________, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

__________________________, (the "Owner") owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Exchange"). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

(a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the

C-1

Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

(a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]
[ ] 144A Global Note, [ ] Regulation S Global Note, [ ] IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.


[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
Name:


Title:

Dated:

C-2

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

[Company address block]

[Registrar address block]

Re: [fill in full title of securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of _________________ (the "Indenture"), [between/among] _____________________, as issuer (the "Company"), [the guarantors party thereto] and ___________________, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate principal amount of:

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) [ ] a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and[, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000,] an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

D-1

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional "accredited investor") as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.


[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

By:
Name:


Title:

Dated:

D-2

EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE]

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of February 11, 2005 (the "Indenture") among Builders FirstSource, Inc, a Delware corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee"), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

[Signatures on Following Page]

E-1

EXHIBIT E

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - NORTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GENPAR,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - MBS, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Andrew T. Panaccione
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Andrew T. Panaccione
    Title: Vice President and Secretary

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GROUP,
L.P., a Texas limited partnership, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS TEXAS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

E-2

EXHIBIT E

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTH TEXAS,
L.P., a Texas limited partnership, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS INSTALLED
SALES, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS IP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE HOLDINGS, INC., a
Delaware corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

E-3

EXHIBIT E

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - DALLAS, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA DESIGN
CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - OHIO VALLEY, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

E-4

EXHIBIT E

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - ATLANTIC GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE OF NASHVILLE, INC.,
a Tennessee corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SNC, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

CCWP, INC., a South Carolina close corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

E-5

EXHIBIT E

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - RALEIGH, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE FINANCING, INC., a
Delaware corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

E-6

EXHIBIT F

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of ________________, 200__, among __________________ (the "Guaranteeing Subsidiary"), a subsidiary of ____________________ (or its permitted successor), a [Delaware] corporation (the "Company"), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and ____________________, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of ___________, 200__ providing for the issuance of Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012 (the "Notes");

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the "Note Guarantee"); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof.

4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

F-1

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

F-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: ____________, 20__

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

By:

Name:


Title:

[COMPANY]

By:

Name:


Title:

[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

By:

Name:


Title:

[TRUSTEE], as Trustee

By:
Authorized Signatory

F-3

EXECUTION COPY

Exhibit 4.3


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 11, 2005

By and Among

Builders FirstSource, Inc.
as Issuer,

The Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto,

and

UBS SECURITIES LLC and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
as Initial Purchasers

$275,000,000 Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
1.    Definitions .......................................................     1

2.    Exchange Offer ....................................................     4

3.    Shelf Registration ................................................     6

4.    Liquidated Damages ................................................     7

5.    Registration Procedures ...........................................     8

6.    Registration Expenses .............................................    15

7.    Indemnification ...................................................    16

8.    Rules 144 and 144A ................................................    18

9.    Underwritten Registrations ........................................    18

10.   Miscellaneous .....................................................    19

      (a)   No Inconsistent Agreements ..................................    19
      (b)   Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes .....................    19
      (c)   Amendments and Waivers ......................................    19
      (d)   Notices .....................................................    19
      (e)   Successors and Assigns ......................................    20
      (f)   Counterparts ................................................    20
      (g)   Headings ....................................................    20
      (h)   Governing Law ...............................................    20
      (i)   Severability ................................................    21
      (j)   Securities Held by the Issuer or Its Affiliates .............    21
      (k)   Third-Party Beneficiaries ...................................    21
      (l)   Attorneys' Fees .............................................    21
      (m)   Entire Agreement ............................................    21

-i-

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is dated as of February 11, 2005, by and between Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the "ISSUER"), on the one hand, the guarantors listed as signatories hereto (the "GUARANTORS") and UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (the "INITIAL PURCHASERS"), on the other hand.

This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2005, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), relating to the offering of $275,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer's Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2012 (the "NOTES"). The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers' obligation to purchase the Notes under the Purchase Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"ACTION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c) hereof.

"ADVICE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

"AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereto.

"APPLICABLE PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

"BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

"BUSINESS DAY" shall mean a day that is not a Legal Holiday.

"COMMISSION" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"DAY" shall mean a calendar day.

"DAMAGES PAYMENT DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

"DELAY PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

"EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

"EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"EXCHANGE NOTES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

"EXCHANGE OFFER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

"EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.


"HOLDER" shall mean any holder of a Registrable Note or Registrable Notes.

"INDENTURE" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of February 11, 2005, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

"INITIAL PURCHASERS" shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereof.

"INSPECTORS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof.

"ISSUE DATE" shall mean February 11, 2005, the date of original issuance of the Notes.

"ISSUER" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto and shall also include the Issuer's permitted successors and assigns.

"LEGAL HOLIDAY" shall mean a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

"LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

"LOSSES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

"NASD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(s) hereof.

"NOTES" shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereto.

"PARTICIPANT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

"PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(b) hereof.

"PERSON" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

"PRIVATE EXCHANGE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

"PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

"PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

"PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereof.

"RECORDS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof.

-2-

"REGISTRABLE NOTES" shall mean each Note upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iii) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, in each case until (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iii) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been declared effective by the Commission and such Note, Exchange Note or such Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Note has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note or Exchange Notes, (iii) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture or (iv) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been sold in compliance with Rule 144 or is eligible for resale without restriction under Rule 144(k).

"REGISTRATION DEFAULT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

"REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean any appropriate registration statement of the Issuer covering any of the Registrable Notes filed with the Commission under the Securities Act, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"REQUESTING PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

"RULE 144" shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission providing for offers and sales of securities made in compliance therewith resulting in offers and sales by subsequent holders that are not affiliates of an issuer of such securities being free of the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

"RULE 144A" shall mean Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

"RULE 415" shall mean Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"SHELF FILING EVENT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.

"SHELF REGISTRATION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

"SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean a Registration Statement filed in connection with a Shelf Registration.

"TIA" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

"TRUSTEE" shall mean the trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if any) under any indenture governing the Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes.

-3-

"UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION OR UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING" shall mean a registration in which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

Section 2. Exchange Offer

(a) The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to (i) file a Registration Statement (the "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT") with the Commission on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the "EXCHANGE OFFER") to exchange any and all of the Registrable Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of notes (the "EXCHANGE NOTES") that are identical in all material respects to the Notes (except that the Exchange Notes shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or Liquidated Damages upon a Registration Default), (ii) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 240 days after the Issue Date and (iii) consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective. Upon the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective by the Commission, the Issuer will offer the Exchange Notes in exchange for surrender of the Notes. The Issuer shall keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders.

Each Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent to the Issuer in writing that (i) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act or, if it is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iii) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes,
(iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes and (v) such Holder has full power and authority to transfer the Notes in exchange for the Exchange Notes and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto free and clear of any liens, restrictions, charges or encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims.

(b) The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that any broker-dealer that elects to exchange Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer (a "PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER") may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment resulting from the original offering of the Notes).

The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers also acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligations under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

-4-

In light of the foregoing, if requested by a Participating Broker-Dealer (a "REQUESTING PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER"), the Issuer agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by such Requesting Participating Brokers for such period of time as is necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with the resale of Exchange Notes; provided that in no event shall such period exceed 90 days after the date on which the Exchange Registration Statement is declared effective, or such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of
Section 5 hereof (such period, the "APPLICABLE PERIOD"), or such earlier date as all Requesting Participating Broker-Dealers shall have notified the Issuer in writing that such Requesting Participating Broker-Dealers have resold all Exchange Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer. The Issuer shall include a plan of distribution in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement that meets the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Notes acquired by it that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, the Issuer upon the request of the Initial Purchasers shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers in exchange (the "PRIVATE EXCHANGE") for such Notes held by the Initial Purchasers, a like principal amount of notes (the "PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES") of the Issuer that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except that the Private Exchange Notes may be subject to restrictions on transfer and bear a legend to such effect. The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes, to the extent permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau.

For each Note surrendered in the Exchange Offer, the Holder will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Note. Interest on each Exchange Note and Private Exchange Note issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Notes, from the Issue Date.

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this
Section 2, the Issuer shall have no further registration obligations other than the Issuer's continuing registration obligations with respect to (i) Private Exchange Notes, (ii) Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers and
(iii) Notes or Exchange Notes as to which clause (c)(iii) of this Section 2 applies.

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall:

(1) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(2) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

(3) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

(4) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

-5-

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall:

(1) accept for exchange all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by the Holders pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any;

(2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(3) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each such Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Registrable Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantors to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuer and the Guarantors and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Issuer and the Guarantors deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange.

The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture (in either case, with such changes as are necessary to comply with any requirements of the Commission to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA and shall provide that (a) the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (b) the Private Exchange Notes shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

(c) In the event that (i) any changes in law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission do not permit the Issuer and the Guarantors to effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission under the Act within 240 days after the Issue Date, (iii) any Holder, other than the Initial Purchasers, notifies the Issuer prior to the 20th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that it is prohibited by law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission from participating in the Exchange Offer or it may not resell Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus is not available for such resale, or (iv) it is a broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of this sentence, a "SHELF FILING EVENT"), then the Issuer and the Guarantors shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

Section 3. Shelf Registration

If at any time a Shelf Filing Event shall occur, then:

-6-

(a) Shelf Registration. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall file with the Commission a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes not exchanged in the Exchange Offer, Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes as to which Section 2(c)(iii) is applicable (the "SHELF REGISTRATION"). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission the Shelf Registration on or prior to the later of (i) 30 days after such filing obligation arises or (ii) if at the time such filing obligation arises the Issuer has filed a registration statement with the Commission in connection with its Initial Public Offering and such offering is not completed, 30 days after such offering is completed or such registration statement is withdrawn. The Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Notes for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes to be included in the Shelf Registration.

(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to 90 days after the Shelf Registration is required to be filed with the Commission and (y) to keep the Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act for the period ending on the date which is two years from the Issue Date, subject to extension pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the "EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD"), or such shorter period ending when all Registrable Notes covered by the Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Shelf Registration; provided, however, that (i) the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein and (ii) the Issuer may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by written notice to the Holders solely as a result of the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Issuer where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related Prospectus.

(c) Supplements and Amendments. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration.

Section 4. Liquidated Damages

(a) The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuer and the Guarantors fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree that, subject to the penultimate paragraph of Section 5, if:

(i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 240th day following the Issue Date or, if that day is not a Business Day, the next day that is a Business Day, or the Shelf Registration Statement is not filed by the time set forth in Section 3(a) hereof;

(ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 30th business day following the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective; or

-7-

(iii) the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable, except if the Shelf Registration ceases to be effective or usable as specifically permitted by the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof;

(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) a "REGISTRATION DEFAULT"), liquidated damages in the form of additional cash interest ("LIQUIDATED DAMAGES") will accrue on the affected Notes and the affected Exchange Notes, as applicable. The rate of Liquidated Damages will be 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages of 1.00% per annum of the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities, from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the earlier of (1) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured or (2) the date on which all the Notes and Exchange Notes otherwise become freely transferable by Holders other than affiliates of the Issuer without further registration under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the amount of Liquidated Damages payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending and (2) a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes who is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration Statement (i.e., such Holder has not elected to include information) shall not be entitled to Liquidated Damages with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(b) So long as Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee within five Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Liquidated Damages is required to be paid. Any amounts of Liquidated Damages due pursuant to clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 4 will be payable in cash quarterly on each February 15th, May 15th, August 15th and November 15th (each a "DAMAGES PAYMENT DATE"), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Liquidated Damages commence to accrue, to Holders to whom regular interest is payable on such Damages Payment Date with respect to Notes that are Registrable Securities. The amount of Liquidated Damages for Registrable Notes will be determined by multiplying the applicable rate of Liquidated Damages by the aggregate principal amount of all such Registrable Notes outstanding on the Damages Payment Date following such Registration Default in the case of the first such payment of Liquidated Damages with respect to a Registration Default (and thereafter at the next succeeding Damages Payment Date until the cure of such Registration Default), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Liquidated Damages rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

Section 5. Registration Procedures

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall:

(a) Prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement or Registration Statements prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to

-8-

sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall furnish to and afford the Holders of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, its counsel (if such counsel is known to the Issuer) and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including, to the extent requested, copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least five Business Days prior to such filing or such later date as is reasonable under the circumstances). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement, or any such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, its counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object on a timely basis.

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus, in each case, in accordance with the intended methods of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as so amended.

(c) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received written notice that such Broker-Dealer will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the applicable Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Notes, or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, as promptly as possible, and, if requested by any such Person, confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Notes or resales of Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuer contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m)(i) hereof cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (iv) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the

-9-

initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known to the Issuer that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Issuer's determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.

(d) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest practicable moment.

(e) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period and if reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (i) promptly incorporate in such Registration Statement or Prospectus a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be (based upon advice of counsel), determine is reasonably necessary to be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to take any action hereunder that would, in the opinion of counsel to the Issuer, violate applicable laws.

(f) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, who so requests, its counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits.

(g) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2

-10-

hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, its respective counsel, and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers (if any), in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

(h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and its respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request; provided, however, that where Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuer agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Issuer's counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this
Section 5(h); keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

(i) If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and enable such Registrable Notes to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or selling Holders may request at least five Business Days prior to any sale of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes.

(j) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and

-11-

(subject to Section 5(a) and the penultimate paragraph of this Section 5)
file with the Commission, at the sole expense of the Issuer, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Notes being sold thereunder or to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer, any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(k) Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Notes.

(l) In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Notes and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties and indemnifications to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, as then conducted (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Issuer and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain "cold comfort" letters and updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuer (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuer or of any business acquired by the Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with underwritten offerings. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

(m) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any selling Holder of such Registrable Notes being sold or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Notes, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or underwriter (collectively, the "INSPECTORS"), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuer and its subsidiaries

-12-

(collectively, the "RECORDS") as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and its subsidiaries to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement and Prospectus. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records confidential and that it will not disclose, or use in connection with any market transactions in violation of any applicable securities laws, any Records that the Issuer determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such information is necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel for an Inspector in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records has been made generally available to the public; provided, however, that (i) each Inspector shall agree to use reasonable best efforts to provide notice to the Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Issuer to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (n)) and (ii) each such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector.

(n) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Exchange Offer or the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, to effect such changes to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

(o) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to the Issuer's securityholders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Issuer after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods consistent with the requirements of Rule 158.

(p) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Notes by Holders to the Issuer (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuer) in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Notes that such Registrable Notes are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be; provided that in no event shall such Registrable Notes be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

-13-

(q) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Notes covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Notes and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD").

(r) Use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary or advisable to effect the registration of the Exchange Notes and/or Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

The Issuer may require each seller of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as the Issuer may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Issuer may exclude from such registration the Registrable Notes of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request and in the event of such an exclusion, the Issuer shall have no further obligation under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligations under Section 4) with respect to such seller or any subsequent Holder of such Registrable Notes. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make any information previously furnished to the Issuer by such seller not materially misleading.

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the applicable Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required.

Each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes that, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Issuer (x) of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii), 5(c)(iv), or 5(c)(v) hereof, or (y) that the Board of Directors of the Issuer (the "BOARD OF DIRECTORS") has determined that the Issuer has a bona fide business purpose for doing so, then the Issuer may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration, in all cases, for a period (a "DELAY PERIOD") expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), such Holder's or Participating Broker-Dealer's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by
Section 5(k) hereof or until it is advised in writing (the "ADVICE") by the Issuer that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the Issuer's obligations to file or maintain the effectiveness of any such Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or (B) 90 days after the Issuer notifies the Holders of such good faith determination. There shall not be more than 90 days of Delay Periods during any 12-month period. Each of the Effectiveness Period and the Applicable Period, if applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during any Delay Period. Any Delay Period will not alter the obligations of the Issuer to pay Liquidated Damages under the circumstances set forth in
Section 4 hereof.

-14-

In the event of any Delay Period pursuant to clause (y) of the preceding paragraph, notice shall be given as soon as practicable after the Board of Directors makes such a determination of the need for a Delay Period and shall state, to the extent practicable, an estimate of the duration of such Delay Period and shall advise the recipient thereof of the agreement of such Holder provided in the next succeeding sentence. Each Holder, by his acceptance of any Registrable Note, agrees that during any Delay Period, each Holder will discontinue disposition of such Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be.

Section 6. Registration Expenses

All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuer and the Guarantors (other than any underwriting discounts or commissions) shall be borne by the Issuer, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with the NASD in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x) where the holders of Registrable Notes are located, in the case of an Exchange Offer, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of a Shelf Registration or in the case of Exchange Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Notes (exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(m)(iii) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuer desires such insurance, (vii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer, (viii) internal expenses of the Issuer (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuer performing legal or accounting duties),
(ix) the expense of any annual audit, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable, and (xi) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions of any underwriters with respect to any Registrable Notes sold by or on behalf of it.

Section 7. Indemnification

(a) Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, each Person, if any, who controls any such Person within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, the agents, employees,

-15-

officers and directors of each Holder and each such Participating Broker-Dealer and the agents, employees, officers and directors of any such controlling Person (each, a "PARTICIPANT") from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all reasonable amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation (in the manner set forth in clause (c) below)) (collectively, "LOSSES") to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided that (i) the foregoing indemnity shall not be available to any Participant insofar as such Losses are caused by any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished to the Issuer in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein, and
(ii) that the foregoing indemnity with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Participant from whom the Person asserting such Losses purchased Registrable Notes if (x) it is established in the related proceeding that such Participant failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if such amendment or supplement was furnished to such Participant prior to the written confirmation of such sale) to such Person with or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, if required by applicable law, and (y) the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was corrected in the Prospectus so that the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if amended or supplemented as aforesaid) no longer contains such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, and such Prospectus does not contain any other untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that was the subject matter of the related proceeding. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Issuer may otherwise have, including, but not limited to, liability under this Agreement.

(b) Each Participant agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, each Person, if any, who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and each of its agents, employees, officers and directors and the agents, employees, officers and directors of any such controlling Person from and against any Losses to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished in writing to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection 7(a) or 7(b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding (collectively, an "ACTION"), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the

-16-

commencement of such action (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure). In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in such action, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to take charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) the named parties to such action (including any impleaded parties) include such indemnified party and the indemnifying party or parties (or such indemnifying parties have assumed the defense of such action), and such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded, based on advice of counsel, that there may be defenses available to it or them that are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall the indemnifying party be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Any such separate firm for the Participants shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of Registrable Notes sold by all such Participants and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and any such separate firm for the Issuer, its affiliates, officers, directors, representatives, employees and agents and such control Person of the Issuer shall be designated in writing by the Issuer and shall be reasonable acceptable to the Holders. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or otherwise could be entitled to indemnity hereunder, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability or claims that are the subject matter of such settlement.

(d) In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unavailable from the indemnifying party, or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified under this Section 7, each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such aggregate Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each indemnifying party, on the one hand, and each indemnified party, on the other hand, from the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers or the resale of the Registrable Notes by such Holder, as applicable, or (ii) if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each indemnified party, on the one hand, and each indemnifying party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuer, on the one hand, and each Participant, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers (net of discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Issuer are to (y) the total net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Registrable Notes. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged

-17-

untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer or such Participant and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission.

(e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, (i) in no case shall any Participant be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Registrable Notes exceeds the amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 7, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under this Section 7 for purposes of indemnification. Anything in this section to the contrary notwithstanding, no party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent, provided, however, that such written consent was not unreasonably withheld.

Section 8. Rules 144 and 144A

The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants that it will file the reports required, if any, to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuer is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Notes, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Issuer and each Guarantor further covenants that for so long as any Registrable Notes remain outstanding it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Notes may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144(k) and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

Section 9. Underwritten Registrations

If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Notes included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer.

No Holder of Registrable Notes may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder if such Holder does not (a) agree to sell such Holder's Registrable Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities,

-18-

underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

Section 10. Miscellaneous

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors has not, as of the date hereof, and shall not have, after the date of this Agreement, entered into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Notes as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Notes to include such Registrable Notes in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by (I) the Issuer and the Guarantors and (II)(A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Notes and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by the Issuer and each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any Person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Notes whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Notes may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(d) Notices. All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier:

(i) if to a Holder of the Registrable Notes or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture.

(ii) if to the Issuer and the Guarantors, at the address as follows:

Builders FirstSource, Inc. 2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600, Dallas, TX 75201

Telephone: (214) 880-3500 Fax: (214) 880-3577) Attention: General Counsel

-19-

With a copy to:


Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 636
Wilmington, DE 19899

Telephone: (302) 651-3000
Fax: (302) 651-3001
Attention: Robert B. Pincus, Esq.

(iii) if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address as follows:

UBS Securities LLC 677 Washington Boulevard Stamford, CT 06901 Telephone: (203) 719-3000 Fax number: (212) 719-1099 Attention: High Yield Capital Markets

With a copy at such address to the attention of Legal Department, fax number (203) 719-6177

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient's telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture.

(e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign holds Registrable Notes.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(H) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

-20-

(i) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(j) Securities Held by the Issuer, the Guarantors or Their Respective Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their respective affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(k) Third-Party Beneficiaries. Holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Notes and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons. No other Person is intended to be, or shall be construed as, a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

(l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuer and the Guarantors on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.

-21-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC., a Delaware
corporation

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - NORTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GENPAR, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - MBS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Andrew T. Panaccione
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Andrew T. Panaccione
    Title: Vice President and Secretary

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GROUP, L.P.,
a Texas limited partnership, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS TEXAS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to registration rights agreement)


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTH TEXAS, L.P.,
a Texas limited partnership as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS INSTALLED
SALES, L.P., a Texas limited partnership,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS IP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE HOLDINGS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - DALLAS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to registration rights agreement)


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA DESIGN
CENTER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - OHIO VALLEY, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - ATLANTIC GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE OF NASHVILLE, INC.,
a Tennessee corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to registration rights agreement)


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SNC, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

CCWP, INC., a South Carolina close corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - RALEIGH, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO GROUP, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as
Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to registration rights agreement)


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE FINANCING, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

(Signature page to registration rights agreement)


UBS SECURITIES, LLC

By: UBS SECURITIES LLC

By: /s/ Mark Smolin
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Mark Smolin
    Title: Executive Director


By: /s/ Martin Arzac
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Martin Arzac
    Title: Director

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

By: DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/ John Eydenberg
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  John Eydenberg
    Title: Managing Director


By: /s/ Stephanie Perry
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephanie Perry
    Title: Director

(Signature page to registration rights agreement)


EXECUTION COPY


Exhibit 10.1

$350,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 11, 2005,

AMONG

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
AS BORROWER,

JLL BUILDING PRODUCTS, LLC

AND

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,
AS GUARANTORS,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

AND

UBS SECURITIES LLC,
AS JOINT ARRANGER AND JOINT BOOK RUNNER,

AND

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,
AS SWING LINE LENDER

AND

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
AS ISSUING BANK, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND COLLATERAL TRUSTEE,

AND

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC,
AS JOINT ARRANGER, JOINT BOOK RUNNER AND SYNDICATION AGENT

AND

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION AND LASALLE BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
AS CO-DOCUMENTATION AGENTS

Latham & Watkins, LLP
633 West Fifth Street
Los Angeles, CA 90071



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                          Page
-------                                                                          ----
                                   ARTICLE I.
                                  DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01    Defined Terms ................................................      2
Section 1.02    Classification of Loans and Borrowings .......................     35
Section 1.03    Terms Generally ..............................................     36
Section 1.04    Accounting Terms; GAAP .......................................     36
Section 1.05    Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities ...........................     36

                                   ARTICLE II.
                                   THE CREDITS

Section 2.01    Commitments ..................................................     36
Section 2.02    Loans ........................................................     37
Section 2.03    Borrowing Procedure ..........................................     38
Section 2.04    Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans .........................     38
Section 2.05    Fees .........................................................     39
Section 2.06    Interest on Loans ............................................     40
Section 2.07    Termination and Reduction of Commitments;
                   Return and Reduction of Credit-Linked Deposits ............     41
Section 2.08    Interest Elections ...........................................     42
Section 2.09    Amortization of Term Borrowings ..............................     43
Section 2.10    Optional and Mandatory Prepayments ...........................     44
Section 2.11    Alternate Rate of Interest ...................................     48
Section 2.12    Increased Costs ..............................................     48
Section 2.13    Breakage Payments ............................................     49
Section 2.14    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs ...     50
Section 2.15    Taxes ........................................................     51
Section 2.16    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders ...............     53
Section 2.17    Swingline Loans ..............................................     53
Section 2.18    Letters of Credit ............................................     54
Section 2.19    Credit-Linked Deposit Account. ...............................     61

                                  ARTICLE III.
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.01    Organization; Powers .........................................     62
Section 3.02    Authorization; Enforceability ................................     62
Section 3.03    No Conflicts .................................................     62
Section 3.04    Financial Statements; Projections ............................     63
Section 3.05    Properties ...................................................     63
Section 3.06    Intellectual Property ........................................     64
Section 3.07    Equity Interests and Subsidiaries ............................     65
Section 3.08    Litigation; Compliance with Laws .............................     65
Section 3.09    Agreements ...................................................     66
Section 3.10    Federal Reserve Regulations ..................................     66

-i-

Section                                                                          Page
-------                                                                          ----
Section 3.11    Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act ...     66
Section 3.12    Use of Proceeds ..............................................     66
Section 3.13    Taxes ........................................................     67
Section 3.14    No Material Misstatements ....................................     67
Section 3.15    Labor Matters ................................................     67
Section 3.16    Solvency .....................................................     67
Section 3.17    Employee Benefit Plans .......................................     68
Section 3.18    Environmental Matters ........................................     68
Section 3.19    Insurance ....................................................     70
Section 3.20    Security Documents ...........................................     70
Section 3.21    Anti-Terrorism Law ...........................................     71

                                   ARTICLE IV.
                         CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

Section 4.01    Conditions to Initial Credit Extension .......................     71
Section 4.02    Conditions to All Credit Extensions ..........................     76

                                   ARTICLE V.
                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Section 5.01    Financial Statements, Reports, etc. ..........................     77
Section 5.02    Litigation and Other Notices .................................     79
Section 5.03    Existence; Businesses and Properties .........................     79
Section 5.04    Insurance ....................................................     80
Section 5.05    Obligations and Taxes ........................................     81
Section 5.06    Employee Benefits ............................................     81
Section 5.07    Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections;
                   Annual Meetings ...........................................     82
Section 5.08    Use of Proceeds ..............................................     82
Section 5.09    Compliance with Environmental Laws; Environmental Reports ....     82
Section 5.10    Interest Rate Protection .....................................     83
Section 5.11    Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors .................     83
Section 5.12    Security Interests; Further Assurances .......................     85
Section 5.13    Information Regarding Collateral .............................     85
Section 5.14    Post-Closing Matters .........................................     86
Section 5.15    Ratings ......................................................     86
Section 5.16    Fountain, Colorado and Keller, Texas Properties ..............     86

                                   ARTICLE VI.
                                NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Section 6.01    Indebtedness .................................................     87
Section 6.02    Liens ........................................................     88
Section 6.03    Sale and Leaseback Transactions ..............................     90
Section 6.04    Investment, Loan and Advances ................................     90
Section 6.05    Mergers and Consolidations ...................................     91
Section 6.06    Asset Sales ..................................................     92
Section 6.07    Acquisitions .................................................     92
Section 6.08    Dividends ....................................................     93
Section 6.09    Transactions with Affiliates .................................     93

-ii-

Section                                                                          Page
-------                                                                          ----
Section 6.10    Financial Covenants. .........................................     94
Section 6.11    Prepayments of Other Indebtedness; Modifications of
                   Organizational Documents and Other Documents, etc. ........     96
Section 6.12    Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries ...........     96
Section 6.13    Limitation on Issuance of Capital Stock ......................     96
Section 6.14    Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries .......................     97
Section 6.15    Business .....................................................     97
Section 6.16    Limitation on Accounting Changes .............................     98
Section 6.17    Fiscal Year ..................................................     98
Section 6.18    Embargoed Person .............................................     98
Section 6.19    No Further Negative Pledge ...................................     98
Section 6.20    Anti-Terrorism Law; Anti-Money Laundering ....................     98

                                  ARTICLE VII.
                                   GUARANTEE

Section 7.01    The Guarantee ................................................     99
Section 7.02    Obligations Unconditional ....................................     99
Section 7.03    Reinstatement ................................................    100
Section 7.04    Subrogation; Subordination ...................................    100
Section 7.05    Remedies .....................................................    100
Section 7.06    Instrument for the Payment of Money ..........................    101
Section 7.07    Continuing Guarantee .........................................    101
Section 7.08    General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations ..................    101
Section 7.09    Release of Guarantors ........................................    101
Section 7.10    Contribution .................................................    101

                                 ARTICLE VIII.
                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 8.01    Events of Default ............................................    102

                                  ARTICLE IX.
             COLLATERAL ACCOUNT; APPLICATION OF COLLATERAL PROCEEDS

Section 9.01    Collateral Account ...........................................    104
Section 9.02    Proceeds of Destruction, Taking and Collateral Dispositions ..    105
Section 9.03    Application of Proceeds ......................................    105

                                   ARTICLE X.
              THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL TRUSTEE

Section 10.01   Appointment ..................................................    106
Section 10.02   Agent in Its Individual Capacity .............................    106
Section 10.03   Exculpatory Provisions .......................................    107
Section 10.04   Reliance by Agent ............................................    107
Section 10.05   Delegation of Duties .........................................    107
Section 10.06   Successor Agent ..............................................    107
Section 10.07   Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders ......................    108
Section 10.08   Name Agents ..................................................    108
Section 10.09   Indemnification ..............................................    108

-iii-

Section                                                                          Page
-------                                                                          ----
                                  ARTICLE XI.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01   Notices ......................................................    109
Section 11.02   Waivers; Amendment ...........................................    109
Section 11.03   Expenses; Indemnity ..........................................    112
Section 11.04   Successors and Assigns .......................................    113
Section 11.05   Survival of Agreement ........................................    116
Section 11.06   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .....................    116
Section 11.07   Severability .................................................    116
Section 11.08   Right of Setoff ..............................................    117
Section 11.09   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process ...    117
Section 11.10   Waiver of Jury Trial .........................................    117
Section 11.11   Headings .....................................................    118
Section 11.12   Confidentiality ..............................................    118
Section 11.13   Interest Rate Limitation .....................................    118
Section 11.14   Lender Addendum ..............................................    119
Section 11.15   Obligations Absolute .........................................    119

ANNEXES

Annex I            Amortization Table
Annex II           Consolidated EBITDA

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.01(a)   Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 1.01(b)   Mortgaged Property
Schedule 1.01(c)   Refinancing Indebtedness to Be Repaid
Schedule 3.03      Governmental Approvals; Compliance with Laws
Schedule 3.05(b)   Real Property
Schedule 3.05(c)   Flood Zone Real Property
Schedule 3.06(c)   Violations or Proceedings
Schedule 3.07(a)   Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.07(c)   Corporate Organizational Chart
Schedule 3.09(c)   Material Agreements
Schedule 3.17      ERISA Matters
Schedule 3.18      Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.19      Insurance
Schedule 3.20      Filing Offices and Non-UCC Security Agreement Collateral
Schedule 4.01(n)   Landlord Access Agreements
Schedule 5.14      Post-Closing Collateral Matters
Schedule 6.01(b)   Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02(c)   Existing Liens
Schedule 6.04(a)   Existing Investments
Schedule 6.06(h)   Real Property to be Sold
Schedule 6.15(d)   CCWP, Inc. Owned Real Property

-iv-

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A     Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B     Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C     Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D     Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E     Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit F     Form of Subsidiary Joinder Agreement
Exhibit G     Form of Landlord Access Agreement
Exhibit H     Form of LC Request
Exhibit I     Form of Lender Addendum
Exhibit J     Form of Mortgage
Exhibit K-1   Form of Term Note
Exhibit K-2   Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit K-3   Form of Swingline Note
Exhibit L-1   Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit L-2   Form of Perfection Certificate Supplement
Exhibit M-1   Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit M-2   Form of JBP Pledge Agreement
Exhibit N     Form of Opinion of Company Counsel
Exhibit O     Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit P     Form of Intercompany Note
Exhibit Q     Form of Non-Bank Certificate

-v-

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") dated as of February 11, 2005, among BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("BORROWER"), JLL BUILDING PRODUCTS, LLC ("JBP"), the Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given to it in Article I), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC ("UBSS"), as joint arranger and joint book runner, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint arranger and joint book runner (together with UBSS in such capacities, the "ARRANGERS") and as syndication agent (in such capacity, the "SYNDICATION AGENT"), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as swingline lender (in such capacity, "SWINGLINE LENDER"), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as issuing bank (in such capacity, "ISSUING BANK"), as administrative agent (in such capacity, "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT") for the Lenders, as collateral trustee (in such capacity, "COLLATERAL TRUSTEE") for the Secured Parties and the Issuing Bank, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as co-documentation agents (in such capacities, each a "DOCUMENTATION AGENT" and collectively, the "DOCUMENTATION AGENTS").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested the Lenders to extend credit in the form of (a) Term Loans on the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount of $225.0 million, (b) Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $110.0 million, none of which will be drawn on the Closing Date and (c) a funded letter of credit facility to be available at any time and from time to time prior to the Funded LC Maturity Date, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $15.0 million.

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans, at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $10.0 million.

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested the Issuing Bank to issue (a) letters of credit under the Revolving Commitments in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $25.0 million and (b) funded letters of credit under the Funded LC Commitments in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $15.0 million, in each case to support payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to secure all of the Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

WHEREAS, JBP has agreed to pledge its Equity Interests in the Borrower to secure the Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and all of the Guarantors have agreed to guarantee and secure the Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans are to be used in accordance with
Section 3.12.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Lenders are willing to extend such credit to Borrower and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue letters of credit for the account of Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:


ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

"ABR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

"ABR BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

"ABR LOAN" shall mean any ABR Term Loan or ABR Revolving Loan.

"ABR REVOLVING LOAN" shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

"ABR TERM LOAN" shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

"ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION" shall mean the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition and all other payments by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, any Permitted Acquisition, whether paid in cash or by exchange of Equity Interests or of properties or otherwise and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, "earn-outs" and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business; provided that any such future payment that is subject to a contingency shall be considered Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP at the time of such sale to be established in respect thereof by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

"ADDITIONAL EQUITY PARTNERS" shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of "Qualified Contribution Transaction."

"ADJUSTED LIBOR RATE" means for each Interest Period, a rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent equal to:

(a) the offered rate for deposits in United States Dollars for the applicable Interest Period that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the second full Business Day next preceding the first day of such Interest Period (unless such date is not a Business Day, in which event the next succeeding Business Day will be used); divided by

(b) a number equal to 1.0 minus the aggregate (but without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Federal Reserve Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto, as now and from time to time in effect) for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board) that are required to be maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

-2-

If such interest rates shall cease to be available from Telerate News Service, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be determined from such financial reporting service or other information as shall be available to the Administrative Agent.

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto and includes each other person appointed as the successor pursuant to Article X.

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FEES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

"ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE" shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

"AFFILIATE" shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided, however, that, for purposes of Section 6.09, the term "Affiliate" shall also include (i) any person that directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified or (ii) any person that is an executive officer or director of the person specified.

"AGENTS" shall mean the Arrangers, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee; and "AGENT" shall mean any of them.

"AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

"ALTERNATE BASE RATE" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Base Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

"ANTI-TERRORISM LAWS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.21.

"APPLICABLE REVOLVING LETTER OF CREDIT MARGIN" shall mean (i) with respect to any Revolving Letter of Credit that is a Standby Letter of Credit, a rate equal to the Applicable Margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) with respect to any Revolving Letter of Credit that is a Commercial Letter of Credit, a rate of 50% of the Applicable Margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06.

"APPLICABLE MARGIN" shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Revolving Loan or Term Loan, as the case may be, the applicable percentage set forth in the table below under the appropriate caption:

-3-

                     EURODOLLAR    ABR
                     ----------   ----
REVOLVING LOANS...      2.50%     1.50%
TERM LOANS........      2.50%     1.50%

provided, however, that, with respect to Revolving Loans and Revolving Letters of Credit only, after the date on which Borrower shall have delivered financial statements for the fiscal quarter ending at least six months after the Closing Date, the Applicable Margin shall mean the applicable percentage set forth in the table below under the appropriate caption:

                  REVOLVING LOANS
TOTAL LEVERAGE   -----------------
     RATIO       EURODOLLAR    ABR
--------------   ----------   ----
LEVEL I             2.50%     1.50%

> or =3.25:1.0

LEVEL II

<3.25:1.0 BUT       2.25%     1.25%
> or =2.75:1.0

LEVEL III

<2.75:1.0 BUT       2.00%     1.00%
> or =2.25:1.0

LEVEL IV            1.75%     0.75%

<2.25:1.0

Each change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all Revolving Loans and Revolving Letters of Credit outstanding on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements and certificates required by
Section 5.01(a) or (b) and Section 5.01(d), respectively, indicating such change until the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and certificates indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Level I (i) from the Closing Date to the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.01(a) or (b) and
Section 5.01(d) for the fiscal period ended at least six months after the Closing Date, (ii) at any time during which Borrower has failed to deliver the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.01(a) or (b) and
Section 5.01(d), respectively, and (iii) at any time during the existence of an Event of Default.

"ARRANGERS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

-4-

"ASSET SALE" shall mean (a) any conveyance, sale, lease, sublease, assignment, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation and including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of any property excluding (i) sales of inventory and dispositions of cash equivalents, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, by JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries, (ii) the deemed sale, transfer or sale-leaseback of Borrower's facility located in Port St. Lucie, Florida, in connection with the construction and subsequent lease of such facility, and (iii) sales of the Real Property described on Schedule 6.06(h), and (b) any issuance or sale of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Borrower, in each case, to any person other than (i) Borrower, (ii) any Guarantor or (iii) any other Subsidiary.

"ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

"BAILEE LETTER" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Security Agreement.

"BANKRUPTCY CODE" shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended.

"BASE RATE" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent from time to time; each change in the Base Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

"BENEFICIAL OWNER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such "person" will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such "person' has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms "Beneficially Owns" and "Beneficially Owned" have a corresponding meaning.

"BOARD" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

"BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean, with respect to any person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such person,
(iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

"BORROWER" means, Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"BORROWING" shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

"BORROWING REQUEST" shall mean a request by Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

"BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided that when used in connection

-5-

with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks in the City of London are not generally open for interbank.

"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" shall mean, for any period, capital expenditures, as determined in accordance with GAAP, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, but excluding (i) proceeds of Asset Sales applied towards the purchase of any property or expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution or restoration of property pursuant to Section 2.10(e) and (ii) any portion of such increase attributable solely to acquisitions of property, plant and equipment resulting from Permitted Acquisitions.

"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS" of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

"CASH EQUIVALENTS" shall mean, as to any person, (a) securities issued, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured, by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such person; (b) time deposits and certificates of deposit of any Lender or any commercial bank having, or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia having, capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $500.0 million and a rating of "A" (or such other similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such person; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any Lender or any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above, which repurchase obligations are secured by a valid perfected security interest in the underlying securities;
(d) commercial paper issued by any person incorporated in the United States rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's, and in each case maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition by such person; (e) investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (d) above; and (f) demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business.

"CASH INTEREST EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, to the extent paid or payable in cash, net of net cash payments received under all interest rate Hedging Obligations (taken together) of such person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of calculating Cash Interest Expense:

(i) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2005, Cash Interest Expense shall be deemed to equal the product of (a) Cash Interest Expense for the one month ended March 31, 2005; as determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph of this definition of "Cash Interest Expense," multiplied by (b) 3 (the product thereof, the "DEEMED Q-1 CASH INTEREST EXPENSE");

(ii) for the four fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2005, Cash Interest Expense shall be deemed to equal the product of (a) the Deemed Q-1 Cash Interest Expense, multiplied by (b) 4;

-6-

(iii) for the four fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2005, Cash Interest Expense shall be deemed to equal the product of (a) the sum of
(x) Cash Interest Expense for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, as determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph of this definition of "Cash Interest Expense," plus (y) the Deemed Q-1 Cash Interest Expense; multiplied by (b) 2;

(iv) for the four fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2005, Cash Interest Expense shall be deemed to equal the product of (a) the sum of (x) Cash Interest Expense for the two quarters ended September 30, 2005, as determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph of this definition of "Cash Interest Expense," plus (y) the Deemed Q-1 Cash Interest Expense, multiplied by (b) 4/3; and

(v) for the four fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2005, Cash Interest Expense shall be deemed to equal the sum of (x) Cash Interest Expense for the three quarters ended December 31, 2005, as determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph of this definition of "Cash Interest Expense," plus (y) the Deemed Q-1 Cash Interest Expense.

"CASUALTY EVENT" shall mean any loss of title or any loss of or damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking (including by any Governmental Authority) of, any property of JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. "Casualty Event" shall include but not be limited to any taking of all or any part of any Real Property of any person or any part thereof, in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any law, or by reason of the temporary requisition of the use or occupancy of all or any part of any Real Property of any person or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority, civil or military, or any settlement in lieu thereof.

"CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.

A "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) prior to an IPO, (i) the Permitted Holders cease to own, or to have the power to vote or direct the voting of, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock of Borrower representing a majority of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Borrower or (ii) the Permitted Holders cease to own Equity Interests representing a majority of the total economic interests of the Equity Interests of Borrower;

(b) following an IPO, the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Borrower, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(c) following an IPO, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Borrower (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Borrower, which members comprising such majority are then still in office and were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, as applicable; or

-7-

(d) at any time a change of control occurs under the Senior Secured Note Documents.

"CHANGE IN LAW" shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or Issuing Bank (or for purposes of Section 2.12(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's or Issuing Bank's holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

"CHARGES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.13.

"CLASS," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Term Loans, or Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Term Loan Commitment, Swingline Commitment or Credit-Linked Deposit, in each case, under this Agreement as originally in effect, of which such Loan, Borrowing or Commitment shall be a part.

"CLOSING DATE" shall mean February 11, 2005.

"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"COLLATERAL" shall mean, collectively, all of the Security Agreement Collateral, the Mortgaged Property and all other property of whatever kind and nature pledged as collateral under any Security Document.

"COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" shall mean a collateral account or sub-account established and maintained by the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01.

"COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Collateral Trust Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, the Companies and the Collateral Trustee.

"COLLATERAL TRUSTEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto and includes each other person appointed as the successor pursuant to Article X.

"COMMERCIAL LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean any letter of credit or similar instrument issued for the purpose of providing credit support in connection with the purchase of materials, goods or services by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their businesses.

"COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender's Revolving Commitment, Term Loan Commitment, Swingline Commitment or Credit-Linked Deposit.

"COMMITMENT FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(a).

"COMMITMENT FEE PERCENTAGE" shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Commitment, 0.50%; provided, however, that after the date on which Borrower shall have delivered financial statements for the fiscal quarter ending at least six months of the Closing Date, the Commitment Fee Percentage shall mean the applicable percentage set forth in the table below under the appropriate caption:

-8-

     TOTAL       COMMITMENT FEE
LEVERAGE RATIO     PERCENTAGE
--------------   --------------
LEVEL I
> or =3.25:1.0         0.5%

LEVEL II
<3.25:1.0            0.375%

Each change in the Commitment Fee Percentage resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all unused commitment amounts of Revolving Loans on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements and certificates required by
Section 5.01(a) or (b) and Section 5.01(d), respectively, indicating such change until the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and certificates indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Level I (i) from the Closing Date to the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.01(a) or (b) and
Section 5.01(d) for the fiscal period ended at least six months after the Closing Date, (ii) at any time during which Borrower has failed to deliver the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.01(a) or (b) and
Section 5.01(d), respectively, and (iii) at any time during the existence of an Event of Default.

"COMPANIES" shall mean Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and "COMPANY" shall mean any one of them.

"COMPANY RETIREMENT PLAN" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.17.

"COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" shall mean a certificate of a Financial Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

"CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" shall mean that certain confidential information memorandum dated as of January 25, 2005.

"CONSOLIDATED AMORTIZATION EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, the amortization expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"CONSOLIDATED CURRENT ASSETS" shall mean, as at any date of determination, the total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

"CONSOLIDATED CURRENT LIABILITIES" shall mean, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of any Loans) on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

-9-

"CONSOLIDATED DEPRECIATION EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, the depreciation expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, adjusted by (x) adding thereto, in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income (and with respect to the portion of Consolidated Net Income attributable to any Subsidiary of Borrower only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be distributed to Borrower by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its Organizational Documents and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its equityholders):

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,

(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense for such period,

(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense for such period,

(d) Consolidated Tax Expense for such period,

(e) fees and expenses directly incurred in connection with the Transactions, including, without limitation, payments to option holders in connection with the Special Distribution,

(f) the aggregate amount of all other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any non-cash charge that results in an accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period) for such period, and

(g) all other reasonable non-recurring cash items reducing the Consolidated Net Income for such period.

(y) subtracting therefrom the aggregate amount of all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business) for such period.

Other than for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to any Permitted Acquisition and Asset Sales (other than any dispositions in the ordinary course of business) consummated at any time on or after the first day of the Test Period thereof as if each such Permitted Acquisition had been effected on the first day of such period and as if each such Asset Sale had been consummated on the day prior to the first day of such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004, Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to have been the respective amounts set forth on Annex II hereto under the heading "Consolidated EBITDA" and opposite the date such fiscal quarter ended.

"CONSOLIDATED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of all (i) Indebtedness, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments issued as "pay-in-kind" interest payments, (iii) the then accreted amount of obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments issued at any original issue discount,

-10-

and (iv) all LC Exposure, in each case, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding liabilities incurred in connection with Hedging Agreements of the type described in Section 6.01(c) (other than the termination value thereof to the extent such termination value is then due and payable).

"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (x) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period to (y) Cash Interest Expense for such Test Period.

"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, the total consolidated interest expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (net of interest income) for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus, without duplication:

(a) imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations and the interest component of all lease obligations with respect to Sale and Leaseback Transactions of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period (other than to the extent such leases are properly treated as operating leases in accordance with GAAP);

(b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers' acceptance financing and receivables financings for such period;

(c) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such period;

(d) cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust made by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any person (other than Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust for such period;

(e) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such period,

(f) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such period;

(g) all interest on any Indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the type described in clause (f) or (j) of the definition of "Indebtedness" for such period;

provided that (a) to the extent directly related to the Transactions, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense and (b) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect to Hedging Agreements (including associated costs), but excluding unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Agreements.

Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to any Indebtedness incurred, assumed or permanently repaid or extinguished during the relevant Test Period in connection with any Permitted Acquisitions and Asset Sales (other than any dispositions in the ordinary course of business) as if such incurrence, assumption, repayment or extinguishing had been effected on the first day of such period.

-11-

"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" shall mean, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

(a) the net income (or loss) of any person (other than a Subsidiary of Borrower) in which any person other than Borrower and its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by Borrower or (subject to clause (b) below) any of its Subsidiaries during such period;

(b) the net income of any Subsidiary of Borrower during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its Organizational Documents or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period, except that Borrower's equity in net loss of any such Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income;

(c) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized during such period by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries upon any Asset Sale (other than any dispositions in the ordinary course of business) by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d) earnings or losses resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation, write-up or write-down of assets;

(e) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations for such period; and

(f) any extraordinary gain (or extraordinary loss), together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), recorded or recognized by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during such period.

"CONSOLIDATED TAX EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, the tax expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"CONTESTED COLLATERAL LIEN CONDITIONS" shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Lien of the type described in clauses (a), (b), (e) and (f) of Section 6.02, the following conditions:

(a) Borrower shall cause any proceeding instituted contesting such Lien to stay the sale or forfeiture of any portion of the Collateral on account of such Lien;

(b) at the option and at the request of the Administrative Agent, to the extent such Lien is in an amount in excess of $100,000, the appropriate Loan Party shall maintain cash reserves in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge such Lien and the Administrative Agent's reasonable estimate of all interest and penalties related thereto; and

(c) such Lien shall in all respects be subject and subordinate in priority to the Lien and security interest created and evidenced by the Security Documents, except if and to the extent that the law or regulation creating, permitting or authorizing such Lien provides that such Lien is or must be superior to the Lien and security interest created and evidenced by the Security Documents.

-12-

"CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" shall mean, as to any person, any obligation, agreement, understanding or arrangement of such person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations ("PRIMARY OBLIGATIONS") of any other person (the "PRIMARY OBLIGOR") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation; (d) with respect to bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and similar credit arrangements, until a reimbursement obligation arises (which reimbursement obligation shall constitute Indebtedness); or (e) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term "Contingent Obligation" shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or any product warranties. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such person may be liable, whether singly or jointly, pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such person in good faith.

"CONTROL" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "CONTROLLING" and "CONTROLLED" shall have meanings correlative thereto.

"CONTROL AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

"CONTROLLED INVESTMENT AFFILIATE" means, as to any person, any other person which directly or indirectly is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such person and is organized by such person (or any person Controlling such person) primarily for making equity or debt investments in Borrower or other portfolio companies.

"CREDIT EXTENSION" shall mean, as the context may require, (i) the making of a Loan by a Lender, (ii) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or the amendment, extension or renewal of any existing Letter of Credit, by the Issuing Bank or (iii) the making of a Credit-Linked Deposit.

"CREDIT-LINKED DEPOSIT" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the cash deposit, if any, made by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(d)(ii), as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.07(b), 2.07(d) or 2.18(e)(iii) or (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 11.04.

"CREDIT-LINKED DEPOSIT ACCOUNT" shall mean, collectively, one or more operating and/or investment accounts of, and established by, the Administrative Agent under its sole and exclusive control and maintained at the office of the Administrative Agent, in any such case that shall be used for the purposes set forth in Article II.

"CREDIT-LINKED DEPOSIT FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(b).

-13-

"DEBT ISSUANCE" shall mean the incurrence by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than as permitted by Section 6.01).

"DEFAULT" shall mean any event, occurrence or condition which is, or upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default.

"DEFAULT RATE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(c).

"DISQUALIFIED CAPITAL STOCK" shall mean any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Final Maturity Date, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in (a) above, in each case at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Final Maturity Date, or (c) contains any repurchase obligation (other than customary change of control or asset sale proceeds repurchase obligations) which may come into effect prior to payment in full of all Obligations.

"DIVIDEND" with respect to any person shall mean that such person has declared or paid a dividend or returned any equity capital to the holders of its Equity Interests or authorized or made any other distribution, payment or delivery of property (other than Qualified Capital Stock of such person) or cash to the holders of its Equity Interests as such, or redeemed, retired, purchased or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, for consideration any of its Equity Interests outstanding (or any options or warrants issued by such person with respect to its Equity Interests), or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or shall have permitted any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any of the Equity Interests of such person outstanding (or any options or warrants issued by such person with respect to its Equity Interests). Without limiting the foregoing, "Dividends" with respect to any person shall also include all payments made or required to be made by such person with respect to any stock appreciation rights, plans, equity incentive or achievement plans or any similar plans or setting aside of any funds for the foregoing purposes.

"DOCUMENTATION AGENTS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

"DOLLARS" or "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States.

"ECF PERCENTAGE" shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year, the applicable percentage set forth below across from the applicable Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year:

Total Leverage Ratio               Applicable Percentage
--------------------               ---------------------
>3.0:1.0........................            75%
>2.0:1.0 and < or =3.0:1.0......            50%
< or =2.0:1.0...................            25%

"EMBARGOED PERSON" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.18.

-14-

"ENVIRONMENT" shall mean ambient air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources, the workplace or as otherwise defined in any Environmental Law.

"ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" shall mean any claim, notice, demand, order, action, suit, proceeding or other communication alleging liability for investigation, remediation, removal, cleanup, response, corrective action, damages to natural resources, personal injury, property damage, fines, penalties or other costs resulting from, related to or arising out of (i) the presence, Release or threatened Release in or into the Environment of Hazardous Material at any location or (ii) any violation of Environmental Law, and shall include any claim seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from, related to or arising out of the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material or alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the Environment.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" shall mean any and all applicable present and future treaties, laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, rules, decrees, orders, judgments, consent orders, consent decrees or other binding requirements, and the common law, relating to protection of public health or the Environment, the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material, natural resources or natural resource damages, or occupational safety or health.

"ENVIRONMENTAL PERMIT" shall mean any permit, license, approval, consent or other authorization required by or from a Governmental Authority under Environmental Law.

"EQUIPMENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

"EQUITY INTEREST" shall mean, with respect to any person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, whether outstanding on the date hereof or issued after the Closing Date, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

"EQUITY INVESTORS" shall mean Sponsor, its Controlled Investment Affiliates and any one or more investors in Borrower that have acquired their Equity Interests otherwise in compliance with Section 6.13 hereof.

"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

"ERISA AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect to any person, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such person, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

"ERISA EVENT" shall mean (a) any "reportable event," as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived by regulation); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan;
(f) the receipt by any Loan Party or any of

-15-

its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (f) the receipt by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (g) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by any Loan Party or its ERISA Affiliates of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (i) the "substantial cessation of operations" within the meaning of
Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (j) the making of any amendment to any Plan which could result in the imposition of a lien or the posting of a bond or other security; (k) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party, including any failure by any Loan Party to make timely deposits of employee contributions to a Company Retirement Plan; or (l) the failure of a Company Retirement Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code or the loss of such qualification.

"EURODOLLAR BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans.

"EURODOLLAR LOAN" shall mean any Eurodollar Revolving Loan or Eurodollar Term Loan.

"EURODOLLAR REVOLVING BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Revolving Loans.

"EURODOLLAR REVOLVING LOAN" shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

"EURODOLLAR TERM LOAN" shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII.

"EXCESS AMOUNT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.10(h)(ii).

"EXCESS CASH FLOW" shall mean, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, the sum, without duplication, of

(a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period, plus

(b) decreases (increases) to Net Working Capital for such period (other than to the extent attributable to deferred taxes and/or Hedging Agreements), provided that the amount of any prepayment required by Section 2.10(f) shall not be increased by this clause (b) by more than $5.0 million for any period, minus

(c) cash interest (including, without limitation, cash payments made under Hedging Agreements during such period), commitment fees, Letter of Credit fees and other fees associated with any Loan Document or any other Indebtedness paid by Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, minus

-16-

(d) permanent repayments and prepayments of Indebtedness by Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period (except to the extent such repayments or prepayments were made in connection with a refinancing), minus

(e) Capital Expenditures made in cash in accordance with Section 6.10(c) during such period (other than Capital Expenditures funded by Excluded Issuances), minus

(f) aggregate amount of Investments made in cash during such period pursuant to Sections 6.04(d), (h) and (i) (other than Investments made with Excluded Issuances), minus

(g) taxes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that were paid in cash during such period or will be paid within six months after the end of such period for which reserves have been established, plus

(h) to the extent not included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, cash received with respect to deferred taxes and under Hedging Agreements, plus

(i) the net effect of all other cash items that were excluded from the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA and/or Consolidated Net Income, by operation of the respective definitions thereof, to the extent that cash is actually received and is available,

provided that, to the extent otherwise included therein, the Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales (other than under Section 6.06(b)) and Casualty Events, in each case, to the extent applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.10 shall be deducted in calculating Excess Cash Flow.

"EXCESS CASH FLOW PERIOD" shall mean (i) the period taken as one accounting period from April 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005 and (ii) each fiscal year of Borrower thereafter.

"EXCESS CREDIT-LINKED DEPOSITS" shall mean, at any time, the excess, if any, of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit over the aggregate Funded LC Exposure at such time.

"EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"EXCLUDED ISSUANCE" shall mean an issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Borrower to the Equity Investors or the receipt of a capital contribution by Borrower from JBP, to the extent such Qualified Capital Stock is used, or the Net Cash Proceeds thereof or such capital contribution shall be, within 45 days of the consummation of such issuance and sale or the receipt of such capital contributon, used, without duplication, to finance Capital Expenditures or one or more Permitted Acquisitions or Permitted Investments.

"EXCLUDED TAXES" shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, and (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Borrower under Section 2.16), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure to comply with Section 2.15(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant

-17-

to Section 2.15(a) (it being understood and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that any withholding tax imposed on a Foreign Lender as a result of a Change in Law or regulation or interpretation thereof occurring after the time such Foreign Lender became a party to this Agreement shall not be an Excluded Tax).

"EXECUTIVE ORDER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.21.

"EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2004, by and among Borrower, JBP, the Guarantors, the Lenders, Administrative Agent, and certain other financial institutions party thereto.

"EXISTING LETTER OF CREDIT" means each letter of credit issued under the Existing Credit Agreement and set forth on Schedule 1.01(a).

"EXISTING LIEN" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.02(c).

"FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"FEE LETTER" shall mean the confidential fee letter, dated January 18, 2005, among Borrower, UBS Loan Finance LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

"FEES" shall mean the Commitment Fee, the Administrative Agent Fee, the LC Participation Fee, the Fronting Fee and the Credit-Linked Deposit Fee.

"FINAL MATURITY DATE" shall mean the latest of the Revolving Maturity Date, the Term Loan Maturity Date and the Funded LC Maturity Date.

"FINANCIAL OFFICER" of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.

"FIRREA" shall mean the Federal Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.

"FOREIGN LENDER" shall mean any Lender that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation or entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust.

"FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

"FRONTING FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).

-18-

"FUNDED LC COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Funded Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.18.

"FUNDED LC DISBURSEMENT" shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Funded Letter of Credit.

"FUNDED LC EXPOSURE" shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Funded Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Funded LC Reimbursement Obligations outstanding at such time. The Funded LC Exposure of any Funded LC Lender at any time shall mean its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Funded LC Exposure at such time.

"FUNDED LC LENDER" shall mean a Lender with a Credit-Linked Deposit.

"FUNDED LC MATURITY DATE" shall mean the date which is six and one half years after the Closing Date or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

"FUNDED LC PARTICIPATION FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(d).

"FUNDED LC REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS" shall mean Borrower's obligations under Section 2.18(e) to reimburse Funded LC Disbursements.

"FUNDED LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean any Standby Letter of Credit or Commercial Letter of Credit that has been designated by Borrower (or deemed designated) as a Funded Letter of Credit in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.18(b).

"FUNDED LETTER OF CREDIT AVAILABILITY PERIOD" shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the fifteenth day prior to the Funded LC Maturity Date and the date on which all Credit-Linked Deposits are returned to the Funded LC Lenders.

"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign court, central bank or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body or any subdivision thereof.

"GOVERNMENTAL REAL PROPERTY DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS" shall mean any Requirement of Law of any Governmental Authority requiring notification of the buyer, lessee, mortgagee, assignee or other transferee of any Real Property, facility, establishment or business, or notification, registration or filing to or with any Governmental Authority, in connection with the sale, lease, mortgage, assignment or other transfer (including any transfer of control) of any Real Property, facility, establishment or business, of the actual or threatened presence or Release in or into the Environment, or the use, disposal or handling of Hazardous Material on, at, under or near the Real Property, facility, establishment or business to be sold, leased, mortgaged, assigned or transferred.

"GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

"GUARANTEES" shall mean the guarantees issued pursuant to Article VII by the Guarantors.

-19-

"GUARANTOR" shall mean each Subsidiary that is a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date or becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant to Section 5.11.

"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean the following: hazardous substances; hazardous wastes; polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBS") or any substance or compound containing PCBs; asbestos or any asbestos-containing materials in any form or condition; radon or any other radioactive materials including any source, special nuclear or by-product material; petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof; and any other pollutant or contaminant or chemicals, wastes, materials, compounds, constituents or substances, subject to regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Laws.

"HEDGING AGREEMENT" shall mean any swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies.

"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" shall mean obligations under or with respect to Hedging Agreements.

"INDEBTEDNESS" of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money or advances; (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such person upon which interest charges are customarily paid or accrued; (d) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such person; (e) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business on normal trade terms and (i) not overdue by more than 90 days or (ii) if so overdue, are being contested in good faith); (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited to the fair market value of such property; (g) all Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations and synthetic lease obligations of such person (excluding the attributable debt related to the deemed sale or transfer of Borrower's facility located in Port St. Lucie, Florida, in connection with the construction and subsequent lease of such facility); (h) all Hedging Obligations to the extent required to be reflected on a balance sheet of such person; (i) all obligations of such person for the reimbursement of any obligor in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers' acceptances and similar credit transactions; and (j) all Contingent Obligations of such person in respect of Indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such person is a general partner) to the extent such person is liable therefor as a result of such person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except (other than in the case of general partner liability) to the extent that terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such person is not liable therefor.

"INDEMNIFIED TAXES" shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

"INDEMNITEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.03(b).

"INFORMATION" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.12.

"INSURANCE POLICIES" shall mean the insurance policies and coverages required to be maintained by each Loan Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property with respect to the applicable Mortgaged Property pursuant to Section 5.04 and all renewals and extensions thereof.

-20-

"INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS" shall mean, collectively, all provisions of the Insurance Policies, all requirements of the issuer of any of the Insurance Policies and all orders, rules, regulations and any other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (or any other body exercising similar functions) binding upon each Loan Party which is an owner of Mortgaged Property and applicable to the Mortgaged Property or any use or condition thereof.

"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.06(a).

"INTERCOMPANY NOTE" shall mean a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

"INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST" shall mean a request by Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing in accordance with
Section 2.08(b), substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including Swingline Loans), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur during any period in which such Loan is outstanding, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan with an Interest Period of more than three months' duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months' duration after the first day of such Interest Period,
(c) with respect to any Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan, the Revolving Maturity Date or such earlier date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated and
(d) with respect to any Term Loan, the Term Loan Maturity Date.

"INTEREST PERIOD" shall mean, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or nine or twelve months, if available to all Lenders) thereafter, as Borrower may elect and (b) with respect to the Credit-Linked Deposits, each period commencing on the date the Credit-Linked Deposits are made or on the last day of the preceding Interest Period applicable thereto, as the case may be, and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is three months thereafter; provided that (i) a single Interest Period shall at all times apply to all Credit-Linked Deposits, (ii) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, and (iii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing; provided that an Interest Period shall be limited to the extent required under Section 2.03(e).

"INVESTMENTS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

"IPO" shall mean the first underwritten public offering by Borrower of its Equity Interests after the Closing Date pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act.

"ISSUING BANK" shall mean, as the context may require, (a) UBS AG, Stamford Branch, with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it; (b) any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant

-21-

to Sections 2.18(j) and (k) with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender; or (c) collectively, all of the foregoing.

"JBP" means JLL Building Products, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

"JBP PLEDGE AGREEMENT" shall mean the Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M-2 among JBP, any Additional Equity Partner and the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

"LANDLORD ACCESS AGREEMENT" shall mean a Landlord Access Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G, or such other form as may reasonably be acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

"LC DISBURSEMENT" shall mean a Revolving LC Disbursement or a Funded LC Disbursement, as the context requires.

"LC EXPOSURE" shall mean the Revolving LC Exposure or the Funded LC Exposure, as the context requires.

"LC PARTICIPATION FEE" shall mean the Revolving LC Participation Fee or the Funded LC Participation Fee, as the context requires.

"LC REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS" shall mean Revolving LC Reimbursement Obligations or Funded LC Reimbursement Obligations, as the context requires.

"LC REQUEST" shall mean a request by Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.18(b) and substantially in the form of Exhibit H, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

"LC SUB-ACCOUNT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 9.01(d).

"LEASES" shall mean any and all leases, subleases, tenancies, options, concession agreements, rental agreements, occupancy agreements, franchise agreements, access agreements and any other agreements (including all amendments, extensions, replacements, renewals, modifications and/or guarantees thereof), whether or not of record and whether now in existence or hereafter entered into, affecting the use or occupancy of all or any portion of any Real Property.

"LENDER ADDENDUM" shall mean with respect to any Lender on the Closing Date, a lender addendum in the form of Exhibit I, to be executed and delivered by such Lender on the Closing Date as provided in Section 11.14.

"LENDERS" shall mean (a) the financial institutions and investment funds that have become a party hereto pursuant to a Lender Addendum and (b) any financial institution or investment fund that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, other than, in each case, any such financial institution that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term "Lenders" shall include the Swingline Lender.

"LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean a Revolving Letter of Credit or a Funded Letter of Credit, as the context requires.

-22-

"LETTER OF CREDIT EXPIRATION DATE" shall mean (a) with respect to a Revolving Letter of Credit, the date that is fifteen days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, and (b) with respect to a Funded Letter of Credit, the date that is fifteen days prior to the Funded LC Maturity Date.

"LIEN" shall mean, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, claim, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind, any filing of any financing statement under the UCC prior to the Closing Date, any filing of any financing statement under the UCC after the Closing Date which has been authorized by any Loan Party, or any other similar notice of Lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any Governmental Authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to Real Property, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Notes (if any), the Security Documents, the Collateral Trust Agreement, each Hedging Obligation relating to the Loans or the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes entered into with any counterparty that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedging Obligation was entered into and, solely for purposes of paragraph (e) of Article VIII hereof, the Fee Letter.

"LOAN PARTIES" shall mean Borrower, each Guarantor and each of their respective Subsidiaries.

"LOANS" shall mean, as the context may require, a Revolving Loan, a Term Loan or a Swingline Loan (and shall include any Replacement Term Loans (as defined in Section 11.02(d)).

"MARGIN STOCK" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall mean (a) a material adverse effect on the business, property, assets, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), liabilities or material agreements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) material impairment of the ability of the Loan Parties to fully and timely perform any of their obligations under any Loan Document; (c) material impairment of the rights of or benefits or remedies available to the Lenders or the Collateral Trustee under any Loan Document; or (d) a material adverse effect on the Collateral or the Liens in favor of the Collateral Trustee (for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties) on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

"MATERIAL CASUALTY EVENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(c).

"MATERIAL MORTGAGED PROPERTY" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(o)(iii).

"MAXIMUM RATE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.13.

"MOODY'S" means Moody's Investor Services Inc. or any successor thereto.

"MORTGAGE" shall mean an agreement, including, but not limited to, a mortgage, deed of trust or any other document, creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property, which shall be

-23-

substantially in the form of Exhibit J or other form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee, in each case, with such schedules and including such provisions as shall be necessary to conform such document to applicable local or foreign law or as shall be customary under applicable local or foreign law.

"MORTGAGED PROPERTY" shall mean (a) each Real Property identified on Schedule 1.01(b) hereto and (b) each Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.11(c).

"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA (a) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions; (b) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has within the preceding five plan years made contributions; or (c) with respect to which any Loan Party could incur liability.

"NET CASH PROCEEDS" shall mean:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale (other than any issuance or sale of Equity Interests), the cash proceeds received by JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) in respect of non-cash consideration initially received) net of (i) selling expenses (including reasonable brokers' fees or commissions, legal, accounting and other professional and transactional fees, transfer and similar taxes and Borrower's good faith estimate of income taxes paid or payable in connection with such sale); (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against (x) any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale or (y) any other liabilities retained by JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries associated with the properties sold in such Asset Sale (provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds); (iii) Borrower's good faith estimate of payments required to be made with respect to unassumed liabilities relating to the properties sold within 90 days of such Asset Sale (provided that, to the extent such cash proceeds are not used to make payments in respect of such unassumed liabilities within 90 days of such Asset Sale, such cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds); and (iv) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness (including Capital Leases) for borrowed money which is secured by a Lien on the properties sold in such Asset Sale (so long as such Lien was permitted to encumber such properties under the Loan Documents at the time of such sale) and which is repaid with such proceeds (other than any such Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such properties);

(b) with respect to any Debt Issuance by JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the cash proceeds thereof, net of customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith; and

(c) with respect to any Casualty Event, the cash insurance proceeds, condemnation awards and other compensation received in respect thereof (other than proceeds from customary business interruption insurance), net of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the collection of such proceeds, awards or other compensation in respect of such Casualty Event.

"NET WORKING CAPITAL" shall mean, at any time, Consolidated Current Assets at such time minus Consolidated Current Liabilities at such time.

-24-

"NOTES" shall mean any notes evidencing the Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans issued pursuant to this Agreement, if any, substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2 or K-3.

"OBLIGATIONS" shall mean (a) obligations of Borrower and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of LC Reimbursement Obligations, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral and (iii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of Borrower and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of Borrower and the other Loan Parties under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
(c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Borrower and the other Loan Parties under each Hedging Agreement relating to the Loans or the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes entered into with any counterparty that was a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedging Agreement was entered into and (d) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations in respect of overdrafts and related liabilities owed to any Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfer of funds.

"OFAC" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.21.

"OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" shall mean a certificate executed by (i) the chairman of the Board of Directors (if an officer), the chief executive officer, chief operating officer or the president and (ii) one of the Financial Officers, each in his or her official (and not individual) capacity.

"ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS" shall mean, with respect to any person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iii) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iv) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such person and (v) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

"OTHER LIST" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.18.

"OTHER TAXES" shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including interest, fines, penalties and additions to tax) arising from any payment made or required to be made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

"OVERDRAFT OBLIGATIONS" shall mean the obligations described in clause
(d) of the definition of "Obligations."

"PARTICIPANT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.04(e).

-25-

"PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

"PERFECTION CERTIFICATE" shall mean a certificate in the form of Exhibit L-1 or any other form approved by the Collateral Trustee, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.

"PERFECTION CERTIFICATE SUPPLEMENT" shall mean a certificate supplement in the form of Exhibit L-2 or any other form approved by the Collateral Trustee.

"PERMITTED ACQUISITION" shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions for the direct or indirect (a) acquisition of all or substantially all of the property of any person, or of any business or division of any person; (b) acquisition of in excess of 50% of the Equity Interests of any person, and otherwise causing such person to become a Subsidiary of such person; or (c) merger or consolidation or any other combination with any person, if each of the following conditions is met:

(i) no Default then exists or would result therefrom;

(ii) after giving effect to such transaction on a Pro Forma Basis, the Companies shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in
Section 6.10(a) and Section 6.10(b) as of the most recent Test Period (assuming, for purposes of Section 6.10, that such transaction, and all other Permitted Acquisitions consummated since the first day of the relevant Test Period for each of the covenants set forth in
Section 6.10 ending on or prior to the date of such transaction, had occurred on the first day of such relevant Test Period);

(iii) no Loan Party shall, in connection with any such transaction, assume or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness or other liability (including any material tax or material ERISA liability) of the related seller or the business, person or properties acquired, except (A) to the extent permitted under Section 6.01 and (B) obligations not constituting Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business, and any other such liabilities or obligations not permitted to be assumed or otherwise supported by any Loan Party hereunder shall be paid in full or released as to the business, persons or properties being so acquired on or before the consummation of such acquisition;

(iv) the person or business to be acquired shall be, or shall be engaged in, a business of the type that Borrower and the Subsidiaries are permitted to be engaged in under Section 6.15 and the property acquired in connection with any such transaction shall be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents and shall be free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Collateral Liens;

(v) the Board of Directors of the person to be acquired shall not have indicated publicly its opposition to the consummation of such acquisition (which opposition has not been publicly withdrawn);

(vi) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated in accordance with all applicable laws of all applicable Governmental Authorities;

(vii) with respect to any transaction involving Acquisition Consideration of more than $20.0 million, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with (A) historical financial statements for the last three fiscal years of the person or business to be acquired (audited

-26-

if available without undue cost or delay) and unaudited financial statements thereof for the most recent interim period which are available, (B) reasonably detailed projections for the succeeding five years pertaining to the person or business to be acquired and updated projections for Borrower after giving effect to such transaction, (C) a reasonably detailed description of all material information relating thereto and copies of all material documentation pertaining to such transaction, and (D) all such other information and data relating to such transaction or the person or business to be acquired as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders;

(viii) at least 5 Business Days prior to the proposed date of consummation of the transaction, Borrower shall have delivered to the Agents and the Lenders an Officers' Certificate certifying that (A) such transaction complies with this definition (which shall have attached thereto reasonably detailed backup data and calculations showing such compliance), and (B) such transaction could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(ix) the Acquisition Consideration (exclusive of any amounts financed by (A) Excluded Issuances, (B) issuances of Qualified Stock by Borrower to any Person that is the seller in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or to any other Person that holds Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, in such Person, in all cases otherwise in compliance with Section 6.13 hereof and (C) reinvestments of Asset Sale proceeds permitted under Section 2.10(c)) for such acquisition shall not exceed $40.0 million and the aggregate amount of the Acquisition Consideration (exclusive of any amounts financed by (A) Excluded Issuances, (B) issuances of Qualified Stock by Borrower to any Person that is the seller in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or to any other Person that holds Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, in such Person, in all cases otherwise in compliance with Section 6.13 hereof and (C) reinvestments of Asset Sale proceeds permitted under Section 2.10(c)) for all Permitted Acquisitions since the Closing Date shall not exceed $75.0 million; provided that any Equity Interests constituting all or a portion of such Acquisition Consideration shall not have a cash dividend requirement on or prior to the Final Maturity Date.

"PERMITTED COLLATERAL LIENS" means (i) Contested Liens (as defined in the Security Agreement), (ii) the Liens described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o) and (p) of Section 6.02 and
(iii) in the case of Mortgaged Property, "Permitted Collateral Liens" shall mean the Liens described in clauses (a), (b), (d), (e), (g), (l) and (m) of Section 6.02; provided, however upon the Closing Date or the date of delivery of each additional Mortgage under Section 5.11 or 5.12, Permitted Collateral Liens shall mean only those Liens set forth in Schedule B to the applicable Mortgage.

"PERMITTED HOLDERS" shall mean (a) Sponsor and (b) its Controlled Investment Affiliates.

"PERMITTED LIENS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.02.

"PERSON" shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, in any case, whether acting in a personal, fiduciary or other capacity.

"PLAN" shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which

-27-

is maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or its ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any Loan Party could incur liability (including under Section 4069 of ERISA).

"PREMISES" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the applicable Mortgage.

"PRO FORMA BASIS" shall mean on a basis in accordance with GAAP and Regulation S-X and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

"PRO RATA PERCENTAGE" (a) of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders represented by such Lender's Revolving Commitment and (b) of any Funded LC Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit represented by such Funded LC Lender's Credit-Linked Deposit.

"PROCEEDING" shall mean, with respect to any person, any (a) insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization, readjustment, composition or other similar proceeding relating to such person or its property or creditors in such capacity, (b) proceeding for any liquidation, dissolution or other winding-up of such person, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not involving insolvency or proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, whether partial or complete and whether by operation of law or otherwise, (c) assignment for the benefit of creditors of such person or (d) other marshalling of the assets of such person.

"PROPERTY" shall mean any right, title or interest in or to property or assets of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible and including Equity Interests or other ownership interests of any person and whether now in existence or owned or hereafter entered into or acquired, including all Real Property.

"PURCHASE MONEY OBLIGATION" shall mean, for any person, the obligations of such person in respect of Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of any property (including Equity Interests of any person) or the cost of installation, construction or improvement of any property and any refinancing thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred within 90 days after such acquisition of such property by such person and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed 100% of the cost of such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement, as the case may be.

"QUALIFIED CAPITAL STOCK" of any person shall mean any Equity Interests of such person that are not Disqualified Capital Stock.

"QUALIFIED CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION" shall mean the issuance or sale by Borrower of Equity Interests in Borrower to a person (an "ADDITIONAL EQUITY PARTNER"), if each of the following conditions is met:

(a) the Equity Interests issued or sold are Qualified Capital Stock;

(b) the Additional Equity Partner shall be a U.S. citizen or a corporation or a limited liability company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia who shall have provided to the Administrative Agent such documents, instruments and other information as may be necessary or desirable in order to enable the Administrative Agent to comply with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws;

(c) not less than 5 Business Days prior to the consummation of the issuance or sale, Borrower shall provide written notice to the Administrative Agent identifying the Additional Equity

-28-

Partner, the Loan Party which will be issuing or selling the Equity Interests and setting forth the contribution to be received;

(d) contemporaneously with its acquisition of such Equity Interests (if such acquisition occurs prior to an IPO), the Additional Equity Partner shall duly execute a joinder agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee) to the JBP Pledge Agreement in accordance with Section 5.11(d) and take all other actions set forth therein; and

(e) upon the consummation of such sale or issuance (if such sale or issuance occurs prior to an IPO), Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent), as to the enforceability, validity and existence of a perfected and valid security interest in the Collateral of the Additional Equity Partner required to be pledged pursuant to Section 5.11(d).

"REAL PROPERTY" shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

"REFINANCING" shall mean the repayment in full and the termination of any commitment to make extensions of credit under all of the outstanding indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.01(c).

"REGISTER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.04(c).

"REGULATION D" shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"REGULATION S-X" shall mean Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.

"REGULATION T" shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"REGULATION U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"REGULATION X" shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"RELATED FUND" shall mean with respect to any Lender that is a fund that buys or invests in bank loans, any other fund that buys or invests in commercial loans or investments and is managed, administered or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such advisor, or an entity or an Affiliate of an entity which manages, administers or advises such Lender.

"RELATED HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" shall mean the obligations described in clause (c) of the definition of "Obligations."

-29-

"RELEASE" shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating of any Hazardous Material in, into, onto or through the Environment.

"REPLACEMENT TERM LOANS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.02(d).

"REQUIRED LENDERS" shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans, Revolving LC Exposure, Funded LC Exposure, unused Revolving Commitments and Excess Credit-Linked Deposits representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding, Revolving LC Exposure, Funded LC Exposure, unused Revolving Commitments and Excess Credit-Linked Deposits at such time.

"REQUIREMENTS OF LAW" shall mean, collectively, any and all requirements of any Governmental Authority including any and all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or similar statutes or case law.

"RESPONSE" shall mean (a) "response" as such term is defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(24), and (b) all other actions required by any Governmental Authority or voluntarily undertaken to (i) clean up, remove, treat, abate or in any other way address any Hazardous Material in the environment;
(ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the further Release, of any Hazardous Material; or (iii) perform studies and investigations in connection with, or as a precondition to, clause (i) or (ii) above.

"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.

"REVOLVING AVAILABILITY PERIOD" shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (i) the Business Day preceding the Revolving Maturity Date and (ii) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

"REVOLVING BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

"REVOLVING COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder up to the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Lender Addendum executed and delivered by such Lender or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section
11.04. The aggregate amount of the Lenders' Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date is $110.0 million.

"REVOLVING EXPOSURE" shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender's Revolving LC Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender's Swingline Exposure.

"REVOLVING LC COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Revolving Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.18. The amount of the Revolving LC Commitment shall initially be $25.0 million, but in no event shall exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments.

-30-

"REVOLVING LC DISBURSEMENT" shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Revolving Letter of Credit.

"REVOLVING LC EXPOSURE" shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving LC Reimbursement Obligations outstanding at such time. The Revolving LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Revolving LC Exposure at such time.

"REVOLVING LC PARTICIPATION FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).

"REVOLVING LC REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS" shall mean Borrower's obligations under Section 2.18(e) to reimburse Revolving LC Disbursements.

"REVOLVING LENDER" shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Commitment.

"REVOLVING LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean any Standby Letter of Credit or Commercial Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by the Issuing Bank under the Revolving LC Commitment for the account of Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18.

"REVOLVING LETTER OF CREDIT AVAILABILITY PERIOD" shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the fifteenth day prior to the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

"REVOLVING LENDER" shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Commitment.

"REVOLVING LOAN" shall mean a Loan made by the Lenders to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b). Each Revolving Loan shall either be an ABR Revolving Loan or a Eurodollar Revolving Loan.

"REVOLVING MATURITY DATE" shall mean February 11, 2010 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

"SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

"SDN LIST" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.18.

"SECURED PARTIES" shall mean, collectively, the Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Trustee, each holder of any Related Hedging Obligations (in its capacity as such) and each person holding Overdraft Obligations (in its capacity as such) if at the date of entering into such Related Hedging Obligation or Overdraft Obligation such person was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender and such person executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such person (i) appoints the Collateral Trustee as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 10.03 and 10.09.

-31-

"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933.

"SECURITIES COLLATERAL" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

"SECURITY AGREEMENT" shall mean the Pledge and Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

"SECURITY AGREEMENT COLLATERAL" shall mean all property pledged or granted as collateral pursuant to the Security Agreement delivered on the Closing Date or thereafter pursuant to Section 5.11.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Security Agreement, the JBP Pledge Agreement, the Mortgages and each other security document or pledge agreement delivered in accordance with applicable local or foreign law to grant a valid, perfected security interest in any property as collateral for the Obligations, and all UCC or other financing statements or instruments of perfection required by this Agreement, the Security Agreement, any Mortgage or any other such security document or pledge agreement to be filed with respect to the security interests in property and fixtures created pursuant to the Security Agreement or any Mortgage and any other document or instrument utilized to pledge as collateral for the Obligations any property.

"SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES" shall mean Borrowers' Floating Rate Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2012 issued pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $275.0 million and any registered notes issued by Borrowers in exchange for, and as contemplated by, such notes with substantially identical terms as such notes.

"SENIOR SECURED NOTE DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the Senior Secured Note Guarantees and all other documents executed and delivered with respect to the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes or the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

"SENIOR SECURED NOTE GUARANTEES" shall mean the guarantees of certain of the Guarantors pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

"SENIOR SECURED NOTES INDENTURE" shall mean any indenture, note purchase agreement or other agreement pursuant to which the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes are issued as in effect on the date hereof and thereafter amended from time to time subject to the requirements of this Agreement.

"SENIOR SECURED NOTES TRUSTEE" shall mean Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, and its successors and assigns.

"SPONSOR" shall mean JLL Partners Fund II L.P. and JLL Partners Fund
III L.P.

"SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION" means a one-time dividend and cash payment to option holders payable on the Closing Date or, at the option of the Borrower within 30 days after the Closing Date, by Borrower to the holders of certain of Borrower's Equity Interests in an aggregate amount not to exceed $238.0 million.

"STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean any standby letter of credit.

-32-

"SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean Indebtedness of Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of Borrower and such Guarantor, as applicable, on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

"SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, with respect to any person (the "PARENT") at any date, (i) any person the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent's consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, (ii) any other corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent, (iii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or (b) the only general partners of which are the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent and (iv) any other person that is otherwise Controlled by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless the context requires otherwise, "Subsidiary" refers to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

"SUBSIDIARY JOINDER AGREEMENT" shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

"SUCCESSFUL SYNDICATION" shall mean the successful syndication of the Loans and the Commitments by the Arrangers, as reasonably determined by the Arrangers.

"SUPERMAJORITY LENDERS" shall mean at any time, Lenders having Loans, Revolving LC Exposure, Funded LC Exposure, unused Revolving Commitments and Excess Credit-Linked Deposits representing at least 66 2/3% of the sum of all Loans outstanding, Revolving LC Exposure, Funded LC Exposure, unused Revolving Commitments and Excess Credit-Linked Deposits at such time.

"SURVEY" shall mean a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the state where such Mortgaged Property is located and, taken together with any affidavits which Borrower may provide and which shall be acceptable to Title Company, sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 4.01(o) or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee.

"SWINGLINE COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.17, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 or Section 2.17. The amount of the Swingline Commitment shall initially be $10.0 million, but in no event shall exceed the Revolving Commitment.

"SWINGLINE EXPOSURE" shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

"SWINGLINE LENDER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

"SWINGLINE LOAN" shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.17.

-33-

"SYNDICATION AGENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

"TAX RETURN" shall mean all returns, statements, filings, attachments and other documents or certifications required to be filed in respect of Taxes.

"TAXES" shall mean (i) any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges, whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any and all liabilities (including interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax) with respect to the foregoing, and (ii) any transferee, successor, joint and several, contractual or other liability (including liability pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law)) in respect of any item described in clause (i).

"TERM BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.

"TERM LOAN" shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i). Each Term Loan shall be either an ABR Term Loan or a Eurodollar Term Loan.

"TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder on the Closing Date in the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Lender Addendum executed and delivered by such Lender. The aggregate amount of the Lenders' Term Loan Commitments is $225.0 million.

"TERM LOAN LENDER" shall mean a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

"TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" shall mean August 11, 2011 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

"TERM LOAN REPAYMENT DATE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09(a).

"TEST PERIOD" shall mean, at any time, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower then last ended (in each case taken as one accounting period) for which financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

"TITLE COMPANY" shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

"TITLE POLICY" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(o)(iii).

"TOTAL CREDIT-LINKED DEPOSIT" shall mean, at any time, the sum of all Credit-Linked Deposits at such time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or 2.18(e)(iii). The initial amount of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit is $15.0 million.

"TOTAL LEVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness (net of cash and Cash Equivalents of any Company held in accounts in which such Company has granted a Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to a Control Agreement) on such date to
(b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then most recently ended. For the avoidance of doubt, the Total Credit-Linked Deposit shall not be deducted from Consolidated Indebtedness for purposes of clause (a) of the definition of Total Leverage Ratio.

-34-

"TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Note Documents and the Collateral Trust Agreement.

"TRANSACTIONS" shall mean, collectively, the transactions to occur on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the Transaction Documents, including
(a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the initial borrowings hereunder and the funding of the Credit-Linked Deposits hereunder; (b) the Refinancing; (c) the Special Distribution; (d) the execution, delivery and performance of the Senior Secured Note Documents and the issuance of the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes thereunder; (e) the execution, delivery and performance of the Collateral Trust Agreement; and (f) the payment of all fees and expenses to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date and owing in connection with the foregoing.

"TRANSFERRED GUARANTOR" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.09.

"TYPE," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

"UBS ONE-MONTH INTERNAL DEPOSIT RATE" shall mean a one-month rate that is equal to the rate of interest on deposit accounts established by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

"UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time (except as otherwise specified) in any applicable state or jurisdiction.

"UNITED STATES" shall mean the United States of America.

"VOTING STOCK" shall mean, with respect to any person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect the Board of Directors of such person.

"WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

"WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, as to any person, (a) any corporation 100% of whose capital stock (other than directors' qualifying shares) is at the time owned by such person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity in which such person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person have a 100% equity interest at such time.

"WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR" shall mean any Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

SECTION 1.02 CLASSIFICATION OF LOANS AND BORROWINGS. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Loan") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Revolving Loan"). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing," "Borrowing of Term Loans") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing").

-35-

SECTION 1.03 TERMS GENERALLY. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall." Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any Loan Document, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any person shall be construed to include such person's successors and assigns, (c) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder," and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof and (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1.04 ACCOUNTING TERMS; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all financial statements to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time and all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the date hereof unless otherwise agreed to by Borrower and the Required Lenders.

SECTION 1.05 RESOLUTION OF DRAFTING AMBIGUITIES. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.

ARTICLE II.
THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01 COMMITMENTS. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth:

(a) each Term Loan Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make a Term Loan to Borrower on the Closing Date in the principal amount not to exceed its Term Loan Commitment;

(b) each Revolving Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Revolving Loans to Borrower, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date until the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender's Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender's Revolving Commitment; and

(c) each Funded LC Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to fund its Credit-Linked Deposit with the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.18(d)(ii) and 2.19.

Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed. Within the limits set forth in clause (b) above and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, Borrower may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Once funded on the Closing Date, the funding obligations of each Funded LC Lender shall be satisfied in full with respect to the Credit-

-36-

Linked Deposits and there shall be no funding obligation with respect to the Credit-Linked Deposits at any time thereafter.

SECTION 2.02 LOANS.

(a) Each Loan (other than Swingline Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(ii), ABR Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is
(i) an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1,000,000 or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments and (y) the Eurodollar Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1,000,000 or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.11 and 2.12, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than five Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any one time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Except with respect to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(ii), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account as directed by Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request maintained with the Administrative Agent or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement,

-37-

and Borrower's obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.02(d) shall cease.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.

SECTION 2.03 BORROWING PROCEDURE. To request a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing, Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery or telecopy, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent (i) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (ii) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(a) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Borrowing of Revolving Loans or Term Loans;

(b) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

(c) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(d) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(e) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period"; provided that until the date on which the Arrangers shall have notified Borrower and the Administrative Agent that a Successful Syndication has been achieved, the Interest Period shall be seven days;

(f) the location and number of Borrower's account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.02(c); and

(g) that the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(b) through (d), inclusive, have been satisfied as of the date of the notice.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration (subject to the proviso in clause (e) above). Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender's Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 EVIDENCE OF DEBT; REPAYMENT OF LOANS.

(a) Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Term Loan Lender, the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Term Loan Lender as provided in Section 2.09,
(ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Revolving Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date and (iii) to the Swingline Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such

-38-

Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder, (ii) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type and Class thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from Borrower to each Lender hereunder; and
(iv) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender's share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs
(b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms. In the event of a conflict between the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the account maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) shall prevail absent manifest error.

(e) Any Lender by written notice to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2 or K-3, as the case may be. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 11.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.05 FEES.

(a) Commitment Fee. Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee (a "COMMITMENT FEE") equal to the Commitment Fee Percentage per annum on the average daily unused amount of each Revolving Commitment of such Revolving Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. Accrued Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears (A) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof, and (B) on the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing Commitment Fees, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and Revolving LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) Administrative Agent Fees. Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in the Fee Letter or such other fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between Borrower and the Administrative Agent (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FEES").

-39-

(c) Revolving LC Participation and Fronting Fees. Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee ("REVOLVING LC PARTICIPATION FEE") with respect to its participations in Revolving Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a rate equal to the Applicable Revolving Letter of Credit Margin during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender's Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Revolving LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee ("FRONTING FEE"), which shall accrue at the rate of 0.25% per annum on the average daily amount of the Revolving LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Revolving LC Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any Revolving LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank's customary fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Revolving Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued Revolving LC Participation Fees and Fronting Fees shall be payable in arrears
(i) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and
(ii) on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. Any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after written demand therefor. All Revolving LC Participation Fees and Fronting Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(d) Funded LC Participation Fees. Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Funded LC Lender a participation fee ("FUNDED LC PARTICIPATION FEE") with respect to its Credit-Linked Deposit, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Term Loans pursuant to
Section 2.06 on the average daily amount of such Lender's Credit-Linked Deposit (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Funded LC Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which the Credit-Linked Deposits are returned to the Funded LC Lenders and (ii) to each Funded LC Lender, through the Administrative Agent, the Credit-Linked Deposit Fee referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.19(b), as well as the Issuing Bank's customary fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Funded Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued Funded LC Participation Fees and Credit-Linked Deposit Fees shall be payable in arrears (i) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii) on the date on which the Credit-Linked Deposits are returned to the Funded LC Lenders. Any such fees payable after the date on which the Credit-Linked Deposits are returned to the Funded LC Lenders shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after written demand therefor. All Funded LC Participation Fees and Credit-Linked Deposit Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(e) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds in dollars, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that Borrower shall pay the Fronting Fee directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.06 INTEREST ON LOANS.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c), the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swingline Loan, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

-40-

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c), the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Default, all Obligations shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a per annum rate equal to (i) in the case of principal and premium, if any, of or interest on any Loan, 2% plus the higher of (I) the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin and (II) the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.06 or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in Section 2.06(a) (in either case, the "DEFAULT RATE").

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.06(c) shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07 TERMINATION AND REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS; RETURN AND REDUCTION OF CREDIT-LINKED DEPOSITS.

(a) The Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date. Unless previously terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, the Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the Revolving LC Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date. If any Funded Letter of Credit remains outstanding on the Funded LC Maturity Date, Borrower shall deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount in cash (or a letter of credit from a financial institution satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) equal to 100% of the aggregate undrawn amount of such Funded Letter of Credit (after giving effect to any amounts of cash collateral with respect thereto) to secure the full obligations with respect to any drawings that may occur thereunder. Subject only to Borrower's compliance with its obligations under the immediately preceding sentence, any amount of the Credit-Linked Deposits held in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account will be returned to the Funded LC Lenders after the occurrence of the Funded LC Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all the Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 15, 2005, if the initial Credit Extension shall not have occurred by such time.

(b) At its option, Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time permanently reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall not be terminated or reduced if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments. At its option, Bor-

-41-

rower may at any time in whole permanently reduce, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Total Credit-Linked Deposit; provided that (i) each partial reduction of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit shall be in an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $2.0 million and (ii) the Total Credit-Linked Deposit shall not be reduced to an amount that would result in the aggregate Funded LC Exposure exceeding the Total Credit-Linked Deposit.

(c) Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments or reduce the Total Credit-Linked Deposit under Section 2.07(b) at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class. Each reduction of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit shall be made ratably among the Funded LC Lenders in accordance with their respective Credit-Linked Deposits and, in the event of any such reduction, the Administrative Agent shall return all amounts in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account in excess of the reduced Total Credit-Linked Deposit to the Funded LC Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Credit-Linked Deposits.

(d) In addition to the foregoing and subject to the terms hereof, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon at least three Business Days' prior irrevocable written or fax notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, request that any unused portion of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit in an amount not greater than the excess of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit over the aggregate Funded LC Exposure be permanently converted into Term Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided, however, that (i) each partial conversion shall be an integral multiple of $250,000 and in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and (ii) the Total Credit-Linked Deposit shall not be reduced to an amount that would result in the aggregate Funded LC Exposure exceeding the Total Credit-Linked Deposit (as so reduced). Any such notice of conversion shall include the date and amount of such conversion. If any such notice of conversion is properly given, the Administrative Agent shall irrevocably and permanently fund the requested amount in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account to the Borrower as proceeds of Term Loans made on such date by the Funded LC Lenders ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit, and the amount so funded shall permanently reduce the Total Credit-Linked Deposit; any amount so funded pursuant to this paragraph shall, on and after the funding date thereof, be deemed to be Term Loans for all purposes hereunder.

SECTION 2.08 INTEREST ELECTIONS.

(a) Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Borrower shall not be entitled to request any conversion or continuation that, if made, would result in more than five Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any one time. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

-42-

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery or telecopy, a duly completed and executed Interest Election Request to the Administrative Agent not later than the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable.

(c) Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, or if outstanding Borrowings are being combined, allocation to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period"; provided that until the date on which the Arrangers shall have notified Borrower and the Administrative Agent that a Successful Syndication has been achieved, the Interest Period shall be seven days.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration (subject to the proviso in clause (iv) above).

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender's portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If an Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing is not timely delivered prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require, by notice to Borrower, that (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.09 AMORTIZATION OF TERM BORROWINGS.

(a) Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, on the dates set forth on Annex I, or if any such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day (each such date, a "TERM LOAN REPAYMENT DATE"), a principal amount of the Term Loans (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.07(d), 2.10(h) and 2.18(e)(iii)) in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of the principal amount of Term Loans made on the Closing Date and on the

-43-

date of any conversion of Credit-Linked Deposits pursuant to Section 2.07(d), multiplied by the percentage set forth on Annex I for such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.10 OPTIONAL AND MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.

(a) Optional Prepayments. Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, subject to the requirements of this Section 2.10; provided that each partial prepayment of Term Loans shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and each partial prepayment of Revolving Loans shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000.

(b) Revolving Loan Prepayments.

(i) In the event of the termination of all the Revolving Commitments by Borrower, Borrower shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all its outstanding Revolving Borrowings and all outstanding Swingline Loans and replace all outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit or cash collateralize all outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i).

(ii) In the event of any partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments, then (x) at or prior to the effective date of such reduction, the Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and the Revolving Lenders of the sum of the Revolving Exposures after giving effect thereto and (y) if the sum of the Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such reduction, then Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction, first, repay or prepay Swingline Loans, second, repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings and third, replace outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(iii) In the event that the sum of all Lenders' Revolving Exposures exceeds the Revolving Commitments then in effect, Borrower shall, without notice or demand, immediately first, repay or prepay Swingline Loans, second, repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings, and third, replace outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(iv) In the event that the aggregate Revolving LC Exposure exceeds the Revolving LC Commitment then in effect, Borrower shall, without notice or demand, immediately replace outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(c) Reductions of Credit-Linked Deposits.

(i) In the event of the reduction in whole of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit, Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction, replace all outstanding Funded Letters of

-44-

Credit or cash collateralize all outstanding Funded Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i).

(ii) In the event of any partial reduction of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit, then (x) at or prior to the effective date of such reduction, the Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and the Funded LC Lenders of the total Funded LC Exposure after giving effect to such reduction and (y) if the total Funded LC Exposure would exceed the Total Credit-Linked Deposit after giving effect to such reduction, then Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction, replace outstanding Funded Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Funded Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(iii) In the event that the total Funded LC Exposure exceeds the Total Credit-Linked Deposit then in effect, Borrower shall, without notice or demand, immediately replace outstanding Funded Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Funded Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i), in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(d) Asset Sales. Not later than one Business Day following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale by JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries, Borrower shall apply 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to make prepayments in accordance with Sections 2.10(h) and
(i); provided that:

(i) so long as no Default shall then exist or would arise therefrom, no such prepayment shall be required under this Section 2.10(d)(i) with respect to (A) any Asset Sale permitted by Section 6.06(a), 6.06(c) and 6.06(g), (B) the disposition of property which constitutes a Casualty Event, or (C) Asset Sales for fair market value resulting in no more than $1.0 million in Net Cash Proceeds per Asset Sale (or series of related Asset Sales) and less than $2.0 million in aggregate Net Cash Proceeds in any fiscal year; provided that clause (C) shall not apply in the case of any Asset Sale described in clause (b) of the definition thereof; and

(ii) so long as no Default shall then exist or would arise therefrom and the aggregate of such Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales shall not exceed $20.0 million in any four consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower, such proceeds shall not be required to be so applied on such date to the extent that (A) Borrower shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to the Administrative Agent on or prior to such date stating that such Net Cash Proceeds are expected to be reinvested in fixed or capital assets or Permitted Acquisitions within 365 days following the date of such Asset Sale (which Officers' Certificate shall set forth the estimates of the proceeds to be so expended); and (B) all Net Cash Proceeds referred to in such Officers' Certificate in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate at any time shall be held in the Collateral Account and released therefrom only in accordance with the provisions of Article IX or used to repay Revolving Loans (which repayment is accompanied by a temporary reduction in Revolving Commitments in a corresponding amount (which temporary reduction will not reduce any Commitment Fee otherwise owed pursuant to Section 2.05), such temporary reduction to be eliminated as and when Borrower either makes the reinvestment described in such Officers' Certificate or makes a mandatory prepayment as required pursuant to the proviso below) (it being understood that if so applied, Borrower shall not be released from its other obligations with respect to this Section 2.10(d)); provided that if all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds is not so reinvested within such 365-day period, such unused portion shall be applied on the last day of such period as a mandatory prepayment as provided in this Section 2.10(d); and provided, further, that if the property subject to such Asset Sale constituted Collateral, then all property purchased with the Net Cash Proceeds

-45-

thereof pursuant to this subsection shall be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties in accordance with Sections 5.11 and 5.12.

(e) Debt Issuance. Not later than one Business Day following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Debt Issuance by JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries, Borrower shall make prepayments in accordance with Sections 2.10(h) and (i) in an aggregate principal amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(f) Casualty Events. Not later than one Business Day following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from a Casualty Event by JBP (prior to an IPO), Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries, Borrower shall apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to make prepayments in accordance with Sections 2.10(h) and (i); provided that:

(i) so long as no Default shall then exist or arise therefrom, such proceeds shall not be required to be so applied on such date to the extent that Borrower shall have delivered an Officers' Certificate to the Administrative Agent on or prior to such date stating that such proceeds are expected to be used to repair, replace or restore any property in respect of which such Net Cash Proceeds were paid, no later than 365 days following the date of receipt of such proceeds; provided that if the property subject to such Casualty Event constituted Collateral under the Security Documents, then all property purchased with the Net Cash Proceeds thereof pursuant to this subsection shall be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties in accordance with Sections 5.11 and 5.12;

(ii) all Net Cash Proceeds in respect of all Casualty Events in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate shall be held in the Collateral Account and released therefrom only in accordance with the provisions of Article IX or used to repay Revolving Loans (which repayment is accompanied by a temporary reduction in Revolving Commitments in a corresponding amount (which temporary reduction will not reduce any Commitment Fee otherwise owed pursuant to Section 2.05), such temporary reduction to be eliminated as and when Borrower either makes the applicable repairs or replacements of the property subject to such Casualty Event or makes a mandatory prepayment as required pursuant to clause (iii) below) (it being understood that if so applied, Borrower shall not be released from its other obligations with respect to this Section 2.10(f)); and

(iii) if any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be so applied within such 365-day period, such unused portion shall be applied on the last day of such period as a mandatory prepayment as provided in this
Section 2.10(f).

(g) Excess Cash Flow. No later than the earlier of (i) 90 days after the end of each Excess Cash Flow Period and (ii) the date on which the financial statements with respect to such fiscal year in which such Excess Cash Flow Period occurs are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), Borrower shall make prepayments in accordance with Sections 2.10(h) and (i) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for the Excess Cash Flow Period then ended.

(h) Application of Prepayments.

(i) Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment hereunder, Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(i), subject to the provisions of this

-46-

Section 2.10(h). Mandatory prepayments will first be applied to the then outstanding Term Loans to reduce scheduled prepayments with respect thereto required under Section 2.09(a), first, to such scheduled prepayments with respect thereto due on the Term Loan Repayment Dates occurring within the 12 months following such prepayment and, second, on a pro rata basis among the prepayments with respect thereto remaining to be made on each other Term Loan Repayment Date. Optional prepayments will be applied, at the option of Borrower (which option shall be set forth in the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph), to (a) repay then outstanding Revolving Loans, (b) the then outstanding Term Loans to reduce scheduled prepayments with respect thereto required under Section 2.09(a), first, in the case of clause (b), to such scheduled prepayments with respect thereto due on the Term Loan Repayment Dates occurring within the 12 months following such prepayment and, second, on a pro rata basis among the prepayments with respect thereto remaining to be made on each other Term Loan Repayment Date or (c) reduce the Total Credit-Linked Deposits, with the proceeds thereof applied to cash-collateralize any outstanding Funded Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.18(i) to the extent the Funded LC Exposure exceeds the Total Credit-Linked Deposit (as so reduced). If the then outstanding Term Loans have been repaid in full in cash, mandatory and optional prepayments made shall be applied in the following manner: first, the Total Credit-Linked Deposit shall be reduced by the amount of such prepayment and the proceeds thereof applied to cash-collateralize any outstanding Funded Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.18(i) to the extent the Funded LC Exposure exceeds the Total Credit-Linked Deposit (as so reduced) and second, to repay then outstanding Revolving Loans (and/or cash collateralize Revolving Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.18(i), which repayment (or cash collateralization), in the case of a mandatory prepayment only, shall also result in Revolving Commitments being reduced ratably among the Revolving Lenders in accordance with their applicable Revolving Commitments in an aggregate amount equal to the amount applied toward such prepayment.

(ii) Amounts to be applied pursuant to this Section 2.10 to the prepayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be applied, as applicable, first to reduce outstanding ABR Term Loans and ABR Revolving Loans, respectively. Any amounts remaining after each such application shall be applied to prepay Eurodollar Term Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Loans, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of any prepayment of Loans under this Section 2.10 shall be in excess of the amount of the ABR Loans at the time outstanding (an "EXCESS AMOUNT"), only the portion of the amount of such prepayment as is equal to the amount of such outstanding ABR Loans shall be immediately prepaid and, at the election of Borrower, the balance of such prepayment shall be either (A) deposited in the Collateral Account and applied to the prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the then next-expiring Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans; provided that (i) interest in respect of such Excess Amount shall continue to accrue thereon at the rate provided hereunder for the Loans which such Excess Amount is intended to repay until such Excess Amount shall have been used in full in cash to repay such Loans and (ii) at any time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon written direction from the Required Lenders shall, apply any or all proceeds then on deposit in the Collateral Account to the payment of such Loans in an amount equal to such Excess Amount or (B) prepaid immediately, together with any amounts owing to the Lenders under Section 2.13.

(i) Notice of Prepayment. Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by written notice of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment, (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time,

-47-

on the date of prepayment and (iv) in the case of a permanent reduction of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of reduction. Each such notice shall be irrevocable. Each such notice shall specify the prepayment or reduction date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid or the amount of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit to be reduced and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment or reduction. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Such notice to the Lenders may be by electronic communication. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of a Credit Extension of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing and otherwise in accordance with this Section 2.10. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.06.

SECTION 2.11 ALTERNATE RATE OF INTEREST. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to Borrower and the Lenders as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing and (iii) the Credit-Linked Deposits shall be invested so as to earn a return equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

SECTION 2.12 INCREASED COSTS.

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against property of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBOR Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or

(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein or any Credit-Linked Deposit;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or any Credit-Linked Deposit or to reduce the

-48-

amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered, it being understood that, to the extent duplicative of the provisions of Section 2.15, this Section 2.12 shall not apply to Taxes.

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines (in good faith, but in its sole absolute discretion) that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, Credit-Linked Deposits funded by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.12 shall be delivered to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 5 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall not begin earlier than the date of effectiveness of the Change in Law.

SECTION 2.13 BREAKAGE PAYMENTS. In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment, whether optional or mandatory, of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan, or the reduction of any Credit-Linked Deposit, earlier than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan earlier than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan or Term Loan, or failure to reduce any Credit-Linked Deposit, on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan earlier than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16, then, in any such event, Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of any such event, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan or the amount of such Credit-Linked Deposit had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan or Credit-Linked Deposit, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert, continue or reduce, for the period that would

-49-

have been the Interest Period for such Loan or Credit-Linked Deposit), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount or amount of such Credit-Linked Deposit for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the Eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 2.13 shall be delivered to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 5 days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.14 PAYMENTS GENERALLY; PRO RATA TREATMENT; SHARING OF SETOFFS.

(a) Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or LC Reimbursement Obligations, or of amounts payable under Section 2.12, 2.13 or 2.15, or otherwise) on or before the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff, deduction or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 677 Washington Boulevard, Stamford, Connecticut, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.15 and 11.03 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, unless specified otherwise, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars, except as expressly specified otherwise.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, LC Reimbursement Obligations, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied
(i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and LC Reimbursement Obligations then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and LC Reimbursement Obligations then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender (and/or the Issuing Bank, which shall be deemed a "Lender" for purposes of this Section 2.14(c)) shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise (including by exercise of its rights under
Section 9.1 of the Security Agreement), obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered,

-50-

such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation. If under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or any similar law any Secured Party receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff or counterclaim to which this
Section 2.14(c) applies, such Secured Party shall to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights to which the Secured Party is entitled under this Section 2.14(c) to share in the benefits of the recovery of such secured claim.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or Issuing Bank hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or Issuing Bank the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Bank severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.02(c), 2.14(d), 2.17(d), 2.18(d), 2.18(e) or 11.03(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender's obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

SECTION 2.15 TAXES

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense and free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any and all Indemnified Taxes; provided that if Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.15) the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made,
(ii) Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to each relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

-51-

(c) Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.15) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by Borrower and in any event within 30 days of any such payment being due, to a Governmental Authority, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. Each Foreign Lender shall (i) furnish either two accurate and complete originally executed
(a) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or (b) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or successor form), certifying, in either case, to such Foreign Lender's legal entitlement to an exemption or reduction from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to all interest payments hereunder, and (ii) to the extent it may lawfully do so at such times, upon reasonable request by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide two accurate and complete originally executed Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or Form W-8ECI (or successor form) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered forms to reconfirm any complete exemption from, or any entitlement to a reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any interest payment hereunder; provided that any Foreign Lender that is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code shall also furnish a "Non-Bank Certificate" in the form of Exhibit Q if it is furnishing a Form W-8BEN.

(f) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender (or an assignee) determines in its reasonable discretion that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 2.15, it shall pay over such refund to Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this
Section 2.15 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or the Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or assignee) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or assignee), agrees to repay the amount paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or assignee) within a reasonable time (not to exceed 20 days) after receipt of written notice that the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or assignee) is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Nothing contained in this Section 2.15(f) shall require the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or assignee) to make available its Tax Returns or any other information which it deems confidential to Borrower or any other person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary,

-52-

in no event will any Lender be required to pay any amount to Borrower the payment of which would place such Lender in a less favorable net after-tax position than such Lender would have been in if the additional amounts giving rise to such refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes had never been paid.

SECTION 2.16 MITIGATION OBLIGATIONS; REPLACEMENT OF LENDERS.

(a) Mitigation of Obligations. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, or if Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.15, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. A certificate setting forth such costs and expenses in reasonable detail submitted by such Lender to the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under
Section 2.12, or if Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section 2.15, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 11.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee selected by Borrower that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender), which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (assuming for this purpose that the Loans of such Lender were being prepaid) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 2.17 SWINGLINE LOANS.

(a) Swingline Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $10.0 million or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

-53-

(b) Swingline Loans. To request a Swingline Loan, Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery or telecopy, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Swingline Lender, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount of the requested Swingline Loan. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in
Section 2.18(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan. Borrower shall not request a Swingline Loan if at the time of or immediately after giving effect to the Credit Extensions contemplated by such request a Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom. Swingline Loans shall be made in minimum amounts of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 above such amount.

(c) Prepayment. Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to repay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written notice to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent before 12:00
(noon), New York City time, on the proposed date of repayment.

(d) Participations. The Swingline Lender may at any time in its discretion by written notice given to the Administrative Agent (provided such notice requirement shall not apply if the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent are the same entity) not later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day following such notice require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans then outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever (so long as such payment shall not cause such Lender's Revolving Exposure to exceed such Lender's Revolving Commitment). Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired by the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from Borrower (or other party on behalf of Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent. Any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

SECTION 2.18 LETTERS OF CREDIT.

-54-

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Borrower may request the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank agrees, to issue (or amend, renew or extend) (i) Revolving Letters of Credit at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Letter of Credit Availability Period and (ii) Funded Letters of Credit at any time and from time to time during the Funded Letter of Credit Availability Period, in each case for its own account or the account of a Subsidiary in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (provided that Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and be jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary). The Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue, and Borrower shall not request the issuance of, any Revolving Letter of Credit at any time if after giving effect to such issuance, the Revolving LC Exposure would exceed the Revolving LC Commitment or the total Revolving Exposure would exceed the total Revolving Commitments. The Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue, and Borrower shall not request the issuance of, any Funded Letter of Credit at any time if after giving effect to such issuance, the Funded LC Exposure would exceed the Total Credit-Linked Deposit. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by Borrower to, or entered into by Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. On and after the Closing Date, each Existing Letter of Credit shall constitute a Letter of Credit for all purposes hereof.

(b) Request for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit, Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) an LC Request to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day preceding the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (or such later date and time as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank).

A request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:

(i) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);

(ii) whether such Letter of Credit is a Revolving Letter of Credit or a Funded Letter of Credit;

(iii) the amount thereof;

(iv) the expiry date thereof (which shall not be later than the close of business on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date);

(v) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof;

(vi) whether the Letter of Credit is to be issued for its own account or for the account of one of its Subsidiaries (provided that Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and therefore jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary);

(vii) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder;

-55-

(viii) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder; and

(ix) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.

If Borrower shall fail to specify whether any requested Letter of Credit is to be a Revolving Letter of Credit or a Funded Letter of Credit, then the requested Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a Funded Letter of Credit unless the issuance thereof would result in the Funded LC Exposure exceeding the Total Credit-Linked Deposit, in which case it shall be deemed to be a Revolving Letter of Credit, but only if the issuance of a Revolving Letter of Credit is permissible at such time as described above.

A request for an amendment, renewal or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:

(x) the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended;

(xi) the proposed date of amendment, renewal or extension thereof (which shall be a Business Day);

(xii) the nature of the proposed amendment, renewal or extension; and

(xiii) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.

If requested by the Issuing Bank, Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank's standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and, upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the Revolving LC Exposure shall not exceed the Revolving LC Commitment, (ii) the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments,
(iii) the Funded LC Exposure shall not exceed the Total Credit-Linked Deposit and (iv) the conditions set forth in Article IV in respect of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension shall have been satisfied. Unless the Issuing Bank shall agree otherwise, no Letter of Credit shall be in an initial amount less than $100,000.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire no later than the close of business on the earlier of, (x) the date which is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may, if required by the beneficiary thereof, provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above) and shall permit the Issuing Bank to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued). Upon termination of the Revolving Commitments, Borrower shall deposit in the LC Sub-Account, in the name of the Collateral Trustee and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the Revolving LC Exposure as of such date associated with all outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit.

(d) Participations. (i) By the issuance of a Revolving Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Revolving Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Revolving

-56-

Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Revolving Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of each Revolving LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by Borrower on the date due as provided in Section 2.18(e), or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Revolving Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Revolving Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(ii) On the Closing Date, without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Funded LC Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in each Funded Letter of Credit equal to such Funded Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Funded Letter of Credit. The aggregate purchase price for the participations of each Funded LC Lender in Funded Letters of Credit shall equal the amount of the Credit-Linked Deposit of such Lender. Each Funded LC Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Credit-Linked Deposit in full on the Closing Date. Each Funded LC Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees that if the Issuing Bank makes a Funded LC Disbursement that is not reimbursed by Borrower on the date due pursuant to Section 2.18(e), or is required to refund any reimbursement payment in respect of any Funded LC Disbursement to Borrower for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such Funded LC Disbursement, ratably as among the Funded LC Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit, from such Funded LC Lender's Credit-Linked Deposit on deposit in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account. In the event the Credit-Linked Deposit Account is charged by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for an unreimbursed Funded LC Disbursement, Borrower shall have the right, at any time prior to the Funded LC Maturity Date, to pay over to the Administrative Agent in reimbursement thereof an amount equal to the amount so charged, and such payment shall be deposited by the Administrative Agent in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account. Each Funded LC Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire and fund participations in respect of Funded Letters of Credit pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Funded Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or the return of any Credit-Linked Deposit, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Without limiting the foregoing, each Funded LC Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to apply amounts of its Credit-Linked Deposit as provided in this paragraph.

(e) Reimbursement.

(i) If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Issuing Bank an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made if Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that Borrower receives such notice; provided that Borrower (A) may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that any such payment be financed with ABR Revolving Loans in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, Borrower's obligation to make such payment

-57-

shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Loans or (B) may, if the Letter of Credit is a Funded Letter of Credit, permit amounts in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account to be used to make such payment.

(ii) If Borrower fails to make any payment required to be made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(i) above with respect to a Revolving Letter of Credit when due, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent, whereupon Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Loan in the amount of such payment. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable Revolving LC Disbursement, the payment then due from Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Revolving Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any day, not later than 11:00
a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the unreimbursed Revolving LC Disbursement in the same manner as provided in
Section 2.02(c) with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Revolving Lender, and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from Borrower pursuant to the above paragraph prior to the time that any Revolving Lender makes any payment pursuant to the preceding sentence and any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent from Borrower thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as appropriate. If any Revolving Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such Revolving LC Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Revolving Lender and Borrower agrees to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with the foregoing to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of Borrower, the rate per annum set forth in Section 2.18(h) and (ii) in the case of such Lender, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules or practices on interbank compensation

(iii) If Borrower fails to make any payment required to be made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(i) with respect to a Funded Letter of Credit when due, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Funded LC Lender of the applicable Funded LC Disbursement and such Funded LC Lender's Pro Rata Percentage thereof, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank each Funded LC Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Funded LC Disbursement from such Funded LC Lender's Credit-Linked Deposit. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment by Borrower in respect of any Funded LC Disbursement, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent payments have been made from the Credit-Linked Deposits, to the Credit-Linked Deposit Account to be added to the Credit-Linked Deposits of the Funded LC Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages. Borrower acknowledges that each payment made pursuant to this paragraph in respect of any Funded LC Disbursement is required to be made for the benefit of the distributees indicated in the immediately preceding sentence. Any payment made from the Credit-Linked Deposit Account pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any Funded LC Disbursement shall be deemed an extension of Term Loans made on such date by the Funded LC Lenders ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages of the Total Credit-Linked Deposit, and the amount so funded shall permanently reduce the Total Credit-Linked Deposit; any amount so funded pursuant to this paragraph shall, on and after the funding date thereof, be deemed to be Term Loans for all

-58-

purposes hereunder. In the event that Borrower is required to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any Funded LC Disbursement, for a period of 91 days following such reimbursement payment by Borrower, the Funded LC Exposure shall be deemed to include for all purposes hereunder (including for purposes of the issuance of any new Funded Letter of Credit during such period) the amount of such reimbursement payment until the end of such 91-day period.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The LC Reimbursement Obligation of Borrower as provided in Section 2.18(e) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein; (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit being proved to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that fails to comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.18, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the obligations of Borrower hereunder; (v) the fact that a Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or (vi) any material adverse change in the business, property, results of operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries. None of the Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or any of their Affiliates shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank's failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly give written notice to the Administrative Agent and Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve Borrower of its LC Reimbursement Obligation to the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement (other than with respect to the timing of such LC Reimbursement Obligation set forth in
Section 2.18(e)).

(h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest payable on demand, for each day from and including

-59-

the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum determined pursuant to
Section 2.06(c). Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders and Funded LC Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, Borrower shall deposit in the LC Sub-Account, in the name of the Collateral Trustee and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders and the Funded LC Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) of Article VIII. Funds in the LC Sub-Account shall be applied by the Collateral Trustee to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of outstanding LC Reimbursement Obligations or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders and Funded LC Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Obligations of Borrower under this Agreement. If Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount plus any accrued interest or realized profits with respect to such amounts (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(j) Additional Issuing Banks. Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate one or more additional Revolving Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonable withheld), the Issuing Bank and such Revolving Lender(s). Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (j) shall be deemed (in addition to being a Revolving Lender) to be the Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Revolving Lender, and all references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term "Issuing Bank" shall, with respect to such Letters of Credit, be deemed to refer to such Revolving Lender in its capacity as Issuing Bank, as the context shall require.

(k) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may resign as Issuing Bank hereunder at any time upon at least 30 days' prior notice to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and Borrower. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among Borrower, each Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank or any such additional Issuing Bank. At the time any such resignation or replacement shall become effective, Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.05(c). From and after the effective date of any such resignation or replacement or addition, as applicable, (i) the successor or additional Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued by it thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term "Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or such addition or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor or such addition and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required

-60-

to issue additional Letters of Credit. If at any time there is more than one Issuing Bank hereunder, Borrower may, in its discretion, select which Issuing Bank is to issue any particular Letter of Credit.

(l) Other. The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if

(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it; or

(ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Bank.

The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

SECTION 2.19 Credit-Linked Deposit Account.

(a) The Credit-Linked Deposits shall be held by the Administrative Agent in the Credit-Linked Deposit Account, and no party other than the Administrative Agent shall have a right of withdrawal from the Credit-Linked Deposit Account or any other right or power with respect to the Credit-Linked Deposits, except as expressly set forth in Section 2.07(b) or Section
2.18(e)(iii). Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the sole funding obligation of each Funded LC Lender in respect of its participation in Funded Letters of Credit shall be satisfied in full upon the funding of its Credit-Linked Deposit on the Closing Date.

(b) Each of Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Funded LC Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that each Funded LC Lender is funding its Credit-Linked Deposit to the Administrative Agent for application in the manner contemplated by Section 2.18(e)(iii) and that the Administrative Agent has agreed to invest the Credit-Linked Deposits so as to earn a return (except during periods when such Credit-Linked Deposits, or funds advanced by the Administrative Agent against such Credit-Linked Deposits, are used to cover unreimbursed Funded LC Disbursements) for the Funded LC Lenders equal to the UBS One-Month Internal Deposit Rate, subject to Section 2.11. Such interest will be paid to the Funded LC Lenders by the Administrative Agent quarterly in arrears when Funded LC Participation Fees are payable pursuant to Section 2.05(d). In addition to the foregoing payments by the Administrative Agent, Borrower agrees to make payments to the Funded LC Lenders quarterly in arrears when Funded LC Participation Fees are payable pursuant to Section 2.05(d) (and together with the payment of such Funded LC Participation Fees) in an amount equal to the difference between the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for an Interest Period of one month and the UBS One-Month Internal Deposit Rate on the average daily amount of the Credit-Linked Deposit during such Interest Period (such payments, the "CREDIT-LINKED DEPOSIT FEE").

-61-

(c) Borrower shall have no right, title or interest in or to the Credit-Linked Deposits and no obligations with respect thereto (except for the Funded LC Reimbursement Obligations provided in Section 2.18(e)(iii)), it being acknowledged and agreed by the parties hereto that the making of the Credit-Linked Deposits by the Funded LC Lenders, the provisions of this Section 2.19 and the application of the Credit-Linked Deposits in the manner contemplated by Section 2.18(e)(iii) constitute agreements among the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Funded LC Lender with respect to the funding obligations of each Funded LC Lender in respect of its participation in Funded Letters of Credit and do not constitute any loan or extension of credit to Borrower.

(d) Subject to Borrower's compliance with the cash-collateralization requirements set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall return any remaining Credit-Linked Deposits to the Funded LC Lenders following the occurrence of the Funded LC Maturity Date.

ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01 ORGANIZATION; POWERS. Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property and (c) is qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the applicable jurisdiction) to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no existing default under any Organizational Document of any Loan Party or any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute a default by any party thereunder.

SECTION 3.02 AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABILITY. The Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party are within such Loan Party's powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Loan Party. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03 NO CONFLICTS. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.03, the Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents and (iii) consents, approvals, registrations, filings, permits or actions the failure to obtain or perform which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party or any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default or require any consent or approval under any indenture, agreement, Organizational Document or other instrument binding upon any Loan Party or its property, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Loan Party, except for violations, defaults or the creation of such rights that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Loan Party, except Liens created by the Loan Documents and Permitted Liens.

-62-

SECTION 3.04 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; PROJECTIONS.

(a) Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Lenders the consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of Borrower (i) as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 31 2003, audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004 and for the comparable period of the preceding fiscal year, in each case, certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower. Such financial statements and all financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (c) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of Sections 5.01(b) and (c), for the absence of notes thereto) and present fairly and accurately the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of Borrower as of the dates and for the periods to which they relate. Except as set forth in such financial statements, there are no liabilities of any Loan Party of any kind, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The forecasts of financial performance of Borrower and its subsidiaries furnished to the Lenders have been prepared in good faith by Borrower and based on assumptions believed by Borrower to reasonable.

(c) Since December 31, 2003 there has been no event, change, circumstance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.05 PROPERTIES.

(a) Each Loan Party has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its property material to its business, free and clear of all Liens except for, in the case of Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens (which for purposes hereof, in the case of judgment liens, shall mean judgment liens imposed or created after the date of the initial Credit Extension) and, in the case of all other material property, Permitted Liens and minor irregularities or deficiencies in title that, individually or in the aggregate, do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such property for its intended purpose. The property of the Companies, taken as a whole, (i) is in good operating order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted), except to the extent that the failure to be in such condition could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and
(ii) constitutes all the property which is required for the business and operations of the Companies as presently conducted.

(b) Schedule 3.05(b) contains a true and complete list of each interest in Real Property (i) owned by any Loan Party as of the date hereof and describes the type of interest therein held by such Loan Party and (ii) leased, subleased or otherwise occupied or utilized by any Loan Party, as lessee, sublessee, franchisee or licensee, as of the date hereof and describes the type of interest therein held by such Loan Party and whether such lease, sublease or other instrument requires the consent of the landlord thereunder or other parties thereto to the Transactions.

(c) No Loan Party has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event occurring or deemed to have occurred after the Closing Date affecting all or any portion of its property (i) with respect to which it has not applied the Net Cash Proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 2.10(e) hereof or (ii) which Casualty Event could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (any Casualty Event of the type described in clause (ii), a "MATERIAL CASUALTY EVENT"). On the Closing Date, no Loan Party has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Material Casualty

-63-

Event affecting all or any portion of its property. Except for those properties listed on Schedule 3.05(c), no Mortgage, delivered on the Closing Date or to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.16 hereof, encumbers improved Real Property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 5.04.

(d) Each Loan Party owns or has rights to use all of the Collateral and all rights with respect to any of the foregoing used in, necessary for or material to each Loan Party's business as currently conducted. The use by each Loan Party of such Collateral and all such rights with respect to the foregoing do not infringe on the rights of any person other than such infringement which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been made and remains outstanding that any Loan Party's use of any Collateral does or may violate the rights of any third party that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) The Equipment of each Loan Party is in good repair, working order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Each Loan Party shall cause the Equipment to be maintained and preserved in good repair, working order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall as quickly as commercially practicable make or cause to be made all repairs, replacements and other improvements which are necessary or appropriate in the conduct of each Loan Party's business.

SECTION 3.06 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

(a) Ownership/No Claims. Each Loan Party owns, or is licensed to use, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, servicemarks, copyrights, technology, trade secrets, proprietary information, domain names, know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted (the "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"), except for those the failure to own or license which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any person challenging or questioning the use of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The use of such Intellectual Property by each Loan Party does not infringe the rights of any person, except for such claims and infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Registrations. Except pursuant to licenses and other user agreements entered into by each Loan Party in the ordinary course of business that are listed in Schedules 13(a) and 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate, on and as of the date hereof (i) each Loan Party owns and possesses the right to use, and has done nothing to authorize or enable any other person to use, any copyright, patent or trademark (as such terms are defined in the Security Agreement) listed in Schedules 13(a) and 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate and
(ii) all registrations listed in Schedules 13(a) and 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate are valid and in full force and effect.

(c) No Violations or Proceedings. To each Loan Party's knowledge, on and as of the date hereof, (i) there is no material violation by others of any right of such Loan Party with respect to any copyright, patent or trademark listed in Schedules 13(a) and 13(b) to the Perfection Certificate, respectively, pledged by it under the name of such Loan Party, (ii) such Loan Party is not infringing upon any copyright, patent or trademark of any other person other than such infringement that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the value or utility of the Intellectual Property or any portion thereof material to the use and operation of the Collateral, and (iii) no

-64-

proceedings have been instituted or are pending against such Loan Party or threatened, and no claim against such Loan Party has been received by such Loan Party, alleging any such violation, except as may be set forth in Schedule 3.06(c).

SECTION 3.07 EQUITY INTERESTS AND SUBSIDIARIES.

(a) Schedule 3.07(a) sets forth a list of (i) all the Subsidiaries of JBP and their jurisdiction of organization as of the Closing Date and (ii) the number of each class of its Equity Interests authorized, and the number outstanding, on the Closing Date and the number of shares covered by all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights at the Closing Date. All Equity Interests of each Loan Party are duly and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and, other than the Equity Interests of Borrower, are owned by Borrower, directly or indirectly through Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. Each Loan Party is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Equity Interests pledged by it under the Security Agreement, free of any and all Liens, rights or claims of other persons, except the security interest created by the Security Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes Documents, and there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or shareholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any such Equity Interests except as set forth on Schedule 3.07(a).

(b) No consent of any person including any other general or limited partner, any other member of a limited liability company, any other shareholder or any other trust beneficiary is necessary or reasonably desirable (from the perspective of a secured party) in connection with the creation, perfection or first priority status of the security interest of the Collateral Trustee in any Equity Interests pledged to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Security Agreement or the exercise by the Collateral Trustee of the voting or other rights provided for in the Security Agreement or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

(c) An accurate organization chart, showing the ownership structure of JBP, Borrower and each Subsidiary on the Closing Date, and after giving effect to the Transactions, is set forth on Schedule 3.07(c).

SECTION 3.08 LITIGATION; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened against or affecting any Loan Party or any business, property or rights of any Loan Party (i) that involve any Loan Document or any of the Transactions or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except for matters covered by Section 3.18, no Loan Party or any of its property is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of its property as currently conducted violate, any Requirements of Law (including any zoning or building ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting any Loan Party's Real Property or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, rule or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

-65-

SECTION 3.09 AGREEMENTS.

(a) No Loan Party is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate or other constitutional restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No Loan Party is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default.

(c) Schedule 3.09(c) accurately and completely lists all material agreements (other than leases of Real Property set forth on Schedule 3.05(b)) to which any Loan Party is a party which are in effect on the date hereof in connection with the operation of the business conducted thereby and Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent, upon request, complete and correct copies of all such material agreements, including any amendments, supplements or modifications with respect thereto, and all such agreements are in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.10 FEDERAL RESERVE REGULATIONS.

(a) No Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X. The pledge of the Securities Collateral pursuant to the Security Agreement does not violate such regulations.

SECTION 3.11 INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT. No Loan Party is (a) an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company," as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) a "holding company," an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

SECTION 3.12 USE OF PROCEEDS. Borrower will use the proceeds of (a) the Term Loans to finance (i) the Refinancing, (ii) a portion of the Special Distribution, and, (iii) to the extent, and only to the extent, that the aggregated amount of the Term Loans funded on the Closing Date exceeds the sum of all amounts payable in respect of the Refinancing and the amount of the Special Distribution not paid in the Closing Date as otherwise permitted by the terms hereof, working capital and general corporate purposes and, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), to pay related fees, commissions and expenses, (b) the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans after the Closing Date to finance working capital and general corporate purposes (including to effect Permitted Acquisitions) and (c) Letters of Credit on and after the Closing Date to support Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' surety bonding program, insurance requirements and other general corporate purposes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, provided that the Issuing Bank may issue (i) Funded Letters of Credit with a face amount of up to $15.0 million on the Closing Date and (ii) Revolving Letters of Credit with a face amount of up to $1.5 million on the Closing Date.

-66-

SECTION 3.13 TAXES. Each Loan Party has (a) timely filed or caused to be timely filed all federal Tax Returns and all material state, local and foreign Tax Returns or materials required to have been filed by it and all such Tax Returns are true and correct in all material respects and (b) duly and timely paid or caused to be duly and timely paid all Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except Taxes (i) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or (ii) which could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has made adequate provision in accordance with GAAP for all Taxes not yet due and payable. Each Loan Party is unaware of any proposed or pending tax assessments, deficiencies or audits that could be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party has ever been a party to any understanding or arrangement constituting a "tax shelter" within the meaning of Section 6111(c), Section 6111(d) or Section 6662(d)(2)(C)(iii) of the Code, or has ever "participated" in a "reportable transaction" within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4.

SECTION 3.14 NO MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS. No written information, report, financial statement, certificate, Borrowing Request, LC Request, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto (including the Confidential Information Memorandum), taken as a whole, contained or contains any material misstatement of fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were or are made, not misleading as of the date such information is dated or certified; provided that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, each Loan Party represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule.

SECTION 3.15 LABOR MATTERS. As of the date hereof and the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against any Loan Party pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of any Loan Party have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, or any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters in any manner which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from any Loan Party, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Loan Party except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party is bound.

SECTION 3.16 SOLVENCY. Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date and immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of each Loan, (a) the fair value of the properties of each Loan Party (individually and on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of each Loan Party (individually and on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party (individually and on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party (individually and on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will not have unreasonably small

-67-

capital with which to conduct its business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

SECTION 3.17 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, each Loan Party and its ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party, all contributions required to be made under the terms of any Company Retirement Plan as of the date of this Agreement have been timely made or, if not yet due, have been properly reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet filed or incorporated by reference in the Companies' financial statements. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each "pension plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA) which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code and which is maintained, sponsored or contributed to by any Loan Party or under which any Loan Party may incur liability (a "COMPANY RETIREMENT PLAN") has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service as to its qualified status or an application for such a letter has been properly and timely filed and is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service, and to the knowledge of each Loan Party, no fact or event has occurred that could adversely affect the qualified status of any such plan or prevent such qualification. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, to the knowledge of each Loan Party there has been no prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and other than a transaction that is exempt under a statutory or administrative exemption) with respect to any Plan or Company Retirement Plan that could result in material liability to any Loan Party. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $250,000 the fair market value of the property of all such underfunded Plans. Using actuarial assumptions and computation methods consistent with subpart I of subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA, the aggregate liabilities of each Loan Party or its ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans in the event of a complete withdrawal therefrom, as of the close of the most recent fiscal year of each such Multiemployer Plan, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party has any material liability with respect to "expected post-retirement benefit obligations" within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement 106. Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not maintain or contribute to any plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement with respect to employees (or former employees) employed outside the United States.

SECTION 3.18 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 and except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) The Companies and their businesses, operations and Real Property are and have been in compliance with, and the Companies have no liability under, Environmental Law;

(ii) The Companies have obtained all Environmental Permits required for the conduct of their businesses and operations, and the ownership, operation and use of their property, under Environmental Law, all such Environmental Permits are valid and in good standing and, under the currently effective business plan of the Companies, no expenditures or operational adjustments will be required in order to renew or modify such Environmental Permits during the next five years, the failure of which to obtain could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

-68-

(iii) There has been no Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Property or facility presently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Companies or their predecessors in interest that could result in liability by the Companies under Environmental Law;

(iv) There is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the knowledge of the Companies, threatened against the Companies, or relating to the Real Property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Companies or relating to the operations of the Companies, and there are no actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents that could form the basis of such an Environmental Claim;

(v) No person with an indemnity or contribution obligation to the Companies relating to compliance with or liability under Environmental Law is in default with respect to such obligation; and

(vi) With regard to every parcel of Real Property the Companies lease or have leased, there has not been, nor will there be, any acts or omissions by the Companies that: (A) adversely affect the Companies' rights to indemnification relating to compliance with or liability under Environmental Law; (B) gives rise to any liability under Environmental Law; or (C) triggers any indemnity obligation the Companies owe to any lessor or other third person relating to liability under Environmental Law.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18:

(i) No Loan Party is obligated to perform any action or otherwise incur any expense under Environmental Law pursuant to any order, decree, judgment or agreement by which it is bound or has assumed by contract or agreement and no Loan Party is conducting or financing any Response pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to any Real Property or any other location;

(ii) No Real Property or facility owned, operated or leased by the Companies and, to the knowledge of the Companies, no Real Property or facility formerly owned, operated or leased by the Companies or any of their predecessors in interest is (i) listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or (ii) listed on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or (iii) included on any similar list maintained by any Governmental Authority including any such list relating to petroleum;

(iii) No Lien has been recorded or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened under any Environmental Law with respect to any Real Property or property of the Companies;

(iv) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not require any notification, registration, filing, reporting, disclosure, investigation, remediation or cleanup pursuant to any Governmental Real Property Disclosure Requirements or any other Environmental Law; and

(v) The Companies have made available to the Lenders all material records and files in the possession, custody or control of, or otherwise reasonably available to, the Companies concerning compliance with or liability under Environmental Law, including those concerning

-69-

the existence of Hazardous Material at Real Property or facilities currently or formerly owned, operated, leased or used by the Companies.

SECTION 3.19 INSURANCE. Schedule 3.19 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by each Loan Party as of the Closing Date. All insurance maintained by the Companies is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, no Loan Party has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, the Premises, and the use, occupancy and operation thereof, comply in all material respects with all Insurance Requirements, and there exists no default under any Insurance Requirement. Each Loan Party has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations.

SECTION 3.20 SECURITY DOCUMENTS.

(a) The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the Security Agreement Collateral of the Security Agreement and, when (i) financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.20 hereto and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Trustee of the Security Agreement Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Trustee to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Trustee is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Agreement shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in the Security Agreement Collateral (other than the Security Agreement Collateral set forth on Schedule 3.20 in which a security interest cannot be perfected under the UCC as in effect at the relevant time in the relevant jurisdiction), in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) When the Security Agreement or a short form thereof is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the Liens created by the Security Agreement shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens.

(c) Each Mortgage, from and after the date of its execution and delivery to the Collateral Trustee, is effective to create, in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, all of the Loan Parties' right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Properties thereunder and the proceeds thereof, subject only to Permitted Collateral Liens or other Liens acceptable to the Collateral Trustee, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 1.01(a) (or, in the case of any Mortgage executed and delivered after the date thereof in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.11 and 5.12, when such Mortgage is filed in the offices specified in the local counsel opinion delivered with respect thereto in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.11 and 5.12), the Mortgages shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than Liens permitted by such Mortgage.

(d) Each Security Document delivered pursuant to Sections 5.11 and 5.12 will, upon execution and delivery thereof, be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, all of the Loan Parties' right, title and interest in and to the Collateral thereunder, and when all appropriate filings or recordings are made in the appropriate offices as may be required under applicable law, such Security

-70-

Document will constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral other than Collateral of the type listed on Schedule 3.20, in each case subject to no Liens other than the applicable Permitted Collateral Liens.

SECTION 3.21 ANTI-TERRORISM LAW.

(a) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, none of its Affiliates is in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering ("ANTI-TERRORISM LAWS"), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (the "EXECUTIVE ORDER"), and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56.

(b) No Loan Party and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no Affiliate or broker or other agent of any Loan Party acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is any of the following:

(i) a person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(ii) a person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(iii) a person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

(iv) a person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports "terrorism" as defined in the Executive Order; or

(v) a person that is named as a "specially designated national and blocked person" on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

(c) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no broker or other agent of any Loan Party acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person described in paragraph (b) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

ARTICLE IV.
CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

SECTION 4.01 CONDITIONS TO INITIAL CREDIT EXTENSION. The obligation of each Lender and, if applicable, each Issuing Bank to fund the initial Credit Extension requested to be made by it, and the obligations of the Funded LC Lenders to fund their Credit-Linked Deposits, shall be subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth in this
Section 4.01.

(a) Loan Documents. All legal matters incident to this Agreement, the Credit Extensions hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall be satisfactory to the Lenders, to the Issuing Bank

-71-

and to the Administrative Agent and there shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent an executed counterpart of each of the Loan Documents and the Perfection Certificate.

(b) Corporate Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of each Organizational Document of such Loan Party certified (to the extent applicable) as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party (together with a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the secretary or assistant secretary executing the certificate in this clause (i));

(ii) a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party (in so-called "long-form" if available) as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; and

(iii) such other documents as the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) Officers' Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.01 and Sections 4.02(b),
(c) and (d).

(d) Financings and Other Transactions, Etc.

(i) The Transactions shall have been consummated or shall be consummated simultaneously on the Closing Date, in each case in all material respects in accordance with the terms hereof and the terms of the Loan Documents.

(ii) Borrower shall have received not less than $275.0 million in gross proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, and the Senior Secured Note Documents shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.

(iii) The Special Distribution shall have been commenced.

(iv) The Lenders shall be satisfied with the capitalization, the terms and conditions of any equity arrangements and the corporate or other organizational structure of the Companies.

(v) The Refinancing shall have been consummated in full to the satisfaction of the Lenders with all liens in favor of the existing lenders being unconditionally released; the Administrative Agent shall have received a "pay-off" letter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to all debt being refinanced in the Refinancing; and the Administrative Agent shall have received from any person holding any Lien securing any such debt, such UCC termination statements, mortgage releases, releases of assignments of leases

-72-

and rents, releases of security interests in Intellectual Property and other instruments, in each case in proper form for recording, as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to release and terminate of record the Liens securing such debt.

(e) Financial Statements, Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Projections. The Lenders shall have received and shall be satisfied with the form and substance of the financial statements described in Section 3.04.

(f) Indebtedness and Minority Interests. After giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, no Loan Party shall have outstanding any Indebtedness or preferred stock other than (i) the Loans and Credit Extensions hereunder, (ii) the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes;
(iii) the Indebtedness listed on Schedule 6.01(b), (iv) Indebtedness owed to Borrower or any Guarantor and (iv) Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(e) hereof in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000.

(g) Opinions of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the other Agents, the Arrangers, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit N-1, (A) dated the Closing Date, (B) addressed to the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and (C) covering such other matters relating to the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

(h) Solvency Certificate and Other Reports. The Lenders shall have received a solvency certificate in the form of Exhibit O, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer of Borrower not in his individual capacity but in his capacity as an officer of Borrower.

(i) Requirements of Law. The Lenders shall be satisfied that JBP, Borrower, its Subsidiaries and the Transactions shall be in full compliance with all material Requirements of Law, including Regulations T, U and X of the Board, and shall have received satisfactory evidence of such compliance reasonably requested by them.

(j) Consents. The Lenders shall be satisfied that all requisite Governmental Authorities and third parties shall have approved or consented to the Transactions, and there shall be no governmental or judicial action, actual or threatened, that has or would have, singly or in the aggregate, a reasonable likelihood of restraining, preventing or imposing burdensome conditions on the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

(k) Litigation. There shall be no litigation, public or private, or administrative proceedings, governmental investigation or other legal or regulatory developments, actual or threatened, that, singly or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or could materially and adversely affect the ability of JBP, Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries to fully and timely perform their respective obligations under the Loan Documents, or the ability of the parties to consummate the financings contemplated hereby or the other Transactions.

(l) Sources and Uses. The sources and uses of the Loans shall be as set forth in Section 3.12.

(m) Fees. The Arrangers and Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including the legal fees and expenses of Latham & Watkins LLP, special counsel to the Agents, and the fees and expenses of any local counsel, foreign counsel,

-73-

appraisers, consultants and other advisors) required to be reimbursed or paid by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(n) Personal Property Requirements. The Collateral Trustee shall have received:

(i) all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral accompanied by instruments of transfer and stock powers undated and endorsed in blank;

(ii) the Intercompany Note, accompanied by an instrument of transfer marked and endorsed in blank;

(iii) all other certificates, agreements, including control agreements, or instruments necessary to perfect the Collateral Trustee's security interest in all Chattel Paper, all Instruments, all Deposit Accounts (other than Deposit Accounts with, in aggregate, up to $10 million in cash and Cash Equivalents) and all Investment Property of each Loan Party (as each such term is defined in the Security Agreement and to the extent required by the Security Agreement);

(iv) UCC financing statements in appropriate form for filing under the UCC, filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office and such other documents under applicable Requirements of Law in each jurisdiction as may be necessary or appropriate or, in the opinion of the Collateral Trustee, desirable to perfect the Liens created, or purported to be created, by the Security Documents and, with respect to all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents, evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that Borrower has retained, at its sole cost and expense, a service provider acceptable to the Administrative Agent for the tracking of all such financing statements and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof;

(v) certified copies of UCC, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any property of any Loan Party is located and the state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that the Collateral Trustee deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Security Documents (other than Permitted Collateral Liens or any other Liens acceptable to the Collateral Trustee); and

(vi) evidence acceptable to the Collateral Trustee of payment or arrangements for payment by the Loan Parties of all applicable recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Security Documents.

(vii) Beginning on the date that is 3 months after the Closing Date, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as soon as reasonably practicable, with respect to each location set forth on Schedule 4.01(n), a Landlord Access Agreement or Bailee Letter, as applicable; provided that no such Landlord Access Agreement shall be required with respect to any Real Property that could not be obtained after the Loan Party that is the lessee or owner of the inventory or other personal property Collateral stored with the bailee thereof, as applicable, shall have used all commercially reasonable efforts to do so.

-74-

(o) Real Property Requirements. The Collateral Trustee shall have received:

(i) a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property listed on Schedule 1.01(b) in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly executed and acknowledged by each Loan Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a first priority lien, under applicable law, in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, subject only to Permitted Collateral Liens, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant such mortgage liens under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Trustee;

(ii) with respect to each such Mortgaged Property, such consents, approvals, amendments, supplements, estoppels, tenant subordination agreements or other instruments as necessary to consummate the Transactions or as shall reasonably be deemed necessary by the Collateral Trustee in order for the owner or holder of the fee or leasehold interest constituting such Mortgaged Property to grant the Lien contemplated by the Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property;

(iii) with respect to each such Mortgage encumbering each such Mortgaged Property identified on Schedule 1.01(a) as being "material" (each a "MATERIAL MORTGAGED PROPERTY"), a policy of title insurance (or marked up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid first mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Property and fixtures described therein in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties in amounts to be agreed with the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, which policy (or such marked-up commitment) (each, a "TITLE POLICY") shall (A) be issued by the Title Company, (B) to the extent necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee, (C) contain a "tie-in" or "cluster" endorsement, if available under applicable law (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount), (D) have been supplemented by such endorsements (or where such endorsements are not available at commercially reasonable rates, letters from municipalities or opinions of special counsel, architects or other professionals reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee) as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, survey, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, separate tax lot, revolving credit and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions, in each case to the extent available) and (E) contain no exceptions to title other than Permitted Collateral Liens and exceptions acceptable to the Collateral Trustee;

(iv) with respect to each such Material Mortgaged Property, such affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification (including a so-called "gap" indemnification) as shall be reasonably and customarily required to induce the Title Company to issue the Title Policy/ies and endorsements contemplated above;

(v) evidence reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee of payment by Borrower of all Title Policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related

-75-

charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the Title Policies referred to above;

(vi) with respect to each Real Property or such Mortgaged Property, copies of all Leases in which Borrower or any Subsidiary holds the lessor's interest or other agreements relating to possessory interests, if any. To the extent any of the foregoing affect any Mortgaged Property, such agreement shall be subordinate to the Liens of the Mortgage to be recorded against such Mortgaged Property, either expressly by its terms or pursuant to a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, and shall otherwise be acceptable to the Collateral Trustee;

(vii) with respect to each such Mortgaged Property, each Loan Party shall have made all notifications, registrations and filings, to the extent required by, and in accordance with, all Governmental Real Property Disclosure Requirements applicable to such Mortgaged Property; and

(viii) Surveys with respect to each such Material Mortgaged Property.

(p) Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by
Section 5.04 and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a "standard" or "New York" lender's loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Collateral Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(q) Ratings. Borrower shall have received secured debt ratings on the Loans from each of Moody's and S&P (which ratings need not be monitored public ratings).

(r) Minimum EBITDA. Borrower's Consolidated EBITDA for the latest twelve month period ending more than 45 days prior to the Closing Date shall not be less than $121.0 million. EBITDA shall be prepared on a basis consistent with an EBITDA presentation set forth in a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

SECTION 4.02 CONDITIONS TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS. The obligation of each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make any Credit Extension (including the initial Credit Extension) shall be subject to, and to the satisfaction of, each of the conditions precedent set forth below.

(a) Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03) if Loans are being requested or, in the case of the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.18(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.17(b).

(b) No Default. Borrower and each other Loan Party shall be in compliance in all material respects with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension and the application of the proceeds thereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date.

-76-

(c) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party set forth in Article III hereof or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to "materiality" or "Material Adverse Effect" shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

(d) No Legal Bar. No order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall purport to restrain any Lender from making any Loans to be made by it. No injunction or other restraining order shall have been issued, shall be pending or noticed with respect to any action, suit or proceeding seeking to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the making of Loans hereunder.

Each of the delivery of a Borrowing Request or notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit and the acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower and each other Loan Party that on the date of such Credit Extension (both immediately before and after giving effect to such Credit Extension and the application of the proceeds thereof) the conditions contained in this Section 4.02 have been satisfied. Borrower shall provide such information (including calculations in reasonable detail of the covenants in Section 6.10) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to confirm that the conditions in this Section 4.02 have been satisfied.

ARTICLE V.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party warrants, covenants and agrees with each Lender and each Agent that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or such Letters of Credit have been collateralized with cash or a letter of credit from a financial institution satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and all Credit-Linked Deposits have been returned in full to the Funded LC Lenders, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS, ETC. Furnish to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) Annual Reports. As soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (but no later than the date on which Borrower would be required to file a Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if it were subject to Section 15 and Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower as of the end of such fiscal year and related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders' equity for such fiscal year, in comparative form with such financial statements as of the end of, and for, the preceding fiscal year, and notes thereto, accompanied by an opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope or contain any going concern or other qualification), stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Borrower as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP;

(b) Quarterly Reports. As soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (but no later than the date on which Borrower

-77-

would be required to file a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if it were subject to Section 15 and Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower as of the end of such fiscal quarter and related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, in comparative form with the consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year, accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Borrower as of the date and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except for the absence of notes thereto) and on a basis consistent with audited financial statements referred to in clause (a) of this Section, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments;

(c) Monthly Reports. Within 30 days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter, the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower as of the end of such two months and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Borrower for such month and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, in comparative form with the consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year, accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Borrower as of the date and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except for the absence of notes thereto), subject to normal year-end audit adjustments;

(d) Financial Officer's Certificate. (i) Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c) above, a Compliance Certificate certifying that no Default has occurred or, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto; (ii) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01 (a) or
(b) above, a Compliance Certificate setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.07(e) and 6.10 (including the aggregate amount of Excluded Issuances for such period and the uses therefor) and, in the case of Section 5.01(a) above, setting forth Borrower's calculation of Excess Cash Flow; and (iii) in the case of Section 5.01(a) above, a report of the accounting firm opining on or certifying such financial statements stating that in the course of its regular audit of the financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which audit was conducted in accordance with GAAP, such accounting firm obtained no knowledge that any Default (as it relates to accounting matters or financial covenants) has occurred or, if in the opinion of such accounting firm such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof;

(e) Officer's Certificate Regarding Collateral. Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a) above, an Officer's Certificate setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate Supplement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate or latest Perfection Certificate Supplement;

(f) Public Reports. Promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by any Loan Party with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to holders of its Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness (or any trustee, agent or other representative therefor), as the case may be;

(g) Management Letters. Promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party, a copy of any "management letter" received by any such person from its certified public accountants and the management's responses thereto;

-78-

(h) Budgets. No later than 30 days after the first day of each fiscal year of Borrower, a budget in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (including budgeted statements of income for Borrower's business units and sources and uses of cash and balance sheets) prepared by Borrower for (i) each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year prepared in detail and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each fiscal year in the four years immediately following such fiscal year prepared in summary form, in each case, of Borrower and its subsidiaries, with appropriate presentation and discussion of the principal assumptions upon which such budgets are based, accompanied by the statement of a Financial Officer of Borrower to the effect that the budget of Borrower is a reasonable estimate for the period covered thereby;

(i) Organization. Within 30 days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, it shall deliver an accurate organization chart as required by
Section 3.07(c), or confirm that there are no changes to Schedule 3.07(c);

(j) Organizational Documents. Promptly provide copies of any Organizational Documents that have been amended or modified in accordance with the terms hereof and deliver a copy of any notice of default given or received by any Loan Party under any Organizational Document within 15 days after such Loan Party gives or receives such notice; and

(k) Other Information. Promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 5.02 LITIGATION AND OTHER NOTICES. Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender written notice of the following promptly (and, in any event, within three Business Days of the occurrence thereof):

(a) any Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority,
(i) against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) with respect to any Loan Document;

(c) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) the occurrence of a Material Casualty Event; and

(e) (i) the incurrence of any material Lien (other than Permitted Collateral Liens) on, or claim asserted against any of the Collateral or (ii) the occurrence of any other event which could materially affect the value of the Collateral.

SECTION 5.03 EXISTENCE; BUSINESSES AND PROPERTIES.

(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05 or Section 6.06 or, in the case of any Subsidiary, where the failure to perform such obligations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

-79-

(b) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; maintain and operate such business in substantially the manner in which it is presently conducted and operated; comply with all applicable Requirements of Law (including any and all zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting the Real Property) and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted, except where the failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; pay and perform its obligations under all Leases (except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect) and Loan Documents; and at all times maintain, preserve and protect all property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (other than wear and tear occurring in the ordinary course of business) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 5.03(b) shall prevent (i) sales of property, consolidations or mergers by or involving any Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.05 or Section 6.06; (ii) the withdrawal by any Loan Party of its qualification as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where such withdrawal, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) the abandonment by any Loan Party of any rights, franchises, licenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights or patents that such person reasonably determines are not useful to its business or no longer commercially desirable.

SECTION 5.04 INSURANCE.

(a) Keep its insurable property adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including insurance with respect to Mortgaged Properties and other properties material to the business of the Companies against such casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts with such deductibles as is customary in the case of similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including (i) physical hazard insurance on an "all risk" basis, (ii) commercial general liability against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage covering any and all insurable claims, (iii) explosion insurance in respect of any boilers, machinery or similar apparatus constituting Collateral, (iv) business interruption insurance, (v) worker's compensation insurance and such other insurance as may be required by any Requirement of Law and (vi) such other insurance against risks as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably require (such policies to be in such form and amounts and having such coverage as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee); provided that with respect to physical hazard insurance, neither the Collateral Trustee nor the applicable Loan Party shall agree to the adjustment of any claim thereunder involving an amount in excess of $100,000 except to the extent such claim would fall within an applicable deductible without the consent of the other (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, further, that no consent of any Loan Party shall be required during an Event of Default.

(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Collateral Trustee of written notice thereof, (ii) name the Collateral Trustee as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable, (iii) if reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee, include a breach of warranty clause and (iv) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Collateral Trustee.

-80-

(c) Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee immediately whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.04 is taken out by any Loan Party; and promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies.

(d) With respect to each Mortgaged Property set forth on Schedule 3.05(c) and any Mortgaged Property acquired after the Closing Date, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a "flood hazard area" in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.

(e) Deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee and the Lenders a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to such insurance and such supplemental reports with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee may from time to time reasonably request.

(f) No Loan Party that is an owner of Mortgaged Property shall take any action that is reasonably likely to be the basis for termination, revocation or denial of any insurance coverage required to be maintained under such Loan Party's respective Mortgage or that could be the basis for a defense to any claim under any Insurance Policy maintained in respect of the Premises, and each Loan Party shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all Insurance Requirements in respect of the Premises; provided that each Loan Party may, at its own expense and after written notice to the Administrative Agent, (i) contest the applicability or enforceability of any such Insurance Requirements by appropriate legal proceedings, the prosecution of which does not constitute a basis for cancellation or revocation of any insurance coverage required under this Section 5.04 or (ii) cause the Insurance Policy containing any such Insurance Requirement to be replaced by a new policy complying with the provisions of this Section 5.04.

SECTION 5.05 OBLIGATIONS AND TAXES.

(a) Pay its Indebtedness and other obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and pay and discharge promptly when due all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, services, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien other than a Permitted Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as (i) the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings timely instituted and diligently conducted and the applicable Loan Party shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (ii) such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, Tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien other than a Permitted Lien and
(iii) in the case of Collateral, the applicable Loan Party shall have otherwise complied with the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions.

(b) Timely and correctly file all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it.

SECTION 5.06 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. (a) Comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, (b) maintain the qualified status of all Company Retirement

-81-

Plans, (c) take all actions necessary to correct and/or remedy any non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to a Company Retirement Plan, and (d)furnish to the Administrative Agent (x) as soon as practicable after, and in any event within 5 Business Days after any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliates of any Loan Party knows or has reason to know that, any ERISA Event has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Companies or any of their ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount exceeding $500,000 or the imposition of a Lien, a statement of a Financial Officer of Borrower setting forth details as to such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that the Companies propose to take with respect thereto, (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 5 Business Days after receipt by any Loan Party of an unfavorable determination letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any Company Retirement Plan, a copy of such letter, and (z) upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Plan; (iii) all notices received by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor or any governmental agency concerning an ERISA Event; and (iv) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Company Retirement Plan (or other employee benefit plan sponsored or contributed to by any Loan Party) as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

SECTION 5.07 MAINTAINING RECORDS; ACCESS TO PROPERTIES AND INSPECTIONS; ANNUAL MEETINGS.

(a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each Loan Party will permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the property of such Loan Party at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to discuss the affairs, finances, accounts and condition of any Loan Party with the officers and employees thereof and advisors therefor (including independent accountants).

(b) Within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Companies, at the request of the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, hold a meeting (at a mutually agreeable location and time or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, by conference call) with all Lenders who choose to attend such meeting at which meeting shall be reviewed the financial results of the previous fiscal year and the financial condition of the Companies and the budgets presented for the current fiscal year of the Companies.

SECTION 5.08 USE OF PROCEEDS. Use the proceeds of the Loans and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes set forth in
Section 3.12.

SECTION 5.09 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS; ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS.

(a) Comply, and cause all lessees and other persons occupying Real Property owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and Real Property; obtain and renew all material Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and Real Property; and conduct all Responses required by, and in accordance with, Environmental Laws; provided that no Loan Party shall be required to undertake any Response to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

-82-

(b) If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.18 or
Section 5.09(a) shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 20 days without the Companies commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Default, at the written request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, provide to the Lenders within 45 days after such request, at the expense of Borrower, an environmental assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Default, including, where appropriate, any soil and/or groundwater sampling, prepared by an environmental consulting firm and, in the form and substance, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or Response to address them.

(c) Each Loan Party that is an owner, operator or lessee of Real Property shall not produce, generate, handle, use, store, dispose, install nor permit to be produced, generated, handled, used, stored, disposed or installed in such Real Property any Hazardous Materials, other than in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws and the terms of any lease, if applicable. Each Loan Party shall not release and shall not permit to be Released any Hazardous Material on, at or from any such Real Property that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.10 INTEREST RATE PROTECTION. No later than the 270th day after the Closing Date, Borrower shall enter into, and for a minimum of two years thereafter maintain, Hedging Agreements with terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent that result in at least 40% of the outstanding Term Loans and Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries being effectively subject to a fixed or maximum interest rate reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.11 ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL; ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS.

(a) Subject to this Section 5.11, with respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party that is intended to be subject to the Lien created by any of the Security Documents but is not so subject (but, in any event, excluding any Equity Interest of a Foreign Subsidiary created, acquired or established in accordance with a consent received under Section 6.14 not required to be pledged pursuant to the last sentence of Section 5.11(b)), promptly (and in any event within 30 days after the acquisition thereof) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee such amendments or supplements to the relevant Security Documents or such other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee shall deem necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Trustee, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other applicable Secured Parties, a Lien on such property subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens, and (ii) take all actions necessary to cause each such Lien to be duly perfected to the extent required by such Security Document in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Borrower shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Trustee such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee shall require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of the Security Documents against such after-acquired properties.

(b) With respect to any person that is or becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, promptly (and in any event within 30 days after such person becomes a Subsidiary) (i) deliver to the Collateral Trustee the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder(s) of such Equity Interests, and all intercompany notes owing from such Subsidiary to any Loan Party together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party and (ii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to execute a Subsidiary Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation to become a Guarantor and a

-83-

joinder agreement to the Security Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, created, acquired or established in accordance with a consent received under Section 6.14, execute a security agreement compatible with the laws of such Foreign Subsidiary's jurisdiction in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (B) to take all actions necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee to cause the Lien created by the applicable Security Agreement to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Equity Interests required to be delivered to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5.11(b) shall not include any Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary created or established in accordance with a waiver received under Section 6.14 after the Closing Date and
(2) no such Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to take the actions specified in clause (ii) of this Section 5.11(b), if, in the case of either clause (1) or
(2), doing so would constitute an investment of earnings in United States property under Section 956 (or a successor provision) of the Code, which investment would or could reasonably be expected to trigger a material increase in the net income of a United States shareholder of such Subsidiary pursuant to
Section 951 (or a successor provision) of the Code, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; provided that this exception shall not apply to (A) Voting Stock of any Subsidiary which is a first tier controlled foreign corporation (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code) representing 66% of the total voting power of all outstanding Voting Stock of such Subsidiary and (B) 100% of the Equity Interests not constituting Voting Stock of any such Subsidiary, except that any such Equity Interests constituting "stock entitled to vote" within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956 2(c)(2) shall be treated as Voting Stock for purposes of this Section 5.11(b).

(c) Promptly grant to the Collateral Trustee, within 60 days of the acquisition thereof, a security interest in and Mortgage on each Real Property owned in fee by such Loan Party as is acquired by such Loan Party after the Closing Date and that, together with any improvements thereon, individually has a fair market value of at least $1.0 million, as additional security for the Obligations (unless the subject property is already mortgaged to a third party to the extent permitted by Section 6.02). Such Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to, and the Loan Parties shall deliver, documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee, including, without limitation, all documentation required to be delivered in respect of Mortgaged Property on the Closing Date pursuant to
Section 4.01(o) hereof, and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Collateral Liens or other Liens acceptable to the Collateral Trustee; provided that Real Property acquired after the Closing Date that, together with any improvements thereon, individually has a fair market value of less than $2.0 million shall not be deemed "Material Mortgaged Property." The Mortgages or instruments related thereto shall be duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Trustee required to be granted pursuant to the Mortgages and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full. Such Loan Party shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Trustee such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee shall require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of any existing Mortgage or new Mortgage against such after-acquired Real Property (including a Title Policy, a Survey and local counsel opinion (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee) in respect of such Mortgage).

(d) Concurrently with the consummation of the sale or issuance of the Equity Interests pursuant to which any person becomes an Additional Equity Partner prior to an IPO, such Additional Equity Partner shall, and the Loan Parties shall cause such Additional Equity Partner to: (i) deliver to the Collateral Trustee the certificates representing all of the Equity Interests of the Loan Party acquired by such Additional Equity Partner, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of

-84-

transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder(s) of such Equity Interests, and all intercompany notes owing from such Additional Equity Partner to any Loan Party together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party and (ii) execute a joinder agreement to the JBP Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto and to take all actions necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee to cause the Lien created by the JBP Pledge Agreement to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee.

SECTION 5.12 SECURITY INTERESTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES. Promptly, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee or any Lender, at Borrower's expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of, and thereafter register, file or record, or cause to be registered, filed or recorded, in an appropriate governmental office, any document or instrument supplemental to or confirmatory of the Security Documents or otherwise deemed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee reasonably necessary or desirable for the continued validity, perfection and priority of the Liens on the Collateral covered thereby subject to no other Liens except as permitted by the applicable Security Document, or obtain any consents or waivers as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith. Deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee from time to time such other documentation, consents, authorizations, approvals and orders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee shall reasonably deem necessary to perfect or maintain the Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents. Upon the exercise by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee or any Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to any Loan Document which requires any consent, approval, registration, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee or such Lender may require. If the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee or the Required Lenders determine that they are required by law or regulation to have appraisals prepared in respect of the Real Property of any Loan Party constituting Collateral, Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA and are otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee.

SECTION 5.13 INFORMATION REGARDING COLLATERAL.

(a) Not effect any change (i) in any Loan Party's legal name, (ii) in the location of any Loan Party's chief executive office, (iii) in any Loan Party's identity or organizational structure, (iv) in any Loan Party's Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (v) in any Loan Party's jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), until (A) it shall have given the Collateral Trustee and the Administrative Agent not less than 30 days' prior written notice (in the form of an Officers' Certificate), or such lesser notice period agreed to by the Collateral Trustee, of its intention so to do, clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Trustee or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (B) it shall have taken all action reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral, if applicable. Each Loan Party agrees to promptly provide the Collateral Trustee with certified Organizational Documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence. Each Loan Party also agrees to promptly notify the Collateral Trustee of any change in the location of any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office

-85-

or facility at which Collateral is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility), other than changes in location to a Mortgaged Property or a leased property subject to a Landlord Access Agreement.

(b) Concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to
Section 5.01(a), deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee a Perfection Certificate Supplement.

SECTION 5.14 POST-CLOSING MATTERS. Execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 5.14, in each case within 30 days after the Closing Date or such longer period as set forth on Schedule 5.14 hereto or approved by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.15 RATINGS. Borrower shall use its best efforts to obtain updated secured debt ratings on the Loans from each of S&P and Moody's not less than once every fiscal year (which ratings need not be monitored public ratings).

SECTION 5.16 FOUNTAIN, COLORADO AND KELLER, TEXAS PROPERTIES. If either of the Real Properties located in Fountain, Colorado and Keller, Texas owned by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are sold to a third party after the Closing Date, within ten Business Days after such sale, Borrower shall deliver an Officer's Certificate to the Collateral Trustee stating that such property or properties were sold. If for any reason (i) the Real Property located in Fountain, Colorado owned by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not sold on or prior to May 15, 2005 or (ii) the Real Property located in Keller, Texas owned by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not sold on or prior to June 30, 2005, Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary owning such Real Property shall grant a security interest in and Mortgage on such Real Property. Such Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to, and the applicable Loan Parties shall deliver, documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee, including, without limitation, all documentation required to be delivered in respect of Mortgaged Property on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(o) hereof, and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Collateral Liens or other Liens acceptable to the Collateral Trustee; provided that such Real Property shall not be deemed "Material Mortgaged Property." The Mortgages or instruments related thereto shall be duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Trustee required to be granted pursuant to the Mortgages and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full. Such Loan Party shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Trustee such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee shall require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of any existing Mortgage or new Mortgage against such Real Property.

ARTICLE VI.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

JBP (solely in the case of Section 6.15(a)) and each Loan Party warrants, covenants and agrees with each Lender and each Agent that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or such Letters of Credit have been collateralized with cash or a letter of credit from a financial institution satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and all Credit-Linked Deposits have been returned in full to the Funded LC Lenders, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, neither JBP (solely in the case of Section 6.15(a)) nor any Loan Party will, nor will they cause or permit any Subsidiaries to:

-86-

SECTION 6.01 INDEBTEDNESS. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, except

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) (i) Indebtedness of any Company outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 6.01(b), (ii) the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes and the Senior Secured Note Guarantees and (iii) refinancings or renewals of the Indebtedness permitted under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that (A) any such refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being renewed or refinanced, plus the amount of any premiums required to be paid thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith, (B) such refinancing Indebtedness has a later or equal final maturity and longer or equal weighted average life than the Indebtedness being renewed or refinanced and (C) the covenants, events of default, subordination and other provisions thereof (including any guarantees thereof) shall be, in the aggregate, no less favorable to the Lenders than those contained in the Indebtedness being renewed or refinanced;

(c) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations of any Company that are designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or commodity prices, in each case not entered into for speculative purposes; provided that if such Hedging Obligations relate to interest rates, (a) such Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Loan Documents and (b) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate;

(d) Indebtedness of any Company permitted by Section 6.04(e);

(e) Indebtedness in respect of Purchase Money Obligations and Capital Lease Obligations, in each case, of Borrower and any Guarantor, and refinancings or renewals thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;

(f) Indebtedness of any Company in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds issued for the account of any Company in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations of any Company with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety obligations (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;

(g) Contingent Obligations of any Company in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this Section 6.01;

(h) Indebtedness of any Company arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

(i) Indebtedness of any Company arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(j) unsecured Subordinated Indebtedness of any Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding;

-87-

(k) Indebtedness of any Company in respect of obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments issued as "pay-in-kind" interest payments;

(l) accretion of principal amount of obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments issued at any original issued discount;

(m) Indebtedness of persons acquired in a Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding, provided that such Indebtedness was not incurred by such acquired person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition;

(n) Indebtedness incurred for the sole purpose of financing the payment of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business; and

(o) unsecured Indebtedness of any Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding.

SECTION 6.02 LIENS. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on any property now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except the following (collectively, the "PERMITTED LIENS"):

(a) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable or delinquent and Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies, which (i) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, which proceedings (or orders entered in connection with such proceedings) have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien, or (ii) in the case of any such charge or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such Lien and the contest thereof shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions;

(b) Liens in respect of property of any Company imposed by law, which were incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers', warehousemen's, materialmen's, landlords', workmen's, suppliers', repairmen's and mechanics' Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and (i) which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Companies, taken as a whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Companies, taken as a whole, (ii) which, if they secure obligations that are then due and unpaid, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, which proceedings (or orders entered in connection with such proceedings) have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien, and (iii) in the case of any such Lien which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such Lien and the contest thereof shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions;

(c) any Lien in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.02(c) and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that any such replacement or substitute Lien (i) except as permitted by
Section 6.01(b)(ii)(A), does not secure an aggregate amount of Indebtedness, if any, greater than that secured on the Closing Date and (ii) does not encumber any property other than the property subject thereto on the Closing Date (any such Lien, an "EXISTING LIEN");

(d) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances, and minor title deficiencies on or with respect to any Real Property, in each case whether now or hereafter in existence, not

-88-

(i) securing Indebtedness, (ii) individually or in the aggregate materially impairing the value or marketability of such Real Property or (iii) individually or in the aggregate materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Companies at such Real Property;

(e) Liens arising out of judgments, attachments or awards not resulting in a Default and in respect of which such Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review in respect of which there shall be secured a subsisting stay of execution pending such appeal or proceedings and, in the case of any such Lien which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such Lien and the contest thereof shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions;

(f) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) (x) imposed by law or deposits made in connection therewith in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security legislation, (y) incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations (other than excise taxes), surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, statutory bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) or (z) arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers; provided that
(i) with respect to clauses (x), (y) and (z) of this paragraph (f), such Liens are for amounts not yet due and payable or delinquent or, to the extent such amounts are so due and payable, such amounts are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, which proceedings for orders entered in connection with such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien, (ii) to the extent such Liens are not imposed by law, such Liens shall in no event encumber any property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii) in the case of any such Lien against any of the Collateral, such Lien and the contest thereof shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions and (iv) the aggregate amount of deposits at any time pursuant to clause (y) of this paragraph (f) shall not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate;

(g) Leases of the properties of any Company, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of such Company's business so long as such Leases are subordinate in all respects to the Liens granted and evidenced by the Security Documents and do not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Company or
(ii) materially impair the use (for its intended purposes) or the value of the property subject thereto;

(h) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Company in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Company;

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Company incurred pursuant to
Section 6.01(e); provided that any such Liens attach only to the property being financed pursuant to such Indebtedness and do not encumber any other property of any Company;

(j) bankers' Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by any Company, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness;

-89-

(k) Liens on property of a person existing at the time such person is acquired by any Company or merged with or into or consolidated with any Company to the extent permitted hereunder (and not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof); provided that such Liens do not extend to property not subject to such Liens at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and are no more favorable to the lienholders than such existing Lien;

(l) Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents to secure the Obligations;

(m) Liens securing the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes Documents and refinancings thereof permitted under Section 6.01(b) as long as the Liens securing payment thereof do not attach to any assets that are not encumbered by Liens securing the Obligations;

(n) licenses of Intellectual Property granted by any Company in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Companies;

(o) the filing of UCC financing statements by any Company solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(n); and

(q) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of any Company with respect to obligations that do not in the aggregate exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding, so long as such Liens, to the extent covering any Collateral, are junior to the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

provided that no consensual Liens shall be permitted to exist, directly or indirectly, on any Securities Collateral, other than Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents and the Senior Secured Note Documents.

SECTION 6.03 SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a "SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTION") unless (i) the sale of such property is permitted by Section 6.06 and (ii) any Liens arising in connection with its use of such property are permitted by Section 6.02.

SECTION 6.04 INVESTMENT, LOAN AND ADVANCES. Directly or indirectly, lend money or credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or make advances to any person, or purchase or acquire any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other obligations or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other person, or purchase or own a futures contract or otherwise become liable for the purchase or sale of currency or other commodities at a future date in the nature of a futures contract (all of the foregoing, collectively, "INVESTMENTS"), except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Investments outstanding on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 6.04(a);

(b) the Companies may (i) acquire and hold accounts receivables owing to any of them if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary terms, (ii) invest in, acquire and hold cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii) endorse negotiable

-90-

instruments held for collection in the ordinary course of business or (iv) make lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01(c);

(d) loans and advances to directors, employees and officers of any Company for bona fide business purposes and to purchase Equity Interests of Borrower, in aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding;

(e) Investments (i) by Borrower in any Guarantor, (ii) by any Company in Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) by a Guarantor in another Guarantor and (iv) by a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; provided that any Investment in the form of a loan or advance shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note and, in the case of a loan or advance by a Loan Party, pledged by such Loan Party as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents;

(f) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business and consistent with such Company's past practices that are received in settlement of bona fide disputes or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;

(g) Investments made by any Company as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 6.06;

(h) other investments by any Company, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any time, in Persons engaged in a business of the type that Borrower and the Subsidiaries are permitted to be engaged in under Section 6.15 and businesses reasonably related thereto; provided the property acquired in connection with any such investment, other than investments in Persons whose Organizational Documents expressly forbid the creation of such Liens, shall be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents and shall be free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Collateral Liens; and

(i) Permitted Acquisitions.

SECTION 6.05 MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS. Wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation (or agree to do any of the foregoing at any future time), except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Assets Sales in compliance with Section 6.06;

(b) acquisitions in compliance with Section 6.07;

(c) subject to compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, any Company may merge or consolidate with or into Borrower or any Guarantor (as long as Borrower or a Guarantor is the surviving person in such merger or consolidation and remains a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Borrower); provided that the Lien on and security interest in such property granted or to be granted in favor of the Collateral Trustee under the Security Documents shall be maintained or created in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11 or Section 5.12, as applicable; and

(d) any Subsidiary may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-91-

To the extent the Required Lenders waive the provisions of this
Section 6.05 with respect to the sale of any Collateral, or any Collateral is sold as permitted by this Section 6.05, such Collateral (unless sold to a Company) shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Agents shall take all actions they deem appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 6.06 ASSET SALES. Effect any Asset Sale, or agree to effect any Asset Sale, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) disposition of used, worn out, obsolete or surplus property by any Company in the ordinary course of business and the abandonment or other disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Companies taken as a whole;

(b) Asset Sales; provided that the aggregate consideration received in respect of all Asset Sales pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed $30.0 million in any four consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower;

(c) leases of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the applicable Security Documents;

(d) mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section 6.05;

(e) agreements to effect an Asset Sale, so long as such agreement contains a condition requiring the consent of the Required Lenders, if such Asset Sale is otherwise prohibited by the terms hereof;

(f) Investments in compliance with Section 6.04;

(g) transfer of assets or property between Borrower and any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor or between Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantors; provided that (i) such transfer does not materially impair any Lien thereon granted to any Secured Party under any Security Document and (ii) in the case of any such transfer or series of related transfers of assets or property with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by an executive officer or the Board of Directors of Borrower) in excess of $15.0 million, Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent three Business Days' prior written notice, which notice shall specify the assets or property subject to such transfer, the identity of the Loan Party in receipt of such asset or property and the location of such asset or property; and

(h) sales of the Real Property described on Schedule 6.06(h).

To the extent the Required Lenders waive the provisions of this
Section 6.06 with respect to the sale of any Collateral, or any Collateral is sold as permitted by this Section 6.06, such Collateral (unless sold to a Company) shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Agents shall take all actions they deem appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 6.07 ACQUISITIONS. Purchase or otherwise acquire (in one or a series of related transactions) any part of the property (whether tangible or intangible) of any person (or agree to do any of the foregoing at any future time), except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Capital Expenditures by the Companies shall be permitted to the extent permitted by Section 6.10(c);

-92-

(b) purchases and other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment and intangible property by any Company in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Investments in compliance with Section 6.04;

(d) leases of real or personal property by any Company in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the applicable Security Documents;

(e) Permitted Acquisitions; and

(f) mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section 6.05;

provided that the Lien on and security interest in such property granted or to be granted in favor of the Collateral Trustee under the Security Documents shall be maintained or created in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11 or
Section 5.12, as applicable.

SECTION 6.08 DIVIDENDS. Authorize, declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any Dividends with respect to any Company, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Dividends by any Company (other than Borrower) to Borrower or any Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Borrower;

(b) commencing on January 1, 2006, payments to Borrower to permit Borrower, and the subsequent use of such payments by Borrower, to repurchase or redeem Equity Interests and options to purchase Equity Interests of Borrower held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of any Company, upon their death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for all such redemptions and payments shall not exceed (a) $2.0 million in any fiscal year and (b) $10.0 million in the aggregate from the Closing Date;

(c) the Special Distribution;

(d) prior to an IPO, (A) to the extent actually used by JBP to pay such Taxes, costs and expenses, payments by Borrower to or on behalf of JBP in an amount sufficient to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of JBP and (B) payments by Borrower to or on behalf of JBP in an amount sufficient to pay reasonable out of pocket legal, accounting and filing costs and other expenses in the nature of overhead in the ordinary course of business of JBP; and

(e) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of declaration thereof and so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (b), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing at the time of payment thereof, following an IPO, dividends on the Borrower's common stock in an amount per fiscal year not to exceed the lesser of $10,000,000 and 6.0% of the gross proceeds received in such IPO.

SECTION 6.09 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Enter into, directly or indirectly, any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate of any Company (other than between or among Borrower and one or more Guarantors), other than on terms and conditions at least as favorable to such Company as would reasonably be obtained by such Company at that time in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a person other than an Affiliate, except that the following shall be permitted:

-93-

(a) Dividends permitted by Section 6.08;

(b) Investments permitted by Sections 6.04(d) and (e);

(c) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements, in each case approved by the Board of Directors;

(d) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

(e) sales of Qualified Capital Stock to Affiliates of Borrower not otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; and

(f) any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by any Loan Party is Qualified Capital Stock of Borrower;

provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default no payments of management fees, consulting fees or any other distributions to or on account of any Sponsor shall be permitted, other than out of pocket expenses of such Sponsor otherwise subject to and made in compliance with this Section 6.09.

SECTION 6.10 FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

(a) Maximum Total Leverage Ratio. Permit the Total Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of any Test Period ending during any period set forth in the table below, to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in the table below:

                                           TOTAL
               PERIOD                  LEVERAGE RATIO
------------------------------------   --------------
Closing Date -- March 31, 2005            5.25:1.0
April 1, 2005 -- June 30, 2005            5.25:1.0
July 1, 2005 -- September 30, 2005        5.25:1.0
October 1, 2005 -- December 31, 2005      5.00:1.0
January 1, 2006 -- March 31, 2006         5.00:1.0
April 1, 2006 -- June 30, 2006            4.75:1.0
July 1, 2006 -- September 30, 2006        4.75:1.0
October 1, 2006 -- December 31, 2006      4.50:1.0
January 1, 2007 -- December 31, 2007      3.75:1.0
January 1, 2008 -- December 31, 2008      3.25:1.0
January 1, 2009 -- December 31, 2009      2.75:1.0
March 31, 2010 and thereafter             2.50:1.0

-94-

(b) Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of any Test Period ending during any period set forth in the table below, to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such period in the table below:

                                        INTEREST COVERAGE
                PERIOD                        RATIO
-------------------------------------   -----------------
Closing Date -- September 30, 2005           2.50:1.0
October 1, 2005 -- September 30, 2006        2.70:1.0
October 1, 2006 -- December 31, 2006         2.75:1.0
January 1, 2007 -- December 31, 2007         3.00:1.0
January 1, 2008 -- December 31, 2008         3.25:1.0
January 1, 2009 and thereafter               3.50:1.0

(c) Limitation on Capital Expenditures. Permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made in any period set forth below, to exceed the amount set forth opposite such period below:

                                      AMOUNT (IN
               PERIOD                  MILLIONS)
-----------------------------------   ----------
January 1, 2005 - December 31, 2005      $36.0
January 1, 2006 - December 31, 2006      $36.0
January 1, 2007 - December 31, 2007      $38.0
January 1, 2008 - December 31, 2008      $40.0
January 1, 2009 - December 31, 2009      $42.0
January 1, 2010 - December 31, 2010      $44.0
January 1, 2011 and thereafter           $44.0

provided, however, that (x) if the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made in any fiscal year shall be less than the maximum amount of Capital Expenditures permitted under this Section 6.10(c) for such fiscal year (before giving effect to any carryover), then an amount of such shortfall not exceeding 50% of such maximum amount (without giving effect to clause (z) below) may be added to the amount of Capital Expenditures permitted under this Section 6.10(c) for the immediately succeeding (but not any other) fiscal year, (y) in determining whether any amount is available for carryover, the amount expended in any fiscal year shall first be deemed to be from the amount allocated to such fiscal year (before giving effect to any carryover) and (z) the amount set forth in the table above for any period may be increased by the amount of Net Cash Proceeds of Excluded Issuances designated for Capital Expenditures for such period during such period and provided, further, that for purposes of this Section 6.10(c), in determining Capital Expenditures, whether the increase in gross property, plant and equipment account is due to purchase of properties for cash or financed by the incurrence of Indebtedness, such increase shall be deemed a Capital Expenditure.

-95-

SECTION 6.11 PREPAYMENTS OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS; MODIFICATIONS OF ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS, ETC. Directly or indirectly:

(a) make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption or acquisition for value of, or any prepayment or redemption as a result of any asset sale, change of control or similar event of, any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness, except (i) the repayment of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes with the net cash proceeds from an IPO in accordance with the terms of the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as in effect on the date hereof or (ii) as otherwise permitted by this Agreement;

(b) amend or modify, or permit the amendment or modification of, any provision of any Senior Secured Note Document in any manner that is adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders; or

(c) terminate, amend, modify (including electing to treat any Pledged Interests (as defined in the Security Agreement) as a "security" under Section 8-103 of the UCC) or change any of its Organizational Documents (including by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation), Subordinated Indebtedness or any agreement to which it is a party with respect to its Equity Interests (including any stockholders' agreement), or enter into any new agreement with respect to its Equity Interests, other than any such amendments, modifications or changes or such new agreements which are not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders; provided that Borrower may issue such Equity Interests, so long as such issuance is not prohibited by
Section 6.13 or any other provision of this Agreement, and may amend its Organizational Documents to authorize any such Equity Interests.

SECTION 6.12 LIMITATION ON CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSIDIARIES. Directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other interest or participation in its profits owned by any Company, or pay any Indebtedness owed to Borrower or a Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to any Company or (c) transfer any of its properties to any Company, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable law;
(ii) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (iii) the Senior Secured Note Documents as in effect on the Closing Date; (iv) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Subsidiary; (v) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into by a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (vi) any holder of a Lien permitted by Section 6.02 restricting the transfer of the property subject thereto; (vii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 6.06 pending the consummation of such sale; (viii) any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower; (ix) in the case of any joint venture which is not a Loan Party in respect of any matters referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above, restrictions in such person's Organizational Documents or pursuant to any joint venture agreement or stockholders agreements solely to the extent of the Equity Interests of or property held in the subject joint venture or other entity; or (x) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (iv) or (viii) above; provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing.

SECTION 6.13 LIMITATION ON ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK. Issue any Equity Interest (including by way of sales of treasury stock) or any options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible

-96-

into, any Equity Interest, except the following: (a) Subsidiaries of Borrower formed after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 6.14 may issue Equity Interests to Borrower or the Subsidiary of Borrower which is to own such Equity Interests, (b) prior to an IPO, (i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may do stock splits, stock dividends and additional issuances of Equity Interests which do not decrease the percentage ownership of Borrower or any Subsidiaries in any class of the Equity Interest of such Subsidiary; and (ii) Borrower may issue (A) Qualified Capital Stock to JBP and to Additional Equity Partners (including to any Person that is a seller or any other Person that owns Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, in such Person in connection with any Permitted Acquisition) in Qualified Contribution Transactions and (B) common stock and options in respect of common stock to officers, directors or employees of any Company, provided in the case of clause (ii) that such issuance does not trigger a Change in Control, (c) Borrower may consummate the IPO and (d) after an IPO, Borrower may issue Qualified Capital Stock so long as such issuance does not trigger a Change in Control. All Equity Interests issued in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 6.13 shall, to the extent required by Sections 5.11 and 5.12 hereof or the Security Agreement, be delivered to the Collateral Trustee for pledge pursuant to the Security Agreement.

SECTION 6.14 LIMITATION ON CREATION OF SUBSIDIARIES. Establish, create or acquire any additional Subsidiaries without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders; provided that, without such consent, Borrower may (i) establish or create one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Borrower, (ii) establish, create or acquire one or more Subsidiaries in connection with an Investment made pursuant to Section 6.04(e) or (iii) acquire one or more Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, so long as, in each case, Section 5.11(b) shall be complied with, provided, further that in no event may any Loan Party establish, create or acquire any Foreign Subsidiary without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

SECTION 6.15 BUSINESS.

(a) With respect to JBP, at any time prior to an IPO, engage in any business activities or have any properties or liabilities, other than (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of Borrower, (ii) obligations under the Loan Documents and the Senior Secured Notes Documents and (iii) activities and properties incidental to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).

(b) With respect to the Borrower, engage in any business activities or have any properties or liabilities, other than (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of its Subsidiaries and any intercompany notes owed by its Subsidiaries, (ii) obligations under the Loan Documents and the Senior Secured Notes Documents, (iii) obligations under (A) contracts to which one or more of its Subsidiaries is a party guaranteeing performance by such Subsidiaries and (B) contracts entered into solely for the benefit of one or more of its Subsidiaries and where the services performed by the third party are made solely to such Subsidiaries and (iv) activities and properties incidental to the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).

(c) With respect to any Company (other than Builders FirstSource of Nashville, Inc. and CCWP, Inc.), engage (directly or indirectly) in any business other than those businesses in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Closing Date as described in the Confidential Information Memorandum (or, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, which are substantially related thereto or are reasonable extensions thereof).

(d) With respect to Builders FirstSource of Nashville, Inc. and CCWP, Inc., engage in any business activities or have any properties or liabilities, other than (i) ownership, in the case of CCWP, Inc. of the Real Property described on Schedule 6.15(d) hereto and (ii) obligations under the Loan Documents.

-97-

SECTION 6.16 LIMITATION ON ACCOUNTING CHANGES. Make or permit, any material change, any change which would have a material impact on the results of operations or financial condition or financial statements or make any change which would be determinative as to whether or not Borrower and its Subsidiaries would be in compliance with any of the covenants set forth in Article VI hereof, in accounting policies or reporting practices, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except changes that are required by GAAP.

SECTION 6.17 FISCAL YEAR. Change its fiscal year-end to a date other than the last day in December.

SECTION 6.18 EMBARGOED PERSON. Cause or permit (a) any of the funds or properties of the Loan Parties that are used to repay the Loans to constitute property of, or be beneficially owned directly or indirectly by, any person subject to sanctions or trade restrictions under United States law ("EMBARGOED PERSON" or "EMBARGOED PERSONS") that is identified on (1) the "List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" (the "SDN LIST") maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list ("OTHER LIST") maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute including, but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. Sections 1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any executive order or regulation promulgated thereunder, with the result that the investment in the Loan Parties (whether directly or indirectly) is prohibited by law, or the Loans made by the Lenders would be in violation of law, or (2) the Executive Order, any related enabling legislation or any other similar executive orders, or (b) any Embargoed Person to have any direct or indirect interest, of any nature whatsoever in the Loan Parties, with the result that the investment in the Loan Parties (whether directly or indirectly) is prohibited by law or the Loans are in violation of law.

SECTION 6.19 NO FURTHER NEGATIVE PLEDGE. Enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease which prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their respective properties or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or which requires the grant of any security for an obligation if security is granted for another obligation, except the following: (1) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (2) covenants in documents creating Liens permitted by
Section 6.02 prohibiting further Liens on the properties encumbered thereby; (3) the Senior Secured Note Documents as in effect on the Closing Date; (4) any other agreement that does not restrict in any manner (directly or indirectly) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents on any Collateral securing the Obligations and does not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing any Indebtedness or other obligation by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of property of any Loan Party to secure the Obligations; and (5) any prohibition or limitation that (a) exists pursuant to applicable law, (b) consists of customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 6.06 pending the consummation of such sale, (c) restricts subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of Borrower or a Subsidiary, (d) exists in any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary, (e) customary contract anti-assignment provisions, or (f) is imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clause (3) or (4)(e); provided that such amendments and refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such prohibitions and limitations than those prior to such amendment or refinancing.

SECTION 6.20 ANTI-TERRORISM LAW; ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING.

(a) Directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly conduct any business or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person described in Section 3.21, (ii) knowingly deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, or

-98-

(iii) knowingly engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law (and the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Lenders any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by any Lender in its reasonable discretion, confirming the Loan Parties' compliance with this Section 6.20).

(b) Cause or permit any of the funds of such Loan Party that are used to repay the Loans to be derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the making of the Loans would be in violation of law.

ARTICLE VII.
GUARANTEE

SECTION 7.01 THE GUARANTEE. The Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally guarantee, as a primary obligor and not as a surety to the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code) on the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by the Lenders of, Borrower, and all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the "GUARANTEED Obligations"). The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if Borrower or other Guarantor(s) shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

SECTION 7.02 OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL. The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 7.01 shall constitute a guaranty of payment and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan

-99-

Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, Issuing Bank or any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.09.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against Borrower or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

SECTION 7.03 REINSTATEMENT. The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article VII shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

SECTION 7.04 SUBROGATION; SUBORDINATION. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement, it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 7.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(d) shall be subordinated to such Loan Party's Obligations in the manner set forth in the Intercompany Note.

SECTION 7.05 REMEDIES. The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Article VIII (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in said Article
VIII) for purposes

-100-

of Section 7.01, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 7.01.

SECTION 7.06 INSTRUMENT FOR THE PAYMENT OF MONEY. Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article VII constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

SECTION 7.07 CONTINUING GUARANTEE. The guarantee in this Article VII is a continuing guarantee of payment and performance, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 7.08 GENERAL LIMITATION ON GUARANTEE OBLIGATIONS. In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 7.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 7.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding (the "MAXIMUM LIABILITY").

SECTION 7.09 RELEASE OF GUARANTORS. If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or property of any Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred (a "TRANSFERRED GUARANTOR") to a person or persons, none of which is Borrower or a Subsidiary, such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 11.03 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Security Document and, in the case of a sale of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of the Transferred Guarantor, the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to the Security Agreements shall be released, and the Collateral Trustee shall take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this Section 7.09 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents.

SECTION 7.10 CONTRIBUTION. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor makes any payment under this Article VII, the Guarantor making such payment shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution and indemnification from and to be reimbursed by each other Guarantor, in an amount equal to a fraction of such payment, the numerator of which is the Maximum Liability of such other Guarantor and the denominator of which is the sum of the Maximum Liability of all Guarantors, in the aggregate, as of the date of determination. Each Guarantor's right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 7.04. This Section 7.10 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Guarantors, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Secured Parties for the full amount of its liabilities under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

-101-

SECTION 8.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of the following events ("EVENTS OF DEFAULT"):

(a) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or any LC Reimbursement Obligation when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment (whether voluntary or mandatory) thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph
(a) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Company of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03(a) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Company of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraphs (a), (b) or (d) immediately above) and such default shall continue unremedied or shall not be waived for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to Borrower;

(f) any Company shall (i) fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations), when and as the same shall become due and payable beyond any applicable grace period, or (ii) fail to observe or perform any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any such Indebtedness if the effect of any failure referred to in this clause (ii) is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or a trustee or other representative on its or their behalf to cause, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or become subject to a mandatory offer purchase by the obligor; provided that it shall not constitute an Event of Default pursuant to this paragraph (f) unless the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) exceeds $5.0 million at any one time (provided that, in the case of Hedging Obligations, the termination value shall be counted for this purpose);

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of any Company, or of a substantial part of the property of any Company, under Title 11 of the Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Company or for a substantial part of the property of any Company; or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of any Company; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h) any Company shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any

-102-

other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (g) above; (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Company or for a substantial part of the property of any Company; (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding; (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or (viii) wind up or liquidate;

(i) one or more judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million shall be rendered against any Company or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged, unvacated or unbonded for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon properties of any Company to enforce any such judgment;

(j) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or the imposition of a Lien on any properties of a Company;

(k) any security interest and Lien purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be in full force and effect, or shall cease to give the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created and granted under such Security Documents (including a perfected first priority security interest in and Lien on, all of the Collateral thereunder (except as otherwise expressly provided in such Security Document)) in favor of the Collateral Trustee, or shall be asserted by Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Document) security interest in or Lien on the Collateral covered thereby;

(l) any Loan Document or any material provisions thereof shall at any time and for any reason be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by any Loan Party or any other person, or by any Governmental Authority, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof (exclusive of questions of interpretation of any provision thereof), or any Loan Party shall repudiate or deny any portion of its liability or obligation for the Obligations;

(m) there shall have occurred a Change in Control; or

(n) any Loan Party shall be prohibited or otherwise restrained from conducting the business theretofore conducted by it in any manner that has or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect by virtue of any determination, ruling, decision, decree or order of any court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments (which termination of Commitments, in the case of Revolving Commitments, may be in the sole discretion of the Required Lenders as to all Revolving Commitments (resulting in a required repayment of all outstanding Revolving Loans) or as to all unused Revolving Commitments at such time) and return the Credit-Linked Deposits to the Funded LC Lenders and (ii) declare the Loans and LC Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans and

-103-

LC Reimbursement Obligations so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and the Guarantors, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event, with respect to JBP or Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans and LC Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and the Guarantors, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

ARTICLE IX.
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT; APPLICATION OF COLLATERAL PROCEEDS

SECTION 9.01 COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.

(a) The Collateral Trustee is hereby authorized to establish and maintain at its office at 677 Washington Boulevard, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, in the name of the Collateral Trustee and pursuant to a Control Agreement, a restricted deposit account designated "Business FirstSource Collateral Account." Each Loan Party shall deposit into the Collateral Account from time to time (i) the cash proceeds of any of the Collateral (including pursuant to any disposition thereof) to the extent contemplated herein or in any other Loan Document, (ii) the cash proceeds of any Casualty Event with respect to Collateral, to the extent contemplated herein or in any other Loan Document, and
(iii) any cash such Loan Party is required to pledge as additional collateral security hereunder pursuant to the Loan Documents.

(b) The balance from time to time in the Collateral Account shall constitute part of the Collateral and shall not constitute payment of the Obligations until applied as hereinafter provided. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result therefrom, the Collateral Trustee shall within two Business Days of receiving a request of the applicable Loan Party for release of cash proceeds (i) from the Collateral Account constituting Net Cash Proceeds relating to any Casualty Event or Asset Sale remit such cash proceeds on deposit in the Collateral Account to or upon the order of such Loan Party, so long as such Loan Party has satisfied the conditions relating thereto set forth in Section 9.02 and (ii) with respect to the LC Sub-Account (as defined below), remit such Net Cash Proceeds on deposit in the LC Sub-Account to or upon the order of such Loan Party (x) at such time as all Letters of Credit shall have been terminated and all of the liabilities in respect of the Letters of Credit have been paid in full or (y) otherwise in accordance with Section 2.18(i). At any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Trustee may (and, if instructed by the Required Lenders as specified herein, shall) in its (or their) discretion apply or cause to be applied (subject to collection) the balance from time to time outstanding to the credit of the Collateral Account to the payment of the Obligations in the manner specified in Section 9.03 hereof subject, however, in the case of amounts deposited in the LC Sub-Account, to the provisions of Sections 2.18(i) and 9.03. The Loan Parties shall have no right to withdraw, transfer or otherwise receive any funds deposited in the Collateral Account except to the extent specifically provided herein.

(c) Amounts on deposit in the Collateral Account shall be invested and reinvested from time to time in Cash Equivalents as the applicable Loan Party (or, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Trustee) shall determine by written instruction to the Collateral Trustee, or if no such instructions are given, then as the Collateral Trustee, in its sole discretion, shall determine which Cash Equivalents shall be held in the name and be under the control of the

-104-

Collateral Trustee (or any sub-agent); provided that at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Trustee may (and, if instructed by the Required Lenders as specified herein, shall) in its (or their) discretion at any time and from time to time elect to liquidate any such Cash Equivalents and to apply or cause to be applied the proceeds thereof to the payment of the Obligations in the manner specified in
Section 9.03 hereof subject, however, in the case of amounts deposited in the LC Sub-Account, to the provisions of Section 2.18(i).

(d) Amounts deposited into the Collateral Account as cover for liabilities in respect of Letters of Credit under any provision of this Agreement requiring such cover shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a separate sub-account designated as the "LC Sub-Account" (the "LC SUB-ACCOUNT") and, subject to Section 2.18(i), all amounts held in the LC Sub-Account shall constitute collateral security to be applied in accordance with Section 2.18(i).

SECTION 9.02 PROCEEDS OF DESTRUCTION, TAKING AND COLLATERAL DISPOSITIONS. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in the event the applicable Loan Party elects to reinvest Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Asset Sale or Casualty Event in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.10(c) and 2.10(e) as applicable, the Collateral Trustee shall receive at least 2 Business Days' prior notice of each request for payment and shall not release any part of such Net Cash Proceeds, until the applicable Loan Party has furnished to the Collateral Trustee (i) an Officers' Certificate setting forth: (A) a brief description of the reinvestment to be made, (B) the dollar amount of the expenditures to be made, or costs incurred by such Loan Party in connection with such reinvestment and (C) evidence that the properties acquired in connection with such reinvestment have a fair market value at least equal to the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds requested to be released from the Collateral Account (provided, that if such properties are acquired from an entity or person that is not an Affiliate of any Company, such Company may provide an Officers' Certificate or a written resolution of its Board of Directors expressly stating that the properties acquired in connection with such reinvestment have a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the officer signing such certificate or the Board of Directors, as applicable) at least equal to the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds requested to be released from the Collateral Account) and (ii) all security agreements and Mortgages and other items required by the provisions of Sections 5.11 and 5.12 to, among other things, subject such reinvestment properties to the Lien of the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties.

SECTION 9.03 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS. The proceeds received by the Collateral Trustee in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Collateral Trustee of its remedies shall be applied, in full or in part, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, promptly by the Collateral Trustee as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses, fees, commissions and taxes of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the Collateral Trustee and its agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Trustee in connection therewith and all amounts for which the Collateral Trustee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of any Loan Document, together with interest on each such amount at the highest rate then in effect under this Agreement from and after the date such amount is due, owing or unpaid until paid in full in cash;

(b) Second, to the payment of all other reasonable costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the other Secured Parties and their agents and counsel and all costs, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the other Secured Parties in connection

-105-

therewith, together with interest on each such amount at the highest rate then in effect under this Agreement from and after the date such amount is due, owing or unpaid until paid in full in cash;

(c) Third, without duplication of amounts applied pursuant to clauses
(a) and (b) above, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash, pro rata, of interest and other amounts constituting Obligations (other than principal, LC Reimbursement Obligations, Obligations in respect of any Hedging Agreement consisting of swap termination liabilities and all Obligations in respect of any overdrafts constituting principal amounts of such overdrafts) in each case equally and ratably in accordance with the respective amounts thereof then due and owing;

(d) Fourth, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash, pro rata, of principal amount of the Obligations (including LC Reimbursement Obligations with respect thereto, Obligations in respect of any Hedging Agreement consisting of swap termination liabilities and all Obligations in respect of any overdrafts constituting principal amounts of such overdrafts); and

(e) Fifth, to the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, to be applied in accordance with the Senior Secured Notes Indenture; and

(f) Sixth, the balance, if any, to the person lawfully entitled thereto (including the applicable Loan Party or its successors or assigns) or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

In the event that any such proceeds are insufficient to pay in full in cash the items described in clauses (a) through (h) of this Section 9.03, the Loan Parties shall remain liable, jointly and severally, for any deficiency.

Each Loan Party acknowledges the relative rights, priorities and agreements of the Secured Parties, on the one hand, and the Senior Secured Notes Trustee and the holders of the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, on the other, as set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement and this Agreement, including as set forth in this Section 9.03.

ARTICLE X.
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL TRUSTEE

SECTION 10.01 APPOINTMENT. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as an agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Lender that holds Loans or has Credit-Linked Deposits or Commitments and each holder of any Related Hedging Obligations and each person holding Overdraft Obligations (in each case, in its capacity as such) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Collateral Trustee as an agent of such person under this Agreement. The Collateral Trustee may act as collateral trustee, collateral agent or any similar title that the Collateral Trustee deems necessary or convenient for the purpose of perfecting the security interests in the Collateral. Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, through its agents or employees, to execute and deliver any Loan Documents and take such actions on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

SECTION 10.02 AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

-106-

SECTION 10.03 EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS. No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) no Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.02 or Article XII), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, no Agent shall have any duty to disclose or shall be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.02 or Article
XII) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by Borrower or a Lender, and no Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document.

SECTION 10.04 RELIANCE BY AGENT. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by a proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally and believed by it to be made by a proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other advisors selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or advisors.

SECTION 10.05 DELEGATION OF DUTIES. Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

SECTION 10.06 SUCCESSOR AGENT. Each Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least 30 days' prior notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and Borrower (except that such consultation is not required while an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a), 8.01(g) or 8.01(h) has occurred and is continuing). Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor Agent from among the Lenders. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent, which successor shall be a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States (or any State thereof) or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution or a non-bank financial institution, in each case, having combined capital and surplus of at least $250.0 million; provided that if such retiring Agent is unable to find a commercial

-107-

banking institution or a non-bank financial institution which is willing to accept such appointment and which meets the qualifications set forth above, the retiring Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the resigning Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent.

Upon the acceptance of its appointment as an Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After an Agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article X and
Section 11.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Affiliates in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Agent.

SECTION 10.07 NON-RELIANCE ON AGENT AND OTHER LENDERS. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 10.08 NAME AGENTS. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Arrangers, the Documentation Agents and the Syndication Agent hold such titles in name only, and that such titles confer no additional rights or obligations relative to those conferred on any Lender hereunder.

SECTION 10.09 INDEMNIFICATION. The Lenders severally agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower or the Guarantors and without limiting the obligation of Borrower or the Guarantors to do so), ratably according to their respective outstanding Loans, Credit-Linked Deposits and Commitments in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 10.09 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which all Commitments shall have terminated, the Loans and LC Reimbursement Obligations shall have been paid in full and the Credit-Linked Deposits shall have been returned, ratably in accordance with such outstanding Loans, Credit-Linked Deposits and Commitments as in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans and LC Reimbursement Obligations and the return of the Credit-Linked Deposits) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, the Credit-Linked Deposits, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS

-108-

SECTION 11.01 NOTICES. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(a) if to any Loan Party, to Borrower at:

JLL Partners
450 Lexington Avenue
Suite 3350
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Brett Milgrim
Telecopy No.: (212) 280-8626;

and

Builders FirstSource, Inc. 2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600 Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Charles Horn
Telecopy: (214) 880-3599

(b) if to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee, to it at:

UBS AG, Stamford Branch
677 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut 06901 Attention: Winslowe Ogbourne Telecopy No.: (203) 719-3888;

(c) If to the Swingline Lender:

UBS Loan Finance LLC
677 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut 06901 Attention: Sailoz Sikka
Telecopy No.: (203) 719-4176; and

(d) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth on the applicable Lender Addendum or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by telecopy or by certified or registered mail, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 11.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 11.01, and failure to deliver courtesy copies of notices and other communications shall in no event affect the validity or effectiveness of such notices and other communications.

SECTION 11.02 WAIVERS; AMENDMENT.

-109-

(a) No failure or delay by any Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of each Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) below, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrower and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee (in the case of any Security Document) and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the written consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall:

(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;

(ii) reduce or forgive the principal amount or premium of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon or on any Credit-Linked Deposit, or reduce any Fees payable hereunder, or change the currency of payment of any Obligation, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(iii) postpone or extend the maturity of any Loan, or any scheduled date of payment of or the installment otherwise due on the principal amount of any Term Loan under Section 2.09, or the required date of payment of any LC Reimbursement Obligation, or any date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or extend the date on which the Credit-Linked Deposits are required to be returned in full, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Maturity Date, or of any Funded Letter of Credit beyond the Funded LC Maturity Date, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(iv) change Section 2.14(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments or setoffs required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender;

(v) change the percentage set forth in the definition of "Required Lenders" or any other provision of any Loan Document (including this Section) specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be);

-110-

(vi) release any Guarantor from its Guarantee (except as expressly provided in Article VII), or limit its liability in respect of such Guarantee, without the written consent of each Lender;

(vii) release all or a substantial portion of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents or alter the relative priorities of the Obligations entitled to the Liens of the Security Documents (except in connection with securing additional Obligations equally and ratably with the other Obligations), or alter the order of the application of proceeds from the sale of collateral as set forth in Section 9.03 hereof, in each case without the written consent of each Lender;

(viii) change any provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans or Credit-Linked Deposits of any Class differently than those holding Loans or Credit-Linked Deposits of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans, Credit-Linked Deposits and unused Commitments of each affected Class; or

(ix) without the consent of the Required Lenders, change the order of application of prepayments under Section 2.10 among the Term Loans, the Revolving Commitments and the Credit-Linked Deposits;

provided, further, that (1) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, (2) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of the Revolving Lenders (but not the Term Loan Lenders or the Funded LC Lenders), or the Term Loan Lenders (but not the Revolving Lenders or the Funded LC Lenders), or the Funded LC Lenders (but not the Revolving Lenders or the Term Loan Lenders) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrower and requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto under this Section if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time, (3) any waiver, amendment or modification prior to the achievement of a Successful Syndication may not be effected without the written consent of the Arranger and
(4) any waiver, amendment or modification of the Collateral Trust Agreement (and any related definitions) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into among the Collateral Trustee, the Required Lenders and the Senior Secured Note Trustee (without the consent of any Loan Party, so long as such amendment, waiver or modification does not impose any additional duties or obligations on the Loan Parties or alter or impair any right of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent (and, if their rights or obligations are affected thereby, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender) if
(x) by the terms of such agreement the Commitments, Loans and Credit-Linked Deposits of each Lender not consenting to the amendment provided for therein shall terminate upon the effectiveness of such amendment and (y) at the time such amendment becomes effective, each Lender not consenting thereto receives payment in full of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest accrued on each Loan or Credit-Linked Deposit made by it and all other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement.

(c) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 11.02(b), the consent of the Supermajority Lenders is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained, then Borrower shall have the right to replace all, but not less than all, of such non-consenting

-111-

Lender or Lenders (so long as all non-consenting Lenders are so replaced) with one or more persons pursuant to Section 2.16 so long as at the time of such replacement each such new Lender consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination.

(d) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, JBP, Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans ("REFINANCED TERM LOANS") with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder which shall constitute Term Loans hereunder ("REPLACEMENT TERM LOANS"); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing and (d) all other terms applicable to Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Final Maturity Date in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

SECTION 11.03 EXPENSES; INDEMNITY.

(a) The Loan Parties agree, jointly and severally, to pay, promptly upon demand:

(i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Advisors for the Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank, in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments, the preparation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the administration of the Loans and Commitments, the perfection and maintenance of the Liens securing the Collateral and any actual or proposed amendment, supplement or waiver of any of the Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated);

(ii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee, including the fees, charges and disbursements of Advisors for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Trustee, in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding affecting the Collateral or any part thereof, in which action, suit or proceeding the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee is made a party or participates or in which the right to use the Collateral or any part thereof is threatened, or in which it becomes necessary in the judgment of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Trustee to defend or uphold the Liens granted by the Security Documents (including any action, suit or proceeding to establish or uphold the compliance of the Collateral with any Requirements of Law);

(iii) all costs and expenses incurred by the Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of Advisors for the Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, incurred in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights under the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 11.03(a), or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, the Credit-Linked Deposits and the collection of the Obligations, including all such costs and expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations; and

-112-

(iv) all documentary and similar taxes and charges in respect of the Loan Documents.

For purposes of this Section 11.03(a), "ADVISORS" shall mean legal counsel (including local counsel), auditors, accountants, consultants, appraisers or other advisors; provided that (x) in the case of clause (i), the engagement of any Advisors other than legal counsel (including local counsel) shall be subject to approval by Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and
(y) in the case of clause (iii), the engagement of any Advisors other than one firm of legal counsel by any Lender shall be subject to approval by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Loan Parties agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify the Agents, each Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, each Affiliate of any of the foregoing persons and each of their respective partners, controlling persons, directors, officers, trustees, employees and agents (each such person being called an "INDEMNITEE") against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties, judgments, suits and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution, delivery, performance, administration or enforcement of the Loan Documents, (ii) any actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or Credit-Linked Deposits or issuance of Letters of Credit, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials, on, at, under or from any property owned, leased or operated by any Company at any time, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to any Company; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) The provisions of this Section 11.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans and LC Reimbursement Obligations, the release of all or any portion of the Collateral, the expiration of the Commitments, the return or application of any Credit-Linked Deposit, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender. All amounts due under this
Section 11.03 shall be payable on written demand therefor accompanied by reasonable documentation with respect to any reimbursement, indemnification or other amount requested.

(d) To the extent that Borrower fails to promptly pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Agents, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agents, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender's pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against any of the Agents, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender's "pro rata share" shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposure, outstanding Credit-Linked Deposits, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at the time.

SECTION 11.04 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

-113-

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that the Loan Parties may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the other Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender shall have the right at any time to assign to one or more banks, insurance companies, investment companies or funds or other institutions (other than Borrower or any Affiliate or Subsidiary thereof) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment, the Loans at the time owing to it and the Credit-Linked Deposits held by it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, each of the Administrative Agent and, after the achievement of a Successful Syndication, Borrower (and, in the case of an assignment of all or a portion of a Revolving Commitment or any Lender's obligations in respect of its LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender) must give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, any assignment made in connection with the primary syndication of the Commitment and Loans by the Arranger or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1.0 million (treating simultaneous assignments by two or more Related Funds as a single transfer for purposes of such minimum amount), in the case of Terms Loans, Term Loan Commitments or Credit Linked Deposits being so assigned, and $2.5 million, in the case of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments being so assigned, unless each of Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, except that this clause (iii) shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans, (iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (with only one such fee payable in connection with simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Related Funds) and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and provided, further, that any consent of Borrower otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required if a Default has occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement (provided that any liability of Borrower to such assignee under Section 2.12, 2.13 or 2.15 shall be limited to the amount, if any, that would have been payable thereunder by Borrower in the absence of such assignment, except to the extent any such amounts are attributable to a Change in Law occurring after the date of such assignment), and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.15 and 11.03). Without the consent of Borrower (which

-114-

consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the Administrative Agent, the Credit-Linked Deposit of any Funded LC Lender shall not be released in connection with any assignment by such Funded LC Lender, but shall instead be purchased by the relevant assignee and continue to be held for application (to the extent not already applied) in accordance with Section 2.18(e)(iii) to satisfy such assignee's obligations in respect of Funded LC Disbursements.

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "REGISTER"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error, and Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Trustee, the Swingline Lender and any Lender (with respect to its own interest only), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee's completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph
(b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(e) Any Lender shall have the right at any time, without the consent of Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender to sell participations to one or more banks, investment funds or other entities (a "PARTICIPANT") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments, the Loans owing to it and the Credit-Linked Deposits held by it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the first proviso to Section 11.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13 and 2.15 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees in writing to be subject to Section 2.14(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender shall, acting for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, maintain at one of its offices a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of its Participants, and the amount and terms of its participations; provided that no Lender shall be required to disclose or share the information contained in such register with Borrower or any other party, except as required by applicable law.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.12, 2.13 or 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the

-115-

participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the prior written consent of Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of
Section 2.15 unless Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of Borrower, to comply with Sections 2.15(e) and (f) as though it were a Lender.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In the case of any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, such Lender may, without the consent of Borrower or the Administrative Agent, collaterally assign or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, including the Loans and Notes or any other instrument evidencing its rights as a Lender under this Agreement, to any holder of, trustee for, or any other representative of holders of, obligations owed or securities issued, by such fund, as security for such obligations or securities.

SECTION 11.05 SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENT. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, the funding of the Credit-Linked Deposits and the issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit or Credit-Linked Deposit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.12, 2.14, 2.15 and 11.03 and Article X shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the payment of the LC Reimbursement Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments, the return or application of the Credit-Linked Deposits or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 11.06 COUNTERPARTS; INTEGRATION; EFFECTIVENESS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Fee Letter constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 11.07 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the

-116-

remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.08 RIGHT OF SETOFF. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the obligations of Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 11.09 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

(b) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Trustee, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 11.09(b). Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, in the manner provided for notices (other than telecopy) in Section
11.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 11.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party hereto hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether based on contract, tort or any other theory). Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise,

-117-

that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section.

SECTION 11.11 HEADINGS. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 11.12 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' and Related Funds' directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential pursuant to the terms hereof), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder,
(f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 11.12, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) any secured creditor to whom any Lender has pledged its interest in any Loan as otherwise permitted by this Agreement and any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Borrower and its obligations or (iii) any rating agency for the purpose of obtaining a credit rating applicable to any Loan or Loan Party, (g) with the consent of Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information
(i) is publicly available at the time of disclosure or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrower or any Subsidiary. For the purposes of this Section, "INFORMATION" means all information received from Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary or its business that is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any Subsidiary. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 11.13 INTEREST RATE LIMITATION. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or Credit-Linked Deposit, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively, the "CHARGES"), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the "MAXIMUM RATE") which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or Credit-Linked Deposit in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or Credit-Linked Deposit hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or Credit-Linked Deposit but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or Credit-Linked Deposits or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

-118-

SECTION 11.14 LENDER ADDENDUM. Each Lender to become a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date shall do so by delivering to the Administrative Agent a Lender Addendum duly executed by such Lender, Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section 11.15 Obligations Absolute. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Loan Party;

(b) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto against any Loan Party;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(d) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations;

(e) any exercise or non-exercise, or any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof or any Loan Document; or

(f) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Loan Parties.

SECTION 11.16 USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the "Act"), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

[Signature Pages Follow]

-119-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC., as Borrower

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

JLL BUILDING PRODUCTS, LLC

By: /s/ Brett Milgrim
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Brett Milgrim
    Title: Managing Director

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE NORTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GENPAR,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - MBS, LLC,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Andrew T. Panaccione
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Andrew T. Panaccione
    Title: Vice President

S-1

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GROUP,
L.P.,as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS TEXAS, LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTH TEXAS,
L.P., as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS INSTALLED
SALES, L.P., as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS IP, LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY, L.P., as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-2

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - DALLAS,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA DESIGN
CENTER, LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - OHIO VALLEY,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS, LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-3

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - ATLANTIC GROUP,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE OF NASHVILLE, INC.,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTHEAST GROUP,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SNC, LLC,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

CCWP, INC., as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - RALEIGH,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-4

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO GROUP,
LLC, as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO, LLC,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE FINANCING, INC.,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-5

UBS SECURITIES LLC, as Joint Arranger and Joint Book Runner

By: /s/ Lauren Clancy
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Lauren Clancy
    Title: Director

By: /s/ Oliver O. Trumbo II
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Oliver O. Trumbo II
    Title: Director

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Issuing
Bank, Administrative Agent and
Collateral Trustee

By: /s/ Wilfred V. Saint
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Wilfred V. Saint
    Title: Director


By: /s/ Sailoz Sikka
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Sailoz Sikka
    Title: Associate Director

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender and a Lender

By: /s/ Wilfred V. Saint
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Wilfred V. Saint
    Its: Duly Authorized Signatory


By: /s/ Sailoz Sikka
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Sailoz Sikka
    Its: Duly Authorized Signatory

S-6

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
as Joint Arranger, Joint Book Runner
and Syndication Agent

By: /s/ John Eydenberg
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  John Eydenberg
    Title: Managing Director


By: /s/ Stephanie Perry
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephanie Perry
    Title: Director

S-7

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as a Co-Documentation Agent

By: /s/ Daniel D. McCready
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Daniel D. McCready
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-8

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Co-Documentation Agent

By: /s/ Keith J. Cable
    ------------------------------------
    Name:  Keith J. Cable
    Title: Vice President

S-9

ANNEX I

AMORTIZATION TABLE

                           TERM LOAN
          DATE            PERCENTAGE
-----------------------   ----------
        6/30/2005            0.25%
        9/30/2005            0.25%
       12/31/2005            0.25%
        3/31/2006            0.25%
        6/30/2006            0.25%
        9/30/2006            0.25%
       12/31/2006            0.25%
        3/31/2007            0.25%
        6/30/2007            0.25%
        9/30/2007            0.25%
       12/31/2007            0.25%
        3/31/2008            0.25%
        6/30/2008            0.25%
        9/30/2008            0.25%
       12/31/2008            0.25%
        3/31/2009            0.25%
        6/30/2009            0.25%
        9/30/2009            0.25%
       12/31/2009            0.25%
        3/31/2010            0.25%
        6/30/2010            0.25%
        9/30/2010            0.25%
       12/31/2010            0.25%
        3/31/2011            0.25%
        6/30/2011            0.25%
Term Loan Maturity Date     Balance


ANNEX II

CONSOLIDATED EBITDA

  June 30, 2004     $30,962,000
October 31, 2004    $41,483,000
December 31, 2004   $35,708,000


EXHIBIT 10.2

EXECUTION COPY

COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT

dated as of February 11, 2005

among

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.,

the other Pledgors from time to time party hereto,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement,

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee under the Indenture

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Priority Collateral Trustee

and

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Parity Collateral Trustee


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
ARTICLE 1.    DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION............................................     2
         SECTION 1.1         Defined Terms.......................................................     2
         SECTION 1.2         Rules of Interpretation.............................................    13

ARTICLE 2.    THE TRUST ESTATES..................................................................    14
         SECTION 2.1         Declaration of Senior Trust.........................................    14
         SECTION 2.2         Declaration of Junior Trust.........................................    15
         SECTION 2.3         Priority of Liens...................................................    16
         SECTION 2.4         Restrictions on Enforcement of Parity Liens.........................    17
         SECTION 2.5         Waiver of Right of Marshalling......................................    19
         SECTION 2.6         Discretion in Enforcement of Priority Liens.........................    19
         SECTION 2.7         Discretion in Enforcement of Priority Lien Obligations..............    20
         SECTION 2.8         Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings...............................    20
         SECTION 2.9         Collateral Shared Equally and Ratably within Class..................    21

ARTICLE 3.    OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF COLLATERAL TRUSTEE.......................................    21
         SECTION 3.1         Undertaking of the Collateral Trustee...............................    21
         SECTION 3.2         Release or Subordination of Liens...................................    22
         SECTION 3.3         Enforcement of Liens................................................    23
         SECTION 3.4         Application of Proceeds.............................................    23
         SECTION 3.5         Powers of the Collateral Trustee....................................    25
         SECTION 3.6         Documents and Communications........................................    25
         SECTION 3.7         For Sole and Exclusive Benefit of Holders of Secured Obligations....    25
         SECTION 3.8         Additional Secured Debt.............................................    25

ARTICLE 4.    OBLIGATIONS ENFORCEABLE BY THE BORROWER AND THE  OTHER PLEDGORS....................    26
         SECTION 4.1         Release of Liens on Collateral......................................    26
         SECTION 4.2         Delivery of Copies to Secured Debt Representatives..................    28
         SECTION 4.3         Collateral Trustee not Required to Serve, File or Record............    28
         SECTION 4.4         Release of Liens in Respect of Notes................................    29

ARTICLE 5.    IMMUNITIES OF THE COLLATERAL TRUSTEE...............................................    29
         SECTION 5.1         No Implied Duty.....................................................    29
         SECTION 5.2         Appointment of Agents and Advisors..................................    29
         SECTION 5.3         Other Agreements....................................................    29
         SECTION 5.4         Solicitation of Instructions........................................    30
         SECTION 5.5         Limitation of Liability.............................................    30
         SECTION 5.6         Documents in Satisfactory Form......................................    30
         SECTION 5.7         Entitled to Rely....................................................    30
         SECTION 5.8         Secured Debt Default................................................    31
         SECTION 5.9         Actions by Collateral Trustee.......................................    31
         SECTION 5.10        Security or Indemnity in favor of the Collateral Trustee............    31
         SECTION 5.11        Rights of the Collateral Trustee....................................    31

i

         SECTION 5.12        Limitations on Duty of Collateral Trustee in Respect of Collateral..    31
         SECTION 5.13        Assumption of Rights, Not Assumption of Duties......................    32
         SECTION 5.14        No Liability for Clean Up of Hazardous Materials....................    32

ARTICLE 6.    RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE COLLATERAL TRUSTEE..................................    33
         SECTION 6.1         Resignation or Removal of Collateral Trustee........................    33
         SECTION 6.2         Appointment of Successor Collateral Trustee.........................    33
         SECTION 6.3         Succession..........................................................    33
         SECTION 6.4         Merger, Conversion or Consolidation of Collateral Trustee...........    34

ARTICLE 7.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS...........................................................    34
         SECTION 7.1         Amendment...........................................................    34
         SECTION 7.2         Voting..............................................................    36
         SECTION 7.3         Further Assurances..................................................    36
         SECTION 7.4         Perfection of Junior Trust Estate...................................    37
         SECTION 7.5         Successors and Assigns..............................................    37
         SECTION 7.6         Delay and Waiver....................................................    37
         SECTION 7.7         Notices.............................................................    37
         SECTION 7.8         Notice Following Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations.............    38
         SECTION 7.9         Entire Agreement....................................................    38
         SECTION 7.10        Compensation; Expenses..............................................    38
         SECTION 7.11        Indemnity...........................................................    39
         SECTION 7.12        Severability........................................................    40
         SECTION 7.13        Headings............................................................    40
         SECTION 7.14        Obligations Secured.................................................    40
         SECTION 7.15        Governing Law.......................................................    40
         SECTION 7.16        Consent to Jurisdiction.............................................    40
         SECTION 7.17        Waiver of Jury Trial................................................    41
         SECTION 7.18        Counterparts........................................................    41
         SECTION 7.19        Effectiveness.......................................................    41
         SECTION 7.20        Additional Pledgors.................................................    41
         SECTION 7.21        Continuing Nature of this Agreement.................................    42
         SECTION 7.22        Insolvency..........................................................    42
         SECTION 7.23        Rights and Immunities of Secured Debt Representatives...............    42

EXHIBIT A - Form of Collateral Trust Joinder

ii

This Collateral Trust Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is dated as of February 11, 2005 and is by and among Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER"), the Pledgors from time to time party hereto, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent (as defined below), Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (as defined below), and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Priority Collateral Trustee and as Parity Collateral Trustee (each as defined herein).

RECITALS

The Borrower intends to enter into a Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT") among the Borrower, JLL Building Products, LLC, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower as guarantors, the Lenders party thereto, UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint arrangers and joint book runners, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as syndication agent, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as swingline lender, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as issuing bank, as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with its successors, the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), and as collateral trustee, which will provide for a $350,000,000 credit facility.

The Borrower intends to issue Floating Rate Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2012 (including any related exchange notes, the "NOTES") in an aggregate principal amount of $275,000,000 pursuant to an Indenture dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the "INDENTURE") among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the "TRUSTEE") and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral trustee.

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them above or in Article 1 below.

The Borrower and the other Pledgors intend to secure the Obligations under the Credit Agreement and any future Priority Lien Debt on a priority basis and, subject to such priority, intend to secure the Obligations under the Indenture and any future Parity Lien Debt, with Liens on all present and future Collateral to the extent that such Liens have been provided for in the applicable Security Documents.

This Agreement sets forth the terms on which the Collateral Trustee will act as the trustee for the present and future holders of the Secured Obligations to receive, hold, maintain, administer and distribute the Collateral at any time delivered to the Collateral Trustee or the subject of the Security Documents, and to enforce the Security Documents and all interests, rights, powers and remedies of the Collateral Trustee with respect thereto or thereunder and the proceeds thereof.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. The following terms will have the following meanings:

"ACT OF REQUIRED DEBTHOLDERS" means, as to any matter at any time:

(1) prior to the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, a direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Trustee by or with the written consent of the holders of more than 50% of the sum of:

(a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Priority Lien Debt (including outstanding letters of credit whether or not then available or drawn); and

(b) other than in connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate unfunded commitments to extend credit which, when funded, would constitute Priority Lien Debt; and

(2) at any time after the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, a direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Trustee by or with the written consent of the holders of Parity Lien Debt representing the Required Parity Lien Debtholders.

For purposes of this definition, (a) Secured Debt registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower will be deemed not to be outstanding, and (b) votes will be determined in accordance with Section 7.2.

"ADDITIONAL SECURED DEBT" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8.

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control," as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with" have correlative meanings.

"AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means (a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, (b) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership, (c) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling

2

committee of managing members thereof and (d) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

"BORROWER" has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

"CAPITAL STOCK" means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person,

but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

"CLASS" means (1) in the case of Parity Lien Debt, every Series of Parity Lien Debt, taken together, and (2) in the case of Priority Lien Debt, every Series of Priority Lien Debt, taken together.

"COLLATERAL" means, in the case of each Series of Secured Debt, all properties and assets of the Borrower and the other Pledgors now owned or hereafter acquired in which Liens have been granted to the Collateral Trustee to secure the Secured Obligations, and shall exclude any properties and assets in which the Collateral Trustee is required to release its Liens pursuant to
Section 3.2; provided, that, if such Liens are required to be released as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition of any properties or assets of the Borrower or any other Pledgor, such assets or properties will cease to be excluded from the Collateral if the Borrower or any other Pledgor thereafter acquires or reacquires such assets or properties.

"COLLATERAL TRUSTEE" means each of the Priority Collateral Trustee and the Parity Collateral Trustee, severally and not jointly, unless the context specifically identifies that it means one of the foregoing by identifying the parties for whom it is acting.

"COLLATERAL TRUST JOINDER" means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

"COMMON COLLATERAL" means Collateral that secures each Series of Secured Debt of the same Class.

"CREDIT AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

3

"CREDIT FACILITIES" means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time, whether in one or more agreements.

"DISCHARGE OF PRIORITY LIEN OBLIGATIONS" means the occurrence of all of the following:

(1) termination or expiration of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute Priority Lien Debt;

(2) payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest and premium (if any) on all Priority Lien Debt (other than any undrawn letters of credit);

(3) discharge, cash collateralization (at the lower of (A) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (B) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of liens under the terms of the applicable Priority Lien Document) or collateralization with a letter of credit in form and substance, and from a financial institution, satisfactory to the respective Priority Lien Representatives (such letter of credit to have a face amount equal to the lower of (1) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (2) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of Liens under the terms of the applicable Priority Lien Document) of all outstanding letters of credit constituting Priority Lien Debt; and

(4) payment in full in cash of all other Priority Lien Obligations that are outstanding and unpaid at the time the Priority Lien Debt is paid in full in cash (other than any obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time).

"EQUALLY AND RATABLY" means, in reference to sharing of Liens or proceeds thereof as between holders of Secured Obligations within the same Class, that such Liens or proceeds:

(1) will be allocated and distributed first to the Secured Debt Representative for each outstanding Series of Secured Debt within that Class, for the account of the holders of such Series of Secured Debt, ratably in proportion to the principal of, and interest and premium (if any), reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit, if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made under such letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations on each outstanding Series of Secured Debt within that Class when the allocation or distribution is made, and thereafter

(2) will be allocated and distributed (if any remain after payment in full of all of the principal of, and interest and premium (if any) and reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) with respect to letters of credit, if any, outstanding (whether or not drawings have been made on such letters of credit) on all outstanding Secured

4

Obligations within that Class) to the Secured Debt Representative for each outstanding Series of Secured Debt within that Class, for the account of the holders of any remaining Secured Obligations within that Class, ratably in proportion to the aggregate unpaid amount of such remaining Secured Obligations within that Class due and demanded (with written notice to the applicable Secured Debt Representative and the Collateral Trustee) prior to the date such distribution is made.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date hereof.

"GUARANTEE" means a guarantee, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

"GUARANTORS" means each of:

(1) Builders FirstSource - Northeast Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Texas Genpar LLC; Builders FirstSource - MBS, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Texas Group, L.P.; BFS Texas, LLC; Builders FirstSource - South Texas, L.P.; Builders FirstSource - Texas Installed Sales, L.P.; BFS IP, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Intellectual Property, L.P.; Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc.; Builders FirstSource - Dallas, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Florida, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Florida Design Center, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Ohio Valley, LLC; BFS, LLC, Builders FirstSource - Atlantic Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource of Nashville, Inc.; Builders FirstSource - Southeast Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource - SNC, LLC; CCWP, Inc.; Builders FirstSource - Raleigh, LLC; Builders FirstSource - Colorado Group, LLC; Builders FirstSource Colorado, LLC; Builders FirstSource Financing, Inc.; and

(2) any other Subsidiary of the Borrower that executes a guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Indenture,

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Indenture.

"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

5

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker's acceptances and letters of credit;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than twelve months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term "Indebtedness" includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

"INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" means any and all liabilities (including all environmental liabilities), obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, taxes, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, performance, administration or enforcement of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of any Secured Debt or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any law (including environmental laws) applicable to or enforceable against the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Pledgor or any of the Collateral and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel selected by the Indemnitee) incurred by any Indemnitee in connection with any claim, action, investigation or proceeding in any respect relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not suit is brought.

"INDEMNITEE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11(a).

"INDENTURE" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING" means:

(1) any case commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Pledgor under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, any

6

other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Borrower or any other Pledgor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Borrower or any other Pledgor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Borrower or any other Pledgor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Borrower or any other Pledgor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Borrower or any other Pledgor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

"JUNIOR TRUST ESTATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

"LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

"LIEN SHARING AND PRIORITY CONFIRMATION" means:

(1) as to any Series of Parity Lien Debt, the written agreement of the holders of such Series of Parity Lien Debt or their representative, as set forth in the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of each existing and future Series of Priority Lien Debt, each existing and future Priority Lien Representative and each existing and future holder of Permitted Prior Liens:

(a) that all Parity Lien Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Parity Liens at any time granted by the Borrower or any other Pledgor to secure any Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt, upon property constituting Common Collateral for such Series of Parity Lien Debt and each existing and future Series of Parity Lien Debt, and that all such Parity Liens will be enforceable by the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of all holders of Parity Lien Obligations equally and ratably;

(b) that the holders of Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt are bound by the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Parity Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Parity Liens; and

(c) consenting to and directing the Collateral Trustee to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

7

(2) as to any Series of Priority Lien Debt, the written agreement of the holders of such Series of Priority Lien Debt or their representative, as set forth in the credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Priority Lien Debt, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of each existing and future Series of Parity Lien Debt, each existing and future Parity Lien Representative and each existing and future holder of Permitted Prior Liens:

(a) that all Priority Lien Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Priority Liens at any time granted by the Borrower or any other Pledgor to secure any Obligations in respect of such Series of Priority Lien Debt, upon property constituting Common Collateral for such Series of Priority Lien Debt and each existing and future Series of Priority Lien Debt, and that all Priority Liens with respect to such Priority Lien Debt will be enforceable by the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of all holders of Priority Lien Obligations;

(b) that the holders of Obligations in respect of such Series of Priority Lien Debt are bound by the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Priority Liens and the order of application of proceeds from enforcement of Priority Liens; and

(c) consenting to and directing the Collateral Trustee to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents.

"NOTES" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"NOTE DOCUMENTS" means the Indenture, the Notes, this Agreement and the Security Documents.

"OBLIGATIONS" means any principal (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit whether or not drawn), interest (including all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the Priority Lien Documents, even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding), premium (if any), fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

"OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Agreement, signed on behalf of the Borrower by two officers of the Borrower, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Borrower, including:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate are based;

8

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

"PARITY COLLATERAL TRUSTEE" means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral trustee under the Indenture for the benefit of the holders of the Parity Lien Obligations.

"PARITY LIEN" means a Lien granted by a Security Document to the Parity Collateral Trustee, at any time, upon any property of the Borrower or any other Pledgor to secure Parity Lien Obligations.

"PARITY LIEN DEBT" means:

(1) the Notes issued on the date hereof (including any related exchange notes); and

(2) any other Indebtedness (including additional Notes) that is secured equally and ratably with the Notes by a Parity Lien that was permitted to be incurred and so secured under each applicable Secured Debt Document;

provided, that in the case of any Indebtedness referred to in clause (2) of this definition, that:

(a) on or before the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred by the Borrower, such Indebtedness is designated by the Borrower, in an Officers' Certificate delivered to each Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee, as "Parity Lien Debt" for the purposes of the Secured Debt Documents; provided, that no Obligation or Indebtedness may be designated as both Parity Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt;

(b) such Indebtedness is governed by an indenture, credit agreement or other agreement that includes a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation and the Borrower delivers an Officers' Certificate to each Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee confirming same; and

(c) all requirements set forth in this Agreement as to the confirmation, grant or perfection of the Collateral Trustee's Lien to secure such Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof are satisfied (and the satisfaction of such requirements and the other provisions of this clause (c) will be conclusively established if the Borrower delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and that such Indebtedness is "Parity Lien Debt").

9

"PARITY LIEN DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, the Note Documents and the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing each other Series of Parity Lien Debt and the Security Documents securing the Parity Lien Obligations.

"PARITY LIEN OBLIGATIONS" means Parity Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect thereof.

"PARITY LIEN REPRESENTATIVE" means:

(1) in the case of the Notes, the Trustee; or

(2) in the case of any other Series of Parity Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Parity Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register for such Series of Parity Lien Debt and (A) is appointed as a Parity Lien Representative (for purposes related to the administration of the Security Documents) pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, together with its successors in such capacity, and (B) that has executed a Collateral Trust Joinder.

"PERMITTED PRIOR LIENS" means, regardless of whether the Indenture is in effect at any time of determination:

(1) Liens described in clauses (1) (liens securing Priority Lien Oligations), (4) (liens existing at time of merger), (5) (liens existing on acquired property), (6) (liens securing performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, etc.), (7) (liens securing purchase money debt, capital leases, etc.) or (8) (existing liens) of the definition of "Permitted Liens" under the Indenture; and

(2) Permitted Liens (as defined in the Indenture) that arise by operation of law and are not voluntarily granted, to the extent entitled by law to priority over the Liens created by the Security Documents.

"PERSON" means any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm, association, trust, government, governmental agency or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

"PLEDGORS" means JLL Building Products, LLC (until consummation of the Borrower's IPO (as defined in the Credit Agreement)), the Borrower, the Guarantors and any other Person (if any) that at any time provides collateral security for any Secured Obligations.

"PRIORITY COLLATERAL TRUSTEE" means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral trustee under the Credit Agreement for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations.

"PRIORITY LIEN" means a Lien granted by a Security Document to the Priority Collateral Trustee, at any time, upon any property of the Borrower or any other Pledgor to secure Priority Lien Obligations.

"PRIORITY LIEN DEBT" means:

10

(1) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, revolving loans and letters of credit) that was permitted to be incurred and secured under each applicable Secured Debt Document (or as to which the lenders under the Credit Agreement obtained an Officers' Certificate at the time of incurrence to the effect that such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred and secured by all applicable Secured Debt Documents);

(2) Indebtedness under any other Credit Facility that is secured equally and ratably with the Credit Agreement by a Priority Lien that was permitted to be incurred and so secured under each applicable Secured Debt Document; provided, in the case of any Indebtedness referred to in this clause (2), that:

(a) on or before the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred by the Borrower such Indebtedness is designated by the Borrower, in an Officers' Certificate delivered to each Priority Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee, as "Priority Lien Debt" for the purposes of the Secured Debt Documents; provided, that no Obligation or Indebtedness may be designated as both Parity Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt;

(b) such Indebtedness is governed by a credit agreement, an indenture or other agreement that includes a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation; and

(c) all requirements set forth in this Agreement as to the confirmation, grant or perfection of the Collateral Trustee's Lien to secure such Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof are satisfied (and the satisfaction of such requirements and the other provisions of this clause (c) will be conclusively established if the Borrower delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and that such Indebtedness is "Priority Lien Debt"); and

(3) Hedging Obligations incurred to hedge or manage interest rate risk with respect to any Priority Lien Debt or Parity Lien Debt; provided, that:

(a) such Hedging Obligations are secured by a Priority Lien on all of the assets and properties that secure the Indebtedness in respect of which such Hedging Obligations are incurred; and

(b) such Priority Lien is senior to or on a parity with the Priority Liens securing the Indebtedness in respect of which such Hedging Obligations are incurred.

"PRIORITY LIEN DOCUMENTS" means the Credit Agreement and any other Credit Facility pursuant to which any Priority Lien Debt is incurred, this Agreement and the Security Documents securing the Priority Lien Obligations.

"PRIORITY LIEN OBLIGATIONS" means the Priority Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect of Priority Lien Debt.

11

"PRIORITY LIEN REPRESENTATIVE" means:

(1) in the case of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent; or

(2) in the case of any other Series of Priority Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Priority Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register (if any) for such Series of Priority Lien Debt and is appointed as a representative of the Priority Lien Debt (for purposes related to the administration of the Security Documents) pursuant to the credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Priority Lien Debt, and who has executed a Collateral Trust Joinder.

"REQUIRED PARITY LIEN DEBTHOLDERS" means, at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of:

(1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Parity Lien Debt (including outstanding letters of credit whether or not then available or drawn); and

(2) other than in connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate unfunded commitments to extend credit which, when funded, would constitute Parity Lien Debt.

For purposes of this definition, (a) Parity Lien Debt registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower will be deemed not to be outstanding, and (b) votes will be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2.

"SECURED DEBT" means Parity Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt.

"SECURED DEBT DEFAULT" means any event or condition which, under the terms of any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement governing any Series of Secured Debt causes, or permits holders of Secured Debt outstanding thereunder (with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, and whether or not notice has been given or time has lapsed) to cause, the Secured Debt outstanding thereunder to become immediately due and payable.

"SECURED DEBT DOCUMENTS" means the Parity Lien Documents and the Priority Lien Documents.

"SECURED DEBT REPRESENTATIVE" means each Parity Lien Representative and each Priority Lien Representative.

"SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means Parity Lien Obligations and Priority Lien Obligations.

"SECURED PARTIES" means the holders of Secured Obligations and the Secured Debt Representatives.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means each Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation, and all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, collateral agency agreements, control agreements, deeds of trust or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Borrower or any other Pledgor creating (or purporting to create) or

12

perfecting (or purporting to perfect) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations or Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Parity Lien Obligations, as applicable, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and Section 7.1.

"SENIOR TRUST ESTATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

"SERIES OF PARITY LIEN DEBT" means, severally, the Notes and each other issue or series of Parity Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained.

"SERIES OF PRIORITY LIEN DEBT" means indebtedness (including, without limitation, revolving loans and letters of credit) under the Credit Agreement and any other Credit Facility that constitutes Priority Lien Debt.

"SERIES OF SECURED DEBT" means, severally, each Series of Priority Lien Debt and each Series of Parity Lien Debt.

"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders' agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or
(b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

"TRUSTEE" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"TRUST ESTATES" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or any other applicable jurisdiction.

"VOTING STOCK" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

SECTION 1.2 Rules of Interpretation.

(a) All terms used in this Agreement that are defined in Article 9 of the UCC and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in Article 9 of the UCC.

13

(b) Unless otherwise indicated, any reference to any agreement or instrument will be deemed to include a reference to that agreement or instrument as assigned, amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time or replaced in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) The use in this Agreement or any of the Security Documents of the word "include" or "including," when following any general statement, term or matter, will not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as "without limitation" or "but not limited to" or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but will be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall."

(d) References to "Sections," "clauses," "recitals" and the "preamble" will be to Sections, clauses, recitals and the preamble, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. References to "Articles" will be to Articles of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. References to "Exhibits" and "Schedules" will be to Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any references contained herein to any section, clause, paragraph, definition or other provision of the Indenture (including any definition contained therein) shall be deemed to be a reference to such section, clause, paragraph, definition or other provision as in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, that any reference to any such section, clause, paragraph or other provision shall refer to such section, clause, paragraph or other provision of the Indenture (including any definition contained therein) as amended or modified from time to time if such amendment or modification has been (1) made in accordance with the Indenture and (2) prior to the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, approved in a writing delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee by, or on behalf of, the requisite holders of Priority Lien Obligations as are needed (if any) under the terms of the applicable Priority Lien Documents to approve such amendment or modification.

(f) This Agreement and the Security Documents will be construed without regard to the identity of the party who drafted it and as though the parties participated equally in drafting it. Consequently, each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that any rule of construction that a document is to be construed against the drafting party will not be applicable either to this Agreement or the Security Documents.

ARTICLE 2. THE TRUST ESTATES

SECTION 2.1 Declaration of Senior Trust.

To secure the payment of the Priority Lien Obligations and in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth in this Agreement, each of the Pledgors hereby grants to the Priority Collateral Trustee, and the Priority Collateral Trustee hereby accepts and agrees to hold, in trust under this Agreement for the benefit of all present and future holders of Priority Lien

14

Obligations, all of such Pledgor's right, title and interest in, to and under all Collateral granted to the Priority Collateral Trustee under any Security Document securing Priority Lien Obligations for the benefit of the holders of Priority Lien Obligations, together with all of the Priority Collateral Trustee's right, title and interest in, to and under such Security Documents, and all interests, rights, powers and remedies of the Collateral Trustee thereunder or in respect thereof and all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof (collectively, the "SENIOR TRUST ESTATE").

The Collateral Trustee and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will hold the Senior Trust Estate in trust for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future holders of Priority Lien Obligations as security for the payment of all present and future Priority Lien Obligations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time:

(1) all Liens securing the Priority Lien Obligations have been released as provided in Section 4.1;

(2) the Collateral Trustee holds no property in trust as part of the Senior Trust Estate;

(3) no monetary obligation (other than indemnification and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and letters of credit that have been cash collateralized as provided in clause (3) of the definition of "Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations") is outstanding and payable under this Agreement to the Collateral Trustee or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an individual or representative capacity); and

(4) the Borrower delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all Priority Liens of the Collateral Trustee have been released in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Priority Lien Documents and that the Pledgors are not required by any Priority Lien Document to grant any Priority Lien upon any property,

then the senior trust arising hereunder will terminate, except that all provisions set forth in Sections 7.10 and 7.11 that are enforceable by the Collateral Trustee or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an individual or representative capacity) will remain enforceable in accordance with their terms.

The parties further declare and covenant that the Senior Trust Estate will be held and distributed by the Collateral Trustee subject to the further agreements herein.

SECTION 2.2 Declaration of Junior Trust.

To secure the payment of the Parity Lien Obligations and in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, each of the Pledgors hereby grants to the Parity Collateral Trustee, and the Parity Collateral Trustee hereby accepts and agrees to hold, in trust under this Agreement for the benefit of all present and future holders of Parity Lien Obligations, all of such Pledgor's right, title and interest in, to and under all Collateral granted to the Parity Collateral Trustee under any Security Document securing Parity Lien Obligations for the benefit

15

of the holders of Parity Lien Obligations, together with all of the Parity Collateral Trustee's right, title and interest in, to and under such Security Documents, and all interests, rights, powers and remedies of the Collateral Trustee thereunder or in respect thereof and all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof (collectively, the "JUNIOR TRUST ESTATE," and together with the Senior Trust Estate, the "TRUST ESTATES").

The Parity Collateral Trustee and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will hold the Junior Trust Estate in trust for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future holders of Parity Lien Obligations as security for the payment of all present and future Priority Lien Obligations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time:

(1) all Liens securing the Parity Lien Obligations have been released as provided in Section 4.1;

(2) the Collateral Trustee holds no property in trust as part of the Junior Trust Estate;

(3) no monetary obligation (other than indemnification and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and letters of credit that have been cash collateralized as provided in clause (3) of the definition of "Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations") is outstanding and payable under this Agreement to the Collateral Trustee or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an individual or representative capacity); and

(4) the Borrower delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all Parity Liens of the Collateral Trustee have been released in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Parity Lien Documents and that the Pledgors are not required by any Parity Lien Document to grant any Parity Lien upon any property,

then the junior trust arising hereunder will terminate, except that all provisions set forth in Sections 7.10 and 7.11 that are enforceable by the Collateral Trustee or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an individual or representative capacity) will remain enforceable in accordance with their terms.

The parties further declare and covenant that the Junior Trust Estate will be held and distributed by the Collateral Trustee subject to the further agreements herein.

SECTION 2.3 Priority of Liens. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein or in any Security Document, it is the intent of the parties that:

(1) this Agreement creates two separate and distinct Trust Estates and the Security Documents create two separate and distinct Liens:
the Senior Trust Estate and Priority Lien securing the payment and performance of the Priority Lien Obligations and the Junior Trust Estate and Parity Lien securing the payment and performance of the Parity Lien Obligations; and

16

(2) notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens securing the Parity Lien Obligations granted on the Collateral or of any Liens securing the Priority Lien Obligations granted on the Collateral and notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, or any other applicable law or the Parity Lien Documents or any defect or deficiencies in, or failure to perfect, the Liens securing the Priority Lien Obligations or any other circumstance whatsoever, the Liens securing the Parity Lien Obligations are subject and subordinate to the Liens securing the Priority Lien Obligations.

SECTION 2.4 Restrictions on Enforcement of Parity Liens(a) .

(a) Until the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations will have, subject to the exceptions set forth below in clauses (1) through (4) and subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Prior Liens, the exclusive right to authorize and direct the Collateral Trustee with respect to the Security Documents and the Collateral including, without limitation, the exclusive right to authorize or direct the Collateral Trustee to enforce, collect or realize on any Collateral or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Collateral and no Parity Lien Representative or holder of Parity Lien Obligations may authorize or direct the Collateral Trustee with respect to such matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of Parity Lien Obligations may, subject to the rights of the holders of other Permitted Prior Liens, direct the Collateral Trustee:

(1) without any condition or restriction whatsoever, at any time after the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations;

(2) as necessary to redeem any Collateral in a creditor's redemption permitted by law or to deliver any notice or demand necessary to enforce (subject to the prior Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations) any right to claim, take or receive proceeds of Collateral remaining after the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations in the event of foreclosure or other enforcement of any Permitted Prior Lien;

(3) as necessary to perfect or establish the priority (subject to Priority Liens and other Permitted Prior Liens) of the Parity Liens upon any Collateral, except that the Parity Lien Representative and the holders of Parity Lien Obligations may not require the Collateral Trustee to take any action to perfect any Collateral through possession or control other than the Priority Collateral Trustee agreeing pursuant to Section 7.4 to act as agent for the benefit of the holders of Parity Lien Obligations; or

(4) as necessary to create, prove, preserve or protect (but not enforce) the Parity Liens upon any Collateral.

(b) Until the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, none of the holders of Parity Lien Obligations or any Parity Lien Representative will:

(1) request judicial relief, in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or in any other court, that would hinder, delay, limit or prohibit the lawful exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy otherwise available to the holders of Priority Lien

17

Obligations in respect of the Priority Liens or that would limit, invalidate, avoid or set aside any Priority Lien or subordinate the Priority Liens to the Parity Liens or grant the Parity Liens equal ranking to the Priority Liens;

(2) oppose or otherwise contest any motion for relief from the automatic stay or for any injunction against foreclosure or enforcement of Priority Liens made by any holder of Priority Lien Obligations or any Priority Lien Representative in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding;

(3) oppose or otherwise contest any lawful exercise by any holder of Priority Lien Obligations or any Priority Lien Representative of the right to credit bid Priority Lien Debt at any sale in foreclosure of Priority Liens;

(4) oppose or otherwise contest any other request for judicial relief made in any court by any holder of Priority Lien Obligations or any Priority Lien Representative relating to the lawful enforcement of any Priority Lien; or

(5) challenge the validity, enforceability, perfection or priority of the Priority Liens.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, both before and during an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, the holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives may take any actions and exercise any and all rights that would be available to a holder of unsecured claims, including, without limitation, the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against the Borrower or any other Pledgor in accordance with applicable law; provided, that the holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives may not take any of the actions prohibited by clauses (1) through (5) of this
Section 2.4(b) or oppose or contest any order that it has agreed not to oppose or contest under Section 2.8.

(c) At any time prior to the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations and after (1) the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of the Borrower or any other Pledgor or (2) the Collateral Trustee and each Parity Lien Representative have received written notice from any Priority Lien Representative at the direction of an Act of Required Debtholders stating that (A) any Series of Priority Lien Debt has become due and payable in full (whether at maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise) or (B) the holders of Priority Liens securing one or more Series of Priority Lien Debt have become entitled under any Priority Lien Documents to and have stated the intent to enforce any or all of the Priority Liens by reason of a default under such Priority Lien Documents, no payment of money (or the equivalent of money) shall be made from the proceeds of Collateral by the Borrower or any other Pledgor to the Trustee, the Collateral Trustee (in its capacity as agent for the holders of Parity Lien Obligations) or any holder of Parity Lien Obligations (including, without limitation, payments and prepayments made for application to Parity Lien Obligations and all other payments and deposits made pursuant to any provision of any Parity Lien Document).

(d) All proceeds of Collateral received by the Parity Collateral Trustee, any Parity Lien Representative or any holder of Parity Lien Obligations in violation of Section 2.4(c) will be held by the Parity Collateral Trustee, the applicable Parity Lien Representative or the

18

applicable holder of Parity Lien Obligations for the account of the holders of Priority Liens and remitted to any Priority Lien Representative upon demand by such Priority Lien Representative. The Parity Liens will remain attached to and enforceable against all proceeds so held or remitted. All proceeds of Collateral received by the Parity Collateral Trustee, holders of Parity Lien Obligations and Parity Lien Representatives not in violation of Section 2.4(c) will be received by the Parity Collateral Trustee, holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives free from the Priority Liens and all other Liens except the Parity Liens.

SECTION 2.5 Waiver of Right of Marshalling.

(a) Prior to the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, holders of Parity Lien Obligations, each Parity Lien Representative and the Parity Collateral Trustee may not assert or enforce any right of marshalling accorded to a junior lienholder, as against the holders of Priority Lien Obligations and the Priority Lien Representatives (in their capacity as priority lienholders).

(b) Following the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, the holders of Parity Lien Obligations and any Parity Lien Representative may assert their right under the UCC or otherwise to any proceeds remaining following a sale or other disposition of Collateral by, or on behalf of, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations.

SECTION 2.6 Discretion in Enforcement of Priority Liens.

(a) In exercising rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral, the Priority Lien Representatives may enforce (or refrain from enforcing) the provisions of the Priority Lien Documents and exercise (or refrain from exercising) remedies thereunder or any such rights and remedies, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole and exclusive discretion, including:

(1) the exercise or forebearance from exercise of all rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral and/or the Priority Lien Obligations;

(2) the enforcement or forebearance from enforcement of any Priority Lien in respect of the Collateral;

(3) the exercise or forebearance from exercise of rights and powers of a holder of shares of stock included in the Senior Trust Estate to the extent provided in the Security Documents securing the Priority Lien Obligations;

(4) the acceptance of the Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the Priority Lien Obligations; and

(5) the exercise or forebearance from exercise of all rights and remedies of a secured lender under the UCC or any similar law of any applicable jurisdiction or in equity.

19

SECTION 2.7 Discretion in Enforcement of Priority Lien Obligations.

(a) Without in any way limiting the generality of Section 2.6, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations and the Priority Lien Representatives may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to holders of Parity Lien Obligations or the Parity Lien Representatives, without incurring responsibility to holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Agreement or the obligations hereunder of holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives, do any one or more of the following:

(1) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, the Priority Lien Obligations, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner the Priority Lien Obligations, or any instrument evidencing the Priority Lien Obligations or any agreement under which the Priority Lien Obligations are outstanding;

(2) release any Person or entity liable in any manner for the collection of the Priority Lien Obligations;

(3) release the Priority Lien on any Collateral; and

(4) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Pledgor.

SECTION 2.8 Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings.

(a) If in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding and prior to the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations by an Act of Required Debtholders consent to any order:

(1) for use of cash collateral;

(2) approving a debtor-in-possession financing secured by a Lien that is senior to or on a parity with all Priority Liens upon any property of the estate in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding;

(3) granting any relief on account of Priority Lien Obligations as adequate protection (or its equivalent) for the benefit of the holders of Priority Lien Obligations in the Collateral subject to Priority Liens; or

(4) relating to a sale of assets of the Borrower or any other Pledgor that provides, to the extent the Collateral sold is to be free and clear of Liens, that all Priority Liens and Parity Liens will attach to the proceeds of the sale;

then, the holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives, in their capacity as holders or representatives of secured claims, will not oppose or otherwise contest the entry of such order, so long as none of the holders of Priority Lien Obligations or Priority Lien Representatives in any respect opposes or otherwise contests any request made by any holder of Parity Lien Obligations or Parity Lien Representative for the grant to the Parity Collateral

20

Trustee of a junior Lien upon any property on which a Lien is (or is to be) granted under such order to secure the Priority Lien Obligations, co-extensive in all respects with, but subordinated (as set forth in Section 2.3) to, such Lien and all Priority Liens on such property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, both before and during an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, the holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives may take any actions and exercise any and all rights that would otherwise be available to a holder of unsecured claims, including, without limitation, the commencement of Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings against any Pledgors in accordance with applicable law; provided, however, that, both before and during an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, the holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives may not take any of the actions prohibited under Section 2.4(b) or oppose or contest any order that they have agreed not to oppose or contest under clauses (1) through (4) of the preceding paragraph.

(b) The holders of Parity Lien Obligations or any Parity Lien Representative will not file or prosecute in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding any motion for adequate protection (or any comparable request for relief) based upon their interest in the Collateral under the Parity Liens, except that:

(1) they may freely seek and obtain relief: (A) granting a junior Lien co-extensive in all respects with, but subordinated (as set forth in Section 2.3) to, all Liens granted in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding to, or for the benefit of, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations; or (B) in connection with the confirmation of any plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan; and

(2) they may freely seek and obtain any relief upon a motion for adequate protection (or any comparable relief), without any condition or restriction whatsoever, at any time after the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations.

SECTION 2.9 Collateral Shared Equally and Ratably within Class. The parties to this Agreement agree that the payment and satisfaction of all of the Secured Obligations within each Class will be secured equally and ratably by the Liens established in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties belonging to such Class. It is understood and agreed that nothing in this Section 2.9 is intended to alter the priorities among Secured Parties belonging to different Classes as provided in Section 2.3.

ARTICLE 3. OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF COLLATERAL TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1 Undertaking of the Collateral Trustee.

(a) Subject to, and in accordance with, this Agreement, the Collateral Trustee will, as trustee, for the benefit solely and exclusively of the present and future Secured Parties:

(1) accept, enter into, hold, maintain, administer and enforce all Security Documents, including all Collateral subject thereto, and all Liens created thereunder, perform its obligations under the Security Documents and protect, exercise and enforce the interests, rights, powers and remedies granted or available to it under, pursuant to or in connection with the Security Documents;

21

(2) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions permitted under the Security Documents that it may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve its interest in the Collateral subject thereto and such interests, rights, powers and remedies;

(3) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Security Documents;

(4) sell, assign, collect, assemble, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with respect to, or otherwise exercise or enforce the rights and remedies of a secured party (including a mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary and insurance beneficiary or loss payee) with respect to the Collateral under the Security Documents and its other interests, rights, powers and remedies;

(5) remit as provided in Section 3.4 all cash proceeds received by the Collateral Trustee from the collection, foreclosure or enforcement of its interest in the Collateral under the Security Documents or any of its other interests, rights, powers or remedies;

(6) execute and deliver amendments to the Security Documents as from time to time authorized pursuant to Section 7.1 accompanied by an Officers' Certificate to the effect that the amendment was permitted under
Section 7.1; and

(7) release any Lien granted to it by any Security Document upon any Collateral if and as required by Section 4.1(b).

(b) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and consents to the undertaking of the Collateral Trustee set forth in Section 3.1(a) and agrees to each of the other provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Collateral Trustee.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Collateral Trustee will not commence any exercise of remedies or any foreclosure actions or otherwise take any action or proceeding against any of the Collateral (other than actions as necessary to prove, protect or preserve the Liens securing the Secured Obligations) unless and until it shall have been directed by written notice of an Act of Required Debtholders and then only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.2 Release or Subordination of Liens. The Collateral Trustee will not release or subordinate any Lien of the Collateral Trustee or consent to the release or subordination of any Lien of the Collateral Trustee, except:

(a) as directed by an Act of Required Debtholders accompanied by an Officers' Certificate to the effect that the release or subordination was permitted by each applicable Secured Debt Document;

(b) as required by Article 4;

(c) as ordered pursuant to applicable law under a final and nonappealable order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or

22

(d) for the subordination of the Junior Trust Estate and the Parity Liens to the Senior Trust Estate and the Priority Liens.

SECTION 3.3 Enforcement of Liens. If the Collateral Trustee at any time receives written notice that any event has occurred that constitutes a default under any Secured Debt Document entitling the Collateral Trustee to foreclose upon, collect or otherwise enforce its Liens hereunder, the Collateral Trustee will promptly deliver written notice thereof to each Secured Debt Representative. Thereafter, the Collateral Trustee may await direction by an Act of Required Debtholders and will act, or decline to act, as directed by an Act of Required Debtholders, in the exercise and enforcement of the Collateral Trustee's interests, rights, powers and remedies in respect of the Collateral or under the Security Documents or applicable law and, following the initiation of such exercise of remedies, the Collateral Trustee will act, or decline to act, with respect to the manner of such exercise of remedies as directed by an Act of Required Debtholders. Unless it has been directed to the contrary by an Act of Required Debtholders, the Collateral Trustee in any event may (but will not be obligated to) take or refrain from taking such action with respect to any default under any Secured Debt Document as it may deem advisable and in the best interest of the holders of Secured Obligations.

SECTION 3.4 Application of Proceeds.

(a) The Collateral Trustee will apply the proceeds of any foreclosure, collection or other enforcement upon any Collateral in the following order of application:

FIRST, to the payment of all amounts payable under this Agreement on account of the Collateral Trustee's fees and any reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses or other liabilities of any kind incurred by the Collateral Trustee or any co-trustee or agent of the Collateral Trustee in connection with any Security Document;

SECOND, to the repayment of Indebtedness and other Obligations, other than Secured Debt, secured by a Permitted Prior Lien on the Collateral sold or realized upon;

THIRD, to the respective Priority Lien Representatives for application to the payment of all outstanding Priority Lien Debt and any other Priority Lien Obligations that are then due and payable in such order as may be provided in the Priority Lien Documents (and if not so provided therein, on a pro rata basis) in an amount sufficient to pay in full in cash all outstanding Priority Lien Debt and all other Priority Lien Obligations that are then due and payable (including all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the Priority Lien Documents, even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding, and including the discharge, cash collateralization (at the lower of (1) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (2) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of Liens under the terms of the applicable Priority Lien Document) or collateralization with a letter of credit in form and substance, and from a financial institution, satisfactory to the respective Priority Lien Representatives (such letter of credit to have a face amount equal to the lower of (1) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (2) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of

23

Liens under the terms of the applicable Priority Lien Document) of all outstanding letters of credit constituting Priority Lien Debt);

FOURTH, to the respective Parity Lien Representatives for application to the payment of all outstanding Parity Lien Debt and any other Parity Lien Obligations that are then due and payable in such order as may be provided in the Parity Lien Documents (and if not so provided therein, on a pro rata basis) in an amount sufficient to pay in full in cash all outstanding Parity Lien Debt and all other Parity Lien Obligations that are then due and payable (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the Parity Lien Documents, even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding, and including the discharge, cash collateralization (at the lower of (1) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (2) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of Liens under the terms of the applicable Parity Lien Document) or collateralization with a letter of credit in form and substance, and from a financial institution, satisfactory to the respective Parity Lien Representatives (such letter of credit to have a face amount equal to the lower of (1) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (2) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of Liens under the terms of the applicable Parity Lien Document) of all outstanding letters of credit, if any, constituting Parity Lien Debt); and

FIFTH, any surplus remaining after the payment in full in cash of amounts described in the preceding clauses will be paid to the Borrower or the applicable Pledgor, as the case may be, its successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

(b) If any Parity Lien Representative or any holder of a Parity Lien Obligation collects or receives any proceeds of such foreclosure, collection or other enforcement that should have been applied to the payment of the Priority Lien Obligations in accordance with Section 3.4(a) above, whether after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, such Parity Lien Representative or such holder of a Parity Lien Obligation, as the case may be, will forthwith deliver the same to the Collateral Trustee, for the account of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations and other Obligations secured by a Permitted Prior Lien, to be applied in accordance with Section
3.4(a). Until so delivered, such proceeds will be held by that Parity Lien Representative or that holder of a Parity Lien Obligation, as the case may be, for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations and other Obligations secured by a Permitted Prior Lien.

(c) This Section 3.4 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Secured Obligations, each present and future Secured Debt Representative, the Priority Collateral Trustee and the Parity Collateral Trustee. The Secured Debt Representative of each future Series of Secured Debt will be required to deliver a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee and each other Secured Debt Representative at the time of incurrence of such Series of Secured Debt.

24

(d) In connection with the application of proceeds pursuant to
Section 3.4(a), except as otherwise directed by an Act of Required Debtholders, the Collateral Trustee may sell any non-cash proceeds for cash prior to the application of the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 3.5 Powers of the Collateral Trustee.

(a) The Collateral Trustee is irrevocably authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its obligations and protect, perfect, exercise and enforce its interest, rights, powers and remedies under the Security Documents and applicable law and in equity and to act as set forth in this Agreement or as requested in any lawful directions given to it from time to time in respect of any matter by an Act of Required Debtholders.

(b) No Secured Debt Representative or holder of Secured Obligations will have any liability whatsoever for any act or omission of the Collateral Trustee, other than any indemnification obligations owed to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to the Secured Debt Documents.

SECTION 3.6 Documents and Communications. The Collateral Trustee will permit each Secured Debt Representative and each holder of Secured Obligations upon reasonable written notice from time to time to inspect and copy, at the cost and expense of the party requesting such copies, any and all Security Documents and other documents, notices, certificates, instructions or communications received by the Collateral Trustee in its capacity as such.

SECTION 3.7 For Sole and Exclusive Benefit of Holders of Secured Obligations. The Collateral Trustee will accept, hold, administer and enforce all Liens on the Collateral at any time transferred or delivered to it and all other interests, rights, powers and remedies at any time granted to or enforceable by the Collateral Trustee and all other property of the Trust Estates solely and exclusively for the benefit of the present and future holders of present and future Secured Obligations, and will distribute all proceeds received by it in realization thereon or from enforcement thereof solely and exclusively pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4.

SECTION 3.8 Additional Secured Debt.

(a) The Collateral Trustee will, as trustee hereunder, perform its undertakings set forth in Section 3.1(a) with respect to each holder of Secured Obligations of a Series of Secured Debt that is issued or incurred after the date hereof that:

(1) holds Secured Obligations that are identified as Parity Lien Debt or Priority Lien Debt in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.8(b);

(2) signs, through its designated Secured Debt Representative identified pursuant to Section 3.8(b), a Collateral Trust Joinder; and

(3) delivers a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation.

(b) The Borrower or other applicable Pledgor will be permitted to designate as an additional holder of Secured Obligations hereunder each Person who is, or who becomes, the

25

holder of Parity Lien Debt or the holder of Priority Lien Debt incurred by the Borrower or such other Pledgor after the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of all applicable Secured Debt Documents. The Borrower or other applicable Pledgor may effect such designation by delivering to the Collateral Trustee, with copies to each previously identified Secured Debt Representative, each of the following:

(1) an Officers' Certificate stating that the Borrower or such other Pledgor intends to incur additional Secured Debt ("ADDITIONAL SECURED DEBT") which will either be (A) Priority Lien Debt permitted by each applicable Secured Debt Document to be secured by a Priority Lien equally and ratably with all previously existing and future Priority Lien Debt or (B) Parity Lien Debt permitted by each applicable Secured Debt Document to be secured with a Parity Lien equally and ratably with all previously existing and future Parity Lien Debt;

(2) evidence that the Borrower or such other Pledgor has duly authorized, executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded) in each appropriate governmental office all relevant filings and recordations to ensure that the Additional Secured Debt is secured by some or all of the Collateral in accordance with the applicable Security Documents securing such Additional Secured Debt; and

(3) a written notice specifying the name and address of the Secured Debt Representative for such series of Additional Secured Debt for purposes of Section 7.7.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will be construed to allow the Borrower or any other Pledgor to incur additional Indebtedness unless otherwise permitted by the terms of all applicable Secured Debt Documents.

ARTICLE 4. OBLIGATIONS ENFORCEABLE BY THE BORROWER AND THE OTHER PLEDGORS

SECTION 4.1 Release of Liens on Collateral.

(a) Subject to satisfaction of clause (b) below, the Collateral Trustee's Liens upon the Collateral will be released:

(1) in whole, upon (A) payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Secured Debt and all other Secured Obligations that are outstanding, due and payable at the time all of the Secured Debt is paid in full and discharged and (B) termination or expiration of all commitments to extend credit under all Secured Debt Documents and the cancellation, termination, cash collateralization (at the lower of (1) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (2) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of Liens under the terms of the applicable Secured Debt Documents) or collateralization with a letter of credit in form and substance, and from a financial institution, satisfactory to the applicable Secured Debt Representatives (such letter of credit to have a face amount equal to the lower of (1) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (2) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of

26

Liens under the terms of the applicable Secured Debt Documents) of all outstanding letters of credit issued pursuant to any Secured Debt Documents;

(2) as to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower or any other Pledgor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or disposition) the Borrower or a Guarantor of the Borrower in a transaction or other circumstance that complies with Section 4.10 (the "Asset Sale" provision) of the Indenture, if any, and is permitted by all of the other Secured Debt Documents, at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition or to the extent of the interest sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided, that the Collateral Trustee's Liens upon the Collateral will not be released if the sale or disposition is subject to the "Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets" provisions of the Indenture;

(3) as to a release of less than all or substantially all of the Collateral, if consent to the release of all Priority Liens on such Collateral has been given by an Act of Required Debtholders; and

(4) as to a release of all or substantially all of the Collateral, if (A) consent to release of that Collateral has been given by the requisite percentage or number of holders of each Series of Secured Debt at the time outstanding as provided for in the applicable Secured Debt Documents and (B) the Borrower has delivered an Officers' Certificate to the Collateral Trustee certifying that any such necessary consents have been obtained.

(b) The Collateral Trustee agrees for the benefit of the Borrower and the other Pledgors that if the Collateral Trustee at any time receives:

(1) an Officers' Certificate stating that (A) the signing officer has read Section 4.1 of this Agreement and understands the provisions and the definitions relating hereto, (B) such officer has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the conditions precedent in this Agreement and all other Secured Debt Documents, if any, relating to the release of the Collateral have been complied with and (C) in the opinion of such officer, such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with;

(2) the proposed instrument or instruments releasing such Lien as to such property in recordable form, if applicable; and

(3) prior to the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, the written confirmation of each Priority Lien Representative (or, at any time after the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, each Parity Lien Representative) (such confirmation to be given following receipt of the Officers' Certificate described in clause (1) above) that, in its view, such release is permitted by Section 4.1(a) and the respective Secured Debt Documents governing the Secured Obligations the holders of which such Secured Debt Representative represents;

27

then the Collateral Trustee will execute (with such acknowledgements and/or notarizations as are required) and deliver such release to the Borrower or other applicable Pledgor on or before the later of (x) the date specified in such request for such release and (y) the second Business Day after the date of receipt of the items required by this Section 4.1(b) by the Collateral Trustee.

(c) The Collateral Trustee hereby agrees that:

(1) in the case of any release pursuant to clause (2) of
Section 4.1(a), if the terms of any such sale, transfer or other disposition require the payment of the purchase price to be contemporaneous with the delivery of the applicable release, then, at the written request of and at the expense of the Borrower or other applicable Pledgor, the Collateral Trustee will either (A) be present at and deliver the release at the closing of such transaction or (B) deliver the release under customary escrow arrangements that permit such contemporaneous payment and delivery of the release; and

(2) at any time when a Secured Debt Default under a Series of Secured Debt that constitutes Parity Lien Debt has occurred and is continuing, within one Business Day of the receipt by it of any Act of Required Debtholders pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(3), the Collateral Trustee will deliver a copy of such Act of Required Debtholders to each Secured Debt Representative.

(d) Each Secured Debt Representative hereby agrees that:

(1) as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of an Officers' Certificate from the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(1) it will, to the extent required by such Section, either provide (A) the written confirmation required by Section 4.1(b)(3), (B) a written statement that such release is not permitted by Section 4.1(a) or (C) a request for further information from the Borrower reasonably necessary to determine whether the proposed release is permitted by Section 4.1(a) and after receipt of such information such Secured Debt Representative will as soon as reasonably practicable either provide the written confirmation or statement required pursuant to clause (A) or (B), as applicable; and

(2) within one Business Day of the receipt by it of any notice from the Collateral Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1(c)(2), such Secured Debt Representative will deliver a copy of such notice to each registered holder of the Series of Priority Lien Debt or Series of Parity Lien Debt for which it acts as Secured Debt Representative.

SECTION 4.2 Delivery of Copies to Secured Debt Representatives. The Borrower will deliver to each Secured Debt Representative a copy of each Officers' Certificate delivered to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1(b), together with copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Trustee with such Officers' Certificate. The Secured Debt Representatives will not be obligated to take notice thereof or to act thereon, subject to Section 4.1(d).

SECTION 4.3 Collateral Trustee not Required to Serve, File or Record. The Collateral Trustee is not required to serve, file, register or record any instrument releasing or subordinating its Liens on any Collateral; provided, however, that if the Borrower or any other

28

Pledgor shall make a written demand for a termination statement under Section 9-513(c) of the UCC, the Collateral Trustee shall comply with the written request of the Borrower or such Pledgor to comply with the requirements of such UCC provision; provided, further, that the Collateral Trustee must first confirm with the Secured Debt Representatives that the requirements of such UCC provisions have been satisfied.

SECTION 4.4 Release of Liens in Respect of Notes. The Collateral Trustee's Parity Lien will no longer secure the Notes outstanding under the Indenture or any other Obligations under the Indenture, and the right of the holders of the Notes and such Obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Collateral Trustee's Parity Lien on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged:

(1) upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as set forth under Article 12 (the "Satisfaction and Discharge" provisions) of the Indenture;

(2) upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance (each as defined under the Indenture) of the Notes as set forth under Article 8 (the " Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance" provisions) of the Indenture;

(3) upon payment in full and discharge of all Notes outstanding under the Indenture and all Obligations that are outstanding, due and payable under the Indenture at the time the Notes are paid in full and discharged; or

(4) in whole or in part, with the consent of the holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with Article 9 (the "Amendment, Supplement and Waiver" provisions) of the Indenture.

ARTICLE 5. IMMUNITIES OF THE COLLATERAL TRUSTEE

SECTION 5.1 No Implied Duty. The Collateral Trustee will not have any fiduciary duties nor will it have responsibilities or obligations other than those expressly assumed by it in this Agreement and the Security Documents. The Collateral Trustee will not be required to take any action that is contrary to applicable law or any provision of this Agreement or the Security Documents.

SECTION 5.2 Appointment of Agents and Advisors. The Collateral Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through co-trustees, agents, attorneys, accountants, appraisers or other experts or advisors selected by it in good faith as it may reasonably require and will not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any of them.

SECTION 5.3 Other Agreements. The Collateral Trustee has accepted and is bound by the Security Documents executed by the Collateral Trustee as of the date of this Agreement and, as directed by an Act of Required Debtholders, the Collateral Trustee shall execute additional Security Documents delivered to it after the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that such additional Security Documents do not adversely affect the rights, privileges, benefits and immunities of the Collateral Trustee. The Collateral Trustee will not otherwise be

29

bound by, or be held obligated by, the provisions of any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement governing Secured Debt (other than this Agreement and the Security Documents).

SECTION 5.4 Solicitation of Instructions.

(a) The Collateral Trustee may at any time solicit written confirmatory instructions, in the form of an Act of Required Debtholders, an Officers' Certificate or an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, as to any action that it may be requested or required to take, or that it may propose to take, in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement or the Security Documents. The Collateral Trustee will be entitled to refrain from taking any action (and will incur no liability for doing so) until it receives such written confirmatory instructions.

(b) No written direction given to the Collateral Trustee by an Act of Required Debtholders that in the sole judgment of the Collateral Trustee imposes, purports to impose or might reasonably be expected to impose upon the Collateral Trustee any obligation or liability not set forth in or arising under this Agreement and the Security Documents will be binding upon the Collateral Trustee unless the Collateral Trustee elects, at its sole option, to accept such direction.

SECTION 5.5 Limitation of Liability. The Collateral Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any Security Document, except for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 5.6 Documents in Satisfactory Form. The Collateral Trustee will be entitled to require that all agreements, certificates, opinions, instruments and other documents at any time submitted to it, including those expressly provided for in this Agreement, be delivered to it in a form and with substantive provisions reasonably satisfactory to it.

SECTION 5.7 Entitled to Rely. The Collateral Trustee may seek and rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any judicial order or judgment, upon any advice, opinion or statement of legal counsel, independent consultants and other experts selected by it in good faith and upon any certification, instruction, notice or other writing delivered to it by the Borrower or any other Pledgor in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement or delivered to it by any Secured Debt Representative as to the holders of Secured Obligations for whom it acts, without being required to determine the authenticity thereof or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity of service thereof. The Collateral Trustee may act in reliance upon any instrument comporting with the provisions of this Agreement or any signature reasonably believed by it to be genuine and may assume that any Person purporting to give notice or receipt or advice or make any statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof or the Security Documents has been duly authorized to do so. To the extent an Officers' Certificate or opinion of counsel is required or permitted under this Agreement to be delivered to the Collateral Trustee in respect of any matter, the Collateral Trustee may rely conclusively on Officers' Certificate or opinion of counsel as to such matter and such Officers' Certificate or opinion of counsel shall be full warranty and protection to the Collateral Trustee

30

for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

SECTION 5.8 Secured Debt Default. The Collateral Trustee will not be required to inquire as to the occurrence or absence of any Secured Debt Default and will not be affected by or required to act upon any notice or knowledge as to the occurrence of any Secured Debt Default unless and until it is directed by an Act of Required Debtholders.

SECTION 5.9 Actions by Collateral Trustee. As to any matter not expressly provided for by this Agreement or the Security Documents, the Collateral Trustee will act or refrain from acting as directed by an Act of Required Debtholders and will be fully protected if it does so, and any action taken, suffered or omitted pursuant hereto or thereto shall be binding on the holders of Secured Obligations.

SECTION 5.10 Security or Indemnity in favor of the Collateral Trustee. The Collateral Trustee will not be required to advance or expend any funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers or rights hereunder unless it has been provided with security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any and all liability or expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take such action.

SECTION 5.11 Rights of the Collateral Trustee. In the event of any conflict between any terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement and those set forth in any Security Document, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall supersede and control the terms and provisions of such Security Document. In the event there is any bona fide, good faith disagreement between the other parties to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents resulting in adverse claims being made in connection with Collateral held by the Collateral Trustee and the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents do not unambiguously mandate the action the Collateral Trustee is to take or not to take in connection therewith under the circumstances then existing, or the Collateral Trustee is in doubt as to what action it is required to take or not to take hereunder or under the Security Documents, it will be entitled to refrain from taking any action (and will incur no liability for doing so) until directed otherwise in writing by a request signed jointly by the parties hereto entitled to give such direction or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 5.12 Limitations on Duty of Collateral Trustee in Respect of Collateral.

(a) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of Collateral in its possession, the Collateral Trustee will have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Collateral Trustee will not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any Liens on the Collateral. The Collateral Trustee will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and the Collateral Trustee will not be liable or responsible for any loss or

31

diminution in the value of any of the Collateral by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Trustee in good faith.

(b) The Collateral Trustee will not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of any Pledgor to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Collateral Trustee hereby disclaims any representation or warranty to the present and future holders of the Secured Obligations concerning the perfection of the Liens granted hereunder or in the value of any of the Collateral.

SECTION 5.13 Assumption of Rights, Not Assumption of Duties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

(1) each of the parties thereto will remain liable under each of the Security Documents to the extent set forth therein to perform all of their respective duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not be executed;

(2) the exercise by the Collateral Trustee of any of its rights, remedies or powers hereunder will not release such parties from any of their respective duties or obligations under the Security Documents; and

(3) the Collateral Trustee will not be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any of the parties thereunder other than the Collateral Trustee.

SECTION 5.14 No Liability for Clean Up of Hazardous Materials. In the event that the Collateral Trustee is required to acquire title to an asset for any reason, or take any managerial action of any kind in regard thereto, in order to carry out any obligation for the benefit of another, which in the Collateral Trustee's sole discretion may cause the Collateral Trustee to be considered an "owner or operator" under any environmental laws or otherwise cause the Collateral Trustee to incur, or be exposed to, any environmental liability or any liability under any other federal, state or local law, the Collateral Trustee reserves the right, instead of taking such action, either to resign as Collateral Trustee or to arrange for the transfer of the title or control of the asset to a court appointed receiver. The Collateral Trustee will not be liable to any Person for any environmental liability or any environmental claims or contribution actions under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation by reason of the Collateral Trustee's actions and conduct as authorized, empowered and directed hereunder or relating to any kind of discharge or release or threatened discharge or release of any hazardous materials into the environment.

32

ARTICLE 6. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE COLLATERAL TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.1 Resignation or Removal of Collateral Trustee. Subject to the appointment of a successor Collateral Trustee as provided in Section 6.2 and the acceptance of such appointment by the successor Collateral Trustee:

(a) the Collateral Trustee may resign at any time by giving not less than 30 days' notice of resignation to each Secured Debt Representative and the Borrower; and

(b) the Collateral Trustee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by an Act of Required Debtholders.

SECTION 6.2 Appointment of Successor Collateral Trustee. Upon any such resignation or removal, a successor Collateral Trustee may be appointed by an Act of Required Debtholders. If no successor Collateral Trustee has been so appointed and accepted such appointment within 30 days after the predecessor Collateral Trustee gave notice of resignation or was removed, the retiring Collateral Trustee may (at the expense of the Borrower), at its option, appoint a successor Collateral Trustee, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor Collateral Trustee, which must be a bank or trust company:

(1) authorized to exercise corporate trust powers;

(2) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000; and

(3) maintaining an office in New York, New York.

The Collateral Trustee will fulfill its obligations hereunder until a successor Collateral Trustee meeting the requirements of this Section 6.2 has accepted its appointment as Collateral Trustee and the provisions of Section 6.3 have been satisfied.

SECTION 6.3 Succession. When the Person so appointed as successor Collateral Trustee accepts such appointment:

(1) such Person will succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the predecessor Collateral Trustee, and the predecessor Collateral Trustee will be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder; and

(2) the predecessor Collateral Trustee will (at the expense of the Borrower) promptly transfer all Liens and collateral security and other property of the Trust Estates within its possession or control to the possession or control of the successor Collateral Trustee and will execute instruments and assignments as may be necessary or desirable or reasonably requested by the successor Collateral Trustee to transfer to the successor Collateral Trustee all Liens, interests, rights, powers and remedies of the predecessor Collateral Trustee in respect of the Security Documents or the Trust Estates.

Thereafter the predecessor Collateral Trustee will remain entitled to enforce the immunities granted to it in Article 5 and the provisions of Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

33

SECTION 6.4 Merger, Conversion or Consolidation of Collateral Trustee. Any Person into which the Collateral Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Collateral Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Collateral Trustee shall be the successor of the Collateral Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3, provided that (i) without the execution or filing of any paper with any party hereto or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, except where an instrument of transfer or assignment is required by law to effect such succession, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, such Person satisfies the eligibility requirements specified in clauses (1) through (3) of Section 6.2 and (ii) prior to any such merger, conversion or consolidation, the Collateral Trustee shall have notified the Borrower, each Priority Lien Representative and each Parity Lien Representative thereof in writing.

ARTICLE 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 7.1 AMENDMENT.

(a) No amendment or supplement to the provisions of any Security Document will be effective without the approval of the Collateral Trustee acting as directed by an Act of Required Debtholders, except that:

(1) any amendment or supplement that has the effect solely of adding or maintaining Collateral, securing additional Secured Debt that was otherwise permitted by the terms of the Secured Debt Documents to be secured by the Collateral or preserving, perfecting or establishing the priority of the Liens thereon or the rights of the Collateral Trustee therein will become effective when executed and delivered by the Borrower or any other applicable Pledgor party thereto and the Collateral Trustee;

(2) no amendment or supplement that reduces, impairs or adversely affects the right of any holder of Secured Obligations:

(A) to vote its outstanding Secured Debt as to any matter described as subject to an Act of Required Debtholders or direction by the Required Parity Lien Debtholders (or amends the provisions of this clause (2) or the definition of "Act of Required Debtholders" or "Required Parity Lien Debtholders"),

(B) to share in the order of application described in
Section 3.4 in the proceeds of enforcement of or realization on any Collateral that has not been released in accordance with the provisions described in Section 4.1 or

(C) to require that Liens securing Secured Obligations be released only as set forth in the provisions described in Section 4.1,

will become effective without the consent of the requisite percentage or number of holders of each Series of Secured Debt so affected under the applicable Secured Debt Documents; and

34

(3) no amendment or supplement that imposes any obligation upon the Collateral Trustee or any Secured Debt Representative or adversely affects the rights of the Collateral Trustee or any Secured Debt Representative, respectively, in its capacity as such will become effective without the consent of the Collateral Trustee or such Secured Debt Representative, respectively.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 7.1(a)(1) but subject to Sections 7.1(a)(2) and 7.1(a)(3):

(1) any mortgage or other Security Document that secures Parity Lien Obligations (but not Priority Lien Obligations) may be amended or supplemented with the approval of the Collateral Trustee acting as directed in writing by the Required Parity Lien Debtholders, unless such amendment or supplement would not be permitted under the terms of this Agreement or the other Priority Lien Documents; and

(2) any amendment or waiver of, or any consent under, any provision of this Agreement or any Security Document that secures Priority Lien Obligations, or the replacement of any Security Document that secures Priority Lien Obligations, will apply automatically to any comparable provision of any comparable Parity Lien Document (including the complete replacement thereof, if applicable) without the consent of or notice to any holder of Parity Lien Obligations and without any action by the Borrower or any other Pledgor or any holder of Notes or other Parity Lien Obligations.

(c) The Collateral Trustee will not enter into any amendment or supplement unless it has received an Officers' Certificate to the effect that such amendment or supplement will not result in a breach of any provision or covenant contained in any of the Secured Debt Documents. Prior to executing any amendment or supplement pursuant to this Section 7.1, the Collateral Trustee will be entitled to receive an opinion of counsel of the Borrower to the effect that the execution of such document is authorized or permitted hereunder.

(d) The holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives agree that each Security Document that secures Parity Lien Obligations (but not also securing Priority Lien Obligations) will include the following language:

"Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by such Collateral Trustee hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, among Builders FirstSource, Inc., the Pledgors from time to time party thereto, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement (as defined therein), Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture (as defined therein) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Trustee (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the "Collateral Trust Agreement"). In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement will govern."

35

; provided, however, that if the jurisdiction in which any such Parity Lien Document will be filed prohibits the inclusion of the language above or would prevent a document containing such language from being recorded, the Parity Lien Representatives and the Priority Lien Representatives agree, prior to such Parity Lien Document being entered into, to negotiate in good faith replacement language stating that the lien and security interest granted under such Parity Lien Document is subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.2 Voting. In connection with any matter under this Agreement requiring a vote of holders of Secured Debt, each Series of Secured Debt will cast its votes in accordance with the Secured Debt Documents governing such Series of Secured Debt. The amount of Secured Debt to be voted by a Series of Secured Debt will equal (1) the aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt held by such Series of Secured Debt (including outstanding letters of credit whether or not then available or drawn), plus (2) other than in connection with an exercise of remedies, the aggregate unfunded commitments to extend credit which, when funded, would constitute Indebtedness of such Series of Secured Debt. Following and in accordance with the outcome of the applicable vote under its Secured Debt Documents, the Secured Debt Representative of each Series of Secured Debt will cast all of its votes as a block in respect of any vote under this Agreement.

SECTION 7.3 Further Assurances.

(a) The Borrower and each of the other Pledgors will do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required, or that the Collateral Trustee from time to time may reasonably request, to assure and confirm that the Collateral Trustee holds, for the benefit of the holders of Secured Obligations, duly created and enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral (including any property or assets that are acquired or otherwise become Collateral after the date hereof), in each case as contemplated by, and with the Lien priority required under, the Secured Debt Documents.

(b) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee or any Secured Debt Representative at any time and from time to time, the Borrower and each of the other Pledgors will promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such security documents, instruments, certificates, notices and other documents, and take such other actions as may be reasonably required, or that the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request, to create, perfect, protect, assure or enforce the Liens and benefits intended to be conferred, in each case as contemplated by the Secured Debt Documents for the benefit of holders of Secured Obligations.

(c) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee, the Borrower and the other Pledgors will permit the Collateral Trustee or any of its agents or representatives, at reasonable times and intervals upon reasonable prior notice, to visit their offices and sites and inspect any of the Collateral and to discuss matters relating to the Collateral with their respective officers and independent public accountants. The Borrower and the other Pledgors shall, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice, permit the Collateral Trustee or any of its agents or representatives to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of the Borrower and the other Pledgors and their Subsidiaries, all at the Borrower's expense.

36

(d) In connection with any refinancing of Priority Lien Debt, the Parity Collateral Trustee agrees to record a memorandum of this Agreement, a subordination of liens agreement or other similar agreement reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Priority Collateral Trustee to enable the Priority Collateral Trustee to obtain or reaffirm any title insurance with respect to real property owned by the Borrower or any of the other Pledgors that is pledged to the Priority Collateral Trustee under any Security Documents.

SECTION 7.4 Perfection of Junior Trust Estate.

Solely for purposes of perfecting the Liens of the Parity Collateral Trustee in any portion of the Junior Trust Estate in the possession or control of the Priority Collateral Trustee (or its agents or bailees) as part of the Senior Trust Estate including, without limitation, any instruments, goods, negotiable documents, tangible chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, certificated securities, money, deposit accounts and securities accounts, the Priority Collateral Trustee, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations and the Priority Lien Representatives hereby acknowledge that the Priority Collateral Trustee also holds such property as agent for the benefit of the holders of Parity Lien Obligations and the Parity Lien Representatives.

SECTION 7.5 Successors and Assigns.

(a) Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 6.2, the Collateral Trustee may not, in its capacity as such, delegate any of its duties or assign any of its rights hereunder, and any attempted delegation or assignment of any such duties or rights will be null and void. All obligations of the Collateral Trustee hereunder will inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of, and be enforceable by, each Secured Debt Representative and each present and future holder of Secured Obligations, each of whom will be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary hereof, and all of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Pledgor may delegate any of its duties or assign any of its rights hereunder, and any attempted delegation or assignment of any such duties or rights will be null and void. All obligations of the Borrower and the other Pledgors hereunder will inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Collateral Trustee, each Secured Debt Representative and each present and future holder of Secured Obligations, each of whom will be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary hereof, and all of their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 7.6 Delay and Waiver. No failure to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to the exercise of, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy arising under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents will impair any such right, power or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy will preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 7.7 Notices. Any communications, including notices and instructions, between the parties hereto or notices provided herein to be given may be given to the following addresses:

37

If to the Collateral Trustee:            UBS AG, Stamford Branch
                                         677 Washington Boulevard
                                         Stamford, Connecticut 06901
                                         Attention:  Winslow Ogbourne
                                         Fax:  (203) 719-3888

If to the Borrower or any other
Pledgor:                                 Builders FirstSource, Inc.
                                         2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
                                         Dallas, Texas 75201
                                         Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
                                         Fax:  (214) 880-3599

if to the Administrative Agent, to its address specified in the Credit Agreement, if to the Trustee, to its address specified in the Indenture, and if to any other Secured Debt Representative, to such address as it may specify by written notice to the parties named above.

All notices and communications will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the relevant address set forth above or, as to holders of Secured Debt, its address shown on the register kept by the office or agency where the relevant Secured Debt may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange. To the extent applicable, any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, to the extent required thereunder. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder of Secured Debt or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other holders of Secured Debt.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

SECTION 7.8 Notice Following Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations. Promptly following the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations with respect to one or more Series of Priority Lien Debt, each Priority Lien Representative with respect to each applicable Series of Priority Lien Debt that is so discharged will provide written notice of such discharge to the Collateral Trustee and to each other Secured Debt Representative.

SECTION 7.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement states the complete agreement of the parties relating to the undertaking of the Collateral Trustee set forth herein and supersedes all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect of such undertaking.

SECTION 7.10 Compensation; Expenses. The Pledgors jointly and severally agree to pay, promptly upon demand:

(1) such compensation to the Collateral Trustee and its agents as the Borrower and the Collateral Trustee may agree in writing from time to time;

38

(2) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Trustee and its agents in the preparation, execution, delivery, filing, recordation, administration or enforcement of this Agreement or any Security Document or any consent, amendment, waiver or other modification relating hereto or thereto;

(3) all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of legal counsel and any auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers or other professional advisors and agents engaged by the Collateral Trustee or any Secured Debt Representative incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, closing, administration, performance or enforcement of this Agreement and the Security Documents or any consent, amendment, waiver or other modification relating hereto or thereto and any other document or matter requested by the Borrower or any other Pledgor;

(4) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Trustee and its agents in creating, perfecting, preserving, releasing or enforcing the Collateral Trustee's Liens on the Collateral, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, and title insurance premiums; and

(5) after the occurrence of any Secured Debt Default, all costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Trustee, its agents and any Secured Debt Representative in connection with the preservation, collection, foreclosure or enforcement of the Collateral subject to the Security Documents or any interest, right, power or remedy of the Collateral Trustee or in connection with the collection or enforcement of any of the Secured Obligations or the proof, protection, administration or resolution of any claim based upon the Secured Obligations in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, including all fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, auditors, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Collateral Trustee, its agents or the Secured Debt Representatives.

The agreements in this Section 7.10 will survive repayment of all other Secured Obligations and the removal or resignation of the Collateral Trustee.

SECTION 7.11 Indemnity.

(a) The Pledgors jointly and severally agree to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless the Collateral Trustee, each Secured Debt Representative, each holder of Secured Obligations and each of their respective Affiliates and each and all of the directors, officers, partners, trustees, employees, attorneys and agents, and (in each case) their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns (each of the foregoing, an "INDEMNITEE") from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, no Indemnitee will be entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liability to the extent such Indemnified Liability is found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(b) The Pledgors jointly and severally agree that all amounts due under this Section 7.11 will be payable upon demand.

39

(c) To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in Section 7.11(a) may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they violate any law or public policy, each of the Pledgors will contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

(d) No Pledgor will ever assert any claim against any Indemnitee, and no Indemnitee will ever assert any claim against any Pledgor, on any theory of liability, for any consequential damages arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any other Secured Debt Document or any agreement or instrument or transaction contemplated hereby or relating in any respect to any Indemnified Liability, and each of the Pledgors and the Indemnitees hereby forever waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such consequential damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

(e) The agreements in this Section 7.11 will survive repayment of all other Secured Obligations and the removal or resignation of the Collateral Trustee.

SECTION 7.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect or in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in all other respects and of all remaining provisions, and of such provision in all other jurisdictions, will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 7.13 Headings. Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Agreement and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 7.14 Obligations Secured. All obligations of the Pledgors set forth in or arising under this Agreement will be Secured Obligations and are secured by all Liens granted by the Security Documents.

SECTION 7.15 Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS AGREEMENT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

SECTION 7.16 Consent to Jurisdiction. All judicial proceedings brought against any party hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York. By executing and delivering this Agreement, each Pledgor, for itself and in connection with its properties, irrevocably:

(1) accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts;

(2) waives any defense of forum non conveniens;

40

(3) agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in accordance with
Section 7.7;

(4) agrees that service as provided in clause (3) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any such proceeding in any such court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect; and

(5) agrees each party hereto retains the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring proceedings against any party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 7.17 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party to this Agreement waives its rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or the intents and purposes of the Security Documents. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement and the Security Documents, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each party hereto has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each party hereto will continue to rely on this waiver in its related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified either orally or in writing (other than by a mutual written waiver specifically referring to this Section 7.17 and executed by each of the parties hereto), and this waiver will apply to any subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications of or to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or to any other documents or agreements relating thereto. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

SECTION 7.18 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 7.19 Effectiveness. This Agreement will become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by each party of written notification of such execution and written or telephonic authorization of delivery thereof.

SECTION 7.20 Additional Pledgors. The Borrower will cause each Person that becomes a Pledgor or is required by any Secured Debt Document to become a party to this Agreement to become a party to this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, by causing such Person to execute and deliver to the parties hereto a Collateral Trust Joinder, whereupon such Person will be bound by the terms hereof to the same extent as if it had executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date hereof. The Borrower shall promptly provide each

41

Secured Debt Representative with a copy of each Collateral Trust Joinder executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 7.20.

SECTION 7.21 Continuing Nature of this Agreement. This Agreement, including the subordination provisions hereof, will be reinstated if at any time any payment or distribution in respect of any of the Priority Lien Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise by any holder of Priority Lien Obligations or Priority Lien Representative or any representative of any such party (whether by demand, settlement, litigation or otherwise). In the event that all or any part of a payment or distribution made with respect to the Priority Lien Obligations is recovered from any holder of Priority Lien Obligations or any Priority Lien Representative in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, and a payment or distribution is received by any holder of Parity Lien Obligations or Parity Lien Representative with respect to the Parity Lien Obligations from the proceeds of any Collateral or any title insurance policy required by any real property mortgage at any time after the date of the payment or distribution that is so recovered, whether pursuant to a right of subrogation or otherwise, that Parity Lien Representative or that holder of a Parity Lien Obligation, as the case may be, will, upon demand from the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations, the Priority Lien Representative or the Collateral Trustee (in its capacity as agent for the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations), forthwith deliver the same to the Collateral Trustee, for the account of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations and other Obligations secured by a Permitted Prior Lien, to be applied in accordance with Section 3.4. Until so delivered, such proceeds will be held by that Parity Lien Representative or that holder of a Parity Lien Obligation, as the case may be, for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations and other Obligations secured by a Permitted Prior Lien.

SECTION 7.22 Insolvency. This Agreement will be applicable both before and after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding by or against any Pledgor. The relative rights, as provided for in this Agreement, will continue after the commencement of any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding on the same basis as prior to the date of the commencement of any such case, as provided in this Agreement.

SECTION 7.23 Rights and Immunities of Secured Debt Representatives. The Administrative Agent will be entitled to all of the rights, protections, immunities and indemnities set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Trustee will be entitled to all of the rights, protections, immunities and indemnities set forth in the Indenture and any future Secured Debt Representative will be entitled to all of the rights, protections, immunities and indemnities set forth in the credit agreement, indenture or other agreement governing the applicable Secured Debt with respect to which such Person will act as representative, in each case as if specifically set forth herein. In no event will any Secured Debt Representative be liable for any act or omission on the part of the Pledgors or the Collateral Trustee hereunder.

42

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Collateral Trust Agreement to be executed by their respective officers or representatives as of the day and year first above written.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

JLL BUILDING PRODUCTS, LLC

By: /s/ Brett Milgrim
    ------------------------
    Name: Brett Milgrim
    Title: Managing Director

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE NORTHEAST
GROUP, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

Collateral Trust Agreement

S-1

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GENPAR,
LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - MBS, LLC

By: /s/ Andrew T. Panaccione
    ------------------------------
    Name: Andrew T. Panaccione
    Title: Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GROUP, L.P.

By:   /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS TEXAS, LLC

By:/s/ Donald F. McAleenan
------------------------------
Name: Donald F. McAleenan
Title: Senior Vice President

S-2

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTH TEXAS, L.P.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS INSTALLED SALES,
L.P.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BFS IP, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY, L.P.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S- 3


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - DALLAS, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA
DESIGN CENTER, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - OHIO VALLEY,
LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-4

BFS, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - ATLANTIC
GROUP, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE OF NASHVILLE,
INC.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTHEAST
GROUP, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SNC, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-5

CCWP, INC.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - RALEIGH, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO
GROUP, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO, LLC

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE FINANCING, INC.

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------------
    Name: Donald F. McAleenan
    Title: Senior Vice President

S-6

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent

By: /s/ Wilfred V. Saint
    ------------------------
    Name: Wilfred V. Saint
    Title: Director

By: /s/ Sailoz Sikka
    ------------------------
    Name: Sailoz Sikka
    Title: Associate Director

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
under the Indenture

By: /s/ Heather L. Williamson
    ---------------------------
    Name: Heather L. Williamson
    Title: Financial Services Officer

S-7

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Priority Collateral Trustee

By: /s/ Wilfred V. Saint
    ---------------------------
    Name: Wilfred V. Saint
    Title: Director

By: /s/ Sailoz Sikka
    ---------------------------
    Name: Sailoz Sikka
    Title: Associate Director

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Parity Collateral Trustee

By: /s/ Wilfred V. Saint
    ---------------------------
     Name: Wilfred V. Saint
     Title: Director

By: /s/ Sailoz Sikka
    ---------------------------
    Name: Sailoz Sikka
    Title: Associate Director

S-8

EXHIBIT A

to Collateral Trust Agreement

[FORM OF]
COLLATERAL TRUST JOINDER

The undersigned, _____________________, a _______________, hereby agrees to become party as [a Pledgor] [a Parity Lien Representative] [a Priority Lien Representative] under the Collateral Trust Agreement dated as of February 11, 2005 (the "COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT") among Builders FirstSource, Inc., the Pledgors from time to time party thereto, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement (as defined therein), Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture (as defined therein), UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Priority Collateral Trustee, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Parity Collateral Trustee, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the undersigned had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.

The provisions of Article 7 of the Collateral Trust Agreement will apply with like effect to this Joinder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Collateral Trust Joinder to be executed by their respective officers or representatives as of ___________________, 20____.

[___________________________________]

By: ___________________________________ Name: ________________________________ Title: ________________________________

EXHIBIT A


EXECUTION COPY

EXHIBIT 10.3

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

By

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.,

and

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Trustee


Dated as of February 11, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                     ----
PREAMBLE........................................................................................      1

RECITALS........................................................................................      1

AGREEMENT.......................................................................................      2

                                               ARTICLE I

                                    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1.        Definitions.................................................................      2
SECTION 1.2.        Interpretation..............................................................      9
SECTION 1.3.        Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities..........................................     10
SECTION 1.4.        Perfection Certificate......................................................     10

                                              ARTICLE II

                               GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1.        Grant of Security Interests.................................................     10
SECTION 2.2.        Filings.....................................................................     11

                                              ARTICLE III

                             PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;
                                       USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1.        Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral..............................     12
SECTION 3.2.        Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral..........................     12
SECTION 3.3.        Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security
                       Interest.................................................................     13
SECTION 3.4.        Other Actions...............................................................     13
SECTION 3.5.        Joinder of Additional Guarantors............................................     18
SECTION 3.6.        Supplements; Further Assurances.............................................     18

                                              ARTICLE IV

                               REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 4.1.        Title.......................................................................     19

-i-

                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
SECTION 4.2.        Validity of Security Interest...............................................     19
SECTION 4.3.        Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral....................     19
SECTION 4.4.        Other Financing Statements..................................................     20
SECTION 4.5.        Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization........     20
SECTION 4.6.        Location of Inventory and Equipment.........................................     20
SECTION 4.7.        Due Authorization and Issuance..............................................     21
SECTION 4.8.        Consents, etc...............................................................     21
SECTION 4.9.        Pledged Collateral..........................................................     21
SECTION 4.10.       Insurance...................................................................     21
SECTION 4.11.       Payment of Taxes; Compliance with Laws; Contesting Liens; Claims............     21
SECTION 4.12.       Access to Pledged Collateral, Books and Records; Other Information..........     22

                                               ARTICLE V

                          CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1.        Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral..................................     22
SECTION 5.2.        Voting Rights; Distributions; etc...........................................     22
SECTION 5.3.        Defaults, etc...............................................................     24
SECTION 5.4.        Certain Agreements of Pledgors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests...     24

                                              ARTICLE VI

                              CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL
                                          PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1.        Grant of License............................................................     25
SECTION 6.2.        Protection of Collateral Trustee's Security.................................     25
SECTION 6.3.        After-Acquired Property.....................................................     26
SECTION 6.4.        Litigation..................................................................     26

                                              ARTICLE VII

                                CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS

SECTION 7.1.        Maintenance of Records......................................................     27
SECTION 7.2.        Legend......................................................................     27
SECTION 7.3.        Modification of Terms, etc..................................................     27
SECTION 7.4.        Collection..................................................................     28

-ii-

                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
                                             ARTICLE VIII

                                               TRANSFERS

SECTION 8.1.        Transfers of Pledged Collateral.............................................     28

                                              ARTICLE IX

                                               REMEDIES

SECTION 9.1.        Remedies....................................................................     28
SECTION 9.2.        Notice of Sale..............................................................     30
SECTION 9.3.        Waiver of Notice and Claims.................................................     30
SECTION 9.4.        Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral.........................................     31
SECTION 9.5.        No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..............................................     32
SECTION 9.6.        Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property..................     33

                                               ARTICLE X

                       PROCEEDS OF CASUALTY EVENTS AND COLLATERAL DISPOSITIONS;
                                        APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 10.1.       Proceeds of Casualty Events and Collateral Dispositions.....................     33
SECTION 10.2.       Application of Proceeds.....................................................     33

                                              ARTICLE XI

                                             MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1.       Concerning Collateral Trustee...............................................     34
SECTION 11.2.       Collateral Trustee May Perform; Collateral Trustee Appointed
                       Attorney-in-Fact.........................................................     35
SECTION 11.3.       Continuing Security Interest; Assignment....................................     35
SECTION 11.4.       Termination; Release........................................................     35
SECTION 11.5.       Modification in Writing.....................................................     36
SECTION 11.6.       Notices.....................................................................     36
SECTION 11.7.       Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of
                       Jury Trial...............................................................     36
SECTION 11.8.       Severability of Provisions..................................................     36
SECTION 11.9.       Execution in Counterparts...................................................     36
SECTION 11.10.      Business Days...............................................................     37
SECTION 11.11.      Waiver of Stay..............................................................     37
SECTION 11.12.      No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition................................     37

-iii-

                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
SECTION 11.13.      No Claims Against Collateral Trustee........................................     37
SECTION 11.14.      No Release..................................................................     37
SECTION 11.15.      Obligations Absolute........................................................     38

SIGNATURES......................................................................................    S-1

EXHIBIT 1        Form of Issuer's Acknowledgment
EXHIBIT 2        Form of Securities Pledge Amendment
EXHIBIT 3        Form of Joinder Agreement
EXHIBIT 4        Form of Control Agreement Concerning Securities Accounts
EXHIBIT 5        Form of Control Agreement Concerning Deposit Accounts
EXHIBIT 6        Form of Copyright Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 7        Form of Patent Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 8        Form of Trademark Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 9        Form of Bailee's Letter

-iv-

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of February 11, 2005 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, the "Agreement") made by BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"), THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO (the "Guarantors") (the Borrower and the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the "Pledgors," and each, a "Pledgor"), in favor of UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral trustee pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) on behalf of the Secured Parties (the "Collateral Trustee"), as pledgee, assignee and secured party.

RECITALS:

A. Borrower, JLL Building Products, LLC, the Guarantors, the Collateral Trustee, the other agents party thereto and the Lenders (as defined therein) have, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, entered into that certain credit agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement").

B. Each Guarantor has, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, unconditionally guaranteed the Obligations (as hereinafter defined).

C. The Borrower and the Guarantors will receive substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement.

D. Each Pledgor is or, as to Pledged Collateral (as hereinafter defined) acquired by such Pledgor after the date hereof will be, the legal and/or beneficial owner of the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder.

E. This Agreement is given by each Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations.

F. It is a condition to the obligations of the Lenders to make the Loans under the Credit Agreement and a condition to the Issuing Bank issuing Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement that each Pledgor execute and deliver the applicable Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), including this Agreement.

AGREEMENT:

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Pledgor and the Collateral Trustee hereby agree as follows:


-2-

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

(b) Terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Additional Guarantors" shall mean any Guarantor from time to time a party hereto by execution of a Joinder Agreement.

"Additional Pledged Interests" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all options, warrants, rights, agreements, additional membership, partnership or other equity interests of whatever class of any issuer of Initial Pledged Interests or any interest in any such issuer, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such interests in each such issuer or under any Organizational Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such membership, partnership or other interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such membership, partnership or other equity interests from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner and (ii) all membership, partnership or other equity interests, as applicable, of each limited liability company, partnership or other entity (other than a corporation) hereafter acquired or formed by such Pledgor and all options, warrants, rights, agreements, additional membership, partnership or other equity interests of whatever class of such limited liability company, partnership or other entity, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such interests or under any Organizational Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such membership, partnership or other equity interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such membership, partnership or other interests, from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner.

"Additional Pledged Shares" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all options, warrants, rights, agreements, additional shares of capital stock of whatever class of any issuer of the Initial Pledged Shares or any other equity interest in any such issuer, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such interests issued by any such issuer under any Organizational Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such shares and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interests,


-3-

from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner and (ii) all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each corporation hereafter acquired or formed by such Pledgor and all options, warrants, rights, agreements or additional shares of capital stock of whatever class of such corporation, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such shares or under any Organizational Document of such corporation, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such shares and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares, from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner.

"Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

"Bailee Letter" shall be an agreement in form substantially similar to Exhibit 9 annexed hereto.

"Bank" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9-102 of the
UCC.

"Claims" shall mean any and all property and other taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and all governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and landlords', carriers', mechanics', workmen's, repairmen's, laborers', materialmen's, suppliers' and warehousemen's Liens and other claims arising by operation of law against, all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral.

"Collateral Account" shall mean (i) each account number set forth on Schedule 15 annexed to the Perfection Certificate, each in the name set forth opposite such account number and established and maintained at the financial institution set forth opposite such account name and number, and (ii) after the date hereof, any other collateral account or sub-account established and maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement and all property from time to time on deposit in the Collateral Account, except as otherwise agreed by the Collateral Trustee.

"Collateral Trustee" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

"Commodity Account Control Agreement" shall mean a commodity account control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee.

"Contested Liens" shall mean, collectively, any Liens incurred in respect of any Claims to the extent that the amounts owing in respect thereof are not yet delinquent or are being contested and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof; provided, however, that such Liens shall in all respects be subject and subordinate in priority to the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement, except if and to the extent that the law or regulation creating, permitting or authorizing such Lien provides that such Lien must be superior to the Lien and security interest created and evidenced hereby.


-4-

"Contracts" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written or oral, or third party or intercompany), between such Pledgor and other Persons, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.

"Control" shall mean (i) in the case of each Deposit Account, "control," as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC, and (ii) in the case of any Security Entitlement, "control," as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC and (iii) in the case of any Commodity Contract, "control," as such term is defined in Section 9-106 of the UCC.

"Control Agreements" shall mean, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Securities Account Control Agreements and the Commodity Account Control Agreements.

"Controlled Account" shall mean any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account for which a Control Agreement has been executed.

"Copyrights" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Pledgor, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Pledgor, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor's use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

"Copyright Security Agreement" shall mean an agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 6.

"Credit Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

"Deposit Account Control Agreement" shall mean an agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 5 or such other form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee.

"Deposit Accounts" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all "deposit accounts" as such term is defined in the UCC and in any event shall include the LC Sub-Account and the Collateral Account and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition.


-5-

"Distributions" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, distributions, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property, interests (debt or equity) or proceeds, including as a result of a split, revision, reclassification or other like change of the Pledged Securities, from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Pledgor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

"Excluded Property" shall mean:

(a) any permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement held by any Pledgor or any contract or agreement to which any Pledgor is a party (including any rights thereunder) that validly prohibits the creation by such Pledgor of a security interest therein or under the terms of which the creation of a security interest therein shall constitute or result (i) in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of any Pledgor therein or (ii) in a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, any such lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement (other than any such permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement, the terms of which prohibiting creation of a security interest or having the result described in clauses (i) and (ii) above would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity);

(b) any permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement held by any Pledgor to the extent that any Requirement of Law applicable thereto prohibits the creation of a security interest therein (other than any such permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement, to the extent that any Requirement of Law applicable thereto prohibiting the creation of a security interest therein would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity); and

(c) Equipment owned by any Pledgor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that is subject to a Lien securing a Purchase Money Obligation or Capital Lease Obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such Purchase Money Obligation or Capital Lease Obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such Equipment;

provided, however, that in each case described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition, such property shall constitute "Excluded Property" only to the extent and for so long as such permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement or Requirement of Law applicable thereto validly prohibits the creation of a Lien on such property in favor of the Collateral Trustee and, upon the termination of such prohibition (howsoever occurring), such property shall cease to constitute "Excluded Property."


-6-

"General Intangibles" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all "general intangibles," as such term is defined in the UCC, of such Pledgor and, in any event, shall include (i) all of such Pledgor's rights, title and interest in, to and under all insurance policies and Contracts, (ii) all know-how and warranties relating to any of the Pledged Collateral or the Mortgaged Property, (iii) any and all other rights, claims, choses-in-action and causes of action of such Pledgor against any other person and the benefits of any and all collateral or other security given by any other person in connection therewith, (iv) all guarantees, endorsements and indemnifications on, or of, any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property, (v) all lists, books, records, correspondence, ledgers, printouts, files (whether in printed form or stored electronically), tapes and other papers or materials containing information relating to any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property, including all customer or tenant lists, identification of suppliers, data, plans, blueprints, specifications, designs, drawings, appraisals, recorded knowledge, surveys, studies, engineering reports, test reports, manuals, standards, processing standards, performance standards, catalogs, research data, computer and automatic machinery software and programs and the like, field repair data, accounting information pertaining to such Pledgor's operations or any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property and all media in which or on which any of the information or knowledge or data or records may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the compilation or printout of such information, knowledge, records or data, (vi) all licenses, consents, permits, variances, certifications, authorizations and approvals, however characterized, of any Governmental Authority (or any person acting on behalf of a Governmental Authority) now or hereafter acquired or held by such Pledgor pertaining to operations now or hereafter conducted by such Pledgor or any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property including building permits, certificates of occupancy, environmental certificates, industrial permits or licenses and certificates of operation and (vii) all rights to reserves, deferred payments, deposits, refunds, indemnification of claims to the extent the foregoing relate to any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property and claims for tax or other refunds against any Governmental Authority relating to any Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property.

"Goodwill" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the goodwill connected with such Pledgor's business including (i) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by any Trademark or Trademark License in which such Pledgor has any interest, and (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, name plates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, consulting agreements, engineering contracts and such other assets which relate to such goodwill

"Guarantors" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

"Initial Pledged Interests" shall mean, with respect to each Pledgor, all membership, partnership or other equity interests (other than in a corporation), as applicable, of each issuer described in Schedule 10 annexed to the Perfection Certificate, together with all rights,


-7-

privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor in and to each such issuer or under any Organizational Document of each such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such membership, partnership or other interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such membership, partnership or other interests.

"Initial Pledged Shares" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each issuer described in Schedule 10 annexed to the Perfection Certificate together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such shares in each such issuer or under any Organizational Document of each such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such shares of capital stock and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares of capital stock.

"Instruments" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all "instruments," as such term is defined in Article 9, of the UCC, and shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.

"Intellectual Property Collateral" shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Licenses and Goodwill.

"Intercompany Notes" shall mean, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all notes described in Schedule 11 annexed to the Perfection Certificate, (ii) all promissory notes hereafter acquired by such Pledgor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such notes, and (iii) all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications of any and all of the foregoing to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof.

"Investment Property" shall mean a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, Security Entitlement, Securities Account, Commodity Contract or Commodity Account, excluding, however, the Securities Collateral.

"Joinder Agreement" shall mean an agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.

"Lenders" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

"Licenses" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all license and distribution agreements with, and covenants not to sue, any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Pledgor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof and
(iv) other


-8-

rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

"Patents" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all patents issued or assigned to and all patent applications and registrations made by such Pledgor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor's use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisionals, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

"Patent Security Agreement" shall mean an agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 7.

"Perfection Certificate" shall mean that certain perfection certificate dated February 11, 2005, executed and delivered by each Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and in favor of the Parity Collateral Trustee (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement) for the benefit of the holders of Parity Lien Obligations (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement), and each other Perfection Certificate (which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee) executed and delivered by the applicable Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of each Joinder Agreement executed in accordance with
Section 3.5 hereof, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Credit Agreement or upon the request of the Collateral Trustee.

"Pledge Amendment" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 5.1 hereof.

"Pledged Collateral" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.1(b) hereof.

"Pledged Interests" shall mean, collectively, the Initial Pledged Interests and the Additional Pledged Interests.

"Pledged Securities" shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Interests, the Pledged Shares and the Successor Interests.

"Pledged Shares" shall mean, collectively, the Initial Pledged Shares and the Additional Pledged Shares.

"Pledgor" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.


-9-

"Purchase Money Obligation" means "purchase money obligation" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

"Securities Account Control Agreement" shall mean an agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 4 or such other form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee.

"Securities Collateral" shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

"Successor Interests" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all shares of each class of the capital stock of the successor corporation or interests or certificates of the successor limited liability company, partnership or other entity owned by such Pledgor (unless such successor is such Pledgor itself) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger in which any person listed in Schedule 1(a) annexed to the Perfection Certificate is not the surviving entity.

"Trademarks" shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Pledgor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor's use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

"Trademark Security Agreement" shall mean an agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 8.

"UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York; provided, however, that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Trustee's and the Secured Parties' security interest in any item or portion of the Pledged Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation. The rules of interpretation specified in the Credit Agreement (including Section 1.03 thereof) shall be applicable to this Agreement.


-10-

SECTION 1.3. Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities. Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery hereof, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party (i.e., the Collateral Trustee) shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof.

SECTION 1.4. Perfection Certificate. The Collateral Trustee and each Secured Party agree that the Perfection Certificate and all descriptions of Pledged Collateral, schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain a part of this Agreement.

SECTION 1.5. Collateral Trust Agreement. All rights and obligations of the Collateral Trustee under this Agreement shall be subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1. Grant of Security Interests. (a) As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Obligations, each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in and to all of the right, title and interest of such Pledgor in, to and under the Pledged Collateral.

(b) "Pledged Collateral" shall mean all of the following, in each case, wherever located, whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time:

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Equipment, Goods, Inventory and Fixtures;

(iii) all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper;

(iv) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(v) all Securities Collateral;

(vi) all Collateral Accounts;

(vii) all Investment Property;

(viii) all Intellectual Property Collateral;

(ix) the Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 14 to the Perfection Certificate;


-11-

(x) all General Intangibles;

(xi) all Deposit Accounts;

(xii) RESERVED;

(xiii) all Supporting Obligations;

(xiv) all books and records relating to any and/or all of the foregoing; and

(xv) to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (xiv) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Pledgor, whether tangible or intangible and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Pledgor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xv) above, the security interest created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term "Pledged Collateral" shall not include (a) any Excluded Property or (b) any Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary to the extent not required to be pledged pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement. The Pledgors shall from time to time, at the request of the Collateral Trustee, give written notice to the Collateral Trustee identifying in reasonable detail the Excluded Property (and stating in such notice that such property constitutes "Excluded Property"), and shall provide to the Collateral Trustee such other information regarding the Excluded Property as the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request. From and after the Closing Date, no Pledgor shall permit to become effective in any document creating, governing or providing for any material permit, lease or license, a provision that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on such permit, lease or license in favor of the Collateral Trustee unless such Pledgor believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such prohibition is usual and customary in transactions of such type.

SECTION 2.2. Filings. (a) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Trustee at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings), amendments thereto and terminations thereof that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Pledged Collateral, including (i) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor, (ii) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law, including the filing of a financing statement describing the Pledged Collateral as "all assets in which the Pledgor now owns or hereafter acquires rights" and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or covering Pledged Collateral constituting minerals or the like to be extracted or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Pledged Collateral relates. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Collateral Trustee promptly upon request.


-12-

(b) Each Pledgor hereby further authorizes the Collateral Trustee to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Pledgor hereunder, without the signature of such Pledgor unless such signature is required by law, and naming such Pledgor, as debtor, and the Collateral Trustee, as secured party.

ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;
USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Collateral Trustee in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and that the Collateral Trustee has a perfected first priority security interest therein. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Pledgor after the date hereof shall promptly upon receipt thereof by such Pledgor be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Trustee pursuant hereto. All certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee. The Collateral Trustee shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Trustee or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Trustee shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations.

SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that, upon the filing of all UCC financing statements naming each Pledgor as "grantor" and the Collateral Trustee as "Collateral Trustee" and describing the Pledged Collateral in the filing offices set forth opposite such Pledgor's name on Schedule 3.20 to the Credit Agreement (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), the Collateral Trustee will have a perfected first priority security interest in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged to it hereunder that is in existence on the date hereof. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Pledgor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law (i) if necessary or desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Securities, cause such pledge


-13-

to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, cause the issuer to execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee an acknowledgment of the pledge of such Pledged Securities substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 annexed hereto, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Collateral Trustee the right to transfer such Pledged Securities under the terms hereof and, upon request, provide to the Collateral Trustee an opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee, confirming such pledge and perfection thereof and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Pledged Securities to become certificated and delivered to the Collateral Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.

SECTION 3.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all filings necessary to perfect the security interest granted by it to the Collateral Trustee in respect of the Pledged Collateral have been delivered to the Collateral Trustee in completed and, to the extent necessary or appropriate, duly executed form for filing in the filing offices set forth opposite such Pledgor's name on Schedule 3.20 annexed to the Credit Agreement. Each Pledgor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, (i) such Pledgor will maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Pledged Collateral as a perfected first priority security interest to the extent such priority and perfection may be legally obtained and maintained and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all persons except Permitted Collateral Liens, (ii) such Pledgor shall furnish to the Collateral Trustee from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Pledged Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Pledged Collateral as the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail and (iii) at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Trustee, such Pledgor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver, and file and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and the rights and powers herein granted, including the filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and other documents under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee and in such offices (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain a valid, enforceable, first priority security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein to the extent such perfection and priority may be achieved by the filing of such documents and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Collateral Trustee hereunder, as against third parties, with respect to the Pledged Collateral.

SECTION 3.4. Other Actions. In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Trustee to enforce the Collateral Trustee's security interests in the Pledged Collateral, each Pledgor represents and warrants (as to itself) as follows and agrees, in each case at such Pledgor's own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Pledged Collateral:


-14-

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper. (i) No amounts payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral are evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 11 annexed to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 11 annexed to the Perfection Certificate has been properly endorsed, assigned, delivered to or otherwise subjected to the control of the Collateral Trustee, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. If any amount then payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, and such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper not previously delivered to the Collateral Trustee exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors, the Pledgor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to, or otherwise subject to the control of, the Collateral Trustee, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Trustee may from time to time specify.

(b) Deposit Accounts. (i) Each Pledgor has neither opened nor maintains any Deposit Accounts other than the accounts listed in Schedule 15 annexed to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) the Collateral Trustee has a perfected first priority security interest in each Deposit Account indicated as a "Controlled Account" listed in Schedule 15 annexed to the Perfection Certificate by Control. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Deposit Account unless either (a)(1) the applicable Pledgor shall have given the Collateral Trustee fifteen (15) days' prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Deposit Account with a Bank, (2) such Bank shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee and (3) such Bank and such Pledgor shall have duly executed and delivered to the Collateral Trustee a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to such Deposit Account or (b) the aggregate amount on all the Companies' Deposit Accounts not subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement does not exceed $10.0 million in cash and cash equivalents. The Collateral Trustee agrees with each Pledgor that the Collateral Trustee shall not give any instructions directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account or withhold any withdrawal rights from such Pledgor with respect to funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The provisions of clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section 3.4(b) shall not apply to the Collateral Account or to any other Deposit Accounts for which the Collateral Trustee is the Bank. No Pledgor shall grant Control of any Deposit Account to any person other than the Collateral Trustee and the Parity Collateral Trustee (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement).

(c) Investment Property. (i) Each Pledgor (1) has no Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts other than those listed in Schedule 15 annexed to the Perfection Certificate and the Collateral Trustee has a perfected security interest in such Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts by Control, (2) does not hold, own or have any interest in any certificated securities or uncertificated securities other than those constituting Pledged Securities and those maintained in Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts


-15-

listed in Schedule 15 annexed to the Perfection Certificate and (3) as of the date hereof, has entered into a duly authorized, executed and delivered Securities Account Control Agreement or a Commodity Account Control Agreement with respect to each Securities Account or Commodity Account listed in Schedule 15 annexed to the Perfection Certificate, as applicable.

(ii) If any Pledgor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities constituting Investment Property, such Pledgor shall promptly (a) endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Trustee, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee or (b) deliver such securities into a Securities Account with respect to which a Control Agreement is in effect in favor of the Collateral Trustee. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Pledgor constituting Investment Property are uncertificated and are issued to such Pledgor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such Pledgor shall promptly notify the Collateral Trustee thereof and pursuant to an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee, either (a) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Collateral Trustee as to such securities, without further consent of any Pledgor or such nominee, (b) cause a Security Entitlement with respect to such uncertificated security to be held in a Securities Account with respect to which the Collateral Trustee has Control or (c) arrange for the Collateral Trustee to become the registered owner of the securities. Pledgor shall not hereafter establish and maintain any Securities Account or Commodity Account with any Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary unless (1) the applicable Pledgor shall have given the Collateral Trustee thirty (30) days' (or such shorter period as the Collateral Trustee may approve) prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Securities Account or Commodity Account with such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, (2) such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee and (3) such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, as the case may be, and such Pledgor shall have duly executed and delivered a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Account or Commodity Account, as the case may be, upon which Schedule 15 (annexed to the Perfection Certificate) shall be deemed to be amended to cover such additional Collateral. Each Pledgor shall accept any cash and Investment Property in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee and within three (3) Business Days of actual receipt thereof, deposit any cash or Investment Property and any new securities, instruments, documents or other property by reason of ownership of the Investment Property (other than payments of a kind described in Section 7.4 hereof) received by it into a Controlled Account. The Collateral Trustee agrees with each Pledgor that the Collateral Trustee shall not give any Entitlement Orders or instructions or directions to any issuer of uncertificated securities, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by such Pledgor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights would occur. The provisions of this Section 3.4(c) shall not apply to any Financial Assets credited to a Securities Account for which the Collateral Trustee is


-16-

the Securities Intermediary. No Pledgor shall grant control over any Investment Property to any person other than the Collateral Trustee and the Parity Collateral Trustee (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement).

(iii) As between the Collateral Trustee and the Pledgors, the Pledgors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a security entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the control of, the Collateral Trustee, a Securities Intermediary, Commodity Intermediary, any Pledgor or any other person; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 3.4(c) shall release or relieve any Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary of its duties and obligations to the Pledgors or any other person under any Control Agreement or under applicable law. Each Pledgor shall promptly pay all Claims and fees of whatever kind or nature with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities pledged by it under this Agreement. In the event any Pledgor shall fail to make such payment contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence, the Collateral Trustee may do so for the account of such Pledgor and the Pledgors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Trustee from all costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Trustee under this Section 3.4(c) in accordance with Section 11.03 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. No amount under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any "transferable record" (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction) other than such Electronic Chattel Paper and transferable records listed in Schedule 11 annexed to the Perfection Certificate. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, the Pledgor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall promptly notify the Collateral Trustee thereof and shall take such action as the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request to vest in the Collateral Trustee control under UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall apply to the extent that such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record in which the Collateral Trustee has not been vested control within the meaning of the statutes described in this sentence exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. The Collateral Trustee agrees with such Pledgor that the Collateral Trustee will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee and so long as such procedures will not result in the Collateral Trustee's loss of control, for the Pledgor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be,
Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of


-17-

control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Pledgor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If any Pledgor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Pledgor, other than a Letter of Credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, such Pledgor shall promptly notify the Collateral Trustee thereof and such Pledgor shall, at the request of the Collateral Trustee, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Collateral Trustee of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Trustee to become the transferee beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Collateral Trustee agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement. The actions in the preceding sentence shall be taken to the extent that the amount under such Letter of Credit, together with all amounts under Letters of Credit for which the actions described above in clause (i) and (ii) have not been taken, exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims. As of the date hereof each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed in Schedule 14 annexed to the Perfection Certificate. If any Pledgor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim having a value together with all other Commercial Tort Claims of all Pledgors in which the Collateral Trustee does not have a security interest in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate, such Pledgor shall immediately notify the Collateral Trustee in writing signed by such Pledgor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Collateral Trustee in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee.

(g) Landlord's Access Agreements/Bailee Letters. Each Pledgor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as soon as practicable after the date hereof with respect to each location set forth in Schedule 4.01(n) annexed to the Credit Agreement, where such Pledgor maintains Pledged Collateral, a Bailee Letter and/or Landlord Access Agreement, as applicable, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Bailee Letter, Landlord Access Agreement and/or landlord's lien waiver, as applicable, from all such bailees and landlords, as applicable, who from time to time have possession of Pledged Collateral in the ordinary course of such Pledgor's business and if reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee. A waiver of bailee's lien shall not be required if the value of the Pledged Collateral held by such bailee is less then $10,000, provided that the aggregate value of the Pledged Collateral held by all bailees who have not delivered a Bailee Letter is less than $200,000 in the aggregate.

(h) Motor Vehicles. Upon the request of the Collateral Trustee, each Pledgor shall deliver to the Collateral Trustee originals of the certificates of title or ownership for the motor vehicles (and any other Equipment covered by Certificates of Title or ownership) owned by it with the Collateral Trustee, or, in the Collateral Trustee's sole discretion, its nominee, listed as


-18-

lienholder therein, provided, however, that such requirement shall only apply
(a) to the extent that the aggregate value of all such motor vehicles (or such other Equipment) as to which the Pledgors have not delivered a Certificate of Title or ownership is over $500,000 and (b) to such motor vehicles (or such other Equipment) that are valued at over $50,000.

SECTION 3.5. Joinder of Additional Guarantors. The Pledgors shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, (a) to execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee (i) a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 annexed hereto within thirty
(30) Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created and (ii) a Perfection Certificate, in each case, within thirty (30) Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created or (b) in the case of a Subsidiary organized outside of the United States required to pledge any assets to the Collateral Trustee, to execute and deliver such documentation as the Collateral Trustee shall reasonably request and, in each case, upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary shall constitute a "Guarantor" and a "Pledgor", for all purposes hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and Pledgor herein. The execution and delivery of such Joinder Agreements shall not require the consent of any Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor and Pledgor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 3.6. Supplements; Further Assurances. Each Pledgor shall take such further actions, and shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee such additional assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Collateral Trustee may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or appropriate, wherever required by law, in order to perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Collateral Trustee hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm unto the Collateral Trustee the Pledged Collateral or permit the Collateral Trustee to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Pledged Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Pledgor shall make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file or refile and/or deliver to the Collateral Trustee from time to time upon reasonable request such lists, descriptions and designations of the Pledged Collateral, copies of warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, supplements, additional security agreements, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments as the Collateral Trustee shall reasonably request. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Trustee may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Pledgor, such suits and proceedings as the Collateral Trustee may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Pledged Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.


-19-

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Each Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 4.1. Title. Except for the security interest granted to the Collateral Trustee for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and Permitted Liens, such Pledgor owns and, as to Pledged Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, will own the rights in each item of Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others other than Permitted Collateral Liens. In addition, no Liens or claims exist on the Securities Collateral, other than as permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. Such Pledgor has not filed, nor authorized any third party to file a financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Pledged Collateral on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Collateral Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement or financing statements or public notices relating to the termination statements to be filed by the Pledgors in connection with the Refinancing. No person other than the Collateral Trustee has control or possession of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, except, (a) as permitted under the Collateral Trust Agreement or (b) as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.2. Validity of Security Interest. The security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Collateral granted to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder constitutes and will at all times constitute (a) a legal and valid first-priority security interest in all the Pledged Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, and
(b) subject to the filing of (i) any Patent Security Agreement in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office within three months of the date of such grant, (ii) any Trademark Security Agreement in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office within three months of the date of such grant, (iii) any Copyright Security Agreement in the U.S. Copyright Office within one month of the date of such grant, and
(iv) the appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, and any other filings and actions described in Schedule 6 annexed to the Perfection Certificate, a perfected continuing security interest in all the Pledged Collateral (other than the Pledged Collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected under the UCC or other applicable law), provided, however, that the subsequent recordation of one or more of the documents attached hereto as Exhibits 6, 7 or 8 may be necessary to perfect the security interest in any issued registrations and applications for other U.S. Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks that are acquired by any of the Pledgors after the date of the Security Agreement.

SECTION 4.3. Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral. Each Pledgor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Collateral Trustee and the priority thereof against all claims and demands of all persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Collateral Trustee or any other Secured Party other than Permitted Collateral Liens (other than Contested Liens). There is no agreement


-20-

(other than the Senior Secured Floating Rate Note Documents), and no Pledgor shall enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Pledged Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Pledgors' obligations or the rights of the Collateral Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 4.4. Other Financing Statements. No Pledgor has filed, nor authorized any third party to file (nor will there be any) valid or effective financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Pledged Collateral other than financing statements and other statements and instruments relating to Permitted Collateral Liens. So long as any of the Obligations remain unpaid, no Pledgor shall execute, authorize or permit to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under the law of any jurisdiction) relating to any Pledged Collateral, except financing statements and other statements and instruments filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted by such Pledgor to the holder of the Permitted Collateral Liens.

SECTION 4.5. Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization. (a) Each Pledgor shall comply with the provisions of Section 5.13(a) of the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Collateral Trustee may rely on opinions of counsel as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Pledgors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes described in Section 5.13(a) of the Credit Agreement. If any Pledgor fails to provide information to the Collateral Trustee about such changes on a timely basis, the Collateral Trustee shall not be liable or responsible to any party for any failure to maintain a perfected security interest in such Pledgor's property constituting Pledged Collateral, for which the Collateral Trustee needed to have information relating to such changes. The Collateral Trustee shall have no duty to inquire about such changes if any Pledgor does not inform the Collateral Trustee of such changes, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that it would not be feasible or practical for the Collateral Trustee to search for information on such changes if such information is not provided by any Pledgor.

SECTION 4.6. Location of Inventory and Equipment. No Pledgor shall move any Equipment or Inventory to any location other than one within the continental United States until (i) it shall have given the Collateral Trustee not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice (in the form of an Officers' Certificate) of its intention so to do, clearly describing such new location within the continental United States and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Trustee may request and
(ii) with respect to such new location, such Pledgor shall have taken all action reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interests of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Pledged Collateral intended to be granted hereby, including using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain waivers of landlord's or warehousemen's and/or bailee's liens with respect to such new location, if applicable, and if requested by the Collateral Trustee. Such Pledgor agrees to provide the Collateral Trustee with prompt notice following the movement


-21-

of any Equipment or Inventory to any location other than one that is listed in the relevant Schedules to the Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 4.7. Due Authorization and Issuance. All of the Initial Pledged Shares have been, and to the extent any Pledged Shares are hereafter issued, such Pledged Shares will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. All of the Initial Pledged Interests have been fully paid for, and there is no amount or other obligation owing by any Pledgor to any issuer of the Initial Pledged Interests in exchange for or in connection with the issuance of the Initial Pledged Interests or any Pledgor's status as a partner or a member of any issuer of the Initial Pledged Interests.

SECTION 4.8. Consents, etc. In the event that the Collateral Trustee desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee, such Pledgor agrees to use its best efforts to assist and aid the Collateral Trustee to obtain as soon as practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 4.9. Pledged Collateral. All information set forth herein, including the schedules annexed hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Secured Party, including the Perfection Certificate and the schedules thereto, in connection with this Agreement, in each case, relating to the Pledged Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects. The Pledged Collateral described on the schedules annexed to the Perfection Certificate constitutes all of the property of such type of Pledged Collateral owned or held by the Pledgors.

SECTION 4.10. Insurance. In the event that the proceeds of any insurance claim are paid after the Collateral Trustee has exercised its right to foreclose after an Event of Default, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be paid to the Collateral Trustee to satisfy any deficiency remaining after such foreclosure.

SECTION 4.11. Payment of Taxes; Compliance with Laws; Contesting Liens; Claims. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all Claims imposed upon or assessed against the Pledged Collateral have been paid and discharged except to the extent such Claims constitute a Lien not yet due and payable which is a Contested Lien or a Permitted Collateral Lien. Each Pledgor shall comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Pledged Collateral the failure to comply with which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Pledgor may at its own expense contest the validity, amount or applicability of any Claims so long as the contest thereof shall be conducted in accordance with, and permitted pursuant to the provisions of, the Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.11, (i) no contest of any such obligation may be pursued by such Pledgor if such contest would expose the Collateral Trustee or any other Secured Party to (A) any possible criminal liability or (B) any additional civil liability for failure to comply with such obligations unless such Pledgor shall have furnished a bond or other security therefor satisfactory to the Collateral


-22-

Trustee, or such Secured Party, as the case may be and (ii) if at any time payment or performance of any obligation contested by such Pledgor pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall become necessary to prevent the imposition of remedies because of non-payment, such Pledgor shall pay or perform the same in sufficient time to prevent the imposition of remedies in respect of such default or prospective default.

SECTION 4.12. Access to Pledged Collateral, Books and Records; Other Information. Upon reasonable request to each Pledgor, the Collateral Trustee, its agents, accountants and attorneys shall have full and free access to visit and inspect, as applicable, during normal business hours and such other reasonable times as may be requested by the Collateral Trustee all of the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property including all of the books, correspondence and records of such Pledgor relating thereto. The Collateral Trustee and its representatives may examine the same, take extracts therefrom and make photocopies thereof, and such Pledgor agrees to render to the Collateral Trustee, at such Pledgor's cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee with regard thereto. Such Pledgor shall, at any and all times, within a reasonable time after written request by the Collateral Trustee, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Collateral Trustee, in such manner and in such detail as may be reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee, additional information with respect to the Pledged Collateral.

ARTICLE V

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral. Each Pledgor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any person, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee and forthwith deliver to the Collateral Trustee a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Pledgor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 2 annexed hereto (each, a "Pledge Amendment"), and the certificates and other documents required under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien hereby created on and in respect of such additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes. Each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Collateral Trustee to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Collateral Trustee shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Pledged Collateral.

SECTION 5.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc.

(i) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(A) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose


-23-

not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other document evidencing the Obligations; provided, however, that no Pledgor shall in any event exercise such rights in any manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(B) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Trustee to hold as Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by any Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Pledgor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Trustee as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

(ii) The Collateral Trustee shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Pledgor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Pledgor and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Pledgor all such instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request in order to permit such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(i)(A) hereof and to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(i)(B) hereof.

(iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default:

(A) All rights of each Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to
Section 5.2(i)(A) hereof shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Trustee, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights.

(B) All rights of each Pledgor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(i)(B) hereof shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Trustee, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral such Distributions.

(iv) Each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee appropriate instruments as the Collateral Trustee may request in order to permit the Collateral Trustee to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(i)(A) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(i)(B) hereof.

(v) All Distributions which are received by any Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.2(i)(B) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee,


-24-

shall be segregated from other funds of such Pledgor and shall immediately be paid over to the Collateral Trustee as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

SECTION 5.3. Defaults, etc. Each Pledgor represents and warrants that (a) it is not in default in the payment of any portion of any mandatory capital contribution, if any, required to be made under any agreement to which such Pledgor is a party relating to the Pledged Securities pledged by it, and such Pledgor is not in violation of any other provisions of any such agreement to which such Pledgor is a party, or otherwise in default or violation thereunder, and (b) no Securities Collateral pledged by such Pledgor is subject to any defense, offset or counterclaim, nor have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Pledgor by any person with respect thereto, and as of the date hereof, there are no certificates, instruments, documents or other writings (other than the Organizational Documents and certificates, if any, delivered to the Collateral Trustee) which evidence any Pledged Securities of such Pledgor.

SECTION 5.4. Certain Agreements of Pledgors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests.

(i) In the case of each Pledgor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Pledgor (a) agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it; (b) agrees promptly to note on its books the security interests granted to the Collateral Trustee and confirmed under the Security Agreement, (c) agrees that it will comply with instructions of the Collateral Trustee with respect to the applicable Securities Collateral without further consent by the applicable Pledgor, (d) agrees to notify the Collateral Trustee upon obtaining knowledge of any interest in favor of any person in the applicable Securities Collateral that is adverse to the interest of the Collateral Trustee therein and (e) waives any right or requirement at any time hereafter to receive a copy of the Security Agreement in connection with the registration of any Securities Collateral thereunder in the name of the Collateral Trustee or its respective nominee or the exercise of voting rights by the Collateral Trustee or its respective nominee.

(ii) In the case of each Pledgor which is a partner in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Pledgor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organizational Document to the pledge by each other Pledgor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Interests in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the transfer of such Pledged Interests to the Collateral Trustee or its nominee and to the substitution of the Collateral Trustee or its nominee as a substituted partner or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner or a limited partner or member, as the case may be.


-25-

ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1. Grant of License. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Trustee, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Article IX hereof at such time as the Collateral Trustee shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Pledgor hereby grants to the Collateral Trustee to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, wherever the same may be located; provided, however, that (i) in the case of Trademarks and any property of similar nature, the foregoing shall be subject to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of the applicable Pledgor to avoid the risk of invalidation of said Trademarks and property of a similar nature and (ii) the foregoing license grant is subject to any exclusive licenses granted by any Pledgor in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

SECTION 6.2. Protection of Collateral Trustee's Security. On a continuing basis, each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Collateral Trustee of (A) any materially adverse determination in any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office with respect to any material Patent, Trademark or Copyright or (B) the institution of any proceeding or any adverse determination in any federal, state or local court or administrative body regarding such Pledgor's claim of ownership in or right to use any of the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the business of such Pledgor, its right to register such Intellectual Property Collateral or its right to keep and maintain such registration in full force and effect, (ii) maintain the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the business of such Pledgor as presently used and operated and as contemplated by the Credit Agreement, (iii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Intellectual Property Collateral material to the business of such Pledgor as presently used and operated and as contemplated by the Credit Agreement, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to such Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment, (iv) upon such Pledgor obtaining knowledge thereof, promptly notify the Collateral Trustee in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of the Intellectual Property Collateral or any portion thereof material to the business of such Pledgor, the ability of such Pledgor or the Collateral Trustee to dispose of the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the business of such Pledgor or any portion thereof or the rights and remedies of the Collateral Trustee in relation thereto including a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the business of such Pledgor or any portion thereof, (v) not license the Intellectual Property Collateral


-26-

other than licenses entered into by such Pledgor in, or incidental to, the ordinary course of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the business of such Pledgor or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral intended to be granted to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, without the consent of the Collateral Trustee, and (vi) furnish to the Collateral Trustee from time to time upon the Collateral Trustee's request therefor reasonably detailed statements and amended schedules further identifying and describing the Intellectual Property Collateral and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to the Intellectual Property Collateral as the Collateral Trustee may from time to time reasonably request.

SECTION 6.3. After-Acquired Property. If any Pledgor shall, at any time before the Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations which, pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement or the Security Documents, survive the termination thereof), (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in clause
(i) or (ii) of this Section 6.3 with respect to such Pledgor shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement without further action by any party. Each Pledgor shall promptly (x) provide to the Collateral Trustee written notice of any of the foregoing and (y) confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 6.3 by execution of an instrument in form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Trustee and the filing of any instruments or statements as shall be reasonably necessary to preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Trustee's security interests in such Intellectual Property Collateral. Further, each Pledgor authorizes the Collateral Trustee to modify this Agreement by amending Schedules 13(a) and 13(b) annexed to the Perfection Certificate to include any Intellectual Property Collateral acquired or arising after the date hereof of such Pledgor.

SECTION 6.4. Litigation. Unless there shall occur and be continuing any Event of Default, each Pledgor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as the party in interest, for its own benefit and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and suits, proceedings or other actions to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value or other damage as are necessary to protect the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Trustee shall have the right but shall in no way be obligated to file applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and/or bring suit in the name of any Pledgor, the Collateral Trustee or the Secured Parties to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral and any license thereunder. In the


-27-

event of such suit, each Pledgor shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee in aid of such enforcement and the Pledgors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Trustee for all costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Trustee in the exercise of its rights under this Section 6.4 in accordance with Section 11.03 of the Credit Agreement. In the event that the Collateral Trustee shall elect not to bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral, each Pledgor agrees, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee, to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Intellectual Property Collateral by others and for that purpose agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently maintain any suit, proceeding or other action against any person so infringing necessary to prevent such infringement.

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS

SECTION 7.1. Maintenance of Records. Each Pledgor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of each Account, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other documentation relating thereto. Each Pledgor shall, at such Pledgor's sole cost and expense, upon the Collateral Trustee's demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver all tangible evidence of Accounts, including all documents evidencing Accounts and any books and records relating thereto to the Collateral Trustee or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Pledgor). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Trustee may transfer a full and complete copy of any Pledgor's books, records, credit information, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Accounts to and for the use by any person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Accounts or the Collateral Trustee's security interest therein without the consent of any Pledgor.

SECTION 7.2. Legend. Each Pledgor shall legend, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee and in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee, the Accounts and the other books, records and documents of such Pledgor evidencing or pertaining to the Accounts with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Collateral Trustee has a security interest therein.

SECTION 7.3. Modification of Terms, etc. No Pledgor shall rescind or cancel any obligations evidenced by any Account or modify any term thereof or make any adjustment with respect thereto except in the ordinary course of business consistent


-28-

with prudent business practice, or extend or renew any such obligations except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or compromise or settle any dispute, claim, suit or legal proceeding relating thereto or sell any Account or interest therein except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice without the prior written consent of the Collateral Trustee. Each Pledgor shall in all material respects timely fulfill all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with the Accounts.

SECTION 7.4. Collection. Each Pledgor shall cause to be collected from the Account Debtor of each of the Accounts, as and when due in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent business practice (including Accounts that are delinquent, such Accounts to be collected in accordance with generally accepted commercial collection procedures), any and all amounts owing under or on account of such Account, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such Account, except that any Pledgor may, with respect to an Account, allow in the ordinary course of business (i) a refund or credit due as a result of returned or damaged or defective merchandise and (ii) such extensions of time to pay amounts due in respect of Accounts and such other modifications of payment terms or settlements in respect of Accounts as shall be commercially reasonable in the circumstances, all in accordance with such Pledgor's ordinary course of business consistent with its collection practices as in effect from time to time. The reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees) of collection, in any case, whether incurred by any Pledgor, the Collateral Trustee or any Secured Party, shall be paid by the Pledgors.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFERS

SECTION 8.1. Transfers of Pledged Collateral. No Pledgor shall sell, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

SECTION 9.1. Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default the Collateral Trustee may from time to time exercise in respect of the Pledged Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, the following remedies:

(i) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, from any Pledgor or any other person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that


-29-

purpose may enter upon any Pledgor's premises where any of the Pledged Collateral is located, remove such Pledged Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Pledged Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Pledgor;

(ii) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Pledged Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Pledged Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Collateral Trustee, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided, however, that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Pledgor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Pledgor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee and shall promptly (but in no event later than one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof) pay such amounts to the Collateral Trustee;

(iii) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Pledgor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(iv) Take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Pledgor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral Trustee at any place or places so designated by the Collateral Trustee, in which event such Pledgor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Collateral Trustee and therewith delivered to the Collateral Trustee, (B) store and keep any Pledged Collateral so delivered to the Collateral Trustee at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral Trustee and (C) while the Pledged Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Pledgor's obligation to deliver the Pledged Collateral as contemplated in this
Section 9.1(iv) is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Trustee shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Pledgor of such obligation;

(v) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Pledgor constituting Pledged Collateral for application to the Obligations as provided in Article X hereof;

(vi) Retain and apply the Distributions to the Obligations as provided in Article X hereof;


-30-

(vii) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Pledged Collateral, including perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Pledged Collateral; and

(viii) All the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC, and the Collateral Trustee may also in its sole discretion, without notice except as specified in Section 9.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker's board or at any of the Collateral Trustee's offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Trustee may deem commercially reasonable. The Collateral Trustee or any other Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Pledged Collateral at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations owed to such person as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Pledged Collateral payable by such person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Trustee shall not be obligated to make any sale of Pledged Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Trustee may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims against the Collateral Trustee arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Pledged Collateral may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Trustee accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Pledged Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 9.2. Notice of Sale. Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of Pledged Collateral shall be required by law, ten (10) days' prior notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Pledgor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

SECTION 9.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Collateral Trustee's taking possession or the Collateral Trustee's disposition of any of the Pledged Collateral, including any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or


-31-

remedies and any such right which such Pledgor would otherwise have under law, and each Pledgor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral Trustee's rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law. The Collateral Trustee shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article IX in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Pledged Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Pledgor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Pledgor and against any and all persons claiming or attempting to claim the Pledged Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Pledgor.

SECTION 9.4. Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral.

(i) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Collateral Trustee may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Trustee than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable law, the Collateral Trustee shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.

(ii) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Trustee may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Trustee than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Trustee shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Pledgor shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee, cause any registration, qualification under or


-32-

compliance with any Federal or state securities law or laws to be effected with respect to all or any part of the Securities Collateral as soon as practicable and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors. Each Pledgor will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration to be effected (and be kept effective) and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such qualification and compliance to be effected (and be kept effective) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of such Securities Collateral including registration under the Securities Act (or any similar statute then in effect), appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with all other requirements of any Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Collateral Trustee to be kept advised in writing as to the progress of each such registration, qualification or compliance and as to the completion thereof, shall furnish to the Collateral Trustee such number of prospectuses, offering circulars or other documents incident thereto as the Collateral Trustee from time to time may request, and shall indemnify and shall cause the issuer of the Securities Collateral to indemnify the Collateral Trustee and all others participating in the distribution of such Securities Collateral against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained therein (or in any related registration statement, notification or the like) or by any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein (or in any related registration statement, notification or the like) a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(iv) If the Collateral Trustee determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Pledgor shall from time to time furnish to the Collateral Trustee all such information as the Collateral Trustee may request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Collateral Trustee as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(v) Each Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 9.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Trustee and other Secured Parties, that the Collateral Trustee and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this
Section 9.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Pledgor, and such Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 9.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

(i) No failure on the part of the Collateral Trustee to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Collateral Trustee in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy; nor shall the Collateral Trustee be required


-33-

to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

(ii) In the event that the Collateral Trustee shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under this Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Trustee, then and in every such case, the Pledgors, the Collateral Trustee and each other Secured Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Trustee and the other Secured Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 9.6. Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the written demand of the Collateral Trustee, each Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and Goodwill and such other documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes hereof. Within five (5) Business Days of written notice thereafter from the Collateral Trustee, each Pledgor shall make available to the Collateral Trustee, to the extent within such Pledgor's power and authority, such personnel in such Pledgor's employ on the date of the Event of Default as the Collateral Trustee may reasonably designate to permit such Pledgor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Pledgor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights.

ARTICLE X

PROCEEDS OF CASUALTY EVENTS AND COLLATERAL DISPOSITIONS;
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 10.1. Proceeds of Casualty Events and Collateral Dispositions. The Pledgors shall take all actions required by the Credit Agreement with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds of any Casualty Event or from the sale or disposition of any Pledged Collateral.

SECTION 10.2. Application of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Collateral Trustee in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Collateral Trustee of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with the Credit Agreement.


-34-

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1. Concerning Collateral Trustee.

(i) The Collateral Trustee has been appointed as collateral trustee pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The actions of the Collateral Trustee hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The Collateral Trustee shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including the release or substitution of the Pledged Collateral), in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The Collateral Trustee may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. The Collateral Trustee may resign and a successor Collateral Trustee may be appointed in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Collateral Trustee by a successor Collateral Trustee, that successor Collateral Trustee shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Trustee under this Agreement, and the retiring Collateral Trustee shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Collateral Trustee's resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement while it was the Collateral Trustee.

(ii) The Collateral Trustee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral in its possession if such Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Collateral Trustee, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Collateral Trustee nor any of the Secured Parties shall have responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Collateral Trustee or any other Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or
(ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any person with respect to any Pledged Collateral.

(iii) The Collateral Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to this Agreement and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

(iv) If any item of Pledged Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to the Collateral Trustee under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in re-


-35-

spect of such Collateral, the Collateral Trustee, in its sole discretion, shall select which provision or provisions shall control.

SECTION 11.2. Collateral Trustee May Perform; Collateral Trustee Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. If any Pledgor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Agreement (including such Pledgor's covenants to (i) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies hereunder, (ii) pay Claims, (iii) make repairs, (iv) discharge Liens or (v) pay or perform any obligations of such Pledgor under any Pledged Collateral) or if any representation or warranty on the part of any Pledgor contained herein shall be breached, the Collateral Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided, however, that the Collateral Trustee shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, lien, imposition or other obligation which such Pledgor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby and which such Pledgor does not contest in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof. Any and all amounts so expended by the Collateral Trustee shall be paid by the Pledgors in accordance with the provisions of
Section 11.03 of the Credit Agreement. Neither the provisions of this Section 11.2 nor any action taken by the Collateral Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Agreement nor any breach of representation or warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Pledgor hereby appoints the Collateral Trustee its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor, or otherwise, from time to time in the Collateral Trustee's discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement and the other Security Documents which the Collateral Trustee may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof. The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Pledgor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 11.3. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon the Pledgors, their respective successors and assigns and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Trustee hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Trustee and the other Secured Parties and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No other persons (including any other creditor of any Pledgor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Agreement to any other person, and such other person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party, herein or otherwise, subject however, to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and any Hedging Agreement.

SECTION 11.4. Termination; Release. The Pledged Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents. Upon termination hereof or any release of Pledged Collateral in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, the Collateral Trustee shall, subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement,


-36-

upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, assign, transfer and deliver to Pledgor, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Trustee except as to the fact that the Collateral Trustee has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Pledged Collateral to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Collateral Trustee and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Pledged Collateral, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Pledged Collateral, as the case may be.

SECTION 11.5. Modification in Writing. No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Pledgor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Trustee. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Pledgor from the terms of any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement or any other document evidencing the Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Pledgor in any case shall entitle any Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 11.6. Notices. Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Credit Agreement, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as to any Pledgor, addressed to it at the address of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and as to the Collateral Trustee, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this
Section 11.6. Subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement, to the extent that any Pledgor receives conflicting notices from the Collateral Trustee and the Parity Collateral Trustee (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement), all parties hereby expressly agree that any conflict will be resolved in favor of compliance with such notice or instructions given by the Collateral Trustee.

SECTION 11.7. Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. Sections 11.09 and 11.10 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof; provided, however, that to the extent it is applicable, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by federal law.

SECTION 11.8. Severability of Provisions. Any provision hereof which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.9. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and de-


-37-

livered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 11.10. Business Days. In the event any time period or any date provided in this Agreement ends or falls on a day other than a Business Day, then such time period shall be deemed to end and such date shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day, and performance herein may be made on such Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such other day.

SECTION 11.11. Waiver of Stay. Each Pledgor covenants (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that in the event that such Pledgor or any property or assets of such Pledgor shall hereafter become the subject of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under the Code or such Pledgor shall otherwise be a party to any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar proceeding to which the provisions relating to the automatic stay under Section 362 of the Code or any similar provision in any such law is applicable, then, in any such case, whether or not the Collateral Trustee has commenced foreclosure proceedings under this Agreement, such Pledgor shall not, and each Pledgor hereby expressly waives its right to (to the extent it may lawfully do so) at any time insist upon, plead or in any way whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of any such automatic stay or such similar provision as it relates to the exercise of any of the rights and remedies (including any foreclosure proceedings) available to the Collateral Trustee as provided in this Agreement, in any other Security Document or any other document evidencing the Obligations. Each Pledgor further covenants (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power granted herein to the Collateral Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no law relating to any stay or similar provision had been enacted.

SECTION 11.12. No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition. No Pledgor shall be entitled to any credit against the principal, premium, if any, or interest payable under the Credit Agreement, and no Pledgor shall be entitled to any credit against any other sums which may become payable under the terms thereof or hereof, by reason of the payment of any Tax on the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof.

SECTION 11.13. No Claims Against Collateral Trustee. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute any consent or request by the Collateral Trustee, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, nor as giving any Pledgor any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against the Collateral Trustee in respect thereof or any claim that any Lien based on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the Lien hereof.

SECTION 11.14. No Release. Nothing set forth in this Agreement shall relieve any Pledgor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor's part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral


-38-

or from any liability to any person under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Trustee or any other Secured Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor's part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Collateral Trustee or any other Secured Party for any act or omission on the part of such Pledgor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Pledgor contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or under or in respect of the Pledged Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. The obligations of each Pledgor contained in this Section 11.14 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Pledgor's other obligations under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 11.15. Obligations Absolute. All obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Pledgor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any Hedging Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations;

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Credit Agreement, any Hedging Agreement or any other Loan Document except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.5 hereof; or

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Pledgor.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]


S-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgors and the Collateral Trustee have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.,
as Pledgor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - NORTHEAST
GROUP, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource, Inc. as Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GENPAR,
LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource, Inc., as Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - MBS, LLC,
as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource, Inc., as Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President


S-2

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS GROUP,
L.P., as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource - Texas GenPar, LLC, as
General Partner

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BFS TEXAS, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource - Texas Group, L.P., as
Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTH TEXAS,
L.P., as Pledgor

By: BFS Texas, LLC, as General Partner

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - TEXAS
INSTALLED SALES, L.P., as Pledgor

By: BFS Texas, LLC, as General Partner

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President


S-3

BFS IP, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource - Texas Group, L.P., as
Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY, L.P., as Pledgor

By: BFS IP, LLC, as General Partner

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Pledgor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - DALLAS, LLC,
as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc., as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President


S-4

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA, LLC,
as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc., as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - FLORIDA
DESIGN CENTER, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource - Florida, LLC, as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - OHIO VALLEY,
LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc., as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BFS, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource - Ohio Valley, LLC, as
Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President


S-5

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - ATLANTIC
GROUP, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc., as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE OF NASHVILLE,
INC., as Pledgor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SOUTHEAST
GROUP, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc., as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - SNC, LLC, as
Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource - Southeast Group, LLC,
as Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President


S-6

CCWP, INC., as Pledgor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Secretary

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - RALEIGH, LLC,
as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc., as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO
GROUP, LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc., as Sole
Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE - COLORADO,
LLC, as Pledgor

By: Builders FirstSource - Colorado Group, LLC,
as Sole Member

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name: Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President


S-7

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE FINANCING, INC.,
as Pledgor

By: /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
    ------------------------
        Name:  Donald F. McAleenan
        Title: Senior Vice President


S-8

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Trustee

By: /s/ Wilfred V. Saint
    ------------------------
        Name: Wilfred V. Saint
        Title: Director

By: /s/ Sailoz Sikka
    ------------------------
        Name: Sailoz Sikka
        Title: Associate Director


EXHIBIT 1

[Form of]

ISSUER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The undersigned hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of that certain pledge and security agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Security Agreement;" capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of February 11, 2005, made by BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Guarantors party thereto and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Collateral Trustee (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the "Collateral Trustee"), (ii) agrees promptly to note on its books the security interests granted to the Collateral Trustee and confirmed under the Security Agreement, (iii) agrees that it will comply with instructions of the Collateral Trustee with respect to the applicable Securities Collateral without further consent by the applicable Pledgor, (iv) agrees to notify the Collateral Trustee upon obtaining knowledge of any interest in favor of any person in the applicable Securities Collateral that is adverse to the interest of the Collateral Trustee therein and (v) waives any right or requirement at any time hereafter to receive a copy of the Security Agreement in connection with the registration of any Securities Collateral thereunder in the name of the Collateral Trustee or its nominee or the exercise of voting rights by the Collateral Trustee or its nominee.

[ ]

By: __________________________________ Name:


Title:


EXHIBIT 2

[Form of]

SECURITIES PLEDGE AMENDMENT

This Securities Pledge Amendment, dated as of [ ], is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of that certain pledge and security agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Security Agreement;" capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of February 11, 2005, made by BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Guarantors party thereto and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Collateral Trustee. The undersigned hereby agrees that this Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement and that the Pledged Securities and/or Intercompany Notes listed on this Pledge Amendment shall be deemed to be and shall become part of the Pledged Collateral and shall secure all Obligations.

PLEDGED SECURITIES

            CLASS                                 NUMBER OF          PERCENTAGE OF
           OF STOCK                                SHARES          ALL ISSUED CAPITAL
              OR          PAR     CERTIFICATE        OR         OR OTHER EQUITY INTERESTS
ISSUER     INTERESTS     VALUE       NO(S).       INTERESTS            OF ISSUER
------     ---------     -----    -----------     ---------     -------------------------


-2-

INTERCOMPANY NOTES

             PRINCIPAL        DATE OF        INTEREST          MATURITY
ISSUER         AMOUNT        ISSUANCE          RATE              DATE
------       ---------       --------        --------          --------

[ ], as Pledgor

By: _________________________________ Name:


Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Trustee

By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:

By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:


EXHIBIT 3

[Form of]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

[Name of New Pledgor]
[Address of New Pledgor]

[Date]





Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain pledge and security agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Security Agreement;" capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of February 11, 2005, made by BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Guarantors party thereto and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Collateral Trustee (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the "Collateral Trustee").

This letter supplements the Security Agreement and is delivered by the undersigned, [ ] (the "New Pledgor"), pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor hereby agrees to be bound as a Guarantor and as a Pledgor by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Security Agreement on the execution date of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor also hereby agrees to be bound as a party by all of the terms, covenants and conditions applicable to it set forth in Articles V, VI and VII of the Credit Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Credit Agreement on the execution date of the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Pledgor hereby grants and pledges to the Collateral Trustee, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations, a Lien on and secu-


-2-

rity interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral and expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor and Pledgor thereunder. The New Pledgor hereby makes each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Pledgors contained in the Security Agreement and Article III of the Credit Agreement.

Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as applicable, with respect to the New Pledgor. Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

This agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND

ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Pledgor has caused this letter agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

[NEW PLEDGOR]

By:________________________________________
Name:
Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Trustee

By:________________________________________ Name:
Title:

By:________________________________________ Name:
Title:

[Schedules to be attached]


EXHIBIT 4

[Form of]

CONTROL AGREEMENT CONCERNING SECURITIES ACCOUNTS

This Control Agreement Concerning Securities Accounts (this "Control Agreement"), dated as of ____________, 20[__], by and among [________] (the "Pledgor"), UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Priority Collateral Trustee and as Parity Collateral Trustee (each as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement (as defined below) and, together, the "Collateral Trustees") and [ ] (the "Securities Intermediary"), is delivered pursuant to (i) Section 3.4(c) of the pledge and security agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "First Lien Security Agreement"), dated as of February 11, 2005, made by the Pledgor and each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, Collateral Trustee with respect to the Priority Lien Obligations and (ii)
Section 3.4(c) of the second lien pledge and security agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Second Lien Security Agreement" and together with the First Lien Security Agreement, the "Security Agreements"), dated as of February 11, 2005, made by the Pledgor and each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Trustee with respect to the Parity Lien Obligations. In addition, the Pledgor has entered into that certain Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, among Builders FirstSource, Inc., the other Pledgors party thereto, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Priority Collateral Trustee and as Parity Collateral Trustee (capitalized terms used herein but not defined having the meaning ascribed to such terms therein). This Control Agreement is for the purpose of perfecting the security interests of the respective Collateral Trustees under the Security Agreements granted by the Pledgor in the Designated Accounts described below. All references herein to the "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the First Lien Security Agreement. As used in this Control Agreement, "Controlling Party" means the Priority Collateral Trustee; provided, however, that at such time as the Priority Collateral Trustee has provided the Securities Intermediary with a written notice that the Priority Collateral Trustee has ceased to be the "Controlling Party" hereunder (such notice being the "Controlling Party Notice") (which notice is to be given at the time all obligations owing to the Priority Collateral Trustee and the Lenders have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, all commitments of the Priority Collateral Trustee and the Lenders to provide credit to or for the benefit of the Pledgor have terminated and all financing agreements among the Pri-


-2-

ority Collateral Trustee, the Lenders, the Pledgor and its affiliates have terminated), "Controlling Party" shall mean the Parity Collateral Trustee. It is understood and agreed that the Securities Intermediary shall rely exclusively on a Controlling Party Notice as to the determination whether the Priority Collateral Trustee or the Parity Collateral Trustee is the Controlling Party hereunder and shall be under no obligation to make any independent investigation thereof.

Section 1. Confirmation of Establishment and Maintenance of Designated Accounts. The Securities Intermediary hereby confirms and agrees that
(i) the Securities Intermediary has established for the Pledgor and maintains the account(s) listed in Schedule I annexed hereto (such account(s) the "Designated Accounts" and each a "Designated Account"), (ii) each Designated Account will be maintained in the manner set forth herein until termination of this Control Agreement, (iii) this Control Agreement is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Securities Intermediary, (iv) the Securities Intermediary is a "securities intermediary" as defined in Article 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC, (v) each of the Designated Accounts is a "securities account" as such term is defined in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC and (vi) all securities or other property underlying any financial assets which are credited to any Designated Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, endorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary and in no case will any financial asset credited to any Designated Account be registered in the name of the Pledgor, payable to the order of the Pledgor or specially endorsed to the Pledgor, except to the extent the foregoing have been specially endorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank.

Section 2. "Financial Assets" Election. The Securities Intermediary hereby agrees that each item of Investment Property credited to any Designated Account shall be treated as a "financial asset" within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC.

Section 3. Entitlement Order. If at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive an "entitlement order" (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(8) of the UCC) issued by the Controlling Party and relating to any financial asset maintained in one or more of the Designated Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Pledgor or any other person. The Securities Intermediary shall also comply with instructions directing the Securities Intermediary with respect to the sale, exchange or transfer of financial assets held in each Designated Account originated by a Pledgor, or any representative of, or investment manager appointed by, a Pledgor until such time as the Controlling Party delivers a Notice of Sole Control pursuant to Section 9(i) to the Securities Intermediary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) if at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive conflicting instructions from the Controlling Party and the Pledgor, the Securities Intermediary shall follow the instructions of the Controlling Party and not the Pledgor.


-3-

Section 4. Subordination of Lien; Waiver of Set-Off. The Securities Intermediary hereby agrees that any security interest in any Designated Account it now has or subsequently obtains shall be subordinate to the security interest of both Collateral Trustees. The financial assets and other items deposited to any Designated Account will not be subject to deduction, set-off, banker's lien, or any other right in favor of any person other than the Collateral Trustees (except that the Securities Intermediary may set off all amounts due to the Securities Intermediary in respect of its customary fees and expenses for the routine maintenance and operation of the Designated Accounts, including overdraft fees and amounts advanced to settle authorized transactions).

Section 5. Choice of Law. Both this Control Agreement and the Designated Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. Regardless of any provision in any other agreement, for purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction and the Designated Accounts (as well as the security entitlements related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Section 6. Conflict with Other Agreements; Amendments. As of the date hereof, there are no other agreements entered into between the Securities Intermediary and the Pledgor with respect to any Designated Account or any security entitlements or other financial assets credited thereto (other than standard and customary documentation with respect to the establishment and maintenance of such Designated Accounts). The Securities Intermediary and the Pledgor will not enter into any other agreement with respect to any Designated Account unless the Collateral Trustees shall have received prior written notice thereof. The Securities Intermediary and the Pledgor have not and will not enter into any other agreement with respect to (i) creation or perfection of any security interest in or (ii) control of security entitlements maintained in any of the Designated Accounts or purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders with respect to financial assets credited to any Designated Account as set forth in Section 3 hereof without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party acting in its sole discretion. In the event of any conflict with respect to control over any Designated Account between this Control Agreement (or any portion hereof) and any other agreement now existing or hereafter entered into, the terms of this Control Agreement shall prevail. No amendment or modification of this Control Agreement or waiver of any rights hereunder shall be binding on any party hereto unless it is in writing and is signed by all the parties hereto.

Section 7. Certain Agreements.

(i) The Securities Intermediary has furnished to the Collateral Trustees the most recent account statement issued by the Securities Intermediary with respect to each of the Designated Accounts and the financial assets and cash balances held therein, identifying the fi-


-4-

nancial assets held therein in a manner acceptable to the Collateral Trustees. Each such statement accurately reflects the assets held in such Designated Account as of the date thereof.

(ii) The Securities Intermediary will, upon its receipt of each supplement to the Security Agreement signed by the Pledgor and identifying one or more financial assets as "Pledged Collateral," enter into its records, including computer records, with respect to each Designated Account a notation with respect to any such financial asset so that such records and reports generated with respect thereto identify such financial asset as "Pledged."

(iii) The Collateral Trustees have delivered to the Securities Intermediary a list, signed by an authorized representative of the officers of the Collateral Trustees authorized to give approvals or instructions under this Control Agreement (the "Authorized Representatives") and the Securities Intermediary shall be entitled to rely on communications from any such authorized officers until the earlier of the termination of this Control Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof and notification by an Authorized Representative of a change in such list at any time.

Section 8. Notice of Adverse Claims. Except for the claims and interest of the Collateral Trustees and of the Pledgor in the financial assets maintained in the Designated Account(s), the Securities Intermediary on the date hereof does not know of any claim to, or security interest in, any Designated Account or in any financial asset credited thereto and does not know of any claim that any person other than the Collateral Trustees has been given "control" (within the meaning of Section 8-106 of the UCC) of any Designated Account or any such financial asset. If the Securities Intermediary becomes aware that any person is asserting any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process or any claim of control) against any of the financial assets maintained in any Designated Account, the Securities Intermediary shall promptly notify the Collateral Trustees and the Pledgor thereof.

Section 9. Maintenance of Designated Accounts. In addition to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary in Section 3 hereof, the Securities Intermediary agrees to maintain the Designated Accounts as follows:

(i) Notice of Sole Control. If at any time the Controlling Party delivers to the Securities Intermediary a notice of sole control in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Notice of Sole Control") with respect to any Designated Account, the Securities Intermediary agrees that, after receipt of such notice, it will take all instructions with respect to such Designated Account solely from the Controlling Party and cease taking instructions from Pledgor, including, without limitation, instructions for investment, distribution or transfer of any financial asset maintained in any Designated Account. Permitting settlement of trades pending at the time of receipt of such notice shall not constitute a violation of the immediately preceding sentence.


-5-

(ii) Voting Rights. Until such time as the Securities Intermediary receives a Notice of Sole Control, the Pledgor, or an investment manager on behalf of the Pledgor, shall direct the Securities Intermediary with respect to the voting of any financial assets credited to any Designated Account.

(iii) Statements and Confirmations. The Securities Intermediary will send copies of all statements and other correspondence (excluding routine confirmations) concerning any Designated Account or any financial assets credited thereto simultaneously to each of the Pledgor and the Collateral Trustees at the addresses set forth in Section 11 hereof. The Securities Intermediary will provide to the Collateral Trustees, upon either of the Collateral Trustees' request therefor from time to time and, in any event, as of the last business day of each calendar month, a statement of the market value of each financial asset maintained in each Designated Account. The Securities Intermediary shall not change the name or account number of any Designated Account without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party.

(iv) Bailee for Perfection. The Securities Intermediary acknowledges that, in the event that it should come into possession of any certificate representing any security or other assets held as financial assets in any of the Designated Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall retain possession of the same for the benefit of the Collateral Trustees and such act shall cause the Securities Intermediary to be deemed a bailee for the Collateral Trustees, if necessary to perfect the Collateral Trustees' security interest in such securities or assets. The Securities Intermediary hereby acknowledges its receipt of a copy of each Security Agreement, which shall also serve as notice to the Securities Intermediary of a security interest in collateral held by a bailee.

Section 10. Successors; Assignment. The terms of this Control Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective corporate successors and permitted assignees.

Section 11. Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Control Agreement shall be in writing and deemed to have been properly given when delivered in person, or when sent by telecopy or other electronic means and electronic confirmation of error free receipt is received or two (2) days after being sent by certified or registered United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at the address set forth below.

Pledgor:      [        ]
              [Address]
              Attention:
              Telecopy:
              Telephone:


-6-

              with copy to:

              [         ]
              [Address]
              Attention:
              Telecopy:
              Telephone:

Securities
Intermediary: [         ]
              [Address]
              Attention:
              Telecopy:
              Telephone:

For either
Collateral
Agent:        UBS AG, Stamford Branch,
              as Priority Collateral Trustee
              and Parity Collateral Trustee
              677 Washington Boulevard
              Stamford, Connecticut  06901
              Attention:  Winslow Osborne
              Telecopy:  (203) 719-4176

              with a copy to:

              Latham & Watkins, LLP
              633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000
              Los Angeles, CA 90071
              Attention: John Mendez
              Telecopy:  (213) 891-8763
              Telephone: (213) 891-8181

Any party may change its address for notices in the manner set forth above.

Section 12. Termination. The rights and powers granted herein to the Collateral Trustees are powers coupled with an interest and will be affected neither by the bankruptcy of the Pledgor nor by the lapse of time. The obligations of the Securities Intermediary hereunder shall continue in effect until (i) the security interests granted by the Security Agreement with respect to the financial assets maintained in the Designated Account(s) have been terminated and


-7-

an Authorized Representative has notified the Securities Intermediary of such termination in writing or (ii) thirty days following the Securities Intermediary's delivery of written notice of such termination to the Pledgor and the Collateral Trustees.

Section 13. Severability. If any term or provision set forth in this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, other than those provisions held invalid or unenforceable, shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable term or provision were omitted.

Section 14. Counterparts. This Control Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Control Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.


S-1

[ ],
as Pledgor

By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:


S-2

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Priority Collateral Trustee and Parity
Collateral Trustee

By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:

By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:

[ ],
as Securities Intermediary

By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:


SCHEDULE I

Designated Account(s)

Account Number Account Name


EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of UBS AG, Stamford Branch]

[Date]

[Securities Intermediary]
[Address]

Attention:

Re: Notice of Sole Control

Ladies and Gentlemen:

As referenced in Section 9(i) of the Control Agreement Concerning Designated Accounts dated as of [ ], by and among [ ], us and you (the "Control Agreement") (a copy of which is attached) we hereby give you notice of our sole control over the financial assets maintained in the Designated Account(s) referred to in the Control Agreement, account numbers:
________________ (the "Specified Designated Accounts"). You are hereby instructed not to accept any direction, instruction or entitlement order with respect to financial assets maintained in the Specified Designated Accounts from any person other than the undersigned.


-2-

You are instructed to deliver a copy of this notice by facsimile transmission to [Pledgor].

Very truly yours,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as [Priority/Parity] Collateral Trustee

By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:

By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:

cc: [Pledgor]


-3-

EXHIBIT 5

[Form of]

CONTROL AGREEMENT CONCERNING DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

This Control Agreement Concerning Deposit Accounts (this "Control Agreement"), dated as of ____________, 20[__], by and among [________] (the "Pledgor"), UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Priority Collateral Trustee and as Parity Collateral Trustee (each as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement (as defined below) and, together, the "Collateral Trustees") and [ ] (the "Bank"), is delivered pursuant to (i) Section 3.4(c) of the pledge and security agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "First Lien Security Agreement"), dated as of February 11, 2005, made by the Pledgor and each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, Collateral Trustee with respect to the Priority Lien Obligations and (ii) Section 3.4(c) of the second lien pledge and security agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Second Lien Security Agreement" and together with the First Lien Security Agreement, the "Security Agreements"), dated as of February 11, 2005, made by the Pledgor and each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Trustee with respect to the Parity Lien Obligations. In addition, the Pledgor has entered into that certain Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, among Builders FirstSource, Inc., the other Pledgors party thereto, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Priority Collateral Trustee and as Parity Collateral Trustee (capitalized terms used herein but not defined having the meaning ascribed to such terms therein). This Control Agreement is for the purpose of perfecting the security interests of the respective Collateral Trustees under the Security Agreements granted by the Pledgor in the Designated Accounts described below. All references herein to the "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the First Lien Security Agreement. As used in this Control Agreement, "Controlling Party" means the Priority Collateral Trustee; provided, however, that at such time as the Priority Collateral Trustee has provided the Bank with a written notice that the Priority Collateral Trustee has ceased to be the "Controlling Party" hereunder (such notice being the "Controlling Party Notice") (which notice is to be given at the time all obligations owing to the Priority Collateral Trustee and the Lenders have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, all commitments of the Priority Collateral Trustee and the Lenders to provide credit to or for the benefit of the Pledgor have terminated and all financing agreements among the Priority Collateral Trustee, the Lenders, the Pledgor and its affiliates have terminated), "Controlling Party" shall mean the Parity Collateral Trustee. It is understood and agreed that the Bank shall


-4-

rely exclusively on a Controlling Party Notice as to the determination whether the Priority Collateral Trustee or the Parity Collateral Trustee is the Controlling Party hereunder and shall be under no obligation to make any independent investigation thereof.

Section 1. Confirmation of Establishment and Maintenance of Designated Accounts. The Bank hereby confirms and agrees that (i) the Bank has established for the Pledgor and maintains the deposit account(s) listed in Schedule 1 annexed hereto (such account(s) the "Designated Accounts" and each a "Designated Account"), (ii) each Designated Account will be maintained in the manner set forth herein until termination of this Control Agreement, (iii) the Bank is a "bank," as such term is defined in the UCC, (iv) this Control Agreement is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Bank and (v) each Designated Account is a "deposit account" as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

Section 2. Control. The Bank shall comply with instructions originated by the Controlling Party without further consent of the Pledgor or any person acting or purporting to act for the Pledgor being required, including, without limitation, directing disposition of the funds in each Designated Account. The Bank shall also comply with instructions directing the disposition of funds in each Designated Account originated by the Pledgor or its authorized representatives until such time as the Controlling Party delivers a Notice of Sole Control pursuant to Section 8(i) hereof to the Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) if at any time the Bank shall receive conflicting instructions from the Controlling Party and the Pledgor, the Bank shall follow the instructions of the Controlling Party and not the Pledgor.

Section 3. Subordination of Lien; Waiver of Set-Off. The Bank hereby agrees that any security interest in any Designated Account it now has or subsequently obtains shall be subordinate to the security interest of both Collateral Trustees. The funds deposited into any Designated Account will not be subject to deduction, set-off, banker's lien, or any other right in favor of any person other than the Collateral Trustees (except that the Bank may set off (i) all amounts due to the Bank in respect of its customary fees and expenses for the routine maintenance and operation of the Designated Accounts, including overdraft fees, and (ii) the face amount of any checks or other items which have been credited to any Designated Account but are subsequently returned unpaid because of uncollected or insufficient funds).

Section 4. Choice of Law. Both this Control Agreement and the Designated Account(s) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. Regardless of any provision in any other agreement, for purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be the Bank's jurisdiction and the Designated Account(s) shall be governed by the law of the State of New York.

Section 5. Conflict with Other Agreements; Amendments. As of the date hereof, there are no other agreements entered into between the Bank and the Pledgor with respect to any Designated Account or any funds credited thereto (other than standard and customary


-5-

documentation with respect to the establishment and maintenance of such Designated Accounts). The Bank and the Pledgor will not enter into any other agreement with respect to any Designated Account unless the Collateral Trustees shall have received prior written notice thereof. The Bank and the Pledgor have not and will not enter into any other agreement with respect to control of the Designated Accounts or purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Bank to comply with any orders or instructions with respect to any Designated Account as set forth in Section 2 hereof without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party acting in its sole discretion. In the event of any conflict with respect to control over any Designated Account between this Control Agreement (or any portion hereof) and any other agreement now existing or hereafter entered into, the terms of this Control Agreement shall prevail. No amendment or modification of this Control Agreement or waiver of any right hereunder shall be binding on any party hereto unless it is in writing and is signed by all the parties hereto.

Section 6. Certain Agreements.

(i) The Bank has furnished to the Collateral Trustees the most recent account statement issued by the Bank with respect to each of the Designated Accounts and the cash balances held therein. Each such statement accurately reflects the assets held in such Designated Account as of the date thereof.

(ii) The Collateral Trustees have delivered to the Bank a list, signed by an authorized representative, of the officers of the Collateral Trustee authorized to give approvals or instructions under this Control Agreement (the "Authorized Representatives") and the Bank shall be entitled to rely on communications from any such authorized officers until the earlier of the termination of this Control Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof and notification by an Authorized Representative of a change in such list at any time.

Section 7. Notice of Adverse Claims. Except for the claims and interest of the Collateral Trustees and of the Pledgor in the Designated Account(s), the Bank on the date hereof does not know of any claim to, or security interest in, any Designated Account or in any funds credited thereto and does not know of any claim that any person other than the Collateral Trustees has been given control (within the meaning of Section 8-106 of the UCC) of any Designated Account or any such funds. If the Bank becomes aware that any person is asserting any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process or any claim of control) against any funds in any Designated Account, the Bank will promptly notify the Collateral Trustees and the Pledgor thereof.

Section 8. Maintenance of Designated Accounts. In addition to the obligations of the Bank in Section 2 hereof, the Bank agrees to maintain the Designated Accounts as follows:


-6-

(i) Notice of Sole Control. If at any time the Controlling Party delivers to the Bank a notice of sole control in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Notice of Sole Control") with respect to any Designated Account, the Bank agrees that, after receipt of such notice, it will take all instruction with respect to such Designated Account solely from the Controlling Party and cease taking instructions from the Pledgor, including, without limitation, instructions for distribution or transfer of any funds in any Designated Account.

(ii) Statements and Confirmations. The Bank will send copies of all statements and other correspondence (excluding routine confirmations) concerning any Designated Account simultaneously to the Pledgor and the Collateral Trustees at the addresses set forth in Section 10 hereof. The Bank will promptly provide to the Collateral Trustees, upon request therefor from time to time and, in any event, as of the last business day of each calendar month, a statement of the cash balance in each Designated Account. The Bank shall not change the name or account number of any Designated Account without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party.

Section 9. Successors; Assignment. The terms of this Control Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective corporate successors and permitted assignees.

Section 10. Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Control Agreement shall be in writing and deemed to have been properly given when delivered in person, or when sent by telecopy or other electronic means and electronic confirmation of error free receipt is received or two (2) days after being sent by certified or registered United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at the address set forth below.

Pledgor:      [         ]
              [Address]
              Attention:
              Telecopy:
              Telephone:

              with copy to:

              [         ]
              [Address]
              Attention:
              Telecopy:
              Telephone:


-7-

Bank:         [         ]
              [         ]
              [         ]
              Attention:
              Telecopy:
              Telephone:

For either
Collateral
Trustee:      UBS AG, Stamford Branch,
              as Priority Collateral Trustee
              and Parity Collateral Trustee
              677 Washington Boulevard
              Stamford, Connecticut  06901
              Attention:  Winslow Osborne
              Telecopy:  (203) 719-4176

              with a copy to:

              Latham & Watkins, LLP
              633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000
              Los Angeles, CA 90071
              Attention: John Mendez
              Telecopy:  (213) 891-8763
              Telephone: (213) 891-8181

Any party may change its address for notices in the manner set forth above.

Section 11. Termination. The rights and powers granted herein to the Collateral Trustees are powers coupled with an interest and will be affected neither by the bankruptcy of the Pledgor nor by the lapse of time. The obligations of the Bank hereunder shall continue in effect until (i) the security interests granted by both of the Security Agreements with respect to the Designated Account(s) have been terminated and an Authorized Representative has notified the Bank of such termination in writing or (ii) thirty days following the Bank's delivery of written notice of such termination to the Collateral Trustees and Pledgor.

Section 12. Severability. If any term or provision set forth in this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, other than those provisions held invalid or unenforceable, shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable term or provision were omitted.


-8-

Section 13. Counterparts. This Control Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Control Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.


S-1

[ ]

By:

Name:

Title:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Priority Collateral Trustee and Parity Collateral
Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

By:

Name:

Title:

[ ],
as Bank

By:

Name:

Title:


SCHEDULE 1

Designated Account(s)

Account Number Account Name


EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of UBS AG, Stamford Branch]

[Date]

[Bank]
[Address]

Attention: _______________

Re: Notice of Sole Control

Ladies and Gentlemen:

As referenced in Section 8(i) of the Control Agreement Concerning Designated Accounts dated as of [ ], by and among [ ], us and you (the "Control Agreement") (a copy of which is attached) we hereby give you notice of our sole control over the Designated Account(s) referred to in the Control Agreement, having account number(s): ___________________________________ (the "Specified Designated Accounts"). You are hereby instructed not to accept any direction or instructions with respect to the Specified Designated Accounts or any funds credited thereto from any person other than the undersigned, unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction.


-2-

You are instructed to deliver a copy of this notice by facsimile transmission to [Pledgor]

Very truly yours,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as [Priority/Parity] Collateral Trustee

By:

Name:


Title:

By:

Name:


Title:

cc: [Pledgor]


EXHIBIT 6

[FORM OF]

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [_________], by

[_________] (the "Pledgor") in favor of UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity as Collateral Trustee (in such capacity, the "Collateral Trustee") pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Pledgor is party to a Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the "Security Agreement") in favor of the Collateral Trustee pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Trustee as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interests in Copyright Collateral. As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, the Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of the Pledgor:

(a) copyrights of the Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Trustee with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement,


-2-

the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Trustee shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination. Upon the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, the Collateral Trustee shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.

[signature page follows]


-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized offer as of the date first set forth above.

Very truly yours,

[PLEDGOR](1)

By:
Name:


Title:

Accepted and Agreed:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Trustee

By:
Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

(1) This document needs only to be executed by any Pledgor which owns a pledged Copyright.


-4-

SCHEDULE I
TO
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS(2)

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS:

REGISTRATION
OWNER NUMBER TITLE

COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS:

OWNER TITLE


(2) Note to attorney: These schedules include the minimum information required to perfect in the Copyright Office. A conformed version of perfection certificate would be adequate, provided it contains this information.


EXHIBIT 7

[FORM OF]

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [___________], by [_________] (the "Pledgor") in favor of UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity Collateral Trustee (in such capacity, the "Collateral Trustee") pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Pledgor is party to a Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the "Security Agreement") in favor of the Collateral Trustee pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Trustee as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interests in Patent Collateral. As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, the Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of the Pledgor:

(a) Patents of the Pledgor listed on Schedule I(3) attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).


(3) Should include same Patents listed on Schedule 13(c) of the Perfection Certificate.


SECTION 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Trustee with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Trustee shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination. Upon the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, the Collateral Trustee shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized offer as of the date first set forth above.

Very truly yours,

[PLEDGOR](4)

By:
Name:


Title:

Accepted and Agreed:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Trustee

By:
Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

(4) This document needs only to be executed by any Pledgor which owns a pledged Patent.


SCHEDULE I
TO
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS(5)

PATENT REGISTRATIONS:

                       REGISTRATION
   OWNER                  NUMBER                NAME

PATENT APPLICATIONS:

                      APPLICATION
   OWNER                 NUMBER                NAME

----------

(5) Note to attorney: These schedules include the minimum information required to perfect in the PTO. A conformed version of perfection certificate would be adequate, provided it contains this information.


EXHIBIT 8

[FORM OF]

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [____________], by

[_________] (the "Pledgor") in favor of UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, in its capacity as Collateral Trustee (in such capacity, the "Collateral Trustee") pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Pledgor is party to a Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the "Security Agreement") in favor of the Collateral Trustee pursuant to which the Pledgor is required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor hereby agrees with the Collateral Trustee as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral. As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, the Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of the Pledgor:

(a) Trademarks of the Pledgor listed on Schedule I(6) attached hereto;

(b) all Goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and

(c) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).


(6) Should include same Trademarks listed on Schedule 13(c) of the Perfection Certificate.


SECTION 3. Security Agreement. The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to the Collateral Trustee pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Trustee with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Trustee shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination. Upon the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, the Collateral Trustee shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgor an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized offer as of the date first set forth above.

Very truly yours,

[PLEDGOR](7)

By:
Name:


Title:

Accepted and Agreed:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Trustee

By:
Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

(7) This document needs only to be executed by any Pledgor which owns a pledged Trademark.


SCHEDULE I
TO
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS:

                      REGISTRATION
   OWNER                 NUMBER                TRADEMARK

TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS:

                        APPLICATION
   OWNER                  NUMBER                TRADEMARK


EXHIBIT 9

FORM OF NOTICE TO BAILEE OF SECURITY INTEREST

CERTIFIED MAIL -- RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

[ ], 200[ ]

TO: [Bailee's Name]
[Bailee's Address]

Re: [APPLICABLE PLEDGOR]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with (i) that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, made by Builders FirstSource, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch as Collateral Trustee with respect to the Priority Lien Obligations (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement)(in such capacity, the "Priority Collateral Trustee") and (ii) that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2005, made by Builders FirstSource, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch as Collateral Trustee with respect to the Parity Lien Obligations (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement)(in such capacity the "Parity Collateral Trustee" and, together with the Priority Collateral Trustee, the "Collateral Trustees"), we have granted to each of the Collateral Trustees a security interest in substantially all of our personal property, including our inventory.

This letter constitutes notice to you, and your signature below will constitute your acknowledgment, of (i) the Priority Collateral Trustee's continuing first priority security interest in all goods with respect to which you are acting as bailee and (ii) the Parity Collateral Trustee's second priority security interest in all goods with respect to which you are acting as bailee. Until you are notified in writing to the contrary by either Collateral Trustee, however, you may continue to accept instructions from us regarding the delivery of goods stored by you.

Your acknowledgment also constitutes a waiver and release, for the benefit of the Collateral Trustees, of any and all claims, liens, including bailee's liens, and demands of every kind which you have or may later have against such property (including any right to include such property in any secured financing to which you may become party).


-2-

In order to complete our records, kindly have a duplicate of this letter signed by an officer of your company and return same to us at your earliest convenience.

Receipt acknowledged, confirmed and               Very truly yours,
approved:

[BAILEE]                                          [APPLICABLE PLEDGOR]

By: _________________________                     By: ______________________
    Name:                                             Name:
    Title:                                            Title:

cc: UBS AG, Stamford Branch


EXHIBIT 10.4

[BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE LOGO]

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
(FORMERLY BSL HOLDINGS, INC.)

1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED
EFFECTIVE MARCH 1, 2004


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
(FORMERLY BSL HOLDINGS, INC.)

1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED)

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Builders FirstSource, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to provide officers, key employees (including leased employees), consultants and advisors of Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, (hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Company") with an opportunity to acquire shares of the Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of Builders FirstSource, Inc. (the "Common Stock"). It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as a "written compensatory benefit plan" as defined in Rule 701 ("Rule 701") promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time (the "Securities Act") and to otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 701. The Plan shall be construed, accordingly, so as to comply with Rule 701. The offer and sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan is intended to compensate employees of the Company, and such sale is not intended raise capital for the Company.

2. Shares Subject to the Plan; Adjustment. A total of 64,000,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan (the "Plan Shares"). A total of 46,000,000 Plan Shares are intended to be available for the issuance of Options (as defined below) pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan and for the issuance of other equity-based awards pursuant to Section 14 of the Plan, and a total of 18,000,000 Plan Shares are intended to be available for the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Section 12 hereof. If Options or other awards under the Plan are forfeited or terminate for any reason before exercise or vesting, then the corresponding Plan shares shall again become available for awards under the Plan. In the event of any extraordinary dividend, stock dividend, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, acquisition, consolidation, stock split, warrant or rights issuance, or combination or exchange of such shares, or other similar transactions, the number and kind of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under this Plan, the number and kind of such shares covered by outstanding Options and other awards under the Plan, and the exercise price of Options may be equitably adjusted by the Board, in its sole discretion, to reflect such event and preserve the value of each share of Common Stock and the value of each award.

3. Participants; Terms of Awards. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") shall determine, from time to time, those employees, officers, consultants and advisors of the Company who are eligible to participate in the Plan ("Participants"). The Board shall also determine the type, number, vesting requirements and other features and conditions of awards under the Plan.

4. Options. The Board may issue options to purchase shares of Common Stock ("Options") to such Participants as the Board shall select, in its sole discretion. Such options may be either incentive stock options, as described in
Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or non-qualified stock options. The Board shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Options granted ("Option Shares") and the terms and conditions of such Options.


5. Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a written agreement (an "Option Agreement"). Each Option Agreement shall state the total number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is granted, any terms and conditions of the Option (including any conditions to the vesting and exercisability thereof) and the Option Price. At the Board's discretion, an Option Agreement may provide for the repurchase of Option Shares by the Company, either at the option of the Participant or the Company; provided, however, that any such repurchase right or obligation shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) The Participant must have owned and had full investment risk with respect to such Option Shares for at least six (6) months prior to the date of repurchase ("Six Month Holding Period");

(ii) The period during which the Company may exercise any such repurchase right (or fulfill any such repurchase obligation) shall terminate no earlier than ten (10) days after the expiration of a Participant's Six Month Holding Period; and

(iii) Fulfillment of such other terms and conditions as the Board may determine.

6. Vesting. Each Option Agreement shall set forth the vesting schedule for the Option, as determined by the Board. The Board shall have the authority to accelerate the vesting and exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

7. Option Exercise. An Option may be exercised at any time or from time to time during the term of the Option for any or all full shares with respect to which such Option has become vested and exercisable. A Participant may exercise an Option by giving written notice thereof to the Secretary of the Company at the Company's principal place of business. Such notice shall be accompanied by the following: (i) the Option Agreement relating to the exercised Option (which, if not exercised for all the shares subject thereto, shall be appropriately endorsed and returned to the Participant); (ii) payment of the full purchase price of the shares of Common Stock in respect of which such Option is being exercised, which payment may be made in whole or in part in cash or, if the Board so permits, in Common Stock owned by the Participant without restriction for the preceding six months valued at fair market value on the date preceding the date the Option is exercised; and (iii) such written representations and other documents as may be necessary or reasonably desirable, in the opinion of the Board, for purposes of compliance with federal or state securities or other laws. It shall be a condition to the performance of the Company's obligation to issue or transfer Shares upon exercise of an Option that the Participant pay, or make provision satisfactory to the Company for the payment of, any taxes (other than stock transfer taxes) which the Company is obligated to collect with respect to the issue or transfer upon such exercise. The Company shall deliver to the Participant a certificate or certificates representing shares of the Common Stock so purchased as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice, payment and other required documents. Such certificate may bear a legend referring to such restrictions on the transfer of the Common Stock as the Board may deem appropriate.

3

8. Treatment of Options Upon Sale of Company. The Board may, in its sole discretion, cancel any outstanding Options upon the sale of the Company (as determined by the Board in its good faith discretion, a "Sale"), and, in the event of such cancellation, the holders of vested and exercisable Options shall be entitled to a payment equal to (i) the excess, if any, of the consideration received by the Company's shareholders pursuant to such Sale, minus the exercise price per share of the Option (the "Option Price"), multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option.

9. Term of Option. The term of Options granted under the plan may be no longer than ten (10) years from the date of the grant of the Option, unless otherwise determined by the Board. Options may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the applicable Option Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Option Agreement, in no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the term of such Option, which shall be set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

10. Nontransferability of Options. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Options granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Options may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or by his guardian or legal representative.

11. Agreement by Participant Regarding Withholding Taxes. If the Board shall so require, as a condition of exercise of an Option, each Participant shall agree that no later than the date of such exercise, the Participant will pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding payment of federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon such exercise. Alternatively, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that a Participant may elect, to the extent permitted or required by law, to have the Company deduct federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the Option exercise from any payment of any kind due to the Participant. The Board in its sole discretion may provide the Participant with the right to satisfy minimum required federal or state tax withholding obligations by delivery of previously owned shares of Common Stock or electing the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of a non-qualified Option, the fair market value of which does not exceed the amount required to cover the minimum required federal and state tax withholding obligations incurred in connection with the exercise of the Option. The fair market value of such shares shall be as determined by the Board in its sole discretion on the exercise date. Any payment of such taxes by having shares of Common Stock withheld by the Company may be subject to restrictions, including any restrictions required by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

12. Sale and Purchase of Common Stock. Commencing on the Effective Date of the Plan (as defined below) and from time to time thereafter, the Company may offer to sell to selected Participants shares of Common Stock on such terms and conditions and at such prices as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion. Upon receipt of the purchase price for such Common Stock from a Participant, the Company will issue to the Participant a certificate representing the shares of Common Stock purchased by him, which certificate may bear a legend referring to such restrictions on the transfer of the Common Stock as the Board may deem appropriate.

4

13. Stock Purchase Loan. Subject to the discretion of the Board, the Company may from time to time loan funds on a full recourse basis at a market rate of interest to Participants to assist them in purchasing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan. The terms and conditions of such loans shall be determined by the Board and shall be set forth in a loan agreement to be entered into between the Company and such Participants.

14. Other Awards. Subject to the limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan as set forth in Section 2 hereof, the Board may grant other equity-based awards (which awards shall pertain to the Common Stock) to such Participants as it may select, in its sole discretion, consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of such awards at the date of grant or thereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such awards may be made in the form of stock appreciation rights or restricted stock awards.

15. Compliance with Rule 701. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the sale of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to the Plan is subject to the restrictions set forth in Rule 701, as amended. Shares of Common Stock sold pursuant to the Plan are "restricted securities," as such term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, and any resale of such Common Stock must be in compliance with the registration requirements of the Act or an exemption therefrom. The amount of Common Stock sold pursuant to the Plan shall in no event exceed the limitations set forth in Rule 701(b)(5).

16. General Provisions.

(a) Administration; Modifications of Plan. The Board (or such other body as the Board may designate) shall supervise and administer the Plan and shall have full power to adopt, amend and rescind any rules and procedures deemed desirable and appropriate for the administration of the Plan and not inconsistent with the Plan, to construe and interpret the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any decision reduced to writing and signed by all members of the Board (or such other body as the Board may designate) shall be fully effective as if it had been made at a meeting of the Board (or such other body) duly called and held. The Board may, at any time and in its sole discretion, modify, amend or terminate the Plan, provided, however, that no such modification, amendment or termination shall adversely affect the rights and obligations of any Participant with respect to previously purchased shares of Common Stock under the Plan without the prior consent of such Participant, unless such modifications are required in order for the Plan to continue to qualify under any applicable law, rule or regulation, including without limitation, Rule
701. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock, the Plan shall be administered by a committee of the Board which shall be composed solely of at least two persons who are "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and "non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

5

(b) Severability. If any provision of this Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or enforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions hereof, all of which provisions are hereby declared severable.

(c) Effective Date. The Effective Date of the Plan shall be April 15, 1998, as amended and restated, effective June 27, 2000.

(d) Governing Law. This Plan and the rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted with, the law of the State of Delaware.

(e) Regulations and Other Approvals. The obligation of the Company to issue shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations (domestic or foreign), including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board. Under no circumstances shall the Company have any obligation to issue shares of Common Stock under the Plan in the event that it is determined that issuance of stock under the Plan fails to qualify for exemption from registration requirements under the Securities Act. To the extent that the provisions of any Option Agreement or other agreement relating to an award under the Plan conflict with the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

6

EXHIBIT 10.5
[BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE LOGO]

1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NAME OF OPTIONEE: <<Name>>

NUMBER OF SHARES OF BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE,
COVERED BY OPTION: <<TotalShares>>shares ("Option

                                               Shares")

PER SHARE OPTION PRICE:                        $0.315

OPTION GRANT DATE:                             March 1, 2004


DATE NONQUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION BECOMES EXERCISABLE
(SUBJECT TO THE ATTAINMENT OF
THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND
SUBJECT TO THE OTHER TERMS AND
CONDITIONS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE A
TO THIS AGREEMENT): Up to <<ExerciseableShares>> Shares on
December 31, 2004

Up to <<ExerciseableShares>> Shares on December 31, 2005

Up to <<ExerciseableShares2006>> Shares on December 31, 2006

- Schedule A to this Agreement sets forth the performance criteria and other terms and conditions to the vesting and exercisability of this Option based on the vesting schedule set forth above.

- Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule and Schedule A to this Agreement, and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Option will become fully vested and exercisable on December 31, 2011, provided that the Optionee is continuously employed with the Company through such date, unless the Option is terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Plan or this Agreement.

OPTION TERMINATION DATE: April 30, 2014


This Stock Option Agreement (this "Agreement") is executed and delivered as of the Option Grant Date by and between Builders FirstSource, Inc. (the "Company") and the Optionee. The Optionee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option. The Company, pursuant to the Builders FirstSource, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the "Plan"), which is incorporated herein by reference, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, hereby grants to the Optionee an option to purchase the Option Shares at the Per Share Option Price.

2. Nonqualified Stock Options. The Option granted hereby shall be treated as a nonqualified stock option under the Internal Revenue Code.

3. Termination of Options.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 3 or as otherwise provided by the Board, the Option granted hereby may not be exercised and shall terminate unless the Optionee at the time of exercise is then in the employ or service of the Company and unless the Optionee has remained continuously so employed or in such service since the Option Grant Date. No additional Option Shares become exercisable after the Optionee's employment or service with the Company has terminated for any reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall determine the effective date of an Optionee's termination of employment or service.

(b) In case of termination of the Optionee's employment or service with the Company due to death, the Option granted hereby shall remain exercisable by the Optionee's estate, beneficiaries, or heirs as to the number of shares of Common Stock for which it was exercisable as of the date of death for a period of ninety (90) days immediately following such date of death and shall be cancelled and terminated with respect to the remainder of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option as of the date of death.

(c) In case of termination of the Optionee's employment or service with the Company for Cause (as defined below), the Option granted hereby shall be cancelled and terminated as of the date of such termination of employment.

(d) In case of termination of the Optionee's employment or service with the Company for reason other than those set forth in subsections (b) or (c) of this Section 3, the Option granted hereby shall remain exercisable as to the number of shares of Common Stock for which it was exercisable as of the date of termination for a period of sixty (60) days immediately following such termination of employment or service and shall be cancelled and terminated with respect to the remainder of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option as of the date of termination.

(e) The Option granted hereby shall in no event terminate later than the close of business on the Option Termination Date and may be terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement or the provisions of the Plan.

4. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:


(a) any act of fraud, gross negligence, or dishonesty in the performance of the Optionee's duties or the willful failure by the Optionee to perform Optionee's duties;

(b) engaging in any action with the intention of causing harm or damage to any of the Company's operations;

(c) conviction of a felony; or

(d) obtaining personal gain from a transaction in which the Optionee has a conflict of interest with the Company.

5. The Optionee shall comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, as incorporated by reference herein.

6. Options granted hereby shall not be transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the Option may be exercised only by the Optionee or the guardian or legal representative of the Optionee.

7. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver any stock under this Option is specifically subject to all provisions of the Plan and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, governmental and stockholder approvals, and Company policies.

8. The Option Shares issued upon exercise of this Option may not be sold, assigned, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred or disposed of to any third party unless and until the Company successfully completes an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). If the Company completes an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act, the Option Shares may be sold thereafter in the open market, subject to applicable legal and timing restrictions. If Optionee's employment with the Company is terminated prior to an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock, the Optionee's Option Shares are subject to repurchase by the Company under the terms and conditions described on Schedule A to the Agreement.

9. In addition to the restrictions on transfer imposed by the Company as described in paragraph 8 above, the Option Shares issued upon exercise of this Option are "restricted securities," as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any resale of such Option Shares must comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and any state securities laws that may be applicable) or an exemption therefrom.

10. The certificates for the Option Shares will bear restrictive legends in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF ANY STATE. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE


SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND SUCH STATE LAWS AS MAY BE APPLICABLE, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY. THESE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS ARE SET FORTH IN THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES, AND REFERENCE TO SUCH AGREEMENT SHOULD BE MADE FOR A FULL DESCRIPTION OF SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS.

11. By signing this Agreement, the Optionee agrees not to sell any Option Shares at a time when any law, rule, regulation, or Company policy prohibits a sale.

12. This Agreement does not give the Optionee the right to be retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity. The Company reserves the right to terminate the Optionee's service at any time, with or without Cause.

13. The Optionee or the Optionee's estate, beneficiaries or heirs have no rights as a stockholder of the Company until a certificate for the Option Shares has been issued. No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before the Optionee's stock certificate is issued, except as described in the Plan.

14. Any notice by the Optionee to the Company hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the Company at its principal offices. Any notice by the Company to the Optionee shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if mailed to the Optionee at the address last specified to the Company by the Optionee.

15. In signing this Agreement, Optionee agrees to keep confidential and not to disclose to any person or any entity information concerning the Company's Option Program, the number of Option Shares covered by this Agreement, any transactions between the Optionee and the Company pursuant to this Agreement, or the Company's stock price.

16. The validity and construction of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE UNDER AND SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN (AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME), AND ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN ARE ALSO PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF THERE IS A DIFFERENCE OR CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN, THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN WILL GOVERN. BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, THE OPTIONEE ACCEPTS AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE FOREGOING TERMS AND PROVISIONS AND TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND CONFIRMS THAT OPTIONEE HAS RECEIVED A COPY OF THE PLAN.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized representative and the Optionee has hereunto set Optionee's hand as of the Option Grant Date.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

By: ____________________________________
Donald F. McAleenan
Senior Vice President and General Counsel


<<Name>> (Optionee)

SCHEDULE A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO OPTION GRANT
UNDER BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC. 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NAME OF OPTIONEE: <<Name>>

NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES: <<TotalShares>>

OPTION GRANT DATE: March 1, 2004

EXERCISE PRICE: $0.315

VESTING SCHEDULE AND CONDITIONS:

A. The Option granted hereby will vest in installments ("Option Installments") contingent on the Company achieving certain financial targets during the 2004-2006 calendar year periods, as set forth below. The Company's financial targets are based on the EBITDA amounts and RONA percentages (EBITDA and RONA are defined in Section E below) achieved by the Company during the applicable time periods. The Options granted hereby will vest in installments as follows:

(i) on December 31, 2004:

(a) <<M_112_of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/12 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's EBITDA for calendar year 2004 is equal to or greater than $77,500,000.

(b) <<M_112_of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/12 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's RONA for calendar year 2004 is equal to or greater than 19.1%.

(ii) on December 31, 2005:

(a) <<M_112_of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/12 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's EBITDA for calendar year 2005 is equal to or greater than $88,200,000.

(b) <<M_112_of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/12 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's RONA for calendar year 2005 is equal to or greater than 22.4%.

(iii) on December 31, 2006:


(a) <<M_112_of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/12 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's EBITDA for calendar year 2006 is equal to or greater than $100,200,000.

(b) << M_112_of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/12 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's RONA for calendar year 2006 is equal to or greater than 26.1%.

(c) <<EBITDA__of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/4 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's cumulative EBITDA for calendar years 2004, 2005, and 2006 is equal to or greater than $265,900,000.

(d) <<RONA__of_TotalShares>> Option Shares (1/4 of total Option Shares) will vest if the Company's RONA percentage (as calculated in the manner set forth below in Section G) for the period consisting of calendar years 2004, 2005, and 2006 is equal to or greater than 22.6%.

B. (i) If a Change of Control (as defined below in Section F) occurs on or after January 1, 2005, but before December 31, 2006, (i) one half of any Option Installment that is scheduled to vest after the date of such Change of Control (as outlined in Section A above) will vest immediately prior to such Change of Control if the Company's cumulative EBITDA for the calendar years completed prior to such Change of Control meets or exceeds the sum of the annual EBITDA targets set forth in Section A above for the calendar years completed prior to such Change of Control and (ii) one half of any Option Installment that is scheduled to vest after the date of such Change of Control (as outlined in Section A above) will vest immediately prior to such Change of Control if the Company's average RONA (as calculated in the manner set forth in Section G below) for the calendar years completed prior to such Change of Control meets or exceeds the average of the annual RONA targets set forth in Section A above for the calendar years completed prior to such Change of Control. If the Change of Control occurs in 2005, the target will be actual 2004 performance meeting or exceeding the 2004 target. If the Change of Control occurs in 2006, the target will be combined EBITDA for 2004 and 2005 being $165,700,000 or greater and the average RONA percentage for 2004 and 2005 combined being 20.75% or greater.

(ii) If a Change of Control occurs on or prior to December 31, 2004, (i) one half of the Option Shares covered by this Agreement will vest immediately prior to such Change of Control if the Company's EBITDA during the period of January 1, 2004 through the date of the Change of Control, considered on an annualized basis, meets the 2004 EBITDA target and (ii) one half of the Option Shares covered by this Agreement will vest immediately prior to such Change of Control if the Company's RONA during the period of January 1, 2004 through the date of the Change of Control, considered on an annualized basis, meets the 2004 RONA target.


(iii) Any Option Installment that did not vest on or prior to the date of a Change of Control due to the Company's failure to meet the applicable financial target will not vest as a result of the Change of Control. See Example B below.

(iv) Examples of vesting of Option Installments upon a Change of Control:

(a) Example A - Assume:

- 2004 EBITDA and RONA targets met.

- 2005 EBITDA and RONA targets met.

- Cumulative EBITDA for the 2004-2005 period exceeds $165,700,000.

- RONA for the 2004-2005 period exceeds 20.75%.

- A Change of Control occurs on May 31, 2006.

Result:

- All Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2004 would vest.

- All Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2005 would vest.

- All Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2006
(including the Option Installments based on three (3) year cumulative financial performance) would vest.

(b) Example B - Assume:

- 2004 EBITDA and RONA targets met.

- 2005 RONA target met; 2005 EBITDA target missed.

- Cumulative EBITDA for the 2004-2005 period exceeds $165,700,000.

- RONA for the 2004-2005 period exceeds 20.75%.

- A Change of Control occurs on May 31, 2006.

Result:

- All Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2004 would vest.

- One half (1/2) of the Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2005 would vest; the other one half (1/2) would not vest.


- All Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2006
(including the Option Installments based on three (3) year cumulative financial performance) would vest.

(c) Example C - Assume:

- 2004 EBITDA and RONA targets met.

- 2005 RONA target met; 2005 EBITDA target missed.

- Cumulative EBITDA for the 2004-2005 period is less than $165,700,000.

- RONA for the 2004-2005 period exceeds 20.75%.

- A Change of Control occurs on May 31, 2006.

Result:

- All Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2004 would vest.

- One-half (1/2) of the Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2005 would vest, the other one-half (1/2) would not vest.

- One-half (1/2) of the Option Shares scheduled to vest on December 31, 2006 (including one-half (1/2) of the Option Installments based on three (3) year cumulative financial performance) would vest; the other one-half (1/2) would not vest.

(d) Example D - Assume:

- EBITDA amounts for January 1, 2004 to December 14, 2004 annualized to approximate the year-end amount equal or exceed 77,500,000.

- RONA percentages for January 1, 2004 to December 14, 2004 annualized to approximate the year-end percentage do not equal or exceed 19.1%.

- A Change of Control occurs on December 15, 2004.

Result:

- One half (1/2) of the Option Shares would vest; the other one half (1/2) would not vest.

C. If any of the Option Installments have not previously vested in accordance with either Section A or B above, those Option Installments will vest, regardless of the achievement by the Company of the financial performance targets set forth in Section A above, on December 31, 2011.


D. In all cases, the vesting of each Option Installment (whether pursuant to
Section A, B, or C above) is contingent on the continuous, uninterrupted employment or service of the Optionee with the Company from the Option Grant Date through the applicable vesting date.

E. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) "RONA" (Return on Net Tangible Assets) shall mean EBIT divided by average Net Tangible Assets; (ii) "EBIT" shall mean earnings before interest and taxes; (iii) "EBITDA" shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; and (iv) "Net Tangible Assets" shall mean the sum of (a) accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts (inclusive of securitized accounts receivable), (b) inventory at the lower of cost or market, (c) prepaid expenses and other current assets, (d) accounts payable, (e) accrued liabilities (including book overdrafts), and (f) net property plant and equipment. RONA and EBITDA shall be determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion consistent with generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the Option Grant Date.

F. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any "Person" (within the meaning of
Section 12(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), other than JLL Fund II, L.P. or JLL Fund III, L.P., or any of their respective affiliates, becomes a Beneficial Owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (b) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other Company, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or (d) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended.

G. For the purposes of calculating cumulative performance over multiple calendar years in Subsections A(iii) and B(i) above, (a) EBITDA will be the sum of the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for all the relevant calendar years and (b)


RONA will be the sum of EBIT for each of the relevant calendar years divided by the sum of the average Net Tangible Assets for each of the relevant years.

REPURCHASE OF OPTION SHARES AT THE COMPANY'S OPTION:

The Company will have a 120-day option to repurchase the Optionee's Option Shares in the event that the Optionee's employment with the Company terminates for any reason. If the Company exercises this repurchase option, the repurchase price will be the fair market value of the Option Shares as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The Company may exercise its option within 120 days after the Optionee's last date of employment (the "Repurchase Option Period") by providing the Optionee with written notice of its election to repurchase. Upon the giving of such notice, the Option Shares will be deemed repurchased and Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder, except that upon delivering the stock certificate representing such Option Shares to the Company, properly endorsed over to the Company as reasonably required by the Company, the Company will promptly deliver to Optionee a check in the full amount of the repurchase price. If the Optionee has not held the Option Shares for at least six-months since exercising the Option, the period during which the Company may exercise its repurchase option will be extended until 120 days after the expiration of such six-month period. The Company's repurchase rights relating to the Option Shares will terminate upon completion of an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER:

Please refer to Sections 8, 9 and 10 of the Stock Option Agreement for a description of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Option Shares. ,


EXHIBIT 10.6

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NAME OF OPTIONEE: <<Name>>

NUMBER OF SHARES OF BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE,
COVERED BY OPTION: <<TotalShares>> shares


("Option Shares")

PER SHARE OPTION PRICE: $1.00

OPTION GRANT DATE: <<GrantDate>>


DATE NONQUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION BECOMES EXERCISABLE
(SUBJECT TO THE ATTAINMENT OF
THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND
SUBJECT TO THE OTHER TERMS AND
CONDITIONS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE A
TO THIS AGREEMENT): <<ExerciseableShares>> Shares on <<ExerciseDate>>, 2004

<<ExerciseableShares>> Shares on <<ExerciseDate>>, 2005

<<ExerciseableShares>> Shares on <<ExerciseDate>>, 2006

<<ExerciseableShares>> Shares on <<ExerciseDate>>, 2007

<<ExerciseableShares>> Shares on <<ExerciseDate>>, 2008.

- Schedule A to this Agreement sets forth the performance criteria and other terms and conditions to the vesting and exercisability of this Option based on the vesting schedule set forth above.

- Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule and Schedule A to this Agreement, and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Option will become fully vested and exercisable on the ninth anniversary of the Option Grant Date (NinthAnniversaryDate), provided that the Optionee is continuously employed with the Company through such date, unless the Option is terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Plan or this Agreement.

OPTION TERMINATION DATE: <<OptionTermDate>>


This Stock Option Agreement (this "Agreement") is executed and delivered as of the Option Grant Date by and between Builders FirstSource, Inc. (the "Company") and the Optionee. The Optionee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option. The Company, pursuant to the Builders FirstSource, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which is incorporated herein by reference, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, hereby grants to the Optionee an option to purchase the Option Shares at the Per Share Option Price.

2. Nonqualified Stock Options. The Option granted hereby shall be treated as a nonqualified stock option under the Internal Revenue Code.

3. Termination of Options.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 3 or as otherwise provided by the Board, the Option granted hereby may not be exercised and shall terminate unless the Optionee at the time of exercise is then in the employ or service of the Company, and unless the Optionee has remained continuously so employed or in such service since the date of grant of the Option. No additional Option Shares become exercisable after the Optionee's employment or service with the Company has terminated for any reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall determine the effective date of an Optionee's termination of employment or service.

(b) In case of termination of the Optionee's employment or service with the Company due to death, the Option granted hereby shall be exercisable as to the number of shares of Common Stock for which it was exercisable as of the date of death and shall remain exercisable as to such shares by the Optionee's estate, beneficiaries or heirs for a period of ninety days immediately following such termination of employment.

(c) In case of termination of the Optionee's employment or service with the Company for Cause (as defined below), the Option granted hereby shall be cancelled and terminated as of the date of such termination of employment.

(d) In case of termination of the Optionee's employment or service with the Company for any other reason, the Option granted hereby shall remain exercisable as to the number of shares of Common Stock for which it was exercisable as of the date of termination for a period of 60 days immediately following such termination of employment or service and shall be cancelled and terminated with respect to the remainder of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option as of the date of termination.

(e) The Option granted hereby shall in no event terminate later than the close of business on the Option Termination Date and may be terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement or the provisions of the Plan.

4. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

(a) any act of fraud, gross negligence or dishonesty in the performance of the Optionee's duties or the willful failure by the Optionee to perform his or her duties;


(b) engaging in any action with the intention of causing harm or damage to any of the Company's operations;

(c) conviction of a felony; or

(d) obtaining personal gain from a transaction in which the Optionee has a conflict of interest with the Company.

5. The Optionee shall comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, as incorporated by reference herein.

6. Options granted hereby shall not be transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the Option may be exercised only by the Optionee, the guardian or legal representative of the Optionee.

7. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver any stock under this Option is specifically subject to all provisions of the Plan and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, governmental and stockholder approvals and Company policies.

8. The Option Shares issued upon exercise of this Option may not be sold, assigned, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred or disposed of to any third party, until and unless the Company successfully completes an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). In the event the Company completes an initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act, the Option Shares may be sold thereafter in the open market, subject to applicable legal and timing restrictions. If Optionee's employment with the Company is terminated prior to an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock, the Optionee's Option Shares are subject to repurchase by the Company under the terms and conditions described on Schedule A to the Agreement.

9. In addition to the restrictions on transfer imposed by the Company as described in paragraph 8 above, the Option Shares issued upon exercise of this Option are "restricted securities," as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any resale of such Option Shares must comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and any state securities laws that may be applicable) or an exemption therefrom.

10. The certificates for the Option Shares will bear restrictive legends in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF ANY STATE. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND SUCH STATE LAWS AS MAY BE APPLICABLE, OR AN OPINION OF


COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT
REQUIRED.

IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY. THESE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS ARE SET FORTH IN THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES, AND REFERENCE TO SUCH AGREEMENT SHOULD BE MADE FOR A FULL DESCRIPTION OF SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS.

11. By signing this Agreement, the Optionee agrees not to sell any Option Shares at a time when any law, regulation or Company policy prohibits a sale.

12. This Agreement does not give the Optionee the right to be retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity. The Company reserves the right to terminate the Optionee's service at any time, with or without Cause.

13. The Optionee or the Optionee's estate, beneficiaries or heirs have no rights as a stockholder of the Company until a certificate for the Option Shares has been issued. No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before the Optionee's stock certificate is issued, except as described in the Plan.

14. Any notice by the Optionee to the Company hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the Company at its principal offices. Any notice by the Company to the Optionee shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if mailed to the Optionee at the address last specified to the Company by the Optionee.

15. The validity and construction of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE UNDER AND SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN, AND ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN ARE ALSO PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF THERE IS A DIFFERENCE OR CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN, THE PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN WILL GOVERN. BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, THE OPTIONEE ACCEPTS AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE FOREGOING TERMS AND PROVISIONS AND TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND CONFIRMS THAT HE OR SHE HAS RECEIVED A COPY OF THE PLAN.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized representative and the Optionee has hereunto set his hand as of the Option Grant Date.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.:

By: ____________________________________
Donald F. McAleenan
Senior Vice President and General Counsel


<<Name>> (Optionee)

SCHEDULE A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO OPTION GRANT
UNDER BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC. 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NAME OF OPTIONEE: <<Name>>

NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES: <<TotalShares>>

OPTION GRANT DATE: <<GrantDate>>

EXERCISE PRICE: $1.00

VESTING SCHEDULE AND CONDITIONS:

A. The Option granted hereby will vest in five equal annual installments (each, an "Installment") commencing on the first anniversary of the Option Grant Date with full vesting on the fifth anniversary of the Option Grant Date (the "Performance Period"); provided, that the vesting of each Installment is subject to the following conditions:

(i) the continued employment of the Optionee with the Company through the applicable vesting date; and

(ii) the achievement by the Company of a 10% Return on Net Assets for the calendar year (January 1 - December 31) immediately preceding the vesting of the Installment. For example, the Option Installment scheduled to vest on (ExerciseDate), 2004 will vest if the Company's Return on Net Assets for the 2003 calendar year equals or exceeds 10%.

(iii) If an Installment does not vest due to the Company's failure to achieve a 10% Return on Net Assets for any calendar year during the five-year Performance Period, that Installment will subsequently vest if the Company achieves an average annual 10% Return on Net Assets for the period commencing January 1 of such calendar year and ending on December 31 of any succeeding calendar year during the Performance Period.

(iv) Return on Net Assets is calculated as follows: Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) divided by the sum of net fixed assets and working capital.

B. The Option will vest in full on (NinthAnniversaryDate) regardless of whether the performance criteria described in A (ii) or (iii) above have been achieved as long as the Optionee has been continuously employed by the Company through such date, unless the Option is terminated earlier pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement.

REPURCHASE OF OPTION SHARES:


A. AT THE EMPLOYEE'S OPTION:

(i) In the event that the Optionee's employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Optionee may request that the Company repurchase his or her Option Shares issued upon exercise of the Option. The Optionee's written irrevocable request to the Company to repurchase such Option Shares (along with the stock certificate endorsed to the Company) must be received by the Company within 60 days after the Optionee's last date of employment. Subject to compliance with the conditions described below, the Company will repurchase the Option Shares issued upon exercise of the Option at their then applicable fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. The Company's obligation to repurchase an Optionee's Option Shares will be subject to the following conditions:

(a) The Optionee must have exercised his or her Option and owned the underlying Option Shares for at least six (6) months prior to the date of repurchase;

(b) The Optionee must have had full investment risk with respect to such Option Shares during the six- month period prior to the date of repurchase (i.e., the Optionee must have paid the full exercise price for such Option Shares prior to the start of such six-month period and such Option Shares must not have been subject to forfeiture under any pledge or loan arrangement during such six-month period); and

(c) Fulfillment of the additional conditions set forth in (ii) below.

The Company will repurchase the Option Shares by delivering a check to the Optionee in the full amount of the purchase price.

(ii) The Company's obligation to repurchase the Optionee's Option Shares will not apply to the extent that total repurchases by the Company of common stock (the "Common Stock") from all employees during the calendar year in which the Optionee's employment is terminated exceed $500,000 (the "Annual Cap"). The Annual Cap will be applied in accordance with the policy set forth in subsections (a) through (e) below. The Company's obligation to repurchase the Option Shares will also be subject to compliance with applicable law and the provisions of the Company's then existing loan facility.

(a) During a calendar year (the "Calendar Year"), the Company will repurchase the first $25,000 of Common Stock (including Option Shares) from each employee departing during that Calendar Year who tenders his or her Common Stock for repurchase in accordance with the Agreement. The Company's repurchase obligation for any Calendar Year will be subject to the Annual Cap for that Calendar Year. The shares tendered (up to $25,000) by each employee will be repurchased


by the Company on a "first come, first served" basis (up to $500,000 in repurchases in that Calendar Year).

(b) If the Annual Cap is met at any time during the Calendar Year, the Company may, at its option, continue to repurchase up to $25,000 of tendered shares from departing employees at such times it deems appropriate.

(c) If the Annual Cap is not exceeded during the Calendar Year, in December of the Calendar Year, the Company will contact those departing employees who previously tendered MORE than $25,000 in shares during the year to determine if they are still interested in having their additional shares repurchased at that time. The shares of employees who still wish to tender will be aggregated. The Company will then repurchase that number of shares whose aggregate purchase price is equal to the difference between $500,000 and the amount spent by the Company to date repurchasing shares to date in the Calendar Year. Shares will be repurchased from all such participating employees on a pro rata basis.

(d) Tendered shares that are not repurchased as of the end of the Calendar Year under the preceding procedures will be eligible for repurchase during the following calendar year (the "Following Calendar Year"). It is currently the Company's intent to repurchase an additional $25,000 of any remaining balance of each former employee's Stock in January of the Following Calendar Year. Any balance remaining after such repurchase will again be subject to pro rata repurchase if the Company has not met the Annual Cap in December of the Following Calendar Year. The Company intends, but is not required, to repeat this process each subsequent calendar year until all of the former employee's Stock is repurchased.

(e) Shares tendered by departing employees will be purchased at their then applicable fair market value at the time of purchase, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion.

B. AT THE COMPANY'S OPTION:

(i) The Company will have a 120-day option to repurchase the Optionee's Option Shares in the event that the Optionee's employment with the Company terminates for any reason. If the Company exercises this repurchase option, the repurchase price will be the fair market value of the Option Shares as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The Company may exercise its option by providing the Optionee with written notice of its election to repurchase, together with a check in the full amount of the purchase price, within 120 days after the Optionee's last date of employment (the "Repurchase Option Period"). In the event that the Optionee has not satisfied the minimum six-month holding period


referred to in A(i) above, the period during which the Company may exercise its repurchase option will be extended until thirty (30) days after the expiration of the six-month holding period.

C. The Company's repurchase rights and obligations relating to the Option Shares will terminate upon completion of an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER:

Please refer to Sections 8, 9 and 10 of the Stock Option Agreement for a description of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Option Shares.


Exhibit 10.8

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE LOGO

BFS CASH INCENTIVE PLAN

There are four components to the BFS Cash Incentive Plan (the "Plan") - three are performance-based, designed to reward achievement of certain BFS financial objectives, and one is discretionary, which recognizes individual performance. The three performance-based objectives1 of Builders FirstSource, Inc. for 2004 are as follows:

(1) Return on Net Tangible Assets of 18.5%;

(2) Operating Cash Flow of $30.1 million;

(3) A 27.9% increase in performance compared to prior year's operating income.

Target bonus percentages have been assigned to each of these objectives and vary based on salary grade. All target bonus amounts are calculated based upon achieving the Fiscal 2004 plan on each goal.

Objectives (1) and (2) have been derived from the 2004 Operating Plan as approved by the Board of Directors. Bonus payouts pertaining to these objectives begin at 75% achievement of plan. See Table 1. Bonus payouts for objective (3) begin at 100% achievement of last year's operating income. See Table 2. The bonus payout percentages increase proportionally with the achievement level.

The discretionary portion of the bonus is based on the Performance and Development Review (PDR) form completed by the participant's direct supervisor. The final rating assigned by the supervisor determines the discretionary bonus paid as shown in the following calculation:

Discretionary Bonus =       Final PDR        X % Bonus factor allowed  X  Base Salary of
     $ Earned          Achievement Factor(2)     for salary grade         Individual

The PDR form will be completed in conjunction with the participant's annual evaluation. A rating of 100% is considered exemplary and is infrequent. See Table 3 for bonus % targets.

In summary, the total annual cash bonus earned is the sum of the total bonus dollars earned from each of the plans' four (4) components. An example of the calculation follows:

              Return on Net       Operating Cash        Operating         Discretionary
2004         Tangible Assets           Flow               Income              Bonus             Total
Base     *    Performance     +     Performance    +   Performance    +   Performance        =  Bonus
Salary3           Level                Level               Level              Level
                 Achieved            Achieved             Achieved            Achieved
                   (%)                 (%)                 (%)                (%)


1 Definitions are attached as Schedule 1.
2 For example, a final rating of 72 out of a possible 120 points equates to a 66.6% Achievement Factor. The range is from 0% to 100%.
3 Represents current base salary. Subsequent raises/promotions may not increase bonus potential.

Documentation of the Plan and a performance payout example is provided to each Plan participant. One (1) copy of the document is signed and returned to the Human Resources department at BFS Corporate. Any payments under the Plan are generally made during January following the completed Plan year.


Schedule 1

Net Tangible Assets:

These are the controllable Balance Sheet Accounts for which the Group and Locations have primary control. Both the plan and actual amounts are the monthly average amounts for Fiscal 2004. They consist of:

               o    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
                    (inclusive of securitized accounts receivable)

               o    Inventory, at lower of cost or market
Working
Capital        o    Prepaid expenses and other current assets

               o    Accounts payable

               o    Accrued liabilities (including book overdrafts)

               o    Property, plant & equipment, net

The primary accounts excluded from the Net Tangible Assets benchmark are goodwill and other intangible assets, other long-term assets, inter-company accounts, and other long-term liabilities.

Operating Income:

Operating Income is defined as earnings before interest, taxes and amortization (EBITA).

Operating Cash Flow:

Operating Cash Flow is defined as Operating Income adjusted for depreciation (EBITDA) plus or minus changes in Working Capital less Capital Expenditures.

The change in Working Capital is calculated for the year using Fiscal 2004 and Fiscal 2003 monthly average amounts. Capital Expenditures represent the actual amounts spent during Fiscal 2004.

Return on Net Tangible assets:

Determined by dividing Operating Income (EBITA) by average Net Tangible Assets.


Table 1

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
FISCAL 2004 BONUS PLAN
OPERATING CASH FLOW AND RETURN ON NET TANGIBLE ASSETS PERFORMANCE GOALS

                                                                  Performance Level - % of Plan Objective
Salary          Annual Base               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grade           Salary Range              75%   80%   90%    100%   110%   120%   130%   140%   150%   160%   170%   180%   190%
---------------------------------         --    --    --     ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---    ---
         1        $200,000+               4.0%  7.0%  13.0%  20.0%  27.0%  34.0%  40.0%  45.0%  49.0%  53.0%  57.0%  61.0%  65.0%
         2   $150,000 to $199,999         3.0%  6.0%  12.0%  18.0%  25.0%  32.0%  38.0%  43.0%  47.0%  51.0%  55.0%  59.0%  63.0%
         3   $100,000 to $149,000         2.0%  5.0%  10.5%  16.0%  22.0%  28.0%  33.0%  38.0%  42.0%  46.0%  50.0%  54.0%  58.0%
         4     $90,000 to $99,999         2.0%  5.0%   9.5%  14.0%  19.0%  24.0%  28.5%  32.0%  35.5%  37.5%  39.5%  41.5%  43.5%
         5     $80,000 to $89,999         2.0%  4.0%   8.0%  12.0%  16.0%  20.0%  23.0%  26.0%  29.0%  32.0%  35.0%  38.0%  41.0%
         6     $70,000 to $79,999         2.0%  4.0%   7.0%  10.0%  13.0%  16.0%  18.0%  20.0%  22.0%  24.0%  26.0%  28.0%  30.0%
         7     $60,000 to $69,999         2.0%  4.0%   6.0%   8.0%  10.0%  12.0%  13.0%  14.0%  15.0%  16.0%  17.0%  18.0%  19.0%
         8     $50,000 to $59,999         1.5%  3.0%   4.5%   6.0%   7.5%   9.0%  10.0%  11.0%  12.0%  13.0%  14.0%  15.0%  16.0%
         9     $40,000 to $49,999         1.0%  2.0%   3.0%   4.0%   5.0%   6.0%   7.0%   8.0%   9.0%  10.0%  11.0%  12.0%  13.0%
        10     $20,000 to $39,999         1.0%  1.0%   2.0%   3.0%   4.0%   5.0%   6.0%   7.0%   8.0%   9.0%  10.0%  11.0%  12.0%

                                               Performance Level - % of Plan Objective
Salary          Annual Base               --------------------------------------------------
Grade           Salary Range              200%   210%   220%   230%   240%    250%     260%
---------------------------------         ---    ---    ---    ---    ---     ---      ---
         1        $200,000+               68.5%  72.0%  75.5%  79.0%  82.5%   85.5%    88.5%
         2   $150,000 to $199,999         66.5%  70.0%  73.5%  77.0%  80.5%   83.5%    86.5%
         3   $100,000 to $149,000         61.5%  65.0%  68.5%  72.0%  75.5%   78.5%    81.5%
         4     $90,000 to $99,999         45.5%  47.5%  49.5%  51.5%  53.5%   55.5%    57.5%
         5     $80,000 to $89,999         44.0%  47.0%  50.0%  53.0%  56.0%   59.0%    62.0%
         6     $70,000 to $79,999         32.0%  34.0%  36.0%  38.0%  40.0%   42.0%    44.0%
         7     $60,000 to $69,999         20.0%  21.0%  22.0%  23.0%  24.0%   25.0%    26.0%
         8     $50,000 to $59,999         17.0%  18.0%  19.0%  20.0%  21.0%   22.0%    23.0%
         9     $40,000 to $49,999         14.0%  15.0%  16.0%  17.0%  18.0%   19.0%    20.0%
        10     $20,000 to $39,999         13.0%  14.0%  15.0%  16.0%  17.0%   18.0%    19.0%


Table 2

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC. FISCAL 2004 BONUS PLAN
2004 Operating Income vs. 2003 Operating Income

                                                               Performance Level - % of Plan Objective
Salary          Annual Base           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grade           Salary Range          75%    80%     90%   100%   110%    120%    130%    140%    150%    160%    170%    180%
-------------------------------       --     --      --    ---    ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
       1       $200,000+              NA     NA      NA    27.0%  34.0%   41.0%   47.0%   52.0%   58.0%   63.0%   68.0%   73.0%
       2   $150,000 to $199,999       NA     NA      NA    25.0%  32.0%   39.0%   45.0%   51.0%   57.0%   62.0%   67.0%   72.0%
       3   $100,000 to $149,000       NA     NA      NA    22.0%  28.0%   34.0%   39.0%   43.0%   47.0%   50.0%   53.0%   56.0%
       4     $90,000 to $99,999       NA     NA      NA    19.0%  24.0%   29.0%   33.0%   36.0%   39.0%   41.0%   43.0%   45.0%
       5     $80,000 to $89,999       NA     NA      NA    16.0%  20.0%   24.0%   27.0%   29.0%   31.0%   33.0%   35.0%   37.0%
       6     $70,000 to $79,999       NA     NA      NA    13.0%  16.0%   19.0%   21.0%   22.0%   23.0%   24.0%   25.0%   26.0%
       7     $60,000 to $69,999       NA     NA      NA    10.0%  12.0%   14.0%   15.0%   16.0%   17.0%   18.0%   19.0%   20.0%
       8     $50,000 to $59,999       NA     NA      NA     7.5%   9.0%   10.5%   11.5%   12.5%   13.5%   14.5%   15.5%   16.5%
       9     $40,000 to $49,999       NA     NA      NA     5.0%   6.0%    7.0%    8.0%    8.5%    9.0%    9.5%   10.0%   10.5%
      10     $20,000 to $39,999       NA     NA      NA     4.0%   5.0%    6.0%    7.0%    7.5%    8.0%    8.5%    9.0%    9.5%


                                          Performance Level - % of Plan Objective
Salary          Annual Base            --------------------------------------------
Grade           Salary Range           190%    200%    210%    220%    230%   240%
-------------------------------        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---    ---
       1       $200,000+               78.0%   83.0%   87.0%   91.0%   95.0%  99.0%
       2   $150,000 to $199,999        77.0%   82.0%   86.0%   90.0%   94.0%  98.0%
       3   $100,000 to $149,000        59.0%   62.0%   64.0%   66.0%   68.0%  70.0%
       4     $90,000 to $99,999        47.0%   49.0%   50.5%   52.0%   53.5%  55.0%
       5     $80,000 to $89,999        39.0%   41.0%   43.0%   45.0%   47.0%  49.0%
       6     $70,000 to $79,999        27.0%   28.0%   29.0%   30.0%   31.0%  32.0%
       7     $60,000 to $69,999        21.0%   22.0%   23.0%   24.0%   25.0%  26.0%
       8     $50,000 to $59,999        17.5%   18.5%   19.5%   20.5%   21.5%  22.5%
       9     $40,000 to $49,999        11.0%   11.5%   12.0%   12.5%   13.0%  13.5%
      10     $20,000 to $39,999        10.0%   10.5%   11.0%   11.5%   12.0%  12.5%


Table 3

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.
FISCAL 2004 BONUS PLAN
Discretionary Award Guidelines
Percentage Bonus Factors

       Salary
       Grade                      Maximum % of Base
-------------------------------------------------------------
          1                          35.0%
          2                          22.5%
          3                          18.5%
         4- 5                        12.5%
         6- 8                         6.0%
         9- 10                        4.0%


Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of September 1, 2001, by and between Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Floyd Sherman (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Company desires that Executive serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors ("Chairman") and Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") of the Company, and Executive desires to hold such positions under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Company Board") has approved and authorized the Company to enter into this Agreement with Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2. Term.

(a) Subject to Section 14 hereof, the term of the employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement (as the same may be extended, the "Term") shall commence on September 1, 2001 (the "Effective Date"), and terminate on the second anniversary thereof.

(b) Commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary thereof, the Term shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such anniversary date, either party hereto shall have notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.


3. Position. During the Term, Executive shall serve as the Chairman and CEO of the Company, supervising the conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and performing such other duties as the Company Board shall determine.

4. Duties. During the Term, Executive shall devote his full time and attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except vacations in accordance with the Company's policies and for illness or incapacity, in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

5. Salary and Bonus.

(a) During the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of $600,000 per year (the "Base Salary"), subject to adjustments pursuant to the terms of Section 5(b) hereof.

(b) Commencing on the first anniversary hereof and on or prior to each anniversary hereof during the Term, the Company Board or the Compensation Committee of the Company Board (the "Compensation Committee") shall review the Base Salary and may increase the Base Salary based upon performance and merit. The Base Salary shall be payable to Executive in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, but in no event less often than semi-monthly.

(c) For the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2002, and for each fiscal year during the Term thereafter, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus equal to up to one hundred and thirty-three percent (133%) of his Base Salary, as determined by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee thereof.

6. Stock Option. Pursuant to the Builders FirstSource, Inc. Management Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") and subject to the terms of the stock option agreement to be entered into between Executive and the Company, attached hereto as Exhibit A, within 90 days following the date hereof (the "Grant Date"), the Company shall grant Executive options, with an exercise price of $1.00 per share, to purchase an aggregate of four percent (4%) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company on the Grant Date on a fully diluted basis (the "Options"). Twenty-five percent of the Options will vest and become exercisable on each anniversary of the Effective Date, commencing on September 1, 2002; provided, that, all of the Options shall automatically vest and become exercisable upon a Change of Control of the Company.

2

7. Vacation, Holidays and Sick Leave. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation, paid holidays and sick leave in accordance with the Company's standard policies for its senior executive officers.

8. Business Expenses. Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by him in connection with his employment, including, without limitation, expenses for travel and entertainment incurred in conducting or promoting business for the Company upon timely submission by Executive of receipts and other documentation as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and in accordance with the Company's normal expense reimbursement policies.

9. Health, Welfare and Pension Benefits.

During the Term, Executive and eligible members of his family shall be eligible to participate fully in all (a) health and dental benefits and insurance programs; (b) life and short- and long-term disability benefits and insurance programs; and (c) pension and retirement benefits, all as available to senior executive officers of the Company generally.

10. Confidentiality, Non-Competition.

(a) Executive acknowledges that: (I) the Executive has, and his employment hereunder will require that Executive continue to have, access to and knowledge of Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) ; (ii) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information to existing or potential competitors of the Company or its subsidiaries would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company's businesses; and (iii) the engaging by Executive in any of the activities prohibited by this Section 10 may constitute improper appropriation and/or use of such Confidential Information. Executive expressly acknowledges that the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company. As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean information of any kind, nature or description which is disclosed to or otherwise known to the Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of his association with the Company, which information is not generally known to the public or in the businesses in which such entities are engaged or which information relates to specific investment opportunities within the scope of their business which were considered by the Company during the Term; provided, however, that "Confidential Information" shall not be deemed to include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Executive, (ii) becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that such source is not bound by any contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation with respect to

3

such information or (iii) was in the Executive's possession prior to being furnished by the Company.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after the termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, manager, member, partner, employee, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, use for his own account, utilize or make known, disclose, furnish or make available to any person, firm or corporation any of the Confidential Information, other than to authorized officers, directors and employees of the Company in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, or as required by a court of competent jurisdiction or other administrative or legislative body; provided that, prior to disclosing any of the Confidential Information to a court or other administrative or legislative body, Executive shall promptly notify the Company so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. Executive agrees to return all Confidential Information, including all photocopies, extracts and summaries thereof, and any such information stored electronically on tapes, computer disks or in any other manner to the Company at any time upon request by the Company and upon the termination of his employment for any reason.

(c) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own any interest in, operate, join, control or participate as a partner, member, director, manager, principal, officer, or agent of, enter into the employment of, act as a consultant to, or perform any services for, any entity (in those geographic areas in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as of the date of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder, have material operations) which entity is engaged in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(d) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two years after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment in order to obtain employment by any other person, firm or corporation.

(e) Executive acknowledges that(A) in connection with rendering the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder, Executive will have access to and knowledge of Confidential Information, the disclosure of which would place the Company or its subsidiaries at a competitive disadvantage, causing irreparable injury, and (B) the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder are of

4

a special and unique character, which gives this Agreement a peculiar value to the Company, the loss of which may not be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages in an action at law, and that a material breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Section 10 will cause the Company irreparable injury. Executive, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other right or remedy, to a temporary, preliminary and permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of monetary damages or the posting of any bond or security, enjoining or restraining Executive from any such violation or threatened violations.

(f) Executive further acknowledges and agrees that due to the uniqueness of his services and confidential nature of the information he will possess, the covenants set forth herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company; and it is the intent of the parties hereto that if, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction, any provision set forth in this Section 10 is not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to modify any and all such provisions in such a manner as to such court shall appear not unreasonable and to enforce the remainder of this Section 10 as so modified.

11. Termination of Agreement. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall not be terminated prior to the end of the Term, except as set forth in this Section 11.

(a) By Mutual Consent. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and Executive.

(b) Death. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be terminated upon the death of Executive, in which event Executive's spouse or heirs shall receive the (i) Executive's Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and, (ii) the Base Salary and health and welfare benefits pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement for one (1) year after the Date of Termination.

(c) Disability. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by written notice to Executive at the option of the Company in the event that as a result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive is unable to perform his duties, services and responsibilities hereunder or shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for 90 consecutive days or for an aggregate of 90 days or more in any six-month period, and within thirty days after

5

notice is given by the Company (which notice may be delivered no earlier than thirty days prior to the expiration of such 90 consecutive days or six month period, as the case may be), the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this Section
11(c), Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and (ii) the Base Salary and health and welfare benefits pursuant to
Section 9 hereof to be paid or provided to Executive for one (1) year after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that amounts payable to Executive under this Section 11(c) shall be reduced by the proceeds of any short- and/or long-term disability payments under the Company plans referred to in Section 9 hereof to which Executive may be entitled during such period.

(d) By the Company for Cause. The employment of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company by written notice to Executive ("Notice of Termination") for Cause. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this Section 11(d), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more.

(e) By the Company Without Cause. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time without Cause by delivery of a Notice of Termination to Executive. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this Section 11(e), Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, and (ii) the Base Salary and health and welfare benefits pursuant to Section 9 hereof to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement for the remainder of the Term.

(f) By Executive. The employment of Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by Executive by written notice to the Company of his resignation (a "Notice of Resignation") at any time. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 11(f), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more.

(g) Date of Termination. Executive's Date of Termination shall be: (i) if the parties hereto mutually agree to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the date designated by the parties in such agreement; (ii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 11(b),

6

the date of Executive's death; (iii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 11(c), the last day of the applicable period referred to in Section 11(c) hereof; (iv) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 11(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given; and (v) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 11(e) or 11(f), the date the Notice of Termination or Notice of Resignation, as the case may be, is given (provided, that the Company, in its sole discretion may waive all or any part of such 60-day period).

12. Representations.

(a) The Company represents and warrants that this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

(b) Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to any agreement or instrument which would prevent him from entering into or performing his duties in any way under this Agreement and that this Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of Executive enforceable against Executive in accordance with its terms.

13. Successors. This Agreement is a personal contract and the rights and interests of Executive hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated by him, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and his personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to him hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to his estate.

14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all the understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes any other undertakings and agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. Executive represents that, in executing this Agreement, he does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by the Company not set forth herein with regard to the subject matter or effect of this Agreement or otherwise.

15. Amendment or Modification; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed

7

to in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

16. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered by hand, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized commercial overnight delivery service, (iii) mailed postage prepaid by first class mail or (iv) transmitted by facsimile transmitted to the party concerned at the address or telecopier number set forth below:

To Executive at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.

2200 Ross Avenue
Suite 4900 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Floyd Sherman

To the Company at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.

2200 Ross Avenue
Suite 4900 West
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: General Counsel

with copies to:

Joseph Littlejohn & Levy 450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017 Facsimile (212) 286-8626 Attention: Ramsey Frank and
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 636
Wilmington, Delaware 19899 Facsimile (302) 651-3001 Attention: Robert B. Pincus

8

Such notices shall be effective: (i) in the case of hand deliveries when received; (ii) in the case of an overnight delivery service, on the next business day after being placed in the possession of such delivery service, with delivery charges prepaid; (iii) in the case of mail, seven (7) days after deposit in the postal system, first class mail, postage prepaid; and (iv) in the case of facsimile notices, when electronic confirmation of receipt is received by the sender. Any party may change its address and telecopy number by written notice to the other given in accordance with this Section 16; provided, however, that such change shall be effective when received.

17. Severability. If any provision or clause of this Agreement or the application of any such provision or clause to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision or clause to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision or clause hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

18. Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

19. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to it conflicts of law principles.

20. Headings. All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

21. Withholding. All payments to Executive under this Agreement shall be reduced by all applicable withholding required by federal, state or local law.

22. Specific Performance. Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would be both incalculable and an insufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by such party and that any such breach would cause the other parties, irreparable harm. Accordingly, each party hereto also agrees that, in

9

the event of any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement by such party, the other parties shall be entitled to equitable relief without the requirement of posting a bond or other security, including in the form of injunctions and orders for specific performance, in addition to all other remedies available to such other parties at law or in equity.

23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

24. Definitions.

(a) "Cause" means the determination, in good faith, by the Company Board, after notice to Executive that one or more of the following events has occurred: (i) any act of gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct by Executive materially injuring the interest, business or reputation of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) Executive's commission of any felony; (iii) any misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iv) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a material breach of Section 10 hereof, which breach, to the extent it is capable of being cured, remains uncorrected for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the Company setting forth such breach.

(b) "Change of Control" includes the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any "Person" (within the meaning of Section 12(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), other than Joseph Littlejohn & Levy Fund II, L.P. or Joseph Littlejohn & Levy Fund III, L.P., or any of their respective affiliates, becomes a Beneficial Owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other Company, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or (iv) the following individuals

10

cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Company Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Company Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the Effective Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the date first above written.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

By:  /s/ Donald F. McAleenan
   -------------------------
     Name: Donald F. McAleenan
     Title: Senior Vice President

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Floyd Sherman
-----------------
Floyd Sherman


Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of January 15, 2004, by and between Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Kevin P. O'Meara (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Company desires that Executive serve as the Senior Vice President - Operations and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, and Executive desires to hold such positions under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Company Board") has approved and authorized the Company to enter into this Agreement with Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2. Term.

(a) Subject to Section 2(b) hereof, the term of employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement (as the same may be extended, the "Term") shall commence on January 15, 2004 (the "Effective Date"), and terminate on the first anniversary thereof.

(b) Commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary thereof, the Term shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such anniversary date, either party hereto shall have notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.

3. Position. During the Term, Executive shall serve as the Senior Vice President - Operations and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, supervising the conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and performing such other duties as the Company Board shall determine.

4. Duties. During the Term, Executive shall devote his full time and attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except vacations in accordance with the Company's policies and for illness or incapacity, in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

5. Salary and Bonus.

(a) During the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of $_____________ per year (the "Base Salary"), subject to adjustments pursuant to the terms of Section 5(b) hereof.


(b) On or prior to each anniversary hereof during the Term (assuming the Term of the Agreement is extended pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof), the Company Board or the Compensation Committee of the Company Board (the "Compensation Committee") shall review the Base Salary and may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary based upon performance and merit. Executive's Base Salary shall not be decreased below the amount set forth in
Section 5(a) hereof. The Base Salary shall be payable to Executive in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, but in no event less often than semi-monthly.

(c) For the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2004, and for each fiscal year during the Term thereafter, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus equal to the amount provided for in the Company's Annual Cash Incentive Plan ("Annual Incentive Plan") (which currently provides for a target bonus percentage of 100% of Executive's Base Salary), which Annual Incentive Plan is approved by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee thereof. Executive's target bonus percentage under the Annual Incentive Plan shall not be reduced below 100% of his Base Salary.

6. Vacation, Holidays and Sick Leave. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation, paid holidays and sick leave in accordance with the Company's standard policies for its senior executive officers.

7. Business Expenses. Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by him in connection with his employment, including, without limitation, expenses for travel and entertainment incurred in conducting or promoting business for the Company upon timely submission by Executive of receipts and other documentation as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and in accordance with the Company's normal expense reimbursement policies.

8. Health, Welfare and Related Benefits. During the Term, Executive and eligible members of his family shall be eligible to participate fully in all (a) health and dental benefits and insurance programs; (b) life and short- and long-term disability benefits and insurance programs; and (c) defined contribution and equity compensation programs, all as available to senior executive officers of the Company generally.

9. Confidentiality, Non-Competition.

(a) Executive acknowledges that: (I) the Executive has, and his employment hereunder will require that Executive continue to have, access to and knowledge of Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information to existing or potential competitors of the Company or its subsidiaries would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company's businesses; and (iii) the engaging by Executive in any of the activities prohibited by this Section 9 may constitute improper appropriation and/or use of such Confidential Information. Executive expressly acknowledges that the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company. As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean information of any kind, nature or description which is disclosed to or otherwise known to the Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of his

2

association with the Company, which information is not generally known to the public or in the businesses in which such entities are engaged or which information relates to specific investment opportunities within the scope of their business which were considered by the Company during the Term; provided, however, that "Confidential Information" shall not be deemed to include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Executive, (ii) becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that such source is not bound by any contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation with respect to such information or (iii) was in the Executive's possession prior to being furnished by the Company.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after the termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, manager, member, partner, employee, consultant, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, use for his own account, utilize or make known, disclose, furnish or make available to any person, firm or corporation any of the Confidential Information, other than to authorized officers, directors and employees of the Company in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, or as required by a court of competent jurisdiction or other administrative or legislative body; provided that, prior to disclosing any of the Confidential Information to a court or other administrative or legislative body, Executive shall promptly notify the Company so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. Executive agrees to return all Confidential Information, including all photocopies, extracts and summaries thereof, and any such information stored electronically on tapes, computer disks or in any other manner to the Company at any time upon request by the Company and upon the termination of his employment for any reason.

(c) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own any interest in, operate, join, control or participate as a partner, member, director, manager, principal, officer, or agent of, enter into the employment of, act as a consultant or advisor to, or perform any services for, any entity (in those geographic areas in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as of the date of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder, have material operations) which entity is engaged in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. An entity shall be deemed to be engaged in competition with the Company or its subsidiaries if it engages in a business which is the same as or substantially similar to any business engaged in by the Company or such subsidiary during the Term.

(d) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two years after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, solicit or recruit for hire any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment in order to obtain employment by any other person, firm or corporation.

(e) Executive acknowledges that(A) in connection with rendering the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder, Executive will have access to and knowledge of

3

Confidential Information, the disclosure of which would place the Company or its subsidiaries at a competitive disadvantage, causing irreparable injury, and (B) the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder are of a special and unique character, which gives this Agreement a peculiar value to the Company, the loss of which may not be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages in an action at law, and that a material breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Section 9 will cause the Company irreparable injury. Executive, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other right or remedy, to a temporary, preliminary and permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of monetary damages or the posting of any bond or security, enjoining or restraining Executive from any such violation or threatened violations.

(f) Executive further acknowledges and agrees that due to the uniqueness of his services and confidential nature of the information he will possess, the covenants set forth herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company; and it is the intent of the parties hereto that if, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction, any provision set forth in this Section 9 is not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to modify any and all such provisions in such a manner as to such court shall appear not unreasonable and to enforce the remainder of this Section 9 as so modified.

10. Termination of Agreement. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall not be terminated prior to the end of the Term, except as set forth in this Section 10.

(a) By Mutual Consent.

(i) The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and Executive.

(ii) In the event that (i) Executive's employment is terminated by mutual consent pursuant to this Section 10(a), and (ii) Executive and the Company determine at that time that it is in their mutual best interest for Executive to continue to be bound after his termination by the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement for the periods set forth therein, then the parties may enter into an agreement to that effect, in exchange for which Executive would be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 10(e) hereof.

(b) Death. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be terminated upon the death of Executive, in which event Executive's spouse or heirs shall receive the following: (i) Executive's Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and (ii) continuation of Executive's Base Salary and the health and welfare benefits provided for pursuant to Sections 8(a) and 8(b) hereof ("Health Benefits") for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination.

4

(c) Disability. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by written notice to Executive at the option of the Company in the event that as a result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness (which physical or mental illness shall be confirmed in writing by a physician or other medical expert acceptable to both parties), the Executive is unable to perform his duties, services and responsibilities hereunder or shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for ninety (90) consecutive days or for an aggregate of ninety (90) days or more in any six (6) month period, and within thirty (30) days after notice is given by the Company (which notice may be delivered no earlier than thirty days prior to the expiration of such ninety (90) consecutive days or six month period, as the case may be), the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(c), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that amounts payable to Executive under this
Section 10(c) shall be reduced by the proceeds of any short- and/or long-term disability payments under the Company plans referred to in Section 8 hereof to which Executive may be entitled during such period.

(d) By the Company for Cause. The employment of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company by written notice to Executive ("Notice of Termination") for Cause (as hereafter defined). In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(d), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more.

(e) By the Company Without Cause. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time without Cause by delivery of a Notice of Termination to Executive. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(e), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination, and (iii) an amount equal to his Average Bonus Compensation (as hereafter defined).

(f) By Executive. The employment of Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by Executive by written notice to the Company of his resignation (a "Notice of Resignation") at any time. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(f), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more; provided, however, that if Executive terminates his employment due to (i) a material adverse diminution of Executive's job title or responsibilities from those currently in effect; or (ii) a relocation of Executive's principal place of employment more than 100 miles from its current location without his consent, then Executive shall instead be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 10(e) hereof.

5

(g) Non-Renewal. In the event that at any time during the Term (as it may be extended) the Company notifies Executive of its intent not to renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, and Executive then delivers a Notice of Resignation to the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice of non-renewal, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination, and (iii) an amount equal to his Average Bonus Compensation.

(h) Previously Earned Bonus. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10, in the event that Executive's employment pursuant to this Agreement is terminated at a time when Executive shall have earned a bonus under the Annual Incentive Plan for performance during the prior fiscal year which has not yet been paid, Executive shall be paid such bonus in addition to the amounts otherwise provided for in this Section 10. Such bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal practices.

(i) Date of Termination. Executive's Date of Termination shall be:
(i) if the parties hereto mutually agree to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
Section 10(a) hereof, the date designated by the parties in such agreement; (ii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section
10(b), the date of Executive's death; (iii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 10(c), the last day of the applicable period referred to in Section 10(c) hereof; (iv) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 10(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given; and (v) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 10(e), 10(f) or 10(g), the date the Notice of Termination or Notice of Resignation, as the case may be, is given.

(j) Payment of Post-Termination Compensation. After Executive's Date of Termination, all payments of Base Salary and Average Bonus Compensation to Executive pursuant to this Section 10 shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, but in no event less often than semi-monthly. In the event of a breach by Executive of Section 9 of this Agreement during the applicable period following his Date of Termination, Executive agrees (i) that the Company shall have no further obligation to make any payments to Executive under Section 10 of the Agreement and (ii) that any payments of Base Salary or Average Bonus Compensation previously made to Executive after his Date of Termination shall be returned to the Company.

11. Representations.

(a) The Company represents and warrants that this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

(b) Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to any agreement or instrument which would prevent him from entering into or performing his duties in any way under this Agreement and that this Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of Executive enforceable against Executive in accordance with its terms.

6

12. Successors. This Agreement is a personal contract and the rights and interests of Executive hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated by him, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and his personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to him hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to his estate.

13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all the understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes any other undertakings and agreements (other than any stock option agreement between Executive and the Company), whether oral or in writing, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. Executive represents that, in executing this Agreement, he does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by the Company not set forth herein with regard to the subject matter or effect of this Agreement or otherwise.

14. Termination; Amendment or Modification; Waiver.

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written consent of the Company and Executive.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

15. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered by hand, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized commercial overnight delivery service,
(iii) mailed postage prepaid by first class mail or (iv) transmitted by facsimile transmitted to the party concerned at the address or telecopier number set forth below:

To Executive at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Kevin P. O'Meara

7

To the Company at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: General Counsel

with copies to:

JLL Partners
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017 Facsimile: (212) 286-8626 Attention: Ramsey Frank

and

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 636
Wilmington, Delaware 19899 Facsimile: (302) 651-3001 Attention: Robert B. Pincus

Such notices shall be effective: (i) in the case of hand deliveries when received; (ii) in the case of an overnight delivery service, on the next business day after being placed in the possession of such delivery service, with delivery charges prepaid; (iii) in the case of mail, seven (7) days after deposit in the postal system, first class mail, postage prepaid; and (iv) in the case of facsimile notices, when electronic confirmation of receipt is received by the sender. Any party may change its address and telecopy number by written notice to the other given in accordance with this Section 15; provided, however, that such change shall be effective when received.

16. Severability. If any provision or clause of this Agreement or the application of any such provision or clause to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision or clause to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision or clause hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17. Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

8

19. Headings. All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

20. Withholding. All payments to Executive under this Agreement shall be reduced by all applicable withholding required by federal, state or local law.

21. Specific Performance. Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would be both incalculable and an insufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by such party and that any such breach would cause the other parties, irreparable harm. Accordingly, each party hereto also agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement by such party, the other parties shall be entitled to equitable relief without the requirement of posting a bond or other security, including in the form of injunctions and orders for specific performance, in addition to all other remedies available to such other parties at law or in equity.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

23. Definitions.

(a) "Cause" means the determination, in good faith, by the Company Board, after notice to Executive that one or more of the following events has occurred: (i) any act of gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or moral turpitude by Executive materially injuring the interest, business or reputation of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) Executive's conviction of any felony; (iii) violation by Executive of the Company's Drug Policy; (iv) any misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; or (v) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a material breach of Section 9 hereof, which breach, to the extent it is capable of being cured, remains uncorrected for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the Company setting forth such breach.

(b) "Average Bonus Compensation" shall mean an amount equal to the average of the annual bonus amounts earned by Executive under the Company's Annual Incentive Plan during the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to Executive's Date of Termination.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the date first above written.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

By: /s/ Floyd Sherman
    -----------------
    Floyd Sherman
    Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Kevin P. O'Meara
--------------------
Kevin P. O'Meara

10

Exhibit 10.11

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of January 15, 2004, by and between Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Charles L. Horn (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Company desires that Executive serve as the Senior Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and Executive desires to hold such positions under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Company Board") has approved and authorized the Company to enter into this Agreement with Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2. Term.

(a) Subject to Section 2(b) hereof, the term of employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement (as the same may be extended, the "Term") shall commence on January 15, 2004 (the "Effective Date"), and terminate on the first anniversary thereof.

(b) Commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary thereof, the Term shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such anniversary date, either party hereto shall have notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.

3. Position. During the Term, Executive shall serve as the Senior Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, supervising the financial operations and affairs of the Company and performing such other duties as the Company Board shall determine.

4. Duties. During the Term, Executive shall devote his full time and attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except vacations in accordance with the Company's policies and for illness or incapacity, in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

5. Salary and Bonus.

(a) During the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of $_____________ per year (the "Base Salary"), subject to adjustments pursuant to the terms of Section 5(b) hereof.


(b) On or prior to each anniversary hereof during the Term (assuming the Term of the Agreement is extended pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof), the Company Board or the Compensation Committee of the Company Board (the "Compensation Committee") shall review the Base Salary and may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary based upon performance and merit. Executive's Base Salary shall not be decreased below the amount set forth in
Section 5(a) hereof. The Base Salary shall be payable to Executive in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, but in no event less often than semi-monthly.

(c) For the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2004, and for each fiscal year during the Term thereafter, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus equal to the amount provided for in the Company's Annual Cash Incentive Plan ("Annual Incentive Plan") (which currently provides for a target bonus percentage of 100% of Executive's Base Salary), which Annual Incentive Plan is approved by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee thereof. Executive's target bonus percentage under the Annual Incentive Plan shall not be reduced below 100% of his Base Salary.

6. Vacation, Holidays and Sick Leave. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation, paid holidays and sick leave in accordance with the Company's standard policies for its senior executive officers.

7. Business Expenses. Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by him in connection with his employment, including, without limitation, expenses for travel and entertainment incurred in conducting or promoting business for the Company upon timely submission by Executive of receipts and other documentation as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and in accordance with the Company's normal expense reimbursement policies.

8. Health, Welfare and Related Benefits. During the Term, Executive and eligible members of his family shall be eligible to participate fully in all (a) health and dental benefits and insurance programs; (b) life and short- and long-term disability benefits and insurance programs; and (c) defined contribution and equity compensation programs, all as available to senior executive officers of the Company generally.

9. Confidentiality, Non-Competition.

(a) Executive acknowledges that: (I) the Executive has, and his employment hereunder will require that Executive continue to have, access to and knowledge of Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information to existing or potential competitors of the Company or its subsidiaries would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company's businesses; and (iii) the engaging by Executive in any of the activities prohibited by this Section 9 may constitute improper appropriation and/or use of such Confidential Information. Executive expressly acknowledges that the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company. As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean information of any kind, nature or description which is disclosed to or otherwise known to the Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of his

2

association with the Company, which information is not generally known to the public or in the businesses in which such entities are engaged or which information relates to specific investment opportunities within the scope of their business which were considered by the Company during the Term; provided, however, that "Confidential Information" shall not be deemed to include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Executive, (ii) becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that such source is not bound by any contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation with respect to such information or (iii) was in the Executive's possession prior to being furnished by the Company.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after the termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, manager, member, partner, employee, consultant, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, use for his own account, utilize or make known, disclose, furnish or make available to any person, firm or corporation any of the Confidential Information, other than to authorized officers, directors and employees of the Company in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, or as required by a court of competent jurisdiction or other administrative or legislative body; provided that, prior to disclosing any of the Confidential Information to a court or other administrative or legislative body, Executive shall promptly notify the Company so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. Executive agrees to return all Confidential Information, including all photocopies, extracts and summaries thereof, and any such information stored electronically on tapes, computer disks or in any other manner to the Company at any time upon request by the Company and upon the termination of his employment for any reason.

(c) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own any interest in, operate, join, control or participate as a partner, member, director, manager, principal, officer, or agent of, enter into the employment of, act as a consultant or advisor to, or perform any services for, any entity (in those geographic areas in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as of the date of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder, have material operations) which entity is engaged in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. An entity shall be deemed to be engaged in competition with the Company or its subsidiaries if it engages in a business which is the same as or substantially similar to any business engaged in by the Company or such subsidiary during the Term.

(d) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two years after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, solicit or recruit for hire any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment in order to obtain employment by any other person, firm or corporation.

(e) Executive acknowledges that(A) in connection with rendering the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder, Executive will have access to and knowledge of

3

Confidential Information, the disclosure of which would place the Company or its subsidiaries at a competitive disadvantage, causing irreparable injury, and (B) the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder are of a special and unique character, which gives this Agreement a peculiar value to the Company, the loss of which may not be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages in an action at law, and that a material breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Section 9 will cause the Company irreparable injury. Executive, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other right or remedy, to a temporary, preliminary and permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of monetary damages or the posting of any bond or security, enjoining or restraining Executive from any such violation or threatened violations.

(f) Executive further acknowledges and agrees that due to the uniqueness of his services and confidential nature of the information he will possess, the covenants set forth herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company; and it is the intent of the parties hereto that if, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction, any provision set forth in this Section 9 is not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to modify any and all such provisions in such a manner as to such court shall appear not unreasonable and to enforce the remainder of this Section 9 as so modified.

10. Termination of Agreement. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall not be terminated prior to the end of the Term, except as set forth in this Section 10.

(a) By Mutual Consent.

(i) The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and Executive.

(ii) In the event that (i) Executive's employment is terminated by mutual consent pursuant to this Section 10(a), and (ii) Executive and the Company determine at that time that it is in their mutual best interest for Executive to continue to be bound after his termination by the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement for the periods set forth therein, then the parties may enter into an agreement to that effect, in exchange for which Executive would be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 10(e) hereof.

(b) Death. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be terminated upon the death of Executive, in which event Executive's spouse or heirs shall receive the following: (i) Executive's Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and (ii) continuation of Executive's Base Salary and the health and welfare benefits provided for pursuant to Sections 8(a) and 8(b) hereof ("Health Benefits") for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination.

4

(c) Disability. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by written notice to Executive at the option of the Company in the event that as a result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness (which physical or mental illness shall be confirmed in writing by a physician or other medical expert acceptable to both parties), the Executive is unable to perform his duties, services and responsibilities hereunder or shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for ninety (90) consecutive days or for an aggregate of ninety (90) days or more in any six (6) month period, and within thirty (30) days after notice is given by the Company (which notice may be delivered no earlier than thirty days prior to the expiration of such ninety (90) consecutive days or six month period, as the case may be), the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(c), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that amounts payable to Executive under this
Section 10(c) shall be reduced by the proceeds of any short- and/or long-term disability payments under the Company plans referred to in Section 8 hereof to which Executive may be entitled during such period.

(d) By the Company for Cause. The employment of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company by written notice to Executive ("Notice of Termination") for Cause (as hereafter defined). In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(d), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more.

(e) By the Company Without Cause. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time without Cause by delivery of a Notice of Termination to Executive. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(e), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination, and (iii) an amount equal to his Average Bonus Compensation (as hereafter defined).

(f) By Executive. The employment of Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by Executive by written notice to the Company of his resignation (a "Notice of Resignation") at any time. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(f), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more; provided, however, that if Executive terminates his employment due to (i) a material adverse diminution of Executive's job title or responsibilities from those currently in effect; or (ii) a relocation of Executive's principal place of employment more than 100 miles from its current location without his consent, then Executive shall instead be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 10(e) hereof.

5

(g) Non-Renewal. In the event that at any time during the Term (as it may be extended) the Company notifies Executive of its intent not to renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, and Executive then delivers a Notice of Resignation to the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice of non-renewal, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination, and (iii) an amount equal to his Average Bonus Compensation.

(h) Previously Earned Bonus. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10, in the event that Executive's employment pursuant to this Agreement is terminated at a time when Executive shall have earned a bonus under the Annual Incentive Plan for performance during the prior fiscal year which has not yet been paid, Executive shall be paid such bonus in addition to the amounts otherwise provided for in this Section 10. Such bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal practices.

(i) Date of Termination. Executive's Date of Termination shall be:
(i) if the parties hereto mutually agree to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
Section 10(a) hereof, the date designated by the parties in such agreement; (ii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section
10(b), the date of Executive's death; (iii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 10(c), the last day of the applicable period referred to in Section 10(c) hereof; (iv) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 10(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given; and (v) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 10(e), 10(f) or 10(g), the date the Notice of Termination or Notice of Resignation, as the case may be, is given.

(j) Payment of Post-Termination Compensation. After Executive's Date of Termination, all payments of Base Salary and Average Bonus Compensation to Executive pursuant to this Section 10 shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, but in no event less often than semi-monthly. In the event of a breach by Executive of Section 9 of this Agreement during the applicable period following his Date of Termination, Executive agrees (i) that the Company shall have no further obligation to make any payments to Executive under Section 10 of the Agreement and (ii) that any payments of Base Salary or Average Bonus Compensation previously made to Executive after his Date of Termination shall be returned to the Company.

11. Representations.

(a) The Company represents and warrants that this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

(b) Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to any agreement or instrument which would prevent him from entering into or performing his duties in any way under this Agreement and that this Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of Executive enforceable against Executive in accordance with its terms.

6

12. Successors. This Agreement is a personal contract and the rights and interests of Executive hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated by him, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and his personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to him hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to his estate.

13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all the understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes any other undertakings and agreements (other than any stock option agreement between Executive and the Company), whether oral or in writing, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. Executive represents that, in executing this Agreement, he does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by the Company not set forth herein with regard to the subject matter or effect of this Agreement or otherwise.

14. Termination; Amendment or Modification; Waiver.

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written consent of the Company and Executive.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

15. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered by hand, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized commercial overnight delivery service,
(iii) mailed postage prepaid by first class mail or (iv) transmitted by facsimile transmitted to the party concerned at the address or telecopier number set forth below:

To Executive at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Charles L. Horn

7

To the Company at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: General Counsel

with copies to:

JLL Partners
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017 Facsimile: (212) 286-8626 Attention: Ramsey Frank

and

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 636
Wilmington, Delaware 19899 Facsimile: (302) 651-3001 Attention: Robert B. Pincus

Such notices shall be effective: (i) in the case of hand deliveries when received; (ii) in the case of an overnight delivery service, on the next business day after being placed in the possession of such delivery service, with delivery charges prepaid; (iii) in the case of mail, seven (7) days after deposit in the postal system, first class mail, postage prepaid; and (iv) in the case of facsimile notices, when electronic confirmation of receipt is received by the sender. Any party may change its address and telecopy number by written notice to the other given in accordance with this Section 15; provided, however, that such change shall be effective when received.

16. Severability. If any provision or clause of this Agreement or the application of any such provision or clause to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision or clause to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision or clause hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17. Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

8

19. Headings. All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

20. Withholding. All payments to Executive under this Agreement shall be reduced by all applicable withholding required by federal, state or local law.

21. Specific Performance. Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would be both incalculable and an insufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by such party and that any such breach would cause the other parties, irreparable harm. Accordingly, each party hereto also agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement by such party, the other parties shall be entitled to equitable relief without the requirement of posting a bond or other security, including in the form of injunctions and orders for specific performance, in addition to all other remedies available to such other parties at law or in equity.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

23. Definitions.

(a) "Cause" means the determination, in good faith, by the Company Board, after notice to Executive that one or more of the following events has occurred: (i) any act of gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or moral turpitude by Executive materially injuring the interest, business or reputation of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) Executive's conviction of any felony; (iii) violation by Executive of the Company's Drug Policy; (iv) any misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; or (v) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a material breach of Section 9 hereof, which breach, to the extent it is capable of being cured, remains uncorrected for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the Company setting forth such breach.

(b) "Average Bonus Compensation" shall mean an amount equal to the average of the annual bonus amounts earned by Executive under the Company's Annual Incentive Plan during the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to Executive's Date of Termination.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the date first above written.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

By:   /s/ Floyd Sherman
      -----------------
      Floyd Sherman
      Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Charles L. Horn
-------------------
Charles L. Horn

10

Exhibit 10.12

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of January 15, 2004, by and between Builders FirstSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Donald F. McAleenan (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Company desires that Executive serve as the Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and Executive desires to hold such positions under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Company Board") has approved and authorized the Company to enter into this Agreement with Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2. Term.

(a) Subject to Section 2(b) hereof, the term of employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement (as the same may be extended, the "Term") shall commence on January 15, 2004 (the "Effective Date"), and terminate on the first anniversary thereof.

(b) Commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary thereof, the Term shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such anniversary date, either party hereto shall have notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.

3. Position. During the Term, Executive shall serve as the Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, supervising the legal matters and affairs of the Company and performing such other duties as the Company Board shall determine.

4. Duties. During the Term, Executive shall devote his full time and attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except vacations in accordance with the Company's policies and for illness or incapacity, in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

5. Salary and Bonus.

(a) During the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of $_____________ per year (the "Base Salary"), subject to adjustments pursuant to the terms of Section 5(b) hereof.


(b) On or prior to each anniversary hereof during the Term (assuming the Term of the Agreement is extended pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof), the Company Board or the Compensation Committee of the Company Board (the "Compensation Committee") shall review the Base Salary and may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary based upon performance and merit. Executive's Base Salary shall not be decreased below the amount set forth in
Section 5(a) hereof. The Base Salary shall be payable to Executive in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, but in no event less often than semi-monthly.

(c) For the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2004, and for each fiscal year during the Term thereafter, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus equal to the amount provided for in the Company's Annual Cash Incentive Plan ("Annual Incentive Plan") (which currently provides for a target bonus percentage of 100% of Executive's Base Salary), which Annual Incentive Plan is approved by the Company Board or the Compensation Committee thereof. Executive's target bonus percentage under the Annual Incentive Plan shall not be reduced below 100% of his Base Salary.

6. Vacation, Holidays and Sick Leave. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation, paid holidays and sick leave in accordance with the Company's standard policies for its senior executive officers.

7. Business Expenses. Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by him in connection with his employment, including, without limitation, expenses for travel and entertainment incurred in conducting or promoting business for the Company upon timely submission by Executive of receipts and other documentation as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and in accordance with the Company's normal expense reimbursement policies.

8. Health, Welfare and Related Benefits. During the Term, Executive and eligible members of his family shall be eligible to participate fully in all (a) health and dental benefits and insurance programs; (b) life and short- and long-term disability benefits and insurance programs; and (c) defined contribution and equity compensation programs, all as available to senior executive officers of the Company generally.

9. Confidentiality, Non-Competition.

(a) Executive acknowledges that: (I) the Executive has, and his employment hereunder will require that Executive continue to have, access to and knowledge of Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information to existing or potential competitors of the Company or its subsidiaries would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company's businesses; and (iii) the engaging by Executive in any of the activities prohibited by this Section 9 may constitute improper appropriation and/or use of such Confidential Information. Executive expressly acknowledges that the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company. As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean information of any kind, nature or description which is disclosed to or otherwise known to the Executive as a direct or indirect consequence of his

2

association with the Company, which information is not generally known to the public or in the businesses in which such entities are engaged or which information relates to specific investment opportunities within the scope of their business which were considered by the Company during the Term; provided, however, that "Confidential Information" shall not be deemed to include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Executive, (ii) becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that such source is not bound by any contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation with respect to such information or (iii) was in the Executive's possession prior to being furnished by the Company.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after the termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, manager, member, partner, employee, consultant, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, use for his own account, utilize or make known, disclose, furnish or make available to any person, firm or corporation any of the Confidential Information, other than to authorized officers, directors and employees of the Company in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, or as required by a court of competent jurisdiction or other administrative or legislative body; provided that, prior to disclosing any of the Confidential Information to a court or other administrative or legislative body, Executive shall promptly notify the Company so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. Executive agrees to return all Confidential Information, including all photocopies, extracts and summaries thereof, and any such information stored electronically on tapes, computer disks or in any other manner to the Company at any time upon request by the Company and upon the termination of his employment for any reason.

(c) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of one year after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own any interest in, operate, join, control or participate as a partner, member, director, manager, principal, officer, or agent of, enter into the employment of, act as a consultant or advisor to, or perform any services for, any entity (in those geographic areas in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as of the date of termination of the Executive's employment hereunder, have material operations) which entity is engaged in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. An entity shall be deemed to be engaged in competition with the Company or its subsidiaries if it engages in a business which is the same as or substantially similar to any business engaged in by the Company or such subsidiary during the Term.

(d) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two years after termination of Executive's employment hereunder (upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, solicit or recruit for hire any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment in order to obtain employment by any other person, firm or corporation.

(e) Executive acknowledges that(A) in connection with rendering the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder, Executive will have access to and knowledge of

3

Confidential Information, the disclosure of which would place the Company or its subsidiaries at a competitive disadvantage, causing irreparable injury, and (B) the services to be rendered by Executive hereunder are of a special and unique character, which gives this Agreement a peculiar value to the Company, the loss of which may not be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages in an action at law, and that a material breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Section 9 will cause the Company irreparable injury. Executive, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other right or remedy, to a temporary, preliminary and permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of monetary damages or the posting of any bond or security, enjoining or restraining Executive from any such violation or threatened violations.

(f) Executive further acknowledges and agrees that due to the uniqueness of his services and confidential nature of the information he will possess, the covenants set forth herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company; and it is the intent of the parties hereto that if, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction, any provision set forth in this Section 9 is not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to modify any and all such provisions in such a manner as to such court shall appear not unreasonable and to enforce the remainder of this Section 9 as so modified.

10. Termination of Agreement. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall not be terminated prior to the end of the Term, except as set forth in this Section 10.

(a) By Mutual Consent.

(i) The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and Executive.

(ii) In the event that (i) Executive's employment is terminated by mutual consent pursuant to this Section 10(a), and (ii) Executive and the Company determine at that time that it is in their mutual best interest for Executive to continue to be bound after his termination by the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement for the periods set forth therein, then the parties may enter into an agreement to that effect, in exchange for which Executive would be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 10(e) hereof.

(b) Death. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be terminated upon the death of Executive, in which event Executive's spouse or heirs shall receive the following: (i) Executive's Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and (ii) continuation of Executive's Base Salary and the health and welfare benefits provided for pursuant to Sections 8(a) and 8(b) hereof ("Health Benefits") for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination.

4

(c) Disability. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by written notice to Executive at the option of the Company in the event that as a result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness (which physical or mental illness shall be confirmed in writing by a physician or other medical expert acceptable to both parties), the Executive is unable to perform his duties, services and responsibilities hereunder or shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for ninety (90) consecutive days or for an aggregate of ninety (90) days or more in any six (6) month period, and within thirty (30) days after notice is given by the Company (which notice may be delivered no earlier than thirty days prior to the expiration of such ninety (90) consecutive days or six month period, as the case may be), the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(c), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that amounts payable to Executive under this
Section 10(c) shall be reduced by the proceeds of any short- and/or long-term disability payments under the Company plans referred to in Section 8 hereof to which Executive may be entitled during such period.

(d) By the Company for Cause. The employment of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company by written notice to Executive ("Notice of Termination") for Cause (as hereafter defined). In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(d), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more.

(e) By the Company Without Cause. The employment by the Company of Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time without Cause by delivery of a Notice of Termination to Executive. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(e), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination, and (iii) an amount equal to his Average Bonus Compensation (as hereafter defined).

(f) By Executive. The employment of Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by Executive by written notice to the Company of his resignation (a "Notice of Resignation") at any time. In the event the employment by the Company of Executive is terminated pursuant to this
Section 10(f), Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination and no more; provided, however, that if Executive terminates his employment due to (i) a material adverse diminution of Executive's job title or responsibilities from those currently in effect; or (ii) a relocation of Executive's principal place of employment more than 100 miles from its current location without his consent, then Executive shall instead be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 10(e) hereof.

5

(g) Non-Renewal. In the event that at any time during the Term (as it may be extended) the Company notifies Executive of its intent not to renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, and Executive then delivers a Notice of Resignation to the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice of non-renewal, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following: (i) all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, (ii) continuation of his Base Salary and Health Benefits for a period of one (1) year after the Date of Termination, and (iii) an amount equal to his Average Bonus Compensation.

(h) Previously Earned Bonus. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10, in the event that Executive's employment pursuant to this Agreement is terminated at a time when Executive shall have earned a bonus under the Annual Incentive Plan for performance during the prior fiscal year which has not yet been paid, Executive shall be paid such bonus in addition to the amounts otherwise provided for in this Section 10. Such bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal practices.

(i) Date of Termination. Executive's Date of Termination shall be:
(i) if the parties hereto mutually agree to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
Section 10(a) hereof, the date designated by the parties in such agreement; (ii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section
10(b), the date of Executive's death; (iii) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 10(c), the last day of the applicable period referred to in Section 10(c) hereof; (iv) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Section 10(d), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given; and (v) if Executive's employment by the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 10(e), 10(f) or 10(g), the date the Notice of Termination or Notice of Resignation, as the case may be, is given.

(j) Payment of Post-Termination Compensation. After Executive's Date of Termination, all payments of Base Salary and Average Bonus Compensation to Executive pursuant to this Section 10 shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, but in no event less often than semi-monthly. In the event of a breach by Executive of Section 9 of this Agreement during the applicable period following his Date of Termination, Executive agrees (i) that the Company shall have no further obligation to make any payments to Executive under Section 10 of the Agreement and (ii) that any payments of Base Salary or Average Bonus Compensation previously made to Executive after his Date of Termination shall be returned to the Company.

11. Representations.

(a) The Company represents and warrants that this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

(b) Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to any agreement or instrument which would prevent him from entering into or performing his duties in any way under this Agreement and that this Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of Executive enforceable against Executive in accordance with its terms.

6

12. Successors. This Agreement is a personal contract and the rights and interests of Executive hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated by him, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and his personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to him hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to his estate.

13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all the understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes any other undertakings and agreements (other than any stock option agreement between Executive and the Company), whether oral or in writing, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. Executive represents that, in executing this Agreement, he does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by the Company not set forth herein with regard to the subject matter or effect of this Agreement or otherwise.

14. Termination; Amendment or Modification; Waiver.

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written consent of the Company and Executive.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

15. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered by hand, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized commercial overnight delivery service,
(iii) mailed postage prepaid by first class mail or (iv) transmitted by facsimile transmitted to the party concerned at the address or telecopier number set forth below:

To Executive at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Donald F. McAleenan

7

To the Company at:

Builders FirstSource, Inc.
2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1600
Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: General Counsel

with copies to:

JLL Partners
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017 Facsimile: (212) 286-8626 Attention: Ramsey Frank

and

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 636
Wilmington, Delaware 19899 Facsimile: (302) 651-3001 Attention: Robert B. Pincus

Such notices shall be effective: (i) in the case of hand deliveries when received; (ii) in the case of an overnight delivery service, on the next business day after being placed in the possession of such delivery service, with delivery charges prepaid; (iii) in the case of mail, seven (7) days after deposit in the postal system, first class mail, postage prepaid; and (iv) in the case of facsimile notices, when electronic confirmation of receipt is received by the sender. Any party may change its address and telecopy number by written notice to the other given in accordance with this Section 15; provided, however, that such change shall be effective when received.

16. Severability. If any provision or clause of this Agreement or the application of any such provision or clause to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision or clause to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision or clause hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17. Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

8

19. Headings. All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

20. Withholding. All payments to Executive under this Agreement shall be reduced by all applicable withholding required by federal, state or local law.

21. Specific Performance. Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would be both incalculable and an insufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by such party and that any such breach would cause the other parties, irreparable harm. Accordingly, each party hereto also agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement by such party, the other parties shall be entitled to equitable relief without the requirement of posting a bond or other security, including in the form of injunctions and orders for specific performance, in addition to all other remedies available to such other parties at law or in equity.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

23. Definitions.

(a) "Cause" means the determination, in good faith, by the Company Board, after notice to Executive that one or more of the following events has occurred: (i) any act of gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or moral turpitude by Executive materially injuring the interest, business or reputation of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) Executive's conviction of any felony; (iii) violation by Executive of the Company's Drug Policy; (iv) any misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of the Company, or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates; or (v) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a material breach of Section 9 hereof, which breach, to the extent it is capable of being cured, remains uncorrected for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the Company setting forth such breach.

(b) "Average Bonus Compensation" shall mean an amount equal to the average of the annual bonus amounts earned by Executive under the Company's Annual Incentive Plan during the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to Executive's Date of Termination.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the date first above written.

BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE, INC.

By:   /s/ Floyd Sherman
      -----------------
      Floyd Sherman
      Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Donald F. McAleenan
-----------------------
Donald F. McAleenan

10

.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiary*                                                                  Jurisdiction of Organization
----------------------------------------                                     ----------------------------
BFS, LLC                                                                               Delaware

BFS IP, LLC                                                                            Delaware

BFS Texas, LLC                                                                         Delaware

Builders FirstSource Financing, Inc.                                                   Delaware

Builders FirstSource Holdings, Inc.                                                    Delaware

Builders FirstSource of Nashville, Inc.                                               Tennessee

Builders FirstSource--Atlantic Group, LLC                                              Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Colorado Group, LLC                                              Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Colorado, LLC                                                    Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Dallas, LLC                                                      Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Florida Design Center, LLC                                       Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Florida, LLC                                                     Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Intellectual Property, L.P.                                         Texas

Builders FirstSource--MBS, LLC                                                         Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Northeast Group, LLC                                             Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Ohio Valley, LLC                                                 Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Raleigh, LLC                                                     Delaware

Builders FirstSource--South Texas, L.P.                                                   Texas

Builders FirstSource--Southeast Group, LLC                                             Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Texas GenPar, LLC                                                Delaware

Builders FirstSource--Texas Group, L.P.                                                   Texas


Subsidiary*                                                              Jurisdiction of Organization
----------------------------------------                                 ----------------------------

Builders FirstSource--Texas Installed Sales, L.P.                                         Texas

CCWP, Inc.                                                                       South Carolina

* Each subsidiary does business under its own name, the name "Builders FirstSource, Inc.," and the name "Builders FirstSource."

2

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 27, 2005, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Builders FirstSource, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts", "Summary of Historical Financial Information and Other Data" and "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Dallas, Texas
April 27, 2005